MONEY STORE INC /NJ
8-K, 1996-06-28
MORTGAGE BANKERS & LOAN CORRESPONDENTS
Previous: WORLD ACCESS INC, S-3, 1996-06-28
Next: AGRIBIOTECH INC, S-8, 1996-06-28



                       SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

                             Washington, D.C. 20549

                                      -----

                                    FORM 8-K

                                 CURRENT REPORT

                         PURSUANT TO SECTION 13 OR 15(d)

                     OF THE SECURITIES EXCHANGE ACT OF 1934

         Date of Report (date of earliest event reported) June 26, 1996

            The Money Store Inc. (as Representative) and TMS
            Auto Holdings, Inc. (as Seller) under a Sale
            and  Servicing Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996
            in connection with the issuance of The Money Store Auto
            Trust Asset Backed Securities.

                       TMS Auto Holdings, Inc.
                       The Money Store Inc.
             (Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

    Delaware                                         22-3405381
    New Jersey                       33-94518        22-2293022
(State or other jurisdiction of     (Commission    (IRS Employer
 incorporation)                      File Number)    ID Number)


  2840 Morris Avenue, Union, New Jersey                 07083
(Address of principal executive offices)              (Zip Code)

Registrant's Telephone Number,
 including area code:                             (908) 686-2000


                  N/A
(Former name or former address, if changed since last report)

<PAGE>

Item 5.           Other Events.

    The Money Store Inc., as representative (the "Representative"), and TMS Auto
Holdings, Inc. (the "Seller") registered issuances of up to $500,000,000
principal amount of TMS Auto Grantor Trust Asset Backed Securities on a delayed
or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as
amended (the "Act"), by a Registration Statement on Form S-3 (Registration File
No. 33-94518)(as amended, the "Registration Statement"). Pursuant to the
Registration Statement, the Representative and the Seller caused The Money Store
Auto Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust") to issue $45,100,000 aggregate principal amount
of its Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-1
Notes"), $90,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its Class A-2 Floating Rate
Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes"), $57,900,000 aggregate principal
amount of its Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes" and,
together with the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, the "Notes") and
$7,000,000 aggregate principal amount of its 7.10% Asset Backed Certificates
(the "Certificates," and together with the Notes, the "Securities"), on June 26,
1996 (the "Closing Date"). This Current Report on Form 8-K is being filed to
file a detailed description of the Initial Receivables, a copy of the Indenture,
Trust Agreement and Sale and Servicing Agreement referred to below and the
Underwriting Agreement dated June 20, 1996 by and among the Representative, the
Seller and CS First Boston Corporation.

     The Notes were issued pursuant to an Indenture dated as of May 31, 1996,
between the Trust and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as Trustee
and Indenture Collateral Agent (the "Indenture"). The Trust was formed, and the
Certificates were issued, pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996
between the Seller and Bankers Trust (Delaware), as Owner Trustee (the "Trust
Agreement"). The Initial Receivables were conveyed to the Trust pursuant to a
Sale and Servicing Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 by and among the Seller,
the Representative, the Trust and The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. (the "Sale
and Servicing Agreement").

     On the Closing Date, the Seller delivered to the Trust Initial Receivables
in the amount of $150,000,435.46. On the Closing Date, the Representative also
caused to be deposited an aggregate cash amount (the "Pre-Funded Amount") into
the Pre-Funding Account in the amount of $49,999,564.54. The Pre-Funded Amount
may be used during the Funding Period (as defined below) only (i) to acquire
Subsequent Receivables and (ii) to make accelerated payments of principal on the
Securities as described in the Indenture, Trust Agreement and Sale and Servicing
Agreement. The Funding Period is defined in the Sale and Servicing Agreement as
the period commencing on the Closing Date and terminating on the earliest of (i)
the date on which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account is less than
$100,000, (ii) a Servicer Default occurs under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or (iii) September 20, 1996, after giving effect to the purchase of Subsequent
Receivables on such date.

     Capitalized terms not defined herein have the meanings assigned in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement attached hereto as Exhibit 4.1.
<PAGE>

Certain Characteristics

     Set forth below is a description of certain characteristics of the Initial
Receivables. Certain of the percentage columns may not sum to 100.00% due to
rounding.

                     Composition of the Initial Receivables
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
<S>                   <C>                      <C>              <C>                   <C>                   <C>

  Weighted Average     Aggregate Principal      Number of       Weighted Average      Weighted Average      Average Principal
 APR of Receivables           Balance          Receivables       Remaining Term        Original Term             Balance


       19.55%          $150,000,435.46             15,668         50.45 months          52.17 months             $9,573.68
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

Geographic Distribution of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date

                                                                                               Percentage
                                                                      Aggregate                of Aggregate
                                                  Number of           Principal                Principal
State(1)                                         Receivables          Balance                  Balance(2)
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                      <C>

Alabama...................................          906                $8,841,361.48             5.89%
Alaska....................................            1                    11,262.96              .01
Arizona...................................          368                 3,903,102.76             2.60
Arkansas..................................            5                    58,004.28              .04
California................................        4,184                36,937,804.73            24.63
Colorado..................................          359                 3,449,140.49             2.30
Connecticut...............................          211                 2,064,329.09             1.38
Florida...................................          690                 6,527,278.54             4.35
Georgia...................................          983                11,399,973.10             7.60
Illinois..................................          805                 8,422,877.71             5.62
Indiana...................................          690                 5,971,596.67             3.98
Iowa......................................           15                   135,671.73              .09
Kansas....................................           86                   805,400.40              .54
Kentucky..................................          193                 1,565,156.22             1.04
Louisiana.................................            4                    47,405.97              .03
Maine.....................................           15                   107,042.76              .07
Maryland..................................            1                     6,904.15              .00
Massachusetts ............................          115                   912,113.30              .61
Michigan..................................          731                 7,546,282.97             5.03
Minnesota.................................            4                    38,439.01              .03
Mississippi...............................           95                 1,123,236.39              .75
Missouri..................................          358                 3,495,744.64             2.33
Nebraska..................................            1                    13,385.78              .01
Nevada....................................          217                 2,188,943.13             1.46
New Hampshire ............................           59                   408,816.77              .27
New Jersey................................            1                     5,295.00              .00
New Mexico................................            6                    70,254.53              .05
New York..................................            3                    28,240.02              .02
North Carolina ...........................          437                 3,736,937.79             2.49
North Dakota .............................           16                   145,275.59              .10
Ohio......................................          488                 4,260,890.25             2.84
Oklahoma..................................          318                 2,943,182.98             1.96
Oregon....................................          679                 5,980,192.85             3.99
Pennsylvania .............................          305                 3,359,033.85             2.24
Rhode Island .............................            9                    68,002.11              .05
South Carolina ...........................          110                 1,120,028.42              .75
Tennessee.................................          443                 4,332,846.30             2.89
Texas.....................................        1,150                12,237,840.64             8.16
Vermont...................................           11                    72,211.78              .05
Virginia..................................            7                    92,285.43              .06
Washington................................          351                 3,287,269.20             2.19
Wisconsin.................................          236                 2,254,134.03             1.50
Wyoming...................................            2                    25,239.66              .02

         Total............................       15,668              $150,000,435.46           100.00%
                                                 ======              ===============           =======

- -------------------------------

(1)         Based on billing addresses of the Obligors as of the Initial Cutoff Date.

(2)         Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Distribution by Interest Allocation Method of the Initial Receivables as of
the Initial Cutoff Date

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
                                                                                                    Percentage
                                                                             Aggregate            of Aggregate
Amortization Type                                    Number of               Principal              Principal
                                                    Receivables               Balance                Balance
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                       <C>

Precomputed Receivables(1)................        8,065               $ 74,553,901.77            49.70%
Simple Interest Receivables ..............        7,603                 75,446,533.69            50.30

         Total............................       15,668               $150,000,435.46           100.00%
                                                 ======               ===============           =======


- --------------------------------

(1)             All of the Precomputed Receivables are Rule of 78's Receivables.
</TABLE>


Distribution of the Initial Receivables by New and Used Financed Vehicles as of
the Initial Cutoff Date


<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Percentage
                                                                          Aggregate            of Aggregate
Collateral Type                                   Number of               Principal             Principal
                                                Receivables               Balance               Balance
<S>                                              <C>                  <C>                      <C>

New.......................................        1,347               $ 18,108,866.13           12.07%
Used......................................       14,321                131,891,569.33           87.93

         Total............................       15,668               $150,000,435.46          100.00%
                                                 ======               ===============          =======
</TABLE>


Distribution by Remaining Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of
the Initial Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Percentage
                                                                            Aggregate          of Aggregate
Range Of Remaining                              Number of                  Principal            Principal
Principal Balance.                             Receivables                  Balance              Balance
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                        <C>

$  0,000.00 to $ 2,499.99.................         209               $    428,838.14               .29%
$  2,500.00 to $ 4,999.99 ................       1,620                  6,441,753.26              4.29
$  5,000.00 to $ 7,499.99 ................       3,297                 20,836,665.99             13.89
$  7,500.00 to $ 9,999.99 ................       3,822                 33,376,307.04             22.25
$10,000.00 to $12,499.99 .................       3,267                 36,528,514.21             24.35
$12,500.00 to $14,999.99 .................       2,075                 28,252,829.24             18.84
$15,000.00 to $17,499.99 .................         879                 14,100,736.23              9.40
$17,500.00 to $19,999.99 .................         313                  5,810,331.05              3.87
$20,000.00 to $22,499.99 .................         108                  2,282,460.48              1.52
$22,500.00 to $24,999.99 .................          47                  1,101,030.60               .73
$25,000.00 to $27,499.99 .................          21                    540,891.66               .36
$27,500.00 to $29,999.99 .................           6                    171,348.92               .11
$30,000.00 to $32,499.99 .................           3                     94,263.64               .06
$32,500.00 to $34,499.99 .................           1                     34,465.00               .02

         Total............................      15,668               $150,000,435.46            100.00%
                                                ======               ===============            =======
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Distribution by Annual Percentage Rate of the Initial Receivables as of the
Initial Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                                Percentage
                                                                         Aggregate            of Aggregate
Annual Percentage                                 Number of              Principal              Principal
Rate Range                                      Receivables              Balance                Balance
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                       <C>

 9.000% to  9.999%........................           3               $     59,756.23              .04%
10.000% to 10.999% .......................           2                     32,475.45              .02
11.000% to 11.999% .......................           2                     34,949.18              .02
12.000% to 12.999% .......................           8                     88,840.57              .06
13.000% to 13.999% .......................          10                    122,818.39              .08
14.000% to 14.999% .......................          84                  1,089,287.62              .73
15.000% to 15.999% .......................         263                  3,505,858.75             2.34
16.000% to 16.999% .......................       1,079                 14,390,757.20             9.59
17.000% to 17.999% .......................       1,765                 21,273,474.91            14.18
18.000% to 18.999% .......................       2,134                 23,894,522.61            15.93
19.000% to 19.999% .......................       1,866                 18,975,083.44            12.65
20.000% to 20.999% .......................       2,969                 26,807,727.65            17.87
21.000% to 21.999% .......................       2,589                 18,479,172.63            12.32
22.000% to 22.999% .......................       1,184                  9,480,218.22             6.32
23.000% to 23.999% .......................         546                  4,377,323.12             2.92
24.000% to 24.999% .......................         713                  4,656,217.10             3.10
25.000% to 25.999% .......................         331                  2,012,317.47             1.34
26.000% to 26.999% .......................          75                    464,870.43              .31
27.000% to 27.999% .......................          12                     62,700.45              .04
28.000% to 28.999% .......................          17                    105,428.52              .07
29.000% to 29.999% .......................          14                     74,465.52              .05
30.000% to 30.999% ......................           2                      12,170.00              .01

         Total............................      15,668               $150,000,435.46           100.00%
                                                ======               ===============           =======
</TABLE>


Distribution by Remaining Term of the Initial Receivables as of the Initial
 Cutoff Date
<TABLE>
<CAPTION>

                                                                                               Percentage
                                                                        Aggregate            of Aggregate
                                                 Number of              Principal              Principal
Range Of Remaining Terms                        Receivables              Balance              Balance(1)
<S>                                             <C>                  <C>                       <C>
7 to 11 Months............................          38               $     75,262.60               .05%
12 to 17 Months ..........................         164                    438,829.67               .29
18 to 23 Months ..........................         562                  2,134,932.78              1.42
24 to 29 Months ..........................         690                  3,387,215.04              2.26
30 to 35 Months ..........................       1,846                 11,338,074.27              7.56
36 to 41 Months ..........................       1,514                 10,976,207.82              7.32
42 to 47 Months ..........................       2,602                 22,704,741.74             15.14
48 to 53 Months ..........................       2,074                 20,680,106.14             13.79
54 to 59 Months ..........................       4,366                 54,067,760.90             36.05
60 to 65 Months ..........................       1,713                 22,440,883.55             14.96
66 to 71 Months ..........................          77                  1,365,201.08               .91
72 Months.................................          22                    391,219.87               .26

         Total............................      15,668               $150,000,435.46            100.00%
                                                ======               ===============            =======
- ------------------------------------

(1)             Percentages may not add to 100.00% because of rounding.
</TABLE>

<TABLE>
<CAPTION>
Composition of the Initial Receivables as of the Statistical Calculation Date
Weighted Average      Aggregate Principal    Number of             Weighted Average      Weighted Average   Average Principal
APR of Receivables    Balance                Receivables           Remaining Term        Original Term      Balance
<C>                 <C>                      <C>                   <C>                   <C>                <C>
19.55%              $150,000,435.46          15,668                50.45 months          52.17 months       $9,573.68
</TABLE>
<PAGE>

Item 7. Financial Statements, Pro Forma Financial Information and Exhibits.

(c)     Exhibits

Exhibit No.

1.1  Underwriting Agreement, dated June 20, 1996, among The Money Store Inc.,
     TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. and CS First Boston Corporation.

1.2  Pricing Agreement, dated June 20, 1996, among The Money Store Inc., TMS
     Auto Holdings, Inc. and CS First Boston Corporation.

4.1  Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, among The Money
     Store Inc., TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. and
     The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1.

4.2  Indenture, dated as of May 31, 1996, between The Money Store Auto Trust
     1996-1 and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association.

4.3  Trust Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, TMS Auto Holdings, Inc.
     and Bankers Trust (Delaware).

23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand in connection with the financial statement of
     Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

99.1 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy covering the Notes to be
     issued by Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

99.2 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy covering the Certificates to
     be issued by Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

<PAGE>

                                   SIGNATURES


     Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, the
registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its behalf by the
undersigned thereunto duly authorized.


                                       TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                       THE MONEY STORE INC.

                                       By: /s/ Morton Dear
                                           ----------------------
                                       Name:  Morton Dear
                                       Title: Executive Vice President


Dated:  June 28, 1996
<PAGE>


                                  EXHIBIT INDEX


Exhibit No.            Description of Exhibit

1.1  Underwriting Agreement, dated June 20, 1996, among The Money Store Inc.,
     TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. and CS First Boston Corporation.

1.2  Pricing Agreement, dated June 20, 1996, among The Money Store Inc., TMS
     Auto Holdings, Inc. and CS First Boston Corporation.

4.1  Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, among The Money
     Store Inc., TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. and
     The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1.

4.2  Indenture, dated as of May 31, 1996, between The Money Store Auto Trust
     and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association.

4.3  Trust Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996, between TMS Auto Holdings, Inc.
     and Bankers Trust (Delaware).

23.1 Consent of Coopers & Lybrand in connection with the financial statement of
     Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

99.1 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy covering the Notes to be
     issued by Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

99.2 Form of Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy covering the Certificates to
     be issued by Financial Security Assurance, Inc.

                                                    EXECUTION COPY


                              THE MONEY STORE INC.
                            TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.

                       The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1

        $45,100,000.00 Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes
             $90,000,000 Class A-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
                 $57,900,000 Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes
                   $7,000,000 7.10% Asset-Backed Certificates

                             UNDERWRITING AGREEMENT

                                                         June 20, 1996

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
as Representative (the "Representative")
 of the several Underwriters named
 herein
55 E. 52nd Street
New York, New York  10012

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          The Money Store Inc., a New Jersey corporation ("TMSI") and TMS Auto
Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller") propose to cause THE
MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996- 1 (the "Trust") to issue and sell $45,100,000
principal amount of its Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes (the
"Class A-1 Notes"), $90,000,000 principal amount of its Class A- 2 Floating
Rate Asset Backed Notes (the Class A-2 Notes"), $57,900,000 principal amount of
its Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes" and, together
with the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, the "Notes") and $7,000,000
principal amount of its 7.10% Asset Backed Certificates (the "Certificates"
and, together with the Notes, the "Securities") to the several underwriters
named in Schedule I attached hereto (the "Underwriters"). The assets of the
Trust include, among other things, a pool of non-prime receivables generated
pursuant to motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts (the "Initial
Receivables") acquired by the Seller pursuant to a purchase agreement dated as
of May 31, 1996 (the "Purchase Agreement") between the Seller and TMS Auto
Finance, Inc., all monies received under the Initial Receivables after, with
respect to each Initial Receivable, the later of (x) May 31, 1996 and (y) the
date of its origination (the "Initial Cutoff Date") (and, in the case of each
Precomputed Receivable, certain monies received on or prior to the related
Initial Cutoff Date that relate to Scheduled Payments after the Initial Cutoff
Date), additional receivables generated pursuant to motor vehicle retail
installment sale contracts (the "Subsequent Receivables," and together with the
Initial Receivables, the "Receivables") to be conveyed to the Trust subsequent
to the date of issuance of the Securities and all monies received under the
Subsequent Receivables after their respective subsequent cutoff dates (each, a
"Subsequent Cutoff Date") (and, in the case of Precomputed Receivables, certain
monies received on or prior to the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date that
relate to Scheduled Payments after the applicable Subsequent Cutoff Date), an
assignment of the security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, certain
bank accounts and the proceeds thereof, a financial guaranty insurance policy
issued by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Insurer") to the Indenture
Trustee (as defined below) for the benefit of the Noteholders (the "Note
Policy"), a financial guarantee insurance policy issued by the Insurer to the
Owner Trustee (as defined herein) for the benefit of the Certificateholders
(the "Certificate Policy" and, with the Note Policy, the "Policies") and
certain other property and the proceeds thereof to be conveyed to the Trust
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement to be dated as of May 31, 1996
(the "Sale and Servicing Agreement") among the Trust, the Seller, TMSI and TMS
Auto Finance Inc., as servicer (the "Servicer"). Pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Seller will sell the Receivables to the Trust and the
Servicer will service the Receivables on behalf of the Trust. In addition,
pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Servicer will agree to
perform certain administrative tasks imposed on the Trust under the Indenture.
The Notes will be issued pursuant to the Indenture to be dated as of May 31,
1996 (as amended and supplemented from time to time, the "Indenture"), between
the Trust and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a national banking
association (the "Indenture Trustee" and in its capacity as collateral agent,
the "Indenture Collateral Agent"). The Certificates, each representing a
fractional undivided interest in the Trust, will be issued pursuant to a Trust
Agreement to be dated as of May 31, 1996, between the Seller and Bankers Trust
(Delaware), as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"). Certain funds will be
pledged by the Seller for the benefit of the Noteholder, the Certificateholder
and the Security Insurer to Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association (in
such capacity the "Collateral Agent") pursuant to a Spread Account Agreement
dated as of May 31, 1996 among the Seller, the Servicer and the Collateral
Agent (the "Spread Account Agreement"). The Policies will be issued pursuant to
the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 by and among the
Insurer, TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer. In connection with the transactions
contemplated hereby, the Representative, the Insurer, TMSI and the Seller will
enter into an Indemnification Agreement dated as of June 20, 1996 (the
"Indemnification Agreement").

          Prior to the delivery of the Securities by the Seller, and the public
offering thereof by the Underwriters, the Representative, the Seller and TMSI
shall enter into an agreement substantially in the form of Exhibit A hereto
(the "Pricing Agreement"), which shall specify such applicable information as
is indicated in, and be in substantially the form of, Exhibit A hereto. The
offering of the Securities will be governed by this Agreement, as supplemented
by the Pricing Agreement. From and after the date of the execution and delivery
of the Pricing Agreement, this Agreement shall be deemed to incorporate the
Pricing Agreement. Capitalized terms used herein that are not otherwise defined
shall have the meanings ascribed thereto in the Sale and Servicing Agreement
or, if not defined therein, in the Indenture.

          The Seller and TMSI understand that the Underwriters propose to make
a public offering of the Securities as soon as the Underwriters deem advisable
after the Pricing Agreement has been executed and delivered.

          Section 1. Representations and Warranties of TMSI and the Seller.

          (a) TMSI and the Seller represent and warrant to each of the
Underwriters as of the date hereof and, if the Pricing Agreement is executed on
a date other than the date hereof, as of the date of the Pricing Agreement
(such latter date being hereinafter referred to as the "Representation Date")
as follows:

               (i) TMSI and the Seller have filed with the Securities and
          Exchange Commission (the "Commission") a registration statement on
          Form S-3 (No. 33-94518) including a prospectus, and such amendments
          thereto as may have been required to the date hereof, relating to the
          Securities and the offering thereof from time to time in accordance
          with Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the "1933
          Act"), and such registration statement, as amended, has become
          effective. Such registration statement, as amended, and the
          prospectus relating to the sale of the Securities constituting a part
          thereof as from time to time amended or supplemented (including any
          prospectus supplement (the "Prospectus Supplement") filed with the
          Commission pursuant to Rule 424 of the rules and regulations of the
          Commission under the 1933 Act (the "1933 Act Regulations") and any
          information incorporated therein by reference are respectively
          referred to herein as the "Registration Statement" and the
          "Prospectus." The conditions of Rule 415 under the 1933 Act have been
          satisfied with respect to TMSI, the Seller and the Registration
          Statement.

               (ii) At the time the Registration Statement became effective and
          at the Representation Date, the Registration Statement complied and
          will comply in all material respects with the requirements of the
          1933 Act, the Trust Indenture Act of 1939, as amended (the "Trust
          Indenture Act") and the 1933 Act Regulations, and did not and will
          not contain an untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a
          material fact required to be stated therein or necessary to make the
          statements therein not misleading. The Prospectus, at the
          Representation Date (unless the term "Prospectus" refers to a
          prospectus which has been provided to the Underwriters by TMSI and
          the Seller for use in connection with the offering of the Securities
          which differs from the Prospectus on file at the Commission at the
          time the Registration Statement became effective, in which case at
          the time it is first provided to the Underwriters for such use) and
          at Closing Time referred to in Section 2 hereof, will not include an
          untrue statement of a material fact or omit to state a material fact
          necessary in order to make the statements therein, in the light of
          the circumstances under which they were made, not misleading;
          provided, however, that the representations and warranties in this
          subsection shall not apply to statements in or omissions from the
          Registration Statement or Prospectus made in reliance upon and in
          conformity with information furnished to TMSI and the Seller in
          writing by any Underwriter through the Representative expressly for
          use in the Registration Statement or Prospectus. The conditions to
          the use by TMSI and the Seller of a registration statement on Form
          S-3 under the 1933 Act, as set forth in the General Instructions to
          Form S-3, have been satisfied with respect to the Registration
          Statement and the Prospectus.

               (iii) Since the respective dates as of which information is
          given in the Registration Statement and the Prospectus, except as
          otherwise stated therein, (A) there has been no material adverse
          change in the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings,
          business affairs or business prospects of the Seller, the Servicer,
          TMSI and its subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or
          not arising in the ordinary course of business, which would have a
          material adverse effect on the ability of each of TMSI, the Seller
          and the Servicer to perform its obligations under the Basic Documents
          (as defined below) to which it is a party and (B) there have been no
          transactions entered into by the Seller, the Servicer, TMSI or any of
          its subsidiaries, other than those in the ordinary course of
          business, which would have a material adverse effect on the ability
          of the Seller, the Servicer or TMSI to perform its obligations under
          this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the
          Indemnification Agreement and the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement
          (this Agreement, the Pricing Agreement, the Sale and Servicing
          Agreement, the Trust Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the Spread
          Account Agreement, the Indemnification Agreement and the Insurance
          and Indemnity Agreement being herein referred to, collectively, as
          the "Basic Documents") to which it is a party.

               (iv) Each of TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer has been duly
          organized and is validly existing as a corporation in good standing
          under the laws of its jurisdiction of incorporation with all
          requisite power and authority to own, lease and operate its
          properties and to conduct its business as described in the Prospectus
          and to enter into and perform its obligations under the Basic
          Documents to which it is a party; and each is duly qualified as a
          foreign corporation to transact business and is in good standing in
          each jurisdiction in which such qualification is required, whether by
          reason of the ownership or leasing of property or the conduct of
          business, except where the failure to so qualify would not have a
          material adverse effect on, (A) the ability of any of TMSI, the
          Seller or the Servicer to perform its obligations under the Basic
          Documents to which it is a party, or (B) the business, properties,
          financial position, operations or results of operations of TMSI, the
          Seller or the Servicer.

                  (v) Any person who signed this Agreement on behalf of TMSI or
         the Seller was, as of the time of such  signing and  delivery,  and is
         now  duly  elected  or  appointed,   qualified  and  acting,  and  the
         Agreement,  as so executed, is duly and validly authorized,  executed,
         and constitutes the valid, legal and binding agreement of each of TMSI
         and the Seller,  enforceable in accordance  with its terms,  except as
         enforceability    may   be   limited   by   bankruptcy,    insolvency,
         reorganization  or other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
         creditors'  rights in  general  and by  general  principles  of equity
         regardless of whether such  enforcement  is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law.

                    (vi) Each  Basic  Document  to which it is a party has been
         duly and validly  authorized by TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer and,
         when executed and delivered by TMSI,  the Seller and the Servicer,  as
         the  case  may be,  and  duly and  validly  authorized,  executed  and
         delivered by the other parties thereto, will constitute, the valid and
         binding  agreement of TMSI,  the Seller and the Servicer,  as the case
         may  be,  enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  terms,  except  as
         enforceability    may   be   limited   by   bankruptcy,    insolvency,
         reorganization  or other  similar laws  affecting the  enforcement  of
         creditors'  rights in  general  and by  general  principles  of equity
         regardless of whether such  enforcement  is considered in a proceeding
         in equity or at law; and such Basic Documents and the Policies conform
         in all material respects to the statements  relating thereto contained
         in the Prospectus.

               (vii) The Notes, when duly and validly executed by the Indenture
          Trustee, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the
          Indenture, and delivered and paid for pursuant hereto will be validly
          issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Indenture.
          The Certificates, when duly and validly executed by the Owner
          Trustee, authenticated and delivered in accordance with the Trust
          Agreement, and delivered and paid for pursuant hereto will be validly
          issued and outstanding and entitled to the benefits of the Trust
          Agreement. The Securities conform in all material respects to all
          statements relating thereto contained in the Prospectus.

               (viii) Neither the grant of the security interest in the
          Collateral to the Indenture Collateral Agent pursuant to the
          Indenture, nor the grant of a security interest in the Spread Account
          Property to the Collateral Agent, nor the issuance or delivery of the
          Notes or the Certificates, nor the consummation of any other of the
          transactions herein contemplated or in any other Basic Document, nor
          the execution and delivery by each of TMSI, the Seller and the
          Servicer of the Basic Documents to which it is a party, nor the
          fulfillment of the terms of the Notes or the Certificates or each
          such Basic Document will result in the breach of any term or
          provision of the charter or by-laws of TMSI, the Seller or the
          Servicer, and none of TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer is in breach
          or violation of or in default (nor has an event occurred which with
          notice or lapse of time or both would constitute a default) under the
          terms of (A) any material obligation, agreement, covenant or
          condition contained in any material contract, indenture, loan
          agreement, note, lease or other material instrument to which it is a
          party or by which it may be bound, or to which any of its property or
          assets is subject, or (B) any law, decree, order, rule or regulation
          applicable to TMSI, the Seller, the Servicer or the Receivables of
          any court or supervisory, regulatory, administrative or governmental
          agency, body or authority, or arbitrator having jurisdiction over any
          such entity or its properties or the Receivables, the default in or
          the breach or violation of which would have a material adverse effect
          on TMSI, the Seller or the Servicer or the ability of any such entity
          to perform its obligations under the Basic Documents to which it is a
          party; and neither the issuance or delivery of the Notes or the
          Certificates, nor the consummation of any other of the transactions
          herein contemplated, nor the fulfillment of the terms of the Notes or
          the Certificates or the Basic Documents will result in such a breach,
          violation or default which would have such a material adverse effect.

               (ix) Except as described in the Prospectus, there is no action,
          suit or proceeding against or investigation of TMSI, the Seller or
          the Servicer now pending, or, to the knowledge of TMSI or the Seller,
          threatened against TMSI, the Seller or the Servicer, before any
          court, governmental agency or body (A) which is required to be
          disclosed in the Prospectus (other than as disclosed therein) or (B)
          (1) asserting the invalidity of any Basic Document or the Notes or
          the Certificates, (2) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or
          the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
          contemplated by the Basic Documents, (3) which would materially and
          adversely affect the performance by any of TMSI, the Seller or the
          Servicer of its obligations under the Basic Documents to which it is
          a party, or the validity or enforceability of any Basic Document or
          the Notes or the Certificates or (4) seeking to adversely affect the
          federal income tax attributes of the Notes or the Certificates
          described in the Prospectus; all pending legal or governmental
          proceedings to which TMSI, the Seller or the Representative is a
          party or of which any of their respective property or assets is the
          subject which are not described in the Prospectus, including ordinary
          routine litigation incidental to the business, are, considered in the
          aggregate, not material to TMSI's, the Seller's and the Servicer's
          ability to perform their respective obligations under the Basic
          Documents to which each is a party.

               (x) Each of TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer possesses such
          licenses, certificates, authorities or permits issued by the
          appropriate state or federal regulatory agencies or governmental
          bodies necessary to conduct the businesses now conducted by it
          (except where the failure to possess any such license, certificate,
          authority or permit would not materially and adversely affect the
          holders of the Notes or the Certificates) and none has received any
          notice of proceedings relating to the revocation or modification of
          any such license, certificate, authority or permit which, singly or
          in the aggregate, if the subject of any unfavorable decision, ruling
          or finding, would materially and adversely affect the ability of such
          entity to perform its obligations under the Basic Documents to which
          it is a party.

               (xi) No authorization, approval or consent of any court or
          governmental authority or agency is necessary in connection with the
          issuance or sale of the Securities hereunder, except such as may be
          required under the 1933 Act, the Trust Indenture Act or the 1933 Act
          Regulations or state securities laws.

               (xii) At the time of execution and delivery of the Sale and
          Servicing Agreement by TMSI, the Seller, the Servicer and the Trust,
          the Trust will have acquired good title to the Initial Receivables
          (including an assignment of the security interests in the Financed
          Vehicles securing the Initial Receivables and the proceeds of each of
          the foregoing), free and clear of any security interest, mortgage,
          pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity, and, upon delivery to the
          Underwriters of the Securities, the Underwriters will have good and
          marketable title to the Securities free and clear of any security
          interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance, claim or equity. At
          each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Trust will have acquired good
          title to the Subsequent Receivables (including an assignment of the
          security interests in the Financed Vehicles securing the Subsequent
          Receivables and the proceeds of each of the foregoing), free and
          clear of any security interest, mortgage, pledge, lien, encumbrance,
          claim or equity.

               (xiii) The transfer of the Initial Receivables by TMS Auto
          Finance to the Seller, and by the Seller to the Trust at Closing Time
          will be treated by TMS Auto Finance and the Seller for financial
          accounting and reporting purposes as a sale of assets and not as a
          pledge of assets to secure debt. The transfer of the Subsequent
          Receivables by TMS Auto Finance to the Seller, and by the Seller to
          the Trust at the applicable Subsequent Transfer Date will be treated
          by TMS Auto Finance and the Seller for financial accounting and
          reporting purposes as a sale of assets and not as a pledge of assets
          to secure debt.

               (xiv) Any taxes, fees and other governmental charges that are
          assessed and due in connection with the execution, delivery and
          issuance of the Basic Documents and the Securities which have become
          due or will become due on or prior to Closing Time shall have been
          paid at or prior to Closing Time.

               (xv) The Trust is not required to be registered as an
          "investment company" under the Investment Company Act of 1940 (the
          "1940 Act").

               (xvi) The Receivables are chattel paper as defined in the UCC as
          in effect in the State of California.

          (b) Any certificate signed by any officer of TMSI, the Seller or the
Servicer and delivered to the Representative on behalf of the Underwriters or
counsel for the Underwriters shall be deemed a representation and warranty by
TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer as to the matters covered thereby.

          Section 2. Delivery to the Underwriters; Closing.

          (a) On the basis of the representations and warranties herein
contained and subject to the terms and conditions herein set forth, the Seller
agrees to cause the Trust to sell the Securities to the Underwriters. In the
event that the initial remittance rates and prices for the Securities have not
been agreed upon and the Pricing Agreement has not been executed and delivered
by all parties thereto by the close of business on the fourth business day
following the date of this Agreement, this Agreement shall terminate forthwith,
without liability of any party to any other party, unless otherwise agreed upon
by the Representative, TMSI and the Seller.

          (b) Delivery of the Certificates shall be made at the offices of
Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, 7 Hanover Square, New York, New York 10004, or at
such other place as shall be agreed upon by the Representative, TMSI and the
Seller, at 10:00 A.M., New York City time, on June 26, 1996, or such other time
not later than ten business days after such date as shall be agreed upon by the
Representative, TMSI and the Seller (such time and date of payment and delivery
being herein called "Closing Time").

          (c) The Securities to be delivered will be initially represented by
one or more Class A-1 Notes, one or more Class A- 2 Notes, one or more Class
A-3 Notes and one or more Certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co.,
the nominee of the Depository Trust Company ("DTC").

          For purposes of this Agreement, all Securities initially represented
by one or more certificates registered in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee
of DTC, shall be referred to herein, collectively, as the "DTC Securities."

          The interests of beneficial owners of the DTC Securities will be
represented by book entries on the records of DTC and participating members
thereof. Definitive Notes and Definitive Certificates will be available in
exchange for DTC Securities only under the limited circumstances specified in
the Indenture and Trust Agreement. The DTC Securities to be purchased by the
Underwriters will be delivered by the Seller to the Underwriters (which
delivery shall be made through the facilities of DTC) against payment of the
purchase price therefor. Each of the Underwriters hereby agrees, severally and
not jointly, subject to the terms, conditions and provisions hereof, to
purchase from the Trust the Securities in the principal amounts set forth
opposite its name on Schedule I at the prices specified in the Pricing
Agreement. The purchase price shall be paid by the Representative by a same day
federal funds wire payable to the order of the Seller or its designee. The
Securities will be made available for examination by the Representative not
later than 10:00 A.M. on the last business day prior to Closing Time.

          (d) The Securities shall be offered to the public from time to time
for sale in negotiated transactions or otherwise, at prices determined at the
time of sale.

     Section 3. Covenants of TMSI and the Seller.  TMSI and the Seller covenant
with each of the Underwriters as follows:

               (a) Either TMSI or the Seller will promptly notify the
          Representative, and confirm the notice in writing, (i) of any
          amendment to the Registration Statement; (ii) of any request by the
          Commission for any amendment to the Registration Statement or any
          amendment or supplement to the Prospectus or for additional
          information; (iii) of the issuance by the Commission of any stop
          order suspending the effectiveness of the Registration Statement or
          the initiation or threatening of any proceedings for that purpose;
          and (iv) of the receipt by either of any notification with respect to
          the suspension of the qualification of the Notes or the Certificates
          for sale in any jurisdiction or the initiation or threatening of any
          proceedings for that purpose. TMSI and the Seller will make every
          reasonable effort to prevent the issuance of any stop order and, if
          any stop order is issued, to obtain the lifting thereof at the
          earliest possible moment.

               (b) Either TMSI or the Seller will give the Representative
          notice of their intention to file or prepare any amendment to the
          Registration Statement or any amendment or supplement to the
          Prospectus (including any revised prospectus which they propose for
          use by the Underwriters in connection with the offering of the
          Securities which differs from the prospectus on file at the
          Commission at the time the Registration Statement becomes effective,
          whether or not such revised prospectus is required to be filed
          pursuant to Rule 424(b) of the 1933 Act Regulations), will furnish
          the Representative with copies of any such amendment or supplement a
          reasonable amount of time prior to such proposed filing or use, as
          the case may be, and, unless required by law to do so, will not file
          any such amendment or supplement or use any such prospectus to which
          the Representative or counsel for the Underwriters shall reasonably
          object.

               (c) TMSI and the Seller will deliver to the Representative as
          many signed and as many conformed copies of the Registration
          Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto (in each
          case including exhibits filed therewith) as the Representative may
          reasonably request.

               (d) TMSI and the Seller will furnish to the Representative, from
          time to time during the period when the Prospectus is required to be
          delivered under the 1933 Act or the Securities Exchange Act of 1934,
          as amended (the "1934 Act"), such number of copies of the Prospectus
          (as amended or supplemented) as the Representative may reasonably
          request for the purposes contemplated by the 1933 Act or the 1934 Act
          or the respective applicable rules and regulations of the Commission
          thereunder.

               (e) If any event shall occur as a result of which it is
          necessary, in the reasonable opinion of counsel for the Underwriters,
          to amend or supplement the Prospectus in order to make the Prospectus
          not misleading in the light of the circumstances existing at the time
          it is delivered to a purchaser, TMSI and the Seller will forthwith
          amend or supplement the Prospectus (in form and substance
          satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriter) so that, as so amended
          or supplemented, the Prospectus will not include an untrue statement
          of a material fact or omit to state a material fact necessary in
          order to make the statements therein, in the light of the
          circumstances existing at the time it is delivered to a purchaser,
          not misleading, and TMSI and the Seller will furnish to the
          Representative a reasonable number of copies of such amendment or
          supplement. Neither the consent of the Representative of, nor the
          delivery by the Representative of, any such amendment or supplement
          shall constitute a waiver of any of the conditions set forth in
          Section 5.

               (f) TMSI and the Seller will endeavor, in cooperation with the
          Underwriter, to qualify the Securities for offering and sale under
          the applicable securities laws of such states and other jurisdictions
          of the United States as the Representative may designate; provided,
          however, that neither TMSI nor the Seller shall be obligated to
          qualify as a foreign corporation in any jurisdiction in which it is
          not so qualified. In each jurisdiction in which the Securities have
          been so qualified, TMSI and the Seller will file such statements and
          reports as may be required by the laws of such jurisdiction to
          continue such qualification in effect for a period of not less than
          one year from the date hereof.

               (g) TMSI and the Seller will file with the Commission such
          reports on Form SR as may be required pursuant to Rule 463 under the
          1933 Act.

               (h) So long as any Notes or Certificates shall be outstanding,
          TMSI and the Seller will deliver to the Underwriters, as promptly as
          practicable, such information concerning TMSI, the Seller, the
          Servicer or the Notes or other Certificates as the Representative may
          reasonably request from time to time.

          Section 4. Payment of Expenses. TMSI and the Seller will pay all
expenses incident to the performance of their obligations under this Agreement,
including (i) the printing (or other reproducing) and filing of the
Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment thereto; (ii)
the reproducing of the Basic Documents and the Indenture; (iii) the
preparation, printing, issuance and delivery of the DTC Securities to the
Underwriters; (iv) the fees and disbursements of (A) the Underwriters' counsel,
(B) accountants for TMSI and the Seller and issuer of the comfort letter, (C)
the Indenture Trustee and its counsel, (D) the Owner Trustee and its counsel,
and (E) DTC in connection with the book-entry registration of the DTC
Securities; (v) the qualification of the Securities under state securities laws
in accordance with the provisions of Section 3(f) hereof, including filing fees
and the fees and disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters in connection
therewith and in connection with the preparation of the Blue Sky Survey; (vi)
the printing (or other reproducing) and delivery to the Underwriters of copies
of the Registration Statement as originally filed and of each amendment
thereto, of each preliminary prospectus and of the Prospectus and any
amendments or supplements thereto; (vii) the fees charged by the Insurer;
(viii) the fees charged by each of Standard & Poor's Structured Ratings Group,
a division of The McGraw-Hill Companies, Inc. ("S&P") and Moody's Investors
Service, Inc. ("Moody's") for rating the Securities; and (ix) the reproducing
and delivery to the Underwriters of copies of the Blue Sky Survey.

          If this Agreement is terminated by the Representative in accordance
with the provisions of Section 5 or Section 9(a)(i) (unless, in the case of
Section 9(a)(i), such termination arises from a change or development involving
a prospective change in or affecting the business or properties of the
Insurer), TMSI and the Seller shall reimburse the Representative for all of its
reasonable out-of-pocket expenses, including the reasonable fees and
disbursements of counsel for the Underwriters.

          Section 5. Conditions of the Underwriters' Obligations. The
obligations of the Underwriters hereunder are subject to the accuracy of the
representations and warranties of TMSI and the Seller herein contained or in
any of the Basic Documents, to the performance by TMSI and the Seller of their
respective obligations hereunder, and to the following further conditions:

               (a) The Registration Statement shall have become effective and,
          at Closing Time, no stop order suspending the effectiveness of the
          Registration Statement shall have been issued under the 1933 Act or
          proceedings therefor initiated or threatened by the Commission. As of
          the Closing Time, the Prospectus shall have been filed with the
          Commission in accordance with Rule 424 of the 1933 Act Regulations.

               (b) At Closing Time, the Representative shall have received:

                                    (i)  The  favorable  opinion,  dated  as of
                  Closing Time,  of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan,  counsel for the
                  Underwriters, to the effect that:

                                            (A) The  Registration  Statement is
                           effective  under the 1933 Act,  and,  to the best of
                           their  knowledge  and  information,  no  stop  order
                           suspending  the  effectiveness  of the  Registration
                           Statement  has  been  issued  under  the 1933 Act or
                           proceedings  therefor initiated or threatened by the
                           Commission.

                                            (B) At the  time  the  Registration
                           Statement became effective and at the Representation
                           Date,  the  Registration  Statement  (other than the
                           financial,  numerical,  statistical and quantitative
                           information included therein, as to which no opinion
                           need  be  rendered)  complied  as  to  form  in  all
                           material respects with the requirements of
                           the 1933 Act and the Rules and Regulations
                           thereunder.

                                        (C) The  information  in the Prospectus
                           under   "The   Notes,"   "The    Certificates"   and
                           "Description  of the  Purchase  Agreements  and  the
                           Trust   Documents"   and  the   information  in  the
                           Prospectus  Supplement  under  "Description  of  the
                           Notes" and "Description of the Certificates" insofar
                           as they constitute  summaries of certain  provisions
                           of the Notes,  the  Certificates,  the Indenture and
                           the  Trust   Agreement,   summarizes   fairly   such
                           provisions.

                                        (D)  The   information   in  the   base
                           Prospectus under "Prospectus Summary -- Tax Status,"
                           "Prospectus   Summary   --   ERISA   Considerations"
                           "Federal  Income  Tax   Consequences,"   and  "ERISA
                           Considerations"  and  in the  Prospectus  Supplement
                           under "Summary of Terms -- Tax Status,"  "Summary of
                           Terms --  ERISA  Considerations,"  "Certain  Federal
                           Income     Tax     Consequences,"     and     "ERISA
                           Considerations,"  to the extent that they constitute
                           matters  of  federal,  New York or  California  law,
                           summaries of legal matters, documents or proceedings
                           or legal conclusions,  has been reviewed by them and
                           is correct in all material respects.

                                        (E) The  Seller and the  Servicer  have
                           been duly  incorporated and are validly existing and
                           in good  standing  under  the  laws of the  State of
                           Delaware.

                                        (F) The  Seller has the power to engage
                           in the  transactions  contemplated  by  each of this
                           Agreement,     the    Pricing     Agreement,     the
                           Indemnification  Agreement and the Trust  Agreement,
                           and the  Seller and the  Servicer  have the power to
                           engage in the  transactions  contemplated by each of
                           the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Insurance and
                           Indemnity  Agreement,  the Spread Account  Agreement
                           and the Purchase  Agreement,  and have all requisite
                           power,  authority  and legal  right to  execute  and
                           deliver this Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement,  the
                           Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the Spread  Account
                           Agreement,     the    Purchase    Agreement,     the
                           Indemnification   Agreement,   the   Insurance   and
                           Indemnity Agreement and the Trust Agreement,  as the
                           case may be (and any other  documents  delivered  in
                           connection therewith) and to perform and observe the
                           terms and conditions of such instruments.

                                           (G) Each of the  Sale and  Servicing
                           Agreement,  the Insurance  and Indemnity  Agreement,
                           the  Spread  Account   Agreement  and  the  Purchase
                           Agreement  has been duly  authorized,  executed  and
                           delivered by the Seller and the  Servicer,  and each
                           of  the   Trust   Agreement,   the   Indemnification
                           Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement and this Agreement
                           has been duly authorized,  executed and delivered by
                           the Seller.  Assuming due  authorization,  execution
                           and delivery by the other parties thereto,  the Sale
                           and Servicing Agreement, the Purchase Agreement, the
                           Spread  Account   Agreement,   the   Indemnification
                           Agreement,  the Insurance  and Indemnity  Agreement,
                           the Trust Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement and this
                           Agreement  are legal,  valid and binding  agreements
                           enforceable  in  accordance  with  their  respective
                           terms  against the Seller and the  Servicer,  as the
                           case  may  be,   subject   (a)  to  the   effect  of
                           bankruptcy, insolvency,  reorganization,  moratorium
                           and similar laws relating to or affecting creditors'
                           rights  generally and court  decisions  with respect
                           thereto, (b) to the understanding that no opinion is
                           expressed  as  to  the   application   of  equitable
                           principles in any  proceeding,  whether at law or in
                           equity,  and (c) to  limitations  of  public  policy
                           under  applicable  securities  laws as to  rights of
                           indemnity and contribution thereunder.

                                        (H) The  Receivables  are chattel paper
                           as  defined  in the UCC as in effect in the State of
                           California.

                                        (I) The Seller is not,  and will not as
                           a result of the offer and sale of the  Securities as
                           contemplated  in the  Prospectus  and this Agreement
                           become,  an  "investment  company" as defined in the
                           Investment  Company  Act of 1940,  as  amended  (the
                           "Investment  Company Act"), or a company "controlled
                           by" an  "investment  company"  within the meaning of
                           the Investment Company Act.

                                        (J) All  actions  required  to be taken
                           and all filings required to be made by the Seller or
                           the Trust  under the 1933 Act and the 1934 Act prior
                           to the sale of the  Securities  have been duly taken
                           or made.

                                         (K) The  Trust  Agreement  need not be
                           qualified  under  the  Trust  Indenture  Act and the
                           Trust  is  not   required  to  register   under  the
                           Investment Company Act.

                                         (L)  The   Indenture   has  been  duly
                           qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

                              Stroock  &  Stroock  & Lavan  shall  additionally
                  provide an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the
                  Rating Agencies,  that if a court concludes that the transfer
                  of the  Receivables  from the Seller to the Owner  Trustee on
                  behalf of the Trust is a sale,  the  interest of the Trust in
                  the  Receivables,  the  interest of the Trust in the Seller's
                  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  securing the
                  Receivables and the proceeds of each of the foregoing will be
                  perfected  upon the  filing of  appropriate  UCC-1  financing
                  statements  and, if a court  concludes  that such transfer is
                  not a sale,  the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  constitutes a
                  grant by the Seller to the Trust of a valid security interest
                  in the Receivables, the interest of the Trust in the Seller's
                  security  interests  in the  Financed  Vehicles  securing the
                  Receivables and the proceeds of each of the foregoing,  which
                  security  interest  will be  perfected  upon  the  filing  of
                  appropriate UCC-1 financing statements.

                              Stroock  &  Stroock  & Lavan  shall  additionally
                  provide an opinion, in form and substance satisfactory to the
                  Rating Agencies, (i) regarding the creation and attachment of
                  a security  interest in the  Collateral  (including,  without
                  limitation,  the Trust Estate, as to which such opinion shall
                  also  cover the  perfection  and  priority  of the  Indenture
                  Collateral   Agent's  interest   therein)  in  favor  of  the
                  Indenture  Trustee  on  behalf of the  Noteholders,  and (ii)
                  regarding the creation and attachment of a security  interest
                  in the Spread  Account  Property  (which  opinion  shall also
                  cover the perfection  and priority of the Collateral  Agent's
                  interest   therein)   in   favor  of  the   Noteholder,   the
                  Certificateholder and the Security Insurer. Such opinions may
                  contain such assumptions,  qualifications  and limitations as
                  are  customary  in opinions  of this type and are  reasonably
                  acceptable to counsel to the  Underwriters.  For the purposes
                  of such opinions with respect to the  perfection and priority
                  of the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent's  interest in the Trust
                  Estate,  and the  Collateral  Agent's  interest in the Spread
                  Account  Property,  such  counsel may assume that the Uniform
                  Commercial  Code as in effect in the State of  Minnesota  and
                  the substantive law of the State of Minnesota relating to the
                  matters  covered in such opinion are identical to the Uniform
                  Commercial Code as in effect in the State of New York and the
                  substantive  law of the  State of New York  relating  to such
                  matters,  respectively.  In  rendering  such  opinions,  such
                  counsel may state that they express no opinion as to the laws
                  of any jurisdiction  other than the federal law of the United
                  States of America  and the laws of the States of New York and
                  California.

                              In  rendering  its  opinion,  Stroock & Stroock &
                  Lavan shall  additionally  state that nothing has come to its
                  attention that has caused it to believe that the Registration
                  Statement,  at the time it  became  effective,  contained  an
                  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omitted to state a
                  material fact  required to be stated  therein or necessary to
                  make  the  statements  therein  not  misleading  or that  the
                  Prospectus,  at the  Representation  Date  (unless  the  term
                  "Prospectus"  refers to a prospectus  which has been provided
                  to the  Underwriters  by TMSI for use in connection  with the
                  offering of the Securities  which differs from the Prospectus
                  on file at the  Commission  at the  Representation  Date,  in
                  which  case  at  the  time  it  is  first   provided  to  the
                  Underwriters  for such use) or at Closing  Time,  included an
                  untrue  statement  of a  material  fact or omitted to state a
                  material  fact  necessary  in order  to make  the  statements
                  therein,  in the light of the circumstances  under which they
                  were made,  not  misleading  (other  than (i) the  financial,
                  numerical, statistical and quantitative information contained
                  therein  and (ii) the  information  under  the  heading  "The
                  Insurer," as to which such counsel need express no view).

                  In rendering its opinions, Stroock & Stroock & Lavan may rely
                  on certificates of responsible officers of the Seller, the 
                  Indenture Trustee, the Owner Trustee, and public officials 
                  or, as to matters of law other than New York, California or
                  Federal law or the General Corporation Law of the State of
                  Delaware, on opinions of other counsel (copies of which
                  opinions shall be delivered to you). Such opinion may contain
                  such assumptions, qualifications and limitations as are
                  customary in opinions of this type and are reasonably
                  acceptable to the Representative.

          (ii) the favorable opinion of Stroock & Stroock & Lavan, special
California counsel for the Seller and the Servicer, dated as of the Closing
Time to the effect that (i) noting the assignee's name on a certificate of
title, where a validly perfected security interest in a motor vehicle,
registered in California and for which a certificate of title has been issued
by the Department of Motor Vehicles of the State of California, is not
necessary to continue the perfection of the security interest assigned as
against the debtor on the Contract, creditors and transferees of the debtor on
the Contract, and (ii) the Indenture Collateral Agent has acquired a perfected
first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicles located in the State
of California and subject to the statutes, laws and regulations governing motor
vehicles located in the State of California. Such opinion may contain such
assumptions, qualifications and limitations as are customary in opinions of
this type and are reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Underwriters. In
rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they express no opinion as
to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the federal law of the United States
of America and the laws of the State of California.

          (iii) The favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of corporate
counsel for the Seller, the Servicer and TMSI, in form and substance
satisfactory to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                                            (A) TMSI has  been  duly  organized
                           and is  validly  existing  and is in  good  standing
                           under the laws of the State of New Jersey.

                                            (B) TMSI has the power to engage in
                           the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, the
                           Pricing Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
                           the Indemnification  Agreement and the Insurance and
                           Indemnity  Agreement  and has all  requisite  power,
                           authority  and legal  right to execute  and  deliver
                           this Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement, the Sale and
                           Servicing Agreement,  the Indemnification  Agreement
                           and the Insurance and Indemnity  Agreement  (and any
                           other documents  delivered in connection  therewith)
                           and to perform and observe the terms and  conditions
                           of such instruments.

                                              (C) This  Agreement,  the Pricing
                           Agreement,  the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                           Indemnification  Agreement  and  the  Insurance  and
                           Indemnity   Agreement  have  been  duly  authorized,
                           executed  and  delivered  by TMSI and,  assuming due
                           authorization,  execution  and delivery by the other
                           parties  thereto,   are  legal,  valid  and  binding
                           agreements of TMSI and assuming such agreements were
                           governed  by the laws of the  State  of New  Jersey,
                           would  be  enforceable  in  accordance   with  their
                           respective  terms  against  TMSI  subject (a) to the
                           effect of  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization,
                           moratorium and similar laws relating to or affecting
                           creditors' rights generally and court decisions with
                           respect thereto,  (b) to the  understanding  that no
                           opinion  is  expressed  as  to  the  application  of
                           equitable  principles in any proceeding,  whether at
                           law or in equity,  and (c) to  limitations of public
                           policy under applicable securities laws as to rights
                           of indemnity and contribution thereunder.

                                              (D) Neither  the  transfer of the
                           Receivables  by the  Seller to the Owner  Trustee on
                           behalf  of the  Trust,  nor  the  assignment  by the
                           Seller of the Trust  Estate  to the  Trust,  nor the
                           consummation of the  transactions  contemplated  by,
                           nor the  fulfillment  of the terms of,  the Sale and
                           Servicing Agreement, the Indemnification
                           Agreement,  the Insurance  and Indemnity  Agreement,
                           the  Purchase  Agreement,  this  Agreement  and  the
                           Pricing  Agreement,  in the case of the  Seller  and
                           TMSI,  and the Sale  and  Servicing  Agreement,  the
                           Insurance and  Indemnity  Agreement and the Purchase
                           Agreement,  in the case of the  Servicer,  the Trust
                           Agreement, in the case of the Seller, and the Spread
                           Account  Agreement,  in the case of the  Seller  and
                           Servicer, conflicts or will conflict with or results
                           or will result in a breach of or constitutes or will
                           constitute a default  under (a) the  Certificate  of
                           Incorporation  or Bylaws of TMSI,  the Seller or the
                           Servicer,  as  applicable,  (b)  the  terms  of  any
                           material  indenture or other  material  agreement or
                           instrument  of which  counsel has knowledge to which
                           TMSI, the Seller or the Servicer, as applicable,  is
                           a party  or by  which  it is bound or to which it is
                           subject  or  (c)  any   statute   or  order,   rule,
                           regulation,  writ,  injunction  or  decree  of which
                           counsel has knowledge, or of any court, governmental
                           authority  or  regulatory  body to which  TMSI,  the
                           Seller or the Servicer, as applicable, is subject or
                           by which it is bound,  or results in, or will result
                           in  the  creation  or  imposition  of  any  lien  or
                           encumbrance  upon  the  Trust  Estate  or  upon  the
                           related Securities, except as otherwise contemplated
                           by the Indenture.

                                            (E)    No    consent,     approval,
                           authorization  or order of any court or governmental
                           agency  or  body  is  required  for  the  execution,
                           delivery and  performance  by TMSI or the Seller of,
                           or  compliance  by TMSI  or the  Seller  with,  this
                           Agreement,  the  Pricing  Agreement,  the  Sale  and
                           Servicing  Agreement,  the Spread Account Agreement,
                           the  Indemnification  Agreement or the Insurance and
                           Indemnity Agreement, or the offer, issuance, sale or
                           delivery of the  Securities,  or, in the case of the
                           Servicer,  by the Servicer of, or  compliance by the
                           Servicer with, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the
                           Spread   Account   Agreement,   the   Insurance  and
                           Indemnity Agreement or the Purchase  Agreement,  or,
                           in the case of the  Seller,  by the  Seller  of,  or
                           compliance of the Seller with,  the Trust  Agreement
                           or the  consummation  of any other  transactions  by
                           TMSI, the Seller or the Servicer contemplated by the
                           Sale   and   Servicing   Agreement,   the   Purchase
                           Agreement,   the  Spread  Account  Agreement,   this
                           Agreement,   the  Indemnification   Agreement,   the
                           Insurance   and  Indemnity   Agreement,   the  Trust
                           Agreement and the Pricing Agreement, as the case may
                           be,  except  as may be  required  under the blue sky
                           laws of any jurisdiction (as to which such counsel
                           need not opine) and such other approvals as have
                           been obtained.

                                            (F)  Except  as  set  forth  in the
                           Prospectus  Supplement,  there is no  action,  suit,
                           proceeding or investigation  pending or, to the best
                           of such counsel's knowledge,  threatened against the
                           Seller,   the  Servicer  or  TMSI  which,   in  such
                           counsel's judgment, either in any one instance or in
                           the  aggregate,  may result in any material  adverse
                           change  in  the   business,   operation,   financial
                           condition,  properties or assets of the Seller,  the
                           Servicer or TMSI or in any  material  impairment  of
                           the right or ability of the Seller,  the Servicer or
                           TMSI to carry on its business  substantially  as now
                           conducted or result in any material liability on the
                           part of the  Seller,  the  Servicer or TMSI or which
                           would  draw  into  question  the  validity  of  this
                           Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement, the Certificates,
                           the   Purchase   Agreement,    the   Indemnification
                           Agreement,  the Insurance  and Indemnity  Agreement,
                           the Trust Agreement,  the Spread Account  Agreement,
                           the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  or of any action
                           taken  or  to  be  taken  in  connection   with  the
                           transactions contemplated thereby, or which would be
                           likely to impair  materially  the  ability of any of
                           the Seller,  the  Servicer or TMSI to perform  under
                           the terms of this Agreement,  the Pricing Agreement,
                           the   Purchase   Agreement,    the   Indemnification
                           Agreement,  the Insurance  and Indemnity  Agreement,
                           the Spread Account Agreement, the Sale and Servicing
                           Agreement or the Trust Agreement, as applicable.

                                    In rendering its opinions, such counsel may
                  rely on certificates  of responsible  officers of the Seller,
                  the Servicer and TMSI, and public officials or, as to matters
                  of law other than New Jersey or the Federal  law, on opinions
                  of other counsel (copies of which opinions shall be delivered
                  to  you).   Such  opinion  may  contain   such   assumptions,
                  qualifications  and  limitations as are customary in opinions
                  of  this   type  and  are   reasonably   acceptable   to  the
                  Representative.

                                    (iv)  The  favorable  opinion  of  in-house
                  counsel to the Servicer,  or such other counsel acceptable to
                  counsel  for the  Underwriters,  dated  as of  Closing  Time,
                  satisfactory  in  form  and  substance  to  counsel  for  the
                  Underwriters, to the effect that:

                    Such counsel has been advised of the Servicer's standard
               operating procedures relating to the Servicer's acquisition of a
               perfected first priority security interest in the vehicles
               financed by the Servicer pursuant to the retail installment sale
               contracts in the ordinary course of the Servicer's business.
               Assuming that the Servicer's standard procedures are followed
               with respect to the perfection of security interests in the
               Financed Vehicles (such counsel having no reason to believe that
               the Servicer has not or will not continue to follow its standard
               procedures in connection with the perfection of security
               interests in the Financed Vehicles), the Servicer has acquired
               or will acquire a perfected first priority security interest in
               the Financed Vehicles.

                                    Such opinion may contain such  assumptions,
                  qualifications  and  limitations as are customary in opinions
                  of this type and are reasonably  acceptable to counsel to the
                  Underwriters.

                                    (v)  The  favorable  opinion,  dated  as of
                  Closing Time, of general counsel for the Insurer, in form and
                  substance  satisfactory to counsel for the  Underwriters,  to
                  the effect that:

                                            (A)   The   Insurer   is  a   stock
                           insurance  company duly organized,  validly existing
                           and  authorized  to  transact   financial   guaranty
                           insurance  business  under  the laws of the State of
                           New York.

                                            (B)     The      Policies,      the
                           Indemnification  Agreement  and  the  Insurance  and
                           Indemnity   Agreement  have  been  duly  authorized,
                           executed and delivered by the Insurer.

                                            (C)     The      Policies,      the
                           Indemnification  Agreement  and  the  Insurance  and
                           Indemnity  Agreement  constitute  valid and  binding
                           obligations of the Insurer,  enforceable against the
                           Insurer in accordance with their terms,  subject, as
                           to  the  enforcement  of  remedies,  to  bankruptcy,
                           insolvency,     reorganization,      rehabilitation,
                           moratorium  and other  similar  laws  affecting  the
                           enforceability   of  creditors'   rights   generally
                           applicable  in  the  event  of  the   bankruptcy  or
                           insolvency of the Insurer and to the  application of
                           general  principles  of equity and  subject,  in the
                           case of the Indemnification Agreement, to principles
                           of public  policy  limiting the right to enforce the
                           indemnification provisions contained therein insofar
                           as such  provisions  relate to  indemnification  for
                           liabilities arising under the securities law.

                                            (D)  Each  Policy  is  exempt  from
                           registration  under the  Securities  Act of 1933, as
                           amended (the "Act").

                                            (E) Neither the  execution  nor the
                           delivery  by  the  Insurer  of  each   Policy,   the
                           Indemnification   Agreement  or  the  Insurance  and
                           Indemnity  Agreement,  nor the  performance by it of
                           its obligations  thereunder,  will conflict with any
                           provision of the certificate of incorporation or the
                           by-laws  of the  Insurer  or,  to the  best  of such
                           counsel's  knowledge,  result  in a  breach  of,  or
                           constitute a default  under,  any agreement or other
                           instrument  to which  the  Insurer  is a party or by
                           which it or any of its  property is bound or, to the
                           best  of  such  counsel's  knowledge,   violate  any
                           judgment,  order or decree applicable to the Insurer
                           of   any    governmental    or   regulatory    body,
                           administrative  agency,  court or arbitrator  having
                           jurisdiction  over the Insurer  (except  that in the
                           published  opinion of the  Securities  and  Exchange
                           Commission  the  indemnification  provisions  of the
                           Indemnification Agreement, insofar as they relate to
                           indemnification  for  liabilities  arising under the
                           Act, are against  public  policy as expressed in the
                           Securities   Act  of  1933,  as  amended,   and  are
                           therefore unenforceable).

                    Such counsel shall additionally state that nothing has come
               to its attention that has caused it to believe that, as of the
               date of the Prospectus Supplement, relating to the offer and
               sale of the Securities, to the Prospectus forming a part of the
               Registration Statement on Form S-3 (No. 33-94518) filed by the
               Company with the Securities and Exchange Commission and declared
               effective on September 20, 1995, or as of the date of counsel's
               opinion, the information set forth under the caption "The
               Insurer" in the Prospectus Supplement, insofar as such
               statements constitute a description of the Insurer, contained or
               contains an untrue statement of a material fact or omitted or
               omits to state a material fact necessary to make the statements
               therein, in the light of the circumstances under which they were
               made, not misleading (such counsel not being required to express
               an opinion with respect to any financial statements or other
               financial information contained or referred to therein). Such
               statement may be given with the understanding that such
               information is limited and does not purport to provide the scope
               of disclosure required to be included in a prospectus with
               respect to a Registrant under the Securities Act of 1933, as
               amended, in connection with the public offer and sale of
               securities of such registrant.

                    In rendering this opinion, such counsel may rely, as to
               matters of fact, on certificates of responsible officers of the
               Insurer, the Trustee and public officials. Such opinion may
               assume the due authorization, execution and delivery of the
               instruments and documents referred to therein by the parties
               thereto other than the Insurer.

                    (vi) The favorable opinion, dated as of Closing Time, of
               Richards, Layton & Finger, in form and substance satisfactory,
               to counsel for the Underwriters, to the effect that:

                                            (A) The Owner Trustee is a Delaware
                           banking  corporation duly incorporated and organized
                           and validly  existing under the laws of the State of
                           Delaware.

                                            (B) The Owner  Trustee has the full
                           corporate  trust power to accept the office of owner
                           trustee under the Trust  Agreement and to enter into
                           and   perform  its   obligations   under  the  Trust
                           Agreement,  the Sale and Servicing Agreement and, on
                           behalf of the  Trust,  under the  Indenture  and the
                           Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                                            (C) The  execution  and delivery of
                           the  Trust   Agreement,   the  Sale  and   Servicing
                           Agreement  and,  on  behalf  of  the  Trust,  of the
                           Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  and
                           the   performance   by  the  Owner  Trustee  of  its
                           obligations  under the Trust  Agreement and the Sale
                           and Servicing Agreement,  as well as the performance
                           by the Owner Trustee of its obligations on behalf of
                           the  Trust  under  the  Indenture  and the  Sale and
                           Servicing Agreement have been duly authorized by all
                           necessary  action of the Owner  Trustee and each has
                           been  duly  executed  and  delivered  by  the  Owner
                           Trustee.

                                            (D) The Trust Agreement constitutes
                           the  valid  and  binding  obligations  of the  Owner
                           Trustee  enforceable  against  the Owner  Trustee in
                           accordance with its terms.

                                            (E) The  execution  and delivery by
                           the Owner Trustee of the Trust  Agreement,  the Sale
                           and Servicing Agreement and, on behalf of the Trust,
                           of  the   Indenture   and  the  Sale  and  Servicing
                           Agreement  do not require any  consent,  approval or
                           authorization  of,  or any  registration  or  filing
                           with, any applicable governmental authority.

                                            (F)   Each   of   the   Notes   and
                           Certificates has been duly executed and delivered by
                           the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust.

                                            (G) Neither the consummation by the
                           Owner Trustee of the  transactions  contemplated  in
                           the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the Indenture or
                           the  Trust  Agreement,  nor the  fulfillment  of the
                           terms  thereof by the Owner  Trustee  will  conflict
                           with,  result  in  a  breach  or  violation  of,  or
                           constitute  a default  under any law or the charter,
                           by-laws  or other  organizational  documents  of the
                           Owner Trustee or the terms of any indenture or other
                           agreement or instrument known to such counsel and to
                           which the Owner  Trustee or any of its  subsidiaries
                           is a party  or is bound  or any  judgment,  order or
                           decree known to such counsel to be applicable to the
                           Owner  Trustee  or any of  its  subsidiaries  of any
                           court,   regulatory  body,   administrative  agency,
                           governmental body or arbitrator having  jurisdiction
                           over the Owner Trustee or any of its subsidiaries.

                                            (H) There are no actions,  suits or
                           proceedings   pending   or,  to  the  best  of  such
                           counsel's  knowledge,  threatened  against the Owner
                           Trustee (as owner trustee under the Trust  Agreement
                           or in  its  individual  capacity)  before  or by any
                           governmental  authority  that might  materially  and
                           adversely   affect  the  performance  by  the  Owner
                           Trustee of its obligations under, or the validity or
                           enforceability  of, the Trust  Agreement or the Sale
                           and Servicing Agreement, as applicable.

                                            (I)  The  execution,  delivery  and
                           performance  by the  Owner  Trustee  of the Sale and
                           Servicing  Agreement,  the  Indenture  or the  Trust
                           Agreement  will not subject  any of the  property or
                           assets of the Trust or any portion  thereof,  to any
                           lien created by or resulting from any actions of the
                           Owner Trustee that are unrelated to the transactions
                           contemplated in such agreements.

                                            (J) The Trust has been duly  formed
                           and is validly  existing  as a business  trust under
                           the  Business  Trust  Statute.  The Trust  Agreement
                           authorizes  the Trust to  execute  and  deliver  the
                           Trust  Agreement,  the  Indenture  and the  Sale and
                           Servicing  Agreement,  to issue  the  Notes  and the
                           Certificates  and to grant the  Trust  Estate to the
                           Trustee as security for the Notes.

                                            (K)  Assuming that the Certificates
                           have delivered to the Underwriter and paid for
                           pursuant   to  the   Underwriting   Agreement,   the
                           Certificates   have  been  validly  issued  and  are
                           entitled to the benefits of the Trust Agreement.

                                            (L) To the extent that Article 9 of
                           the  Uniform  Commercial  Code as in  effect  in the
                           State of Delaware (the "Delaware UCC") is applicable
                           (without  regard to conflicts  of laws  principles),
                           and assuming that the security  interest  created by
                           the  Indenture  in the  Receivables  has  been  duly
                           created and has attached, upon the filing of a UCC-1
                           financing  statement  with the Secretary of State of
                           the State of Delaware  the  Indenture  Trustee  will
                           have  a   perfected   security   interest   in  such
                           Receivables  and  the  proceeds  thereof,  and  such
                           security   interest  will  be  prior  to  any  other
                           security  interest  that is perfected  solely by the
                           filing of  financing  statements  under the Delaware
                           UCC,  excluding  purchase money  security  interests
                           under  ss.  9-312(4)  of  the  UCC  and  temporarily
                           perfected  security  interests in proceeds under ss.
                           9-306(3) of the Delaware UCC.

                                            (M) No re-filing or other action is
                           necessary   under  the  Delaware  UCC  in  order  to
                           maintain the  perfection of such  security  interest
                           except for the filing of continuation  statements at
                           five year intervals.

                                            (N)  Under  ss.   3805(b)   of  the
                           Business   Trust   Statute,   no   creditor  of  any
                           Certificateholder  shall  have any  right to  obtain
                           possession  of,  or  otherwise   exercise  legal  or
                           equitable  remedies with respect to, the property of
                           the Trust except in accordance with the terms of the
                           Trust Agreement.

                                            (O)  Under  ss.   3805(c)   of  the
                           Business Trust  Statute,  and assuming that the Sale
                           and  Servicing  Agreement  conveys good title to the
                           Receivables to the Trust as a true sale and not as a
                           security  arrangement,  the  Trust  rather  than the
                           Certificateholders is the owner of the Receivables.

                                            (P)  The  Delaware  Trustee  is not
                           required to hold legal title to the Trust  Estate in
                           order for the Trust to qualify  as a business  trust
                           under the Act.

                                            (Q) The  execution  and delivery by
                           the Owner  Trustee of the Trust  Agreement  and,  on
                           behalf of the Trust,  the Indenture and the Sale and
                           Servicing  Agreement  do not  require  any  consent,
                           approval or authorization of, or any
                           registration   or  filing  with,  any   governmental
                           authority of the State of  Delaware,  except for the
                           filing  of  the   Certificate   of  Trust  with  the
                           Secretary of State.

                                            (R) Neither the consummation by the
                           Owner Trustee of the  transactions  contemplated  in
                           the Trust Agreement or, on behalf of the Trust,  the
                           transactions  contemplated  in the Trust  Agreement,
                           the Indenture  and the Sale and Servicing  Agreement
                           nor the  fulfillment  of the  terms  thereof  by the
                           Owner  Trustee  will  conflict  with or  result in a
                           breach  or  violation  of any  law of the  State  of
                           Delaware.

                    Such opinion may contain such assumptions, qualifications
               and limitations as are customary in opinions of this type and
               are reasonably acceptable to counsel to the Underwriters. In
               rendering such opinion, such counsel may state that they express
               no opinion as to the laws of any jurisdiction other than the
               federal law of the United States of America and the laws of the
               State of Delaware.

                                    (vii) The  favorable  opinion,  dated as of
                  Closing Time, of Chapman & Cutler,  counsel for the Indenture
                  Trustee,  the Indenture  Collateral  Agent and the Collateral
                  Agent, in form and substance  satisfactory to counsel for the
                  Underwriters.

                                    (viii)  Such  other   opinions  as  may  be
                  requested by (i) the Rating  Agencies,  which  opinions shall
                  also be for the benefit of the  Insurer and the  Underwriters
                  and (ii) the Insurer,  which  opinions  shall also be for the
                  benefit of the Underwriters.

          (c) At Closing Time there shall not have been, since the date hereof
     or since the respective dates as of which information is given in the
     Registration Statement and the Prospectus, any material adverse change in
     the condition, financial or otherwise, or in the earnings, business
     affairs or business prospects of the Seller, the Servicer or TMSI and its
     subsidiaries considered as one enterprise, whether or not arising in the
     ordinary course of business, and the Representative shall have received a
     certificate signed by one or more duly authorized officers of TMSI and the
     Seller, dated as of Closing Time, to the effect that (i) there has been no
     such material adverse change; (ii) the representations and warranties in
     Section 1(a) hereof are true and correct in all material respects with the
     same force and effect as though expressly made at and as of Closing Time;
     (iii) each of TMSI and the Seller has complied with all agreements and
     satisfied all conditions on its part to be performed or satisfied at or
     prior to Closing Time; and (iv) no stop order suspending the effectiveness
     of the Registration Statement has been issued and no proceedings for that
     purpose have been initiated or threatened by the Commission.

          (d) At or prior to the delivery of the Prospectus Supplement, the
     Representative shall have received from KPMG Peat Marwick a letter dated
     as of such date and in form and substance satisfactory to the
     Representative, to the effect that they have carried out certain specified
     procedures, not constituting an audit, with respect to (i) certain
     amounts, percentages and financial information relating to the Servicer's
     servicing portfolio which are included in the Prospectus Supplement and
     which are specified by the Underwriter, and have found such amounts,
     percentages and financial information to be in agreement with the relevant
     accounting, financial and other records of the Servicer, (ii) certain
     information regarding the Receivables and the Receivable Files which are
     specified by the Representative and contained in the Prospectus Supplement
     and setting forth the results of such specified procedures and (iii)
     certain information regarding the Receivables and the Receivable Files
     which are specified by the Representative, as representative of the
     Underwriters, and contained in the Current Report on Form 8-K described in
     Section 5(1) hereof and setting forth the results of such specified
     procedures.

          (e) At Closing Time, the Representative shall have received from the
     Trustee a certificate signed by one or more duly authorized officers of
     the Indenture Trustee, dated as of Closing Time, as to the due acceptance
     of the Indenture by the Indenture Trustee and the due authentication of
     the Notes by the Indenture Trustee and such other matters as the
     Representative shall request.

          (f) At Closing Time, the Representative shall have received a
     certificate signed by one or more duly authorized officers of the Seller,
     the Servicer and TMSI dated as of Closing Time to the effect that:

                    (i) the representations and warranties of TMSI, the Seller
               and the Servicer in each of the Basic Documents to which it is a
               party are true and correct in all material respects at and on
               the Closing Date, with the same effect as if made on the Closing
               Date;

                    (ii) each of TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer has complied
               with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its
               part to be performed or satisfied in connection with the sale
               and delivery of the Securities;

                    (iii) all statements and information contained in the
               Prospectus Supplement under the caption "The Receivables" and
               contained in the base Prospectus under the captions "The
               Receivables," "The Seller," "TMS Auto Finance," and "The Money
               Store" are true and accurate in all material respects and
               nothing has come to such officer's attention that would lead him
               to believe that any of the specified sections contains any
               untrue statement of a material fact or omits to state any
               material fact necessary in order to make the statements and
               information therein, in the light of the circumstances under
               which they were made, not misleading;

                    (iv) the information set forth in the Schedule of
               Receivables required to be furnished pursuant to the Sale and
               Servicing Agreement is true and correct in all material
               respects;

                    (v) the copies of the Charter and By-laws of the Seller,
               the Servicer and TMSI attached to such certificate are true and
               correct and, are in full force and effect on the date thereof;

                    (vi) except as may otherwise be disclosed in the
               Prospectus, there are no actions, suits or proceedings pending
               (nor, to the best knowledge of such officers, are any actions,
               suits or proceedings threatened), against or affecting the
               Seller, the Servicer or TMSI, which if adversely determined,
               individually or in the aggregate, would adversely affect the
               Seller's or Servicer's obligations under any of the Basic
               Documents to which it is a party;

                    (vii) each person who, as an officer or representative of
               the Seller, the Servicer or TMSI, as the case may be, signed (a)
               this Agreement, (b) the Sale and Servicing Agreement, (c) the
               Trust Agreement, (d) the Purchase Agreement, (e) the Pricing
               Agreement, (f) the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, (g) the
               Indemnification Agreement or (h) any other document delivered
               prior hereto or on the date hereof in connection with the
               purchase described in this Agreement and the Sale and Servicing
               Agreement, was, at the respective times of such signing and
               delivery, and is now duly elected or appointed, qualified and
               acting as such officer or representative;

                    (viii) except as otherwise set forth in the Sale and
               Servicing Agreement, each of the Receivables referred to in the
               Sale and Servicing Agreement was purchased by the Seller from
               TMS Auto Finance, which acquired it from a Dealer;

                    (ix) a certified true copy of the resolutions of the board
               of directors of TMSI and the Seller with respect to the sale of
               the Securities subject to this Agreement and the Sale and
               Servicing Agreement, which resolutions have not been amended and
               remain in full force and effect are attached to such
               certificate;

                    (x) all payments received with respect to the Initial
               Receivables after the Initial Cutoff Date, and certain payments
               received with respect to the Precomputed Receivables on or prior
               to the Initial Cutoff Date that relate to Scheduled Payments due
               after the Cutoff Date, as set forth in the Sale and Servicing
               Agreement, have been deposited in the Collection Account, and
               are, as of the Closing Date, in the Collection Account;

                    (xi) each of TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer has complied
               with all the agreements and satisfied all the conditions on its
               part to be performed or satisfied in connection with the
               issuance, sale and delivery of the Receivables and the
               Securities;

                    (xii) all statements contained in the Prospectus with
               respect to TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer are true and
               accurate in all material respects and nothing has come to such
               officer's attention that would lead such officer to believe that
               the Prospectus contains any untrue statement of a material fact
               or omits to state any material fact;

          (g) On or before the Closing Time the Seller shall have delivered to
     the Trustee, to hold in trust for the benefit of the holders of the Notes
     and Certificates, Initial Receivables with an aggregate Principal Balance
     as of the Initial Cutoff Date of approximately $150,000,000. TMSI and the
     Seller shall, immediately following the sale of the Securities, cause to
     be deposited with the Indenture Trustee, as collateral agent, for deposit
     (i) in the Pre- Funding Account (as defined in the Prospectus Supplement),
     cash in an amount equal to the sum of $50,000,000, and (ii) in the
     Capitalized Interest Account (as defined in the Prospectus Supplement),
     cash in an amount equal to a sum satisfactory to the Insurer.

          (h) The Spread Account Initial Deposit shall have been made and the
     Policies shall have been delivered to the Trustee.

          (i) At Closing Time, the Class A-1 Notes shall have been rated "A-1+"
     by S&P and "P-1" by Moody's, and the Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-3 Notes
     and the Certificates shall have been rated "AAA" by S & P and "AAA" by
     Moody's and neither S&P nor Moody's shall have placed the Notes or the
     Certificates under surveillance or review with possible negative
     implications.

          (j) At Closing Time, counsel for the Underwriters shall have been
     furnished with such documents and opinions as they may reasonably require
     for the purpose of enabling them to pass upon the issuance and delivery of
     the Securities as herein contemplated and related proceedings, or in order
     to evidence the accuracy of any of the representations or warranties, or
     the fulfillment of any of the conditions, herein contained; and all
     proceedings taken by TMSI, the Seller and the Servicer in connection with
     the issuance and sale of the Securities as herein contemplated shall be
     satisfactory in form and substance to TMSI and counsel for the
     Underwriters.

          (k) On or before the Closing Time TMSI shall have delivered to the
     Representative a Current Report on Form 8- K containing a detailed
     description of the Receivables actually being delivered to the Owner
     Trustee and pledged to the Indenture Trustee at Closing Time, in form and
     substance satisfactory to the Representative.

          (l) The Representative shall have received evidence satisfactory to
     it that, on or before the Closing Date, UCC-1 financing statements have
     been or are being filed in the appropriate filing offices reflecting the
     transfer of the interest in the Receivables to the Owner Trustee on behalf
     of the Trust and the proceeds thereof to the Trust and the grant of the
     security interest by the Trust in the Receivables and the proceeds thereof
     to the Indenture Trustee.

          If any condition specified in this Section shall not have been
fulfilled when and as required to be fulfilled, this Agreement may be
terminated by the Representative by notice to the Seller at any time at or
prior to Closing time, and such termination shall be without liability of any
party to any other party except as provided in Section 4 hereof.

          Section 6. Indemnification.

          (a) TMSI and the Seller jointly and severally agree to indemnify and
hold harmless each of the Underwriters and each person, if any, who controls
either of the Underwriters within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act as
follows:

               (i) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
          expense whatsoever, as incurred, arising out of any untrue statement
          or alleged untrue statement of a material fact contained in the
          Registration Statement (or any amendment thereto), or the omission or
          alleged omission therefrom of a material fact required to be stated
          therein or necessary to make the statements therein not misleading or
          arising out of any untrue statement or alleged untrue statement of a
          material fact contained in any preliminary prospectus or the
          Prospectus (or any amendment or supplement thereto) or the omission
          or alleged omission therefrom of a material fact necessary in order
          to make the statements therein, in the light of the circumstances
          under which they were made, not misleading;

               (ii) against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and
          expense whatsoever, as incurred, to the extent of the aggregate
          amount paid in settlement of any litigation, or any investigation or
          proceeding by any governmental agency or body, commenced or
          threatened, or of any claim whatsoever based upon any untrue
          statement or omission described in clause (i) above, or any such
          alleged untrue statement or omission, if such settlement is effected
          with the written consent of TMSI; and

               (iii) against any and all expense whatsoever, as reasonably
          incurred (including, subject to Section 6(c) hereof, the reasonable
          fees and disbursements of counsel chosen by such Underwriter) in
          investigating, preparing or defending against any litigation, or any
          investigation or proceeding by any governmental agency or body,
          commenced or threatened, or any claim whatsoever based upon any
          untrue statement or omission described in clause (i) above, or any
          such alleged untrue statement or omission, to the extent that any
          such expense is not paid under (i) or (ii) above;

provided,  however,  that this indemnity agreement shall not apply to any loss,
liability,  claim,  damage or expense to the extent  arising  out of any untrue
statement or omission or alleged untrue  statement or omission made in reliance
upon and in conformity with the information referred to in clauses (x), (y) and
(z) of the immediately following paragraph;  provided,  further, such indemnity
with respect to any untrue statement or omission or alleged untrue statement or
omission made in reliance upon and in conformity with the information  referred
to in clauses  (x),  (y) and (z) of the  immediately  following  paragraph  and
contained in the Prospectus or any  preliminary  prospectus  shall not inure to
the benefit of either Underwriter (or person controlling such Underwriter) from
whom the person suffering any such loss, claim,  damage or liability  purchased
the Notes or Certificates  which are the subject thereof if such person did not
receive a copy of the Prospectus at or prior to the confirmation of the sale of
such Notes or  Certificates  to such person in any case where such  delivery is
required  by the 1933 Act and the untrue  statement  or  omission of a material
fact  contained in any  preliminary  prospectus was corrected in the Prospectus
and the  Prospectus  was  delivered to such  Underwriter  in a timely manner in
accordance with Section 3(d).

          (b) Each Underwriter agrees, severally and not jointly, to indemnify
and hold harmless TMSI and the Seller, their directors, each of TMSI's and
Seller's officers who signed the Registration Statement, and each person, if
any, who controls TMSI or the Seller within the meaning of Section 15 of the
1933 Act against any and all loss, liability, claim, damage and expense
described in the indemnity contained in subsection (a) of this Section, as
incurred, but only with respect to untrue statements or omissions, or alleged
untrue statements or omissions, contained in written information furnished by
such Underwriter through the Representative specifically for use in the
Prospectus Supplement, it being understood and agreed that the only such
information is contained in (x) the seventh paragraph on the inside cover
(discussing the risk of a lack of secondary trading) of the Prospectus
Supplement (or any amendment or supplement thereto), (y) the first paragraph
under "Risk Factors--Limited Liquidity" of the Prospectus, and (z) the
information contained under "Underwriting" of the Prospectus Supplement.

          (c) Promptly after receipt by an indemnified party under this Section
6 of notice of the commencement of any action, such indemnified party will, if
a claim in respect thereof is to be made against the indemnifying party under
this Section 6, notify the indemnifying party in writing of the commencement
thereof; but the omission to so notify the indemnifying party will not relieve
the indemnifying party from any liability that it may have to any indemnified
party except to the extent that it has been prejudiced in any material respect
by such failure or from any liability that it may have otherwise than under
this Section 6. In case any such action is brought against any indemnified
party and it notifies the indemnifying party of the commencement thereof, the
indemnifying party will be entitled to participate therein and, to the extent
that it may elect by written notice delivered to the indemnified party promptly
after receiving the aforesaid notice from such indemnified party, to assume the
defense thereof, with counsel reasonably satisfactory to such indemnified
party; provided, however, that, if the defendants in any such action include
both the indemnified party and the indemnifying party and the indemnified party
or parties shall have reasonably concluded that there may be legal defenses
available to it or them and/or other indemnified parties that are different
from or additional to those available to the indemnifying party, the
indemnified party or parties shall have the right to select separate counsel to
assert such legal defenses and to otherwise participate in the defense of such
action on behalf of such indemnified party or parties. Upon receipt of notice
from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party of its election so to
assume the defense of such action and approval by the indemnified party of
counsel, the indemnifying party will not be liable to such indemnified party
for any legal or other expenses other than the reasonable costs of
investigation subsequently incurred in connection with the defense thereof
unless (i) the indemnified party shall have employed separate counsel in
connection with the assertion of legal defenses in accordance with the proviso
to the next preceding sentence, (ii) the indemnifying party shall not have
employed counsel reasonably satisfactory to the indemnified party to represent
the indemnified party within a reasonable time after notice of commencement of
the action or (iii) the indemnifying party has authorized the employment of
counsel for the indemnified party at the expense of the indemnifying party; and
except that, if clause (i) or (iii) is applicable, such liability shall be only
in respect of the counsel referred to in such clause (i) or (iii). After such
notice from the indemnifying party to such indemnified party, the indemnifying
party will not be liable for the costs and expenses of any settlement of such
action effected by such indemnified party without the consent of the
indemnifying party. No indemnifying party shall, without the prior written
consent of the indemnified party, which consent shall not be unreasonably
withheld, effect any settlement of any pending or threatened action in respect
of which any indemnified party is or could have been a party and indemnity
could have been sought hereunder by such indemnified party unless such
settlement includes an unconditional release of such indemnified party from all
liability on any claims that are the subject matter of such action.

          Section 7. Contribution. In order to provide for just and equitable
contribution in circumstances in which the indemnity agreement provided for in
Section 6 hereof is for any reason held to be unenforceable by the indemnified
parties although applicable in accordance with its terms, TMSI and the Seller
jointly and severally, on the one hand, and the Underwriters, on the other
hand, shall contribute to the aggregate losses, liabilities, claims, damages
and expenses of the nature contemplated by said indemnity agreement incurred by
TMSI and the Seller jointly and severally, on the one hand, and the
Underwriters, on the other hand (i) in such proportion as is appropriate to
reflect the relative benefits received by TMSI and the Seller on the one hand
and the Underwriters on the other from the sale of the Securities or (ii) if
the allocation provided by clause (i) above is not permitted by applicable law,
in such proportion as is appropriate to reflect not only the relative benefits
referred to in clause (i) above but also the relative fault of TMSI and the
Seller on the one hand and the Underwriters on the other in connection with the
statements or omissions which resulted in such losses, claims, damages or
liabilities as well as any other relevant equitable considerations. The
relative benefits received by TMSI and the Seller on the one hand and the
Underwriters on the other shall be deemed to be in such proportion that the
Underwriters are responsible for that portion represented by the excess, if
any, of the purchase price received by the Underwriters for the sale of the
Securities over the purchase price paid by the Underwriters for the Securities
(the "Spread"); and TMSI and the Seller shall be responsible for the balance;
provided, however, that no person guilty of fraudulent misrepresentation
(within the meaning of Section 11(f) of the 1933 Act) shall be entitled to
contribution from any person who was not guilty of such fraudulent
misrepresentation. The relative fault shall be determined by reference to,
among other things, whether the untrue or alleged untrue statement of a
material fact or the omission or alleged omission to state a material fact
relates to information supplied by TMSI or the Seller or by any Underwriter
through the Representative and the parties' relative intent, knowledge, access
to information and opportunity to correct or prevent such untrue statement or
omission. The amount paid or payable by an indemnified party as a result of the
losses, claims, damages or liabilities referred to in the first sentence of
this Section 7 shall be deemed to include any legal or other expenses
reasonably incurred by such indemnified party in connection with investigating
or defending any action or claim which is the subject of this Section 7.
Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 7, the Underwriters shall not be
required to contribute any amount in excess of the amount by which the Spread
exceeds the amount of any damages which the Underwriters have otherwise been
required to pay in respect of such losses, liabilities, claims, damages and
expenses. For purposes of this Section 7, each person, if any, who controls any
Underwriter within the meaning of Section 15 of the 1933 Act shall have the
same rights to contribution as the Underwriters and each respective director of
the Seller, each officer of the Seller who signed the Registration Statement,
and each respective person, if any, who controls the Seller within the meaning
of Section 15 of the 1933 Act shall have the same rights to contribution as the
Seller.

          Section 8. Representations, Warranties and Agreements to Survive
Delivery. All representations, warranties and agreements contained in this
Agreement and the Pricing Agreement, or contained in certificates of officers
of TMSI and the Seller submitted pursuant hereto, shall remain operative and in
full force and effect, regardless of any investigation made by or on behalf of
the Underwriters or any controlling person thereof, or by or on behalf of TMSI
or the Seller, and shall survive delivery of the Securities to the
Underwriters.

          Section 9. Termination of Agreement.

          (a) The Representative may terminate this Agreement, by notice to
TMSI and the Seller, at any time at or prior to Closing Time (i) if there has
been, since the time of execution of this Agreement or since the respective
dates as of which information is given in the Registration Statement or
Prospectus, any change, or any development involving a prospective change, in
or affecting particularly the business or properties of TMSI, the Servicer or
the Seller considered as one entity or the Insurer which, in the
Representative's reasonable judgment, materially impairs the investment quality
of the Notes or the Certificates; (ii) if there has occurred any downgrading in
the rating of the claims-paying ability of the Insurer by any "nationally
recognized statistical rating organization" (as defined for purposes of Rule
436(g) under the 1933 Act) which, in the reasonable judgment of the
Representative, materially impairs the investment quality or marketability of
the Notes or the Certificates or if the claims-paying ability of the Notes or
the Insurer has been put on the "watch list" of any such rating organization
with negative implications; (iii) if there has occurred any suspension or
limitation of trading in securities generally on the New York Stock Exchange,
or any setting of minimum prices for trading on such exchange or by any
governmental authority; (iv) if any banking moratorium has been declared by
Federal or New York authorities; (v) any suspension or limitation of trading of
any securities of TMSI on any exchange or in the over-the-counter market; or
(vi) if there has occurred any outbreak or escalation of major hostilities in
which the United States of America is involved, any declaration of war by
Congress, or any other substantial national or international calamity or
emergency if, in the Representatives judgment, the effects of any such
outbreak, escalation, declaration, calamity, or emergency makes it impractical
or inadvisable to proceed with completion of the sale of and payment for the
Notes or the Certificates.

          (b) If this Agreement is terminated pursuant to this Section, such
termination shall be without liability of any party to any other party except
as provided in Section 4 hereof.

          Section 10. Notices. All notices and other communi- cations hereunder
shall be in writing and shall be deemed to have been duly given if mailed or
transmitted by any standard form of telecommunication. Notices to the
Representative shall be directed to CS First Boston Corporation, 55 E. 52nd
Street, New York, New York 10022, Attention: Investment Banking Department --
Transactions Advisory Group (fax: (212) 318- 0532); and notices to TMSI or the
Seller shall be directed to it at 2840 Morris Avenue, Union, New Jersey 07083,
Attention: Executive Vice President (fax: (908) 686-2649).

          Section 11. Parties. This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement shall
each inure to the benefit of and be binding upon the Underwriters, TMSI, the
Seller and their respective successors. Nothing expressed or mentioned in this
Agreement or the Pricing Agreement is intended or shall be construed to give
any person, firm or corporation, other than the Underwriters, TMSI, the Seller
and their respective successors and the controlling persons and officers and
directors referred to in Section 6 and 7 hereof and their heirs and legal
representatives, any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under or with
respect to this Agreement or the Pricing Agreement or any provision herein or
therein contained. This Agreement and the Pricing Agreement and all conditions
and provisions hereof and thereof are intended to be for the sole and exclusive
benefit of the Underwriters, TMSI, the Seller and their respective successors,
and said controlling persons and officers and directors and their heirs and
legal representatives, and for the benefit of no other person, firm or
corporation. No purchaser of Notes or Certificates from any Underwriter shall
be deemed to be a successor by reason merely of such purchase. TMSI and the
Seller shall be jointly and severally liable for all obligations incurred under
this Agreement and the Pricing Agreement.

          Section 12. Governing Law and Time. This Agreement and the Pricing
Agreement shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the laws of the
State of New York, without regard to principles of conflicts of laws,
applicable to agreements made and to be performed in said State. Unless
otherwise set forth herein, specified times of day refer to New York time.

          Section 13. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in any
number of counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an
original, but all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the
same instrument.

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to TMSI and the Seller a counterpart hereof,
whereupon this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding
agreement among the Underwriters, the Seller and TMSI in accordance with its
terms.

                                   Very truly yours,

                                   TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.


                                   By: /s/ Morton Dear
                                       Name: Morton Dear
                                       Title: Executive Vice President


                                   THE MONEY STORE INC.


                                   By: /s/ Morton Dear
                                       Name: Morton Dear
                                       Title: Executive Vice President


CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of
the date first above written:


CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED


By:  CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION


By: /s/ Joseph Fashano
    Name: Joesph Fashano
    Title: Director


<PAGE>
                                                                   SCHEDULE I


                                                           INITIAL PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER                             CLASS          AMOUNT OF NOTES

CS First Boston                          A-1                $30,442,500
 Corporation
Prudential Securities                    A-1                $14,657,500
 Incorporated

CS First Boston                          A-2                $60,750,000
 Corporation
Prudential Securities                    A-2                $29,250,000
 Incorporated

CS First Boston                          A-3                $39,082,500
 Corporation
Prudential Securities                    A-3                $18,817,500
 Incorporated


                                                        INITIAL PRINCIPAL
UNDERWRITER                                          AMOUNT OF CERTIFICATES


CS First Boston                                             $4,725,000
 Corporation
Prudential Securities                                       $2,275,000
 Incorporated


                                                      Exhibit 1.2


                              THE MONEY STORE INC.
                            TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.


                       The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1
         $45,100,000 Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes
             $90,000,000 Class A-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
                 $57,900,000 Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes
                   $7,000,000 7.10% Asset-Backed Certificates

                               PRICING AGREEMENT

                                                                 June 20, 1996


CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
as Representative ("Representative")
 of the several Underwriters
55 E. 52nd Street
New York, New York  10012

Ladies and Gentlemen:

          Reference is made to the Underwriting Agreement, dated June 20, 1996
(the "Underwriting Agreement"), relating to $45,100,000 aggregate principal
amount Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-1
Notes"), $90,000,000 aggregate principal amount of Class A-2 Floating Rate
Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes"), $57,900,000 aggregate principal
amount of Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes" and, with
the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, the "Notes"), and $7,000,000
aggregate principal amount of 7.10% Asset Backed Certificates (the
"Certificates"), all issued by The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust".)

          Pursuant to Section 2 of the Underwriting Agreement, The Money Store
Inc. ("TMSI") and TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. (the "Seller") agree with the
Representative on behalf of the Underwriters identified in Schedule I of the
Underwriting Agreement as follows:

               1. The Class A-1 Interest Rate shall be 5.6375% per annum.

               2. The Class A-2 Interest Rate shall be determined as set forth
          in the Indenture.

               3. The Class A-3 Interest Rate shall be 6.85% per annum.

               4. The Certificate Rate shall be 7.10% per annum.

               5. The purchase price for the Class A-1 Notes shall be 99.75% of
          the initial principal amount of the Class A-1 Notes.

               6. The purchase price for the Class A-2 Notes shall be 99.75% of
          the initial principal amount of the Class A-2 Notes.

               7. The purchase price for the Class A-3 Notes shall be
          99.734375% of the initial principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes.

               8. The purchase price for the Certificates shall be 99.734375%
          of the initial principal amount of the Certificates.

               9. The Notes and Certificates shall be offered from time to time
          in negotiated transactions or otherwise, at prices determined at the
          time of sale.

          If the foregoing is in accordance with your understanding of our
agreement, please sign and return to the Seller a counterpart hereof, whereupon
this instrument, along with all counterparts, will become a binding agreement
among the Underwriters, TMSI and the Seller in accordance with its terms.

                                  Very truly yours,

                                  TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.


                                  By: /s/ Morton Dear
                                      Name: Morton Dear
                                      Title: Executive Vice Preseident


                                  THE MONEY STORE INC.


                                  By: /s/ Morton Dear
                                      Name: Morton Dear
                                      Title: Executive Vice President

CONFIRMED AND ACCEPTED, as of
the date first above written:

CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION
PRUDENTIAL SECURITIES INCORPORATED

By: CS FIRST BOSTON CORPORATION

By: /s/ Joseph Fashano
    Name: Joseph Fashano
    Title: Director

                                                               Exhibit 4.1

                                 EXECUTION COPY


                               SALE AND SERVICING

                                   AGREEMENT

                                     among

                       THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1
                                    Issuer,

                            TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                    Seller,

                       THE MONEY STORE AUTO FINANCE INC.
                                 Servicer, and

                              THE MONEY STORE INC.
                                 Representative

                            Dated as of May 31, 1996
<PAGE>

                               Table of Contents
                                [to be updated]
                                                                     Page
                                 ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

SECTION 1.1. Definitions ..............................................1
SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions ...........................22

                                   ARTICLE II

                           Conveyance of Receivables

SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Initial Receivables.........................22
SECTION 2.2. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables......................23

                                  ARTICLE III

                                The Receivables

SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of
              Seller...................................................26
SECTION 3.2. Repurchase upon Breach ...................................30
SECTION 3.3. Custody of Receivable Files ..............................31
SECTION 3.4. Duties of Servicer as Custodian ..........................31
SECTION 3.5. Instructions; Authority To Act ...........................32
SECTION 3.6. Custodian's Indemnification ..............................32
SECTION 3.7. Effective Period and Termination .........................33

                                   ARTICLE IV

                  Administration and Servicing of Receivables

SECTION 4.1.   Duties of Servicer.......................................34
SECTION 4.2.   Collection and Allocation of
               Receivable Payments......................................34
SECTION 4.3.   Realization upon Receivables.............................35
SECTION 4.4.   Physical Damage Insurance................................36
SECTION 4.5.   Maintenance of Security Interests
                in Financed Vehicles....................................36
SECTION 4.5-A. Segregation of Receivable Files..........................44
SECTION 4.6.   Covenants of Servicer....................................36
SECTION 4.7.   Purchase of Receivables upon Breach......................36
SECTION 4.8.   Servicing Fee............................................37
SECTION 4.9.   Servicer's Certificate...................................37
SECTION 4.10.  Annual Statement as to Compliance;
                Notice of Default.......................................38
SECTION 4.11.  Annual Independent Certified Public
                Accountants' Report.....................................38
SECTION 4.12.  Access to Certain Documentation and
                Information Regarding Receivables.......................39
SECTION 4.13.  Servicer Expenses........................................39
SECTION 4.14.  Appointment of Subservicer...............................39
SECTION 4.15.  Obligations under Basic Documents........................49

                                   ARTICLE V

                        Distributions; Reserve Account;
                Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders

SECTION 5.1.  Establishment of Trust Accounts ..........................40
SECTION 5.1-A.Capitalized Interest Account .............................52
SECTION 5.2.  Collections ..............................................43
SECTION 5.3.  Application of Collections ...............................43
SECTION 5.4   Withdrawals from Spread Account ..........................53
SECTION 5.5.  Additional Deposits ......................................45
SECTION 5.6.  Distributions ............................................45
SECTION 5.7.  Pre-Funding Account ......................................47
SECTION 5.8.  Statements to Certificateholders
               and Noteholders .........................................48
SECTION 5.9.  Net Deposits .............................................49
SECTION 5.10. Optional Deposits by the Security
               Insurer .................................................58


                                   ARTICLE VA

SECTION 5A.1.  Claims Under Policy .....................................59
SECTION 5A.2.  Preference Claims; Direction of
                 Proceedings ...........................................60
SECTION 5A.3.  Surrender of Policy .....................................61


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   The Seller

SECTION 6.1.   Representations of Seller ...............................50
SECTION 6.2.   Corporate Existence .....................................52
SECTION 6.3.   Liability of Seller; Indemnities ........................52
SECTION 6.4.   Merger or Consolidation of, or
                 Assumption of the Obligations of,
                 Seller ................................................54
SECTION 6.5.   Limitation on Liability of Seller
                  and Others ...........................................55
SECTION 6.6.   Seller May Own Certificates or Notes ....................55

                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  The Servicer

SECTION 7.1.  Representations of Servicer ..............................55
SECTION 7.2.  Indemnities of Servicer ..................................57
SECTION 7.3.   Merger or Consolidation of, or
               Assumption of the Obligations of,
               Servicer ................................................58
SECTION 7.4.     Limitation on Liability of Servicer
                 and Others ............................................59
SECTION 7.5.     Servicer Not To Resign ................................59

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Default

SECTION 8.1.    Servicer Default........................................60
SECTION 8.2.    Appointment of Successor................................62
SECTION 8.3.    [RESERVED]..............................................62
SECTION 8.4.    Notification to Noteholders and
                 Certificateholders.....................................63
SECTION 8.5.    Waiver of Past Defaults.................................63

                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Termination

SECTION 9.1.    Optional Purchase of All Receivables ...................63

                                   ARTICLE X

                     Administrative Duties of the Servicer

SECTION 10.1.   Administrative Duties..................................65
SECTION 10.2.   Records................................................67
SECTION 10.3.   Additional Information to be Furnished
                  to the Issuer........................................67

                                   ARTICLE XI

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

SECTION 11.1.   Amendment...............................................67
SECTION 11.2.   Protection of Title to Trust............................69
SECTION 11.3.   Notices.................................................71
SECTION 11.4.   Assignment..............................................72
SECTION 11.5.   Limitations on Rights of Others ........................72
SECTION 11.6.   Severability ...........................................72
SECTION 11.7.   Separate Counterparts ..................................72
SECTION 11.8.   Headings ...............................................72
SECTION 11.9.   Governing Law ..........................................72
SECTION 11.10.  Assignment to Trustee ..................................72
SECTION 11.11.  Nonpetition Covenants ..................................73
SECTION 11.12.  Limitation of Liability of
                    Owner Trustee and Trustee ..........................73
SECTION 11.13.    Independence of the Servicer..........................73
SECTION 11.14.    No Joint Venture......................................74
SECTION 11.15.    Third-Party Beneficiaries.............................87
SECTION 11.16.    Disclaimer by Security Insurer........................88


                                   SCHEDULES

Schedule A        -       Schedule of Receivables
Schedule B        -       Location of Receivables

                                    EXHIBITS

Exhibit A           -       Form of Subsequent Transfer Agreement
Exhibit B           -       Form of Monthly Certificateholder Statement
Exhibit C           -       Form of Monthly Noteholder Statement
Exhibit D           -       Form of Servicer's Certificate
Exhibit E           -       Form of Accountants Letter
Exhibit F           -       Form of Stamp

<PAGE>



          SALE AND SERVICING AGREEMENT dated as of May 31, 1996, among THE
MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), TMS
AUTO HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), THE MONEY STORE
AUTO FINANCE, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Servicer"), and THE MONEY
STORE INC., a New Jersey corporation (the "Representative").

          WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase a portfolio of receivables
arising in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts
acquired by The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. through motor vehicle dealers;

          WHEREAS the Seller has purchased such receivables from The Money
Store Auto Finance Inc. and is willing to sell such receivables to the Issuer;

          WHEREAS the Issuer desires to purchase additional receivables arising
in connection with motor vehicle retail installment sale contracts to be
acquired by The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. through motor vehicle dealers;

          WHEREAS the Seller has an agreement to purchase such additional
receivables from The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. and is willing to sell such
receivables to the Issuer;

          WHEREAS the Servicer is willing to service all such receivables;

          NOW, THEREFORE, in consideration of the premises and the mutual
covenants herein contained, the parties hereto agree as follows:


                                   ARTICLE I

                                  Definitions

          SECTION 1.1. Definitions. Whenever used in this Agreement, the
following words and phrases shall have the following meanings:

          "Addition Notice" means, with respect to any transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the Trust pursuant to Section 2.2 of this Agreement, notice of
the Seller's election to transfer Subsequent Receivables to the Trust, such
notice to designate the related Subsequent Transfer Date and the approximate
principal amount of Subsequent Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent
Transfer Date.

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect
to any Person means the power to direct the management and policies of such
Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing.

          "Aggregate Principal Balance" means, with respect to any date of
determination, the sum of the Principal Balances for all Receivables (other
than (i) any Receivable that became a Liquidated Receivable during the related
Monthly Period and (ii) any Receivable that was purchased or repurchased by any
Person pursuant to the Agreement during the related Monthly Period) as of the
date of determination.

          "Agreement" means this Sale and Servicing Agreement, as the same may
be amended and supplemented from time to time.

          "Amount Financed" means, with respect to a Receivable, the aggregate
amount advanced under such Receivable toward the purchase price of the Financed
Vehicle and any related costs, including amounts advanced in respect of
accessories, insurance premiums, service, car club and warranty contracts,
other items customarily financed as part of retail automobile installment sale
contracts or promissory notes, and related costs.

          "Annual Percentage Rate" or "APR" of a Receivable means the annual
percentage rate of finance charges or service charges, as stated in the related
Contract.

          "Available Funds" means, with respect to any Determination Date, the
sum of (i) the Collected Funds for such Determination Date (including amounts
withdrawn from the Payahead Account but excluding amounts deposited into the
Payahead Account), (ii) all Purchase Amounts deposited in the Collection
Account during the related Monthly Period, (iii) the Monthly Capitalized
Interest Amount with respect to the related Distribution Date, (iv) following
the acceleration of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the
amount of money or property collected pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Indenture
since the preceding Determination Date by the Trustee or Controlling Party for
distribution pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Indenture, and (v) any Insolvency
Proceeds received pursuant to Section 9.1(b) hereof.

          "Average Default Rate" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the arithmetic average of the Default Rate for such Distribution Date and the
Default Rates for the two immediately preceding Distribution Dates.

          "Average Delinquency Ratio" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, the arithmetic average of the Delinquency Ratio for such Distribution
Date and the Delinquency Ratios for the two immediately preceding Distribution
Dates.

          "Average Net Loss Rate" with respect to any Distribution Date, the
arithmetic average of the Net Loss Rates for the three immediately preceding
Monthly Periods.

          "Base Servicing Fee" means, with respect to any Monthly Period, the
fee payable to the Servicer for services rendered during such Monthly Period,
which shall be equal to one-twelfth of the Servicing Fee Rate multiplied by the
Pool Balance as of the first day of such Monthly Period.

          "Basic Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust
Agreement, the Indenture, the Spread Account Agreement, the Depository
Agreements and other documents and certificates delivered in connection
therewith.

          "Business Day" means a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other
day on which commercial banks located in the states of California, Delaware,
Minnesota, New Jersey or New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

          "Capitalized Interest Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1A.

          "Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit" means $419,191.73
deposited on the Closing Date.

          "Certificate" means a Trust Certificate (as defined in the Trust
Agreement).

          "Certificate Balance" equals, initially, $7,000,000 and thereafter
equals the initial Certificate Balance, reduced by all amounts allocable to
principal previously distributed to Certificateholders.

          "Certificate Distribution Account" has the meaning assigned to such
term in the Trust Agreement.

          "Certificate Policy" means the financial guaranty insurance policy
issued by the Security Insurer to the Owner Trustee for the benefit of the
Certificateholders.

          "Certificate Policy Claim Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in
Section 5A.1(a).

          "Certificate Pool Factor" as of the close of business on a
Distribution Date means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the Certificate
Balance as of such Distribution Date divided by the initial Certificate
Balance.

          "Certificate Prepayment Amount" means, as of the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving
effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal
to the Certificateholders' pro rata share (based on the respective current
outstanding principal balance of each Class of Notes and the current
Certificate Balance) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

          "Certificate Rate" means 7.10% per annum.

          "Certificateholder" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Trust Agreement.

          "Certificateholders' Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificate- holders' Interest Distributable
Amount and the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount.

          "Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders' Monthly
Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any
outstanding Certificate- holders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such
preceding Distribution Date, over the amount in respect of interest at the
Certificate Rate that was actually deposited in the Certificate Distribution
Account on such preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on such excess, to
the extent permitted by law, at the Certificate Rate from and including such
preceding Distribution Date to but excluding the current Distribution Date.

          "Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly
Interest Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the
Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date.

          "Certificateholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means,
with respect to any Distribution Date, interest accrued during the related
Interest Period at the Certificate Rate on the Certificate Balance immediately
preceding such Distribution Date. Interest shall be computed on the basis of a
360-day year of twelve 30-day months for purposes of this definition.

          "Certificateholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means,
with respect to any Distribution Date, the Certificateholders' Percentage of
the Principal Distributable Amount.

          "Certificateholders' Percentage" means (i) for each Distribution Date
prior to the Distribution Date on which the Class A-3 Notes are paid in full,
zero, (ii) on the Distribution Date on which the Class A-3 Notes are paid in
full, the percentage equivalent of a fraction, the numerator of which is the
excess, if any, of (x) the Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution
Date over (y) the outstanding principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes
immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and the denominator of which is
the Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date, and (iii) for
each Distribution Date thereafter to and including the Distribution Date on
which the Certificate Balance is reduced to zero, 100%.

          "Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the
close of any Distribution Date, the excess of the Certificateholders' Monthly
Principal Distributable Amount and any outstanding Certificateholders'
Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date, over the
amount in respect of principal that is actually deposited in the Certificate
Distribution Account on such current Distribution Date.

          "Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the sum of the Certificateholders' Monthly
Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the
Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the
preceding Distribution Date; provided, however, that the Certificate-holders'
Principal Distributable Amount (i) shall not exceed the Certificate Balance and
(ii) shall equal the Certificate Balance on the Final Scheduled Distribution
Date for the Certificates.

          "Class" means the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes or the Class
A-3 Notes, as the context requires.

          "Class A-1 Notes" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Indenture.

          "Class A-2 Notes" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Indenture.

          "Class A-3 Notes" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Indenture.

          "Closing Date" means June 26, 1996.

          "Collateral Agent" means the Person serving in such capacity under
the Spread Account Agreement.

          "Collected Funds" means, with respect to any Determination Date, the
amount of funds in the Collection Account representing collections on the
Receivables during the related Monthly Period, including all Net Liquidation
Proceeds collected during the related Monthly Period (but excluding any
Purchase Amounts).

          "Collection Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

          "Computer Tape" means the computer tapes or other electronic media
furnished by TMS Auto Holdings, Inc. to the Issuer and its assigns describing
certain characteristics of the Initial Receivables as of the Cutoff Date and of
Subsequent Receivables as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date.

          "Contract" means a motor vehicle retail installment sale contract.

          "Corporate Trust Office" means (i) with respect to the Owner Trustee,
the principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee, which at the time of
execution of this agreement is 1001 Jefferson Street, Suite 550, Wilmington,
Delaware 19801, Attention: Lisa Wilkins, and (ii) with respect to the Indenture
Trustee, the Indenture Collateral Agent and the Collateral Agent, the principal
corporate trust office of the Indenture Trustee, which at the time of execution
of this agreement is Sixth Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota
55479-0069, Attention: Corporate Trust Department.

          "Cram Down Loss" means, with respect to a Receivable, if a court of
appropriate jurisdiction in an insolvency proceeding shall have issued an order
reducing the amount owed on a Receivable or otherwise modifying or
restructuring the scheduled payments to be made on a Receivable, an amount
equal to (i) the excess of the principal balance of such Receivable immediately
prior to such order over the principal balance of such Receivable as so reduced
and/or (ii) if such court shall have issued an order reducing the effective
rate of interest on such Receivable, the net present value (using as the
discount rate the higher of the APR on such Receivable or the rate of interest,
if any, specified by the court in such order) of the scheduled payments as so
modified or restructured. A "Cram Down Loss" shall be deemed to have occurred
on the date of issuance of such order.

          "Dealer" means a dealer who sold a Financed Vehicle and who
originated and assigned the respective Receivable to the Seller under an
existing agreement between such Dealer and the Seller.

          "Dealer Agreement" means any agreement between a Dealer and TMS Auto
Finance relating to the acquisition of Receivables from a Dealer by TMS Auto
Finance.

          "Defaulted Receivable" means a Receivable with respect to which: (i)
ten percent or more of a Scheduled Payment is 120 or more days delinquent, (ii)
the Servicer has repossessed the related Financed Vehicle (and any applicable
redemption period has expired) or (iii) such Receivable is in default and the
Servicer has determined in good faith that payments thereunder are not likely
to be resumed.

          "Deficiency Claim Amount" shall have the meaning set forth in Section
5.4.

          "Deficiency Claim Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the fourth Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "Deficiency Notice" shall have the meaning set forth in Section 5.4.

          "Delinquency Ratio" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, a
fraction, expressed as a percentage, (a) the numerator of which is equal to the
aggregate Principal Balance of all Receivables other than those for which the
related Financed Vehicle has been repossessed that were 30 or more days
delinquent with respect to more than 10% of a Scheduled Payment as of the last
day of the related Monthly Period and (b) the denominator of which is equal to
the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first day of the
related Monthly Period.

          "Delivery" when used with respect to Trust Account Property means:

          (a) with respect to bankers' acceptances, commercial paper,
     negotiable certificates of deposit and other obligations that constitute
     "instruments" within the meaning of Section 9-105(1)(i) of the UCC and are
     susceptible of physical delivery, transfer thereof to the Trustee or its
     nominee or custodian by physical delivery to the Trustee or its nominee or
     custodian endorsed to, or registered in the name of, the Trustee or its
     nominee or custodian or endorsed in blank, and, with respect to a
     certificated security (as defined in Section 8-102 of the UCC) transfer
     thereof (i) by delivery of such certificated security endorsed to, or
     registered in the name of, the Trustee or its nominee or custodian or
     endorsed in blank to a financial intermediary (as defined in Section 8-313
     of the UCC) and the making by such financial intermediary of entries on
     its books and records identifying such certificated securities as
     belonging to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian and the sending by
     such financial intermediary of a confirmation of the purchase of such
     certificated security by the Trustee or its nominee or custodian, or (ii)
     by delivery thereof to a "clearing corporation" (as defined in Section
     8-102(3) of the UCC) and the making by such clearing corporation of
     appropriate entries on its books reducing the appropriate securities
     account of the transferor and increasing the appropriate securities
     account of a financial intermediary by the amount of such certificated
     security, the identification by the clearing corporation of the
     certificated securities for the sole and exclusive account of the
     financial intermediary, the maintenance of such certificated securities by
     such clearing corporation or a "custodian bank" (as defined in Section
     8-102(4) of the UCC) or the nominee of either subject to the clearing
     corporation's exclusive control, the sending of a confirmation by the
     financial intermediary of the purchase by the Trustee or its nominee or
     custodian of such securities and the making by such financial intermediary
     of entries on its books and records identifying such certificated
     securities as belonging to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian (all of
     the foregoing, "Physical Property"), and, in any event, any such Physical
     Property in registered form shall be in the name of the Trustee or its
     nominee or custodian; and such additional or alternative procedures as may
     hereafter become appropriate to effect the complete transfer of ownership
     of any such Trust Account Property to the Trustee or its nominee or
     custodian, consistent with changes in applicable law or regulations or the
     interpretation thereof;

          (b) with respect to any security issued by the U.S. Treasury, the
     Federal Home Loan Mortgage Corporation or by the Federal National Mortgage
     Association that is a book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve
     System pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations, the following
     procedures, all in accordance with applicable law, including applicable
     Federal regulations and Articles 8 and 9 of the UCC: book-entry
     registration of such Trust Account Property to an appropriate book-entry
     account maintained with a Federal Reserve Bank by a financial intermediary
     which is also a "depository" pursuant to applicable Federal regulations
     and issuance by such financial intermediary of a deposit advice or other
     written confirmation of such book-entry registration to the Trustee or its
     nominee or custodian of the purchase by the Trustee or its nominee or
     custodian of such book-entry securities; the making by such financial
     intermediary of entries in its books and records identifying such
     book-entry security held through the Federal Reserve System pursuant to
     Federal book-entry regulations as belonging to the Trustee or its nominee
     or custodian and indicating that such custodian holds such Trust Account
     Property solely as agent for the Trustee or its nominee or custodian; and
     such additional or alternative procedures as may hereafter become
     appropriate to effect complete transfer of ownership of any such Trust
     Account Property to the Trustee or its nominee or custodian, consistent
     with changes in applicable law or regulations or the interpretation
     thereof; and

          (c) with respect to any item of Trust Account Property that is an
     uncertificated security under Article 8 of the UCC and that is not
     governed by clause (b) above, registration on the books and records of the
     issuer thereof in the name of the financial intermediary, the sending of a
     confirmation by the financial intermediary of the purchase by the Trustee
     or its nominee or custodian of such uncertificated security, the making by
     such financial intermediary of entries on its books and records
     identifying such uncertificated certificates as belonging to the Trustee
     or its nominee or custodian.

          "Depositor" shall mean the Seller in its capacity as Depositor under
the Trust Agreement.

          "Depository Agreements" mean the Certificate Depository Agreement and
the Note Depository Agreement.

          "Determination Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the fifth Business Day prior to the related Distribution Date.

          "Distribution Amount" means, with respect to a Distribution Date, the
sum of (i) the Available Funds for the immediately preceding Determination
Date, plus (ii) the Deficiency Claim Amount, if any, received (from an Insurer
Optional Deposit or the Spread Account or otherwise other than from draws under
the Policies) by the Trustee with respect to such Distribution Date.

          "Distribution Date" means, with respect to each Monthly Period, the
twentieth day of the following calendar month, or if such day is not a Business
Day, the immediately following Business Day, commencing on July 22, 1996.

          "Draw Date" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the third
Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "Eligible Deposit Account" means either (a) a segregated account with
an Eligible Institution or (b) a segregated trust account with the corporate
trust department of a depository institution organized under the laws of the
United States of America or any one of the states thereof or the District of
Columbia (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank), having corporate trust
powers and acting as trustee for funds deposited in such account, so long as
any of the securities of such depository institution have a credit rating from
each Rating Agency in one of its generic rating categories which signifies
investment grade.

          "Eligible Institution" means (a) the corporate trust department of
the Trustee or any other entity specified in the Agreement or (b) a depository
institution organized under the laws of the United States of America or any one
of the states thereof or the District of Columbia (or any domestic branch of a
foreign bank), which (i) has either (A) a long-term unsecured debt rating of
AAA or better by Standard & Poor's and Aaa or better by Moody's or (B) a
certificate of deposit rating of A-1+ by Standard & Poor's and P-1 or better by
Moody's or any other short-term or certificate of deposit rating acceptable to
the Rating Agencies and to the Security Insurer and (ii) whose deposits are
insured by the FDIC. If so qualified, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee may be
considered an Eligible Institution.

          "Eligible Investments" mean book-entry securities, negotiable
instruments or securities represented by instruments in bearer or registered
form which evidence:

          (a) direct obligations of, and obligations fully guaranteed as to
     timely payment by, the United States of America;

          (b) demand deposits, time deposits or certificates of deposit of any
     depository institution or trust company incorporated under the laws of the
     United States of America or any state thereof or the District of Columbia
     (or any domestic branch of a foreign bank) and subject to supervision and
     examination by Federal or state banking or depository institution
     authorities (including depository receipts issued by any such institution
     or trust company as custodian with respect to any obligation referred to
     in clause (a) above or portion of such obligation for the benefit of the
     holders of such depository receipts); provided, however, that at the time
     of the investment or contractual commitment to invest therein (which shall
     be deemed to be made again each time funds are reinvested following each
     Distribution Date), the commercial paper or other short-term senior
     unsecured debt obligations (other than such obligations the rating of
     which is based on the credit of a Person other than such depository
     institution or trust company) of such depository institution or trust
     company shall have a credit rating from Standard & Poor's of A-1+ and from
     Moody's of P-1;

          (c) commercial paper having, at the time of the investment or
     contractual commitment to invest therein, a rating from Standard & Poor's
     of A-1+ and from Moody's of P-1;

          (d) investments in money market funds (including funds for which the
     Trustee or the Owner Trustee or any of their respective Affiliates is
     investment manager or advisor) having a rating from Standard & Poor's of
     AAA-m or AAAm-G and from Moody's of Aaa and having been approved by the
     Security Insurer;

          (e) bankers' acceptances issued by any depository institution or
     trust company referred to in clause (b) above;

          (f) repurchase obligations with respect to any security that is a
     direct obligation of, or fully guaranteed by, the United States of America
     or any agency or instrumentality thereof the obligations of which are
     backed by the full faith and credit of the United States of America, in
     either case entered into with a depository institution or trust company
     (acting as principal) referred to in clause (b) above; and

          (g) any other investment which would satisfy the Rating Agency
     Condition and is consistent with the ratings of the Securities and which,
     so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, has
     been approved by the Security Insurer.

          Any of the foregoing Eligible Investments may be purchased by or
through the Owner Trustee or the Indenture Trustee or any of its Affiliates.

          "FDIC" means the Federal Deposit Insurance Corporation.

          "Final Scheduled Distribution Date" means with respect to (i) the
Class A-1 Notes, the July, 1997 Distribution Date, (ii) the Class A-2 Notes,
the December, 2002 Distribution Date, (iii) the Class A-3 Notes, the December,
2002 Distribution Date, and (iv) the Certificates, the December, 2002
Distribution Date.

          "Final Scheduled Maturity Date" means November 30, 2002.

          "Financed Vehicle" means an automobile or light-duty truck van or
minivan, together with all accessions thereto, securing an Obligor's
indebtedness under the respective Receivable.

          "Funding Period" means the period beginning on and including the
Closing Date and ending on the first to occur of (a) the Distribution Date on
which the amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account (after giving effect to
any transfers therefrom in connection with the transfer of Subsequent
Receivables to the Issuer on such Distribution Date) is less than $100,000, (b)
the date on which an Event of Default or a Servicer Default occurs, (c) the
date on which an Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the General Partner
and (d) the close of business on the September, 1996 Distribution Date.

          "General Partner" means the General Partner under the Trust
Agreement.

          "Guaranteed Certificate Distribution" has the meaning assigned to
such term in the Certificate Policy.

          "Guaranteed Note Distribution" has the meaning assigned to such term
in the Note Policy.

          "Indenture" means the Indenture dated as of May 31, 1996, among the
Issuer, the Indenture Collateral Agent and the Trustee, as the same may be
amended and supplemented from time to time.

          "Indenture Collateral Agent" means the Person acting as Indenture
Collateral Agent under the Indenture, its successors in interest and any
successor Indenture Collateral Agent under the Indenture.

          "Initial Cutoff Date" means as to any Initial Receivable, the later
of May 31, 1996 and the date of origination of such Initial Receivable.

          "Initial Receivables" means any Receivable conveyed to the Trust on
the Closing Date.

          "Insolvency Event" means, with respect to a specified Person, (a) the
filing of a petition against such Person or the entry of a decree or order for
relief by a court having jurisdiction in the premises in respect of such Person
or any substantial part of its property in an involuntary case under any
applicable federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or
hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian,
trustee, sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any
substantial part of its property, or ordering the winding-up or liquidation or
such Person's affairs, and such petition, decree or order shall remain unstayed
and in effect for a period of 60 consecutive days; or (b) the commencement by
such Person of a voluntary case under any applicable federal or state
bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law now or hereafter in effect, or the
consent by such Person to the entry of an order for relief in an involuntary
case under any such law, or the consent by such Person to the appointment of or
taking possession by, a receiver, liquidator, assignee, custodian, trustee,
sequestrator, or similar official for such Person or for any substantial part
of its property, or the making by such Person of any general assignment for the
benefit of creditors, or the failure by such Person generally to pay its debts
as such debts become due, or the taking of action by such Person in furtherance
of any of the foregoing.

          "Insurance Agreement" means the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement,
dated as of May 31, 1996, among the Security Insurer, the Trust, the
Representative, the Seller and TMS Auto Finance.

          "Insurance Agreement Event of Default" means an "Event of Default" as
defined in the Insurance Agreement.

          "Insurance Policy" means, with respect to a Receivable, any insurance
policy (including the insurance policies described in Section 4.4) benefiting
the holder of the Receivable providing loss or physical damage, credit life,
credit disability, theft, mechanical breakdown or similar coverage with respect
to the Financed Vehicle or the Obligor.

          "Insurer Default" means the occurrence and continuance of any of the
following events:

          (a) the Security Insurer shall have failed to make a payment required
     under the Note Policy or the Certificate Policy in accordance with its
     respective terms;

          (b) The Security Insurer shall have (i) filed a petition or commenced
     any case or proceeding under any provision or chapter of the United States
     Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to
     insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization,
     (ii) made a general assignment for the benefit of its creditors, or (iii)
     had an order for relief entered against it under the United States
     Bankruptcy Code or any other similar federal or state law relating to
     insolvency, bankruptcy, rehabilitation, liquidation or reorganization
     which is final and nonappealable; or

          (c) a court of competent jurisdiction, the New York Department of
     Insurance or other competent regulatory authority shall have entered a
     final and nonappealable order, judgment or decree (i) appointing a
     custodian, trustee, agent or receiver for the Security Insurer or for all
     or any material portion of its property or (ii) authorizing the taking of
     possession by a custodian, trustee, agent or receiver of the Security
     Insurer (or the taking of possession of all or any material portion of the
     property of the Security Insurer).

          "Insurer Optional Deposit" means, with respect to any Distribution
Date, an amount delivered by the Insurer pursuant to Section 5.10, at its sole
option, to the Trustee for deposit into the Collection Account for any of the
following purposes: (i) to provide funds in respect of the payment of fees or
expenses of any provider of services to the Trust with respect to such
Distribution Date; or (ii) to include such amount as part of the Distribution
Amount for such Distribution Date to the extent that without such amount a draw
would be required to be made on a Policy.

          "Interest Period" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
period from and including the Closing Date (in the case of the first
Distribution Date) or from and including the most recent Distribution Date on
which interest has been paid to but excluding such Distribution Date.

          "Interest Rate" means, with respect to (i) the Class A-1 Notes,
5.6375% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed
in a 360-day year), (ii) the Class A-2 Notes, the London interbank offered
rates for one-month U.S. dollar deposits ("LIBOR") plus 0.09%, subject to a
maximum rate equal to 12% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number
of days elapsed in a 360-day year) and (iii) the Class A-3 Notes, 6.85% per
annum (computed on the basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).

          "Investment Earnings" means, with respect to any Distribution Date,
the investment earnings (net of losses and investment expenses) on amounts on
deposit in the Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account.

          "Issuer" means The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1.

          "Lien" means a security interest, lien, charge, pledge, equity, or
encumbrance of any kind, other than tax liens, mechanics' liens and any liens
that attach to the respective Receivable by operation of law as a result of any
act or omission by the related Obligor.

          "Lien Certificate" means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, an
original certificate of title, certificate of lien or other notification issued
by the Registrar of Titles of the applicable state to a secured party which
indicates that the lien of the secured party on the Financed Vehicle is
recorded on the original certificate of title. In any jurisdiction in which the
original certificate of title is required to be given to the Obligor, the term
"Lien Certificate" shall mean only a certificate or notification issued to a
secured party.

          "Liquidated Receivable" means, with respect to any Determination
Date, a Receivable as to which, as of the last day of the related Monthly
Period, (i) 90 days have elapsed since the Servicer repossessed the Financed
Vehicle, (ii) the Servicer has determined in good faith that all amounts it
expects to recover have been received, (iii) 10% or more of a Scheduled Payment
shall have become 150 or more days delinquent, or (iv) the Financed Vehicle has
been sold and the proceeds received.

          "Mandatory Redemption Date" means the earlier of (i) the Distribution
Date in September 1996 and (ii) if the last day of the Funding Period occurs on
or prior to the Determination Date in July or August 1996, the Distribution
Date relating to such Determination Date.

          "Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount" means (i) in the case of the
July, August or September 1996 Distribution Dates, an amount equal to the
product of (x) a fraction the numerator of which is the actual number of days
elapsed in the related Interest Period and the denominator of which is 360, (y)
weighted average of each Interest Rate and the Certificate Rate and (z) the
difference between the sum of the aggregate principal amount of the Notes and
the Certificate Balance immediately prior to the applicable Distribution Date
and the Pool Balance as of the last day of the second preceding Monthly Period,
or in the case of the July Distribution Date, as of the Closing Date.

          "Monthly Period" means with respect to each Distribution Date, the
calendar month preceding the month in which such Distribution Date occurs.

          "Moody's" means Moody's Investors Service, Inc., or its successor.

          "Net Liquidation Proceeds" means, with respect to Liquidated
Receivables, (i) proceeds from the disposition of the vehicles securing the
Liquidated Receivables, less reasonable Servicer out-of-pocket costs, including
repossession and resale expenses not already deducted from such proceeds, and
any amounts required by law to be remitted to the Obligor (ii) any insurance
proceeds, or (iii) other monies received from the Obligor or otherwise.

          "Net Loss Rate" means for any Monthly Period, the product, expressed
as a percentage, of twelve multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is
equal to (i) the aggregate Principal Balance of all Receivables that became
Liquidated Receivables during such Monthly Period less (ii) the Net Liquidation
Proceeds received by the Trust with respect to Receivables which became
Liquidated Receivables in prior Monthly Periods, and the denominator of which
is equal to the Aggregate Principal Balance of the Receivables as of the first
day of such Monthly Period.

          "Note Distribution Account" means the account designated as such,
established and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

          "Noteholders' Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount
and the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount.

          "Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for the preceding Distribution Date and any outstanding
Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall on such preceding Distribution Date,
over the amount in respect of interest that was actually deposited in the Note
Distribution Account on such preceding Distribution Date, plus interest on the
amount of interest due but not paid to Noteholders on the preceding
Distribution Date, to the extent permitted by law, at the respective Interest
Rate borne by each Class of Notes from such preceding Distribution Date to but
excluding the current Distribution Date.

          "Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Interest
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders' Interest
Carryover Shortfall for such Distribution Date. Interest shall be computed on
the basis of (i) the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year in the
case of the Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes and (ii) a 360-day year of
twelve 30-day months in the case of the Class A-3 Notes.

          "Noteholders' Monthly Interest Distributable Amount" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the product of (i)(A) in the case of the
Class A-1 Notes and the Class A-2 Notes, the product of the Interest Rate for
such Class and a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed
from and including the prior Distribution Date (or, in the case of the first
Distribution Date, from and including the Closing Date) to but excluding such
Distribution Date and the denominator of which is 360 and (B) in the case of
the Class A-3 Notes, one-twelfth of the Interest Rate for such Class (or, in
the case of the first Distribution Date, the Interest Rate for such Class
multiplied by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days elapsed
from and including the Closing Date to but excluding such Distribution Date and
the denominator of which is 360) and (ii) the outstanding principal amount of
the Notes of such Class immediately preceding such Distribution Date.

          "Noteholders' Monthly Principal Distributable Amount" means, with
respect to any Distribution Date, the Noteholders' Percentage of the Principal
Distribution Amount.

          "Noteholders' Percentage" means with respect to any Determination
Date (i) relating to a Distribution Date prior to the Distribution Date on
which the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero, 100%;
(ii) relating to the Distribution Date on which the principal amount of the
Class A-3 Notes is reduced to zero, the percentage equivalent of a fraction,
the numerator of which is the principal amount of the Class A-3 Notes
immediately prior to such Distribution Date, and the denominator of which is
the Principal Distributable Amount; and (iii) relating to any other
Distribution Date, 0%.

          "Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close
of any Distribution Date, the excess of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount and any outstanding Noteholders' Principal Carryover
Shortfall from the preceding Distribution Date over the amount in respect of
principal that was actually deposited in the Note Distribution Account on such
Distribution Date.

          "Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to
any Distribution Date, (other than the Final Scheduled Distribution Date for
any Class of Notes), the sum of the Noteholders' Monthly Principal
Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date and the Noteholders' Principal
Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding Distribution Date. The
Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount on the Final Scheduled Distribution
Date for any Class of Notes will equal the sum of (i) the Noteholders' Monthly
Principal Distributable Amount for such Distribution Date, (ii) the
Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall as of the close of the preceding
Distribution Date, and (iii) the excess of the outstanding principal amount of
such Class of Notes, if any, over the amounts described in clauses (i) and
(ii).

          "Note Policy" means the financial guaranty insurance policy issued by
the Security Insurer to the Trustee for the benefit of the Noteholders.

          "Note Pool Factor" for each Class of Notes as of the close of
business on a Distribution Date means a seven-digit decimal figure equal to the
outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes divided by the original
outstanding principal amount of such Class of Notes.

          "Note Prepayment Amount" means, as of the Distribution Date on or
immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving effect
to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal to the
Noteholders' pro rata share (based on the respective current outstanding
principal balance of each Class of Notes and the current Certificate Balance)
of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

          "Obligor" on a Receivable means the purchaser or co-purchasers of the
Financed Vehicle and any other Person who owes payments under the Receivable.

          "Officers' Certificate" means a certificate signed by the (a)
chairman of the board, the president, any executive vice president or any vice
president and (b) any treasurer, assistant treasurer, secretary or assistant
secretary of the Representative, the Seller or the Servicer, as appropriate.

          "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel
who may be an employee of or counsel to the Representatives, the Seller or the
Servicer, which counsel shall be acceptable to the Trustee, the Owner Trustee,
the Security Insurer or the Rating Agencies, as applicable.

          "Original Pool Balance" means the sum, as of any date, of the Pool
Balance as of the Initial Cutoff Date, plus the aggregate Principal Balance of
the Subsequent Receivables, if any, sold to the Trust, as of their respective
Subsequent Cutoff Dates.

          "Owner Trust Estate" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
Trust Agreement.

          "Owner Trustee" means Bankers Trust (Delaware), not in its individual
capacity but solely as Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement, its successors
in interest or any successor Owner Trustee under the Trust Agreement.

          "Payahead" on a Receivable that is a Precomputed Receivable means the
amount, as of the close of business on the last day of a Monthly Period,
computed in accordance with Section 5.3 with respect to such Receivable.

          "Payahead Account" means the account designated as such, established
and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1(e)(i).

          "Payahead Balance" on a Precomputed Receivable means the sum, as of
the close of business on the last day of a Monthly Period, of all Payaheads
made by or on behalf of the Obligor with respect to such Precomputed
Receivable, as reduced by applications of previous Payaheads with respect to
such Precomputed Receivable, pursuant to Sections 5.3 and 5.6(a).

          "Person" means any individual, corporation, estate, partnership,
joint venture, association, joint stock company, trust (including any
beneficiary thereof), unincorporated organization or government or any agency
or political subdivision thereof.

          "Physical Property" has the meaning assigned to such term in the
definition of "Delivery" above.

          "Policies" means the Certificate Policy and the Note Policy.

          "Pool Balance" means, as of any date of determination, the aggregate
Principal Balance of the Receivables (excluding Purchased Receivables and
Liquidated Receivables).

          "Precomputed Receivable" means any Receivable under which the portion
of a payment allocable to interest and the portion allocable to principal is
determined in accordance with the Rule of 78's Method.

          "Pre-Funded Amount" means, with respect to any Distribution Date, the
amount on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, (exclusive of Pre-Funding
Earnings) which initially shall be $49,999,564.54.

          "Pre-Funding Account" has the meaning specified in Section
5.1(a)(iii).

          "Pre-Funding Earnings" means any investment earnings (net of losses)
on amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account.

          "Principal Balance" means, with respect to any Receivable, as of any
date, the Amount Financed minus (i) that portion of all amounts (including
Payaheads applied to Scheduled Payments) received on or prior to such date and
allocable to principal in accordance with (x) in the case of Simple Interest
Receivables the terms of the Receivable and (y) in the case of Precomputed
Receivables, the actuarial method, and (ii) any Cram Down Loss in respect of
such Receivable.

          "Principal Carryover Shortfall" means, as of the close of business on
any Distribution Date, the excess of the Principal Distributable Amount plus
any outstanding Principal Carryover Shortfall from the preceding Distribution
Date over the amount of principal deposited in the Note Distribution Account
and/or the Certificate Distribution Account with respect to such current
Distribution Date.

          "Principal Distributable Amount" means, with respect to any
Distribution Date, without duplication, the sum of (i) the principal portion
(calculated in the case of Precomputed Receivables on the basis of the
actuarial method and in the case of Simple Interest Receivables, calculated on
the basis of the Simple Interest Method) of all Collected Funds received during
the immediately preceding Monthly Period (other than Liquidated Receivables and
Purchased Receivables) including the principal portion of all prepayments and
all principal amounts required to be withdrawn from the Payahead Account on
such Distribution Date but excluding any Payaheads received during such Monthly
Period that are required to be deposited in the Payahead Account pursuant to
Section 5.3, (ii) the Principal Balance of all Receivables that became
Liquidated Receivables during the related Monthly Period (other than Purchased
Receivables), (iii) the principal portion of the Purchase Amounts received with
respect to all Receivables that became Purchased Receivables during the related
Monthly Period, (iv) in the sole discretion of the Security Insurer, the
Principal Balance of all the Receivables that were required to be purchased
pursuant to Sections 3.2 and 4.7, during such Monthly Period but were not
purchased, (v) the aggregate amount of Cram Down Losses that shall have
occurred during the related Monthly Period; and (vi) following the acceleration
of the Notes pursuant to Section 5.2 of the Indenture, the amount of money or
property collected pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Indenture since the preceding
Determination Date by the Trustee or Controlling Party for distribution
pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Indenture.

          "Purchase Agreement" means the Purchase Agreement between the Seller
and TMS Auto Finance, dated as of May 31, 1996, pursuant to which the Seller
acquired the Initial Receivables, as such Agreement may be amended from time to
time.

          "Purchase Amount" means, with respect to a Receivable, the Principal
Balance and all accrued and unpaid interest on the Receivable (including one
month's interest thereon, in the month of payment, at the APR less, so long as
TMS Auto Finance is the Servicer, the Servicing Fee), after giving effect to
the receipt of any moneys collected (from whatever source) on such Receivable,
if any.

          "Purchased Receivable" means a Receivable purchased as of the close
of business on the last day of a Monthly Period by the Servicer or the
Representative pursuant to Section 4.7 or repurchased by the Seller, TMS Auto
Finance or the Representative pursuant to Section 3.2.

          "Rating Agency" means Moody's and Standard & Poor's. If no such
organization or successor maintains a rating on the Securities, "Rating Agency"
shall be a nationally recognized statistical rating organization or other
comparable Person designated by the Seller and acceptable to the Security
Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing), notice of which designation shall be given to the Trustee, the
Owner Trustee and the Servicer.

          "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that
each Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' (or such shorter period as
shall be acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each
of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the
Security Insurer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee in writing that such action
will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current rating of any
Class of Notes or the Certificates.

          "Realized Losses" means, with respect to any Receivable that becomes
a Liquidated Receivable, the excess of the Principal Balance of such Liquidated
Receivable over Net Liquidation Proceeds to the extent allocable to principal.

          "Receivable" means any Contract listed on Schedule A, as such
Schedule shall be amended to reflect the transfer of Subsequent Receivables to
the Trust (which Schedule may be in the form of microfiche).

          "Receivable Files" means the documents specified in Section 3.3.

          "Record Date" with respect to each Distribution Date means the day
immediately preceding such Distribution Date, unless otherwise specified in the
Agreement.

          "Registrar of Titles" means, with respect to any state, the
governmental agency or body responsible for the registration of, and the
issuance of certificates of title relating to, motor vehicles and liens
thereon.

          "Rule of 78's Method" means the method under which a portion of a
payment allocated to earned interest and the portion allocable to principal is
determined according to the sum of the month's digits or any equivalent method
commonly referred to as the "Rule of 78's."

          "Rule of 78s Receivable" means a Receivable which by its terms
calculates interest and principal with respect to each scheduled payment in
accordance with the Rule of 78s method.

          "Scheduled Payment" on a Precomputed Receivable means that portion of
the payment required to be made by the Obligor during the respective Monthly
Period sufficient to amortize the Principal Balance thereof under the actuarial
method over the term of the Receivable and to provide interest at the APR.

          "Security Insurer" means Financial Security Assurance, Inc., a
monoline insurance company incorporated under the laws of the State of New
York, or any successor thereto, as issuer of the Policies.

          "Seller" means TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., a Delaware corporation, and
its successors in interest to the extent permitted hereunder.

          "Service Contract" means, with respect to a Financed Vehicle, the
agreement, if any, financed under the related Receivable that provides for the
repair of such Financed Vehicle.

          "Servicer" means The Money Store Auto Finance Inc., as the servicer
of the Receivables, and each successor Servicer pursuant to Section 7.3 or 8.2.

          "Servicer Default" means an event specified in Section 8.1.

          "Servicer's Certificate" means an Officers' Certificate of the
Servicer delivered pursuant to Section 4.9, substantially in the form of
Exhibit D.

          "Servicing Fee" has the meaning specified in Section 4.8.

          "Servicing Fee Rate" means 1.5% per annum.

          "Simple Interest Method" means the method of allocating a fixed level
payment to principal and interest, pursuant to which the portion of such
payment that is allocated to interest is equal to the product of the fixed rate
of interest multiplied by the unpaid principal balance multiplied by the period
of time elapsed since the preceding payment of interest was made (in some
states assuming 30 day months), divided by the actual number of days in a year
(360 days in states which assume 30 day months) and the remainder of such
payment is allocable to principal.

          "Simple Interest Receivable" means any Receivable under which the
portion of a payment allocable to interest and the portion allocable to
principal is determined in accordance with the Simple Interest Method.

          "Specified Spread Account Requirement" has the meaning specified in
the Spread Account Agreement.

          "Spread Account" means the account designated as such, established
and maintained pursuant to Section 5.1.

          "Spread Account Agreement" means the Spread Account Agreement dated
as of May 31, 1996 among the Seller, the Servicer and the Collateral Agent, as
the same may be modified, supplemented or otherwise amended in accordance with
the terms thereof.

          "Spread Account Initial Deposit" means, (i) with respect to the
Closing Date, an amount equal to 3.5% of the aggregate principal balance of the
Initial Receivables as of the Cutoff Date (which is equal to $5,250,015.24)
and, (ii) with respect to each Subsequent Transfer Date after the Closing Date,
an amount equal to 3.5% of the aggregate principal balance of the Subsequent
Receivables as of the related Subsequent Cutoff Date transferred to the Trust
on such Subsequent Transfer Date.

          "Standard & Poor's" means Standard & Poor's Ratings Services, or its
successor.

          "Subsequent Cutoff Date" means (i) the last day of the month
preceding the month in which particular Subsequent Receivables are conveyed to
the Trust pursuant to this Agreement or (ii) if any such Subsequent Receivable
is originated in the month of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, the date of
origination.

          "Subsequent Purchase Agreement" means an agreement by and between the
Seller and TMS Auto Finance pursuant to which the Seller will acquire
Subsequent Receivables.

          "Subsequent Receivables" means the Receivables transferred to the
Issuer pursuant to Section 2.2, which shall be listed on Schedule A to the
related Subsequent Transfer Agreement.

          "Subsequent Transfer Agreement" has the meaning assigned thereto in
Section 2.2(b).

          "Subsequent Transfer Date" means, with respect to Subsequent
Receivables, any date, occurring not more frequently than once a month, during
the Funding Period on which Subsequent Receivables are to be transferred to the
Trust pursuant to this Agreement, and a Subsequent Transfer Agreement is
executed and delivered to the Trust.

          "Supplemental Servicing Fee" means charges including, in the case of
a Precomputed Receivable that is prepaid in full, the difference between the
Principal Balance of such Receivable (plus accrued interest to the date of
prepayment) and the principal balance of such Receivable computed according to
the "Rule of 78s," and other late fees, prepayment fees, administrative fees
and expenses or similar charges allowed by applicable law with respect to
Receivables, collected (from whatever source) on the Receivables during the
related Monthly Period plus reinvestment proceeds on any payments received in
respect of Receivables during the related Monthly Period.

          "TMS Auto Finance" means The Money Store Auto Finance Inc., a
Delaware corporation.

          "Trigger Event" means that any of the following tests shall not be
satisfied:

          (i) For any Distribution Date, the Average Delinquency Ratio is less
than 6%;

          (ii) For any Distribution Date, commencing with the Distribution Date
on July 22, 1996, the Average Default Rate (determined on the related
Determination Date) is less than 12% and for each Distribution Date thereafter,
commencing with the Distribution Date on July 21, 1997, is less than 9%; and

          (iii) For any Distribution Date, commencing with the Distribution
Date on July 22, 1996, the Average Net Loss Rate (determined on the related
Determination Date) is less than 6%, and for each Distribution Date thereafter,
commencing with the Distribution Date on July 21, 1997, is less than 4.5%.

          "Trust" means the Issuer.

          "Trust Account Property" means the Trust Accounts, all amounts and
investments held from time to time in any Trust Account (whether in the form of
deposit accounts, Physical Property, book-entry securities, uncertificated
securities or otherwise), and all proceeds of the foregoing.

          "Trust Accounts" has the meaning assigned thereto in Section 5.1.

          "Trust Agreement" means the Trust Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996,
between the Seller and the Owner Trustee, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

          "Trust Officer" means, (i) in the case of the Trustee, the chairman
or vice-chairman of the board of directors, the chairman or vice-chairman of
the executive committee of the board of directors, the president, any vice
president, the secretary, any assistant secretary, the treasurer, any assistant
treasurer, the cashier, any assistant cashier, any trust officer or assistant
trust officer, the controller and any assistant controller or any other officer
of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those performed by
any of the above designated officers and also means, with respect to a
particular corporate trust matter, any other officer to whom such matter is
referred because of such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the
particular subject, and (ii) in the case of the Owner Trustee, any officer in
the corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee with direct responsibility for
the administration of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents on behalf of
the Owner Trustee.

          "Trustee" means the Person acting as Trustee under the Indenture, its
successors in interest and any successor trustee under the Indenture.

          "UCC" means the Uniform Commercial Code as in effect in the State of
New York on the date of the Agreement.

          SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions.

               (a) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined
herein have the meanings assigned to them in the Indenture, or, if not defined
therein, in the Trust Agreement.

               (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined
meanings when used in any instrument governed hereby and in any certificate or
other document made or delivered pursuant hereto unless otherwise defined
therein.

               (c) As used in this Agreement, in any instrument governed hereby
and in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto or
thereto, accounting terms not defined in this Agreement or in any such
instrument, certificate or other document, and accounting terms partly defined
in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate or other document to
the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to them under
generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of this
Agreement or any such instrument, certificate or other document, as applicable.
To the extent that the definitions of accounting terms in this Agreement or in
any such instrument, certificate or other document are inconsistent with the
meanings of such terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the
definitions contained in this Agreement or in any such instrument, certificate
or other document shall control.

               (d) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and words of
similar import when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a
whole and not to any particular provision of this Agreement; Section, Schedule
and Exhibit references contained in this Agreement are references to Sections,
Schedules and Exhibits in or to this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and
the term "including" shall mean "including without limitation."

               (e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable
to the singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine
as well as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.

               (f) Any agreement, instrument or statute defined or referred to
herein or in any instrument or certificate delivered in connection herewith
means such agreement, instrument or statute as from time to time amended,
modified or supplemented and includes (in the case of agreements or
instruments) references to all attachments thereto and instruments incorporated
therein; references to a Person are also to its permitted successors and
assigns.

                                   ARTICLE II
                           Conveyance of Receivables

          SECTION 2.1. Conveyance of Initial Receivables. In consideration of
the Issuer's delivery to or upon the order of the Seller on the Closing Date of
the net proceeds from the sale of the Notes and the Certificates and the other
amounts to be distributed from time to time to the Seller in accordance with
the terms of this Agreement, the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set
over and otherwise convey to the Issuer, without recourse (subject to the
obligations set forth herein), all right, title and interest of the Seller in
and to:

                    (a) the Initial Receivables, and all moneys received
          thereon after the Initial Cutoff Date and, in the case of Precomputed
          Receivables, certain moneys received thereon on or prior to the
          Initial Cutoff Date that relate to Scheduled Payments due after the
          Initial Cutoff Date to be deposited with the Trust pursuant to
          Section 5.2;

                    (b) an assignment of the security interests in the Financed
          Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and
          any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

                    (c) any proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables
          from claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability
          insurance policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors and any
          proceeds from the liquidation of the Initial Receivables;

                    (d) any proceeds from any Initial Receivable repurchased by
          a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a breach of
          representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement;

                    (e) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related
          Financed Vehicles;

                    (f) the related Receivables Files;

                    (g) all of the Seller's right, title and interest in its
          rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under
          the Purchase Agreement, including the Seller's rights under the
          Purchase Agreement, and the delivery requirements, representations
          and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of TMS Auto
          Finance under the Purchase Agreement; and

                    (h) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

          It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer and assignment
contemplated by this Agreement shall constitute a sale of the Receivables and
other Trust Property from the Seller to the Trust and the beneficial interest
in and title to the Receivables and the other Trust Property shall not be part
of the Seller's estate in the event of the filing of a bankruptcy petition by
or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law. In the event that,
notwithstanding the intent of the Seller, the transfer and assignment
contemplated hereby is held not to be a sale, this Agreement shall constitute a
grant of a security interest in the property referred to in this Section 2.1
for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

          SECTION 2.2. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables. (a) Subject to the
conditions set forth in paragraph (b) below, in consideration of the Issuer's
delivery on each related Subsequent Transfer Date to or upon the order of the
Seller of the amount described in Section 5.7(a) to be delivered to the Seller,
the Seller does hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to
the Issuer without recourse (subject to the obligations set forth herein), all
right, title and interest of the Seller in and to:


                    I (i) the Subsequent Receivables listed on Schedule A to
          the related Subsequent Transfer Agreement, and, in the case of
          Precomputed Receivables, certain moneys received thereon on or prior
          to the related Subsequent Cutoff Date due after the related
          Subsequent Cutoff Date as set forth in the related Subsequent
          Transfer Agreement; (ii) the security interests in the Financed
          Vehicles granted by Obligors pursuant to such Subsequent Receivables
          and any other interest of the Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

                    (iii) any proceeds with respect to such Subsequent
          Receivables from claims on any physical damage, credit life or
          disability insurance policies covering the related Financed Vehicles
          or Obligors and any proceeds from the liquidation of such Subsequent
          Receivables;

                    (iv) any proceeds from any Subsequent Receivable
          repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result
          of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer
          Agreement;

                    (v) all rights under any Service Contracts on the related
          Financed Vehicles:

                    (vi) the related Receivables Files;

                    (vii) all of the Seller's right, title and interest in its
          rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under
          each of the Subsequent Purchase Agreements, including the Seller's
          rights under each of the Subsequent Purchase Agreements, and the
          delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure
          and repurchase obligations of TMS Auto Finance under each of the
          Subsequent Purchase Agreements, on or after the related Subsequent
          Cutoff Date; and

                    (viii) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

          (b) The Seller shall transfer to the Issuer the Subsequent
Receivables and the other property and rights related thereto described in
paragraph (a) above only upon the satisfaction of each of the following
conditions on or prior to the related Subsequent Transfer Date:

                    (i) the Seller shall have provided the Trustee, the Owner
          Trustee, the Security Insurer and the Rating Agencies with an
          Addition Notice not later than five days prior to such Subsequent
          Transfer Date and shall have provided any information reasonably
          requested by any of the foregoing with respect to the Subsequent
          Receivables;

                    (ii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee
          and the Trustee a duly executed Subsequent Transfer Agreement which
          shall include supplements to Schedule A, listing the Subsequent
          Receivables;

                    (iii) the Seller shall, to the extent required by Section
          5.2, have deposited in the Collection Account all collections in
          respect of the Subsequent Receivables;

                    (iv) as of each Subsequent Transfer Date, (A) the Seller
          shall not be insolvent and shall not become insolvent as a result of
          the transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such Subsequent Transfer
          Dte,(B) the Seller shall not intend to incur or believe that it shall
          incur debts that would be beyond its ability to pay as such debts
          mature, (C) such transfer shall not have been made with actual intent
          to hinder, delay or defraud any Person and (D) the assets of the
          Seller shall not constitute unreasonably small capital to carry out
          its business as conducted;

                    (v) the applicable Spread Account Initial Deposit, if any,
          for such Subsequent Transfer Date shall have been made by the Seller
          with the Collateral Agent;

                    (vi) the Funding Period shall not have terminated;

                    (vii) after giving effect to any transfer of Subsequent
          Receivables on a Subsequent Transfer Date, the Receivables
          transferred to the Trust pursuant hereto shall meet the following
          criteria (based on the characteristics of the Initial Receivables on
          the Initial Cutoff Date and the Subsequent Receivables on the related
          Subsequent Cutoff Dates): (i) the weighted average APR of the
          Receivables transferred to the Trustee shall not be less than 19%,
          unless, with the prior consent of the Rating Agencies and the
          Security Insurer, the Seller increases the Spread Account Initial
          Deposit by the Additional Amount solely relating thereto; (ii) the
          weighted average remaining term of the Receivables transferred to the
          Trust shall not be greater than 55 months; (iii) not more than 45% of
          the Aggregate Principal Balance shall have Obligors whose mailing
          addresses are in California; and (iv) not more than 10% of the
          Aggregate Principal Balance shall have Obligors whose mailing
          addresses are in any one state other than California unless an
          Opinion of Counsel acceptable to the Rating Agencies and the Security
          Insurer with respect to the security interest in the related Financed
          Vehicles is furnished by the Seller on or prior to such Subsequent
          Transfer Date;

                    (viii) each of the representations and warranties made by
          the Seller pursuant to Section 3.1 with respect to the Subsequent
          Receivables to be transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date shall
          be true and correct as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date, and
          the Seller shall have performed all obligations to be performed by it
          hereunder on or prior to such Subsequent Transfer Date;

                    (ix) the Seller shall, at its own expense, on or prior to
          the Subsequent Transfer Date indicate in its computer files that the
          Subsequent Receivables identified in the Subsequent Transfer
          Agreement have been sold to the Trust pursuant to this Agreement;

                    (x) the Seller shall have taken any action required to
          maintain the first perfected ownership interest of the Trust in the
          Owner Trust Estate and the first perfected security interest of the
          Indenture Collateral Agent in the Collateral;

                    (xi) the Seller shall have delivered to the Trust the
          payahead amounts specified in the related Subsequent Transfer
          Agreement with respect to those Subsequent Receivables which are
          Precomputed Receivables for which certain amounts have been prepaid;

                    (xii) no selection procedures adverse to the interests of
          the Noteholders or the Certificateholders shall have been utilized in
          selecting the Subsequent Receivables;

                    (xiii) the addition of any such Subsequent Receivables
          shall not result in a material adverse tax consequence to the Trust,
          the Noteholders or the Certificateholders;

                    (xiv) the Seller shall have delivered (A) to the Rating
          Agencies and the Security Insurer an Opinion of Counsel with respect
          to the transfer of such Subsequent Receivables substantially in the
          form of the Opinion of Counsel delivered to the Rating Agencies and
          the Security Insurer on the Closing Date and (B) to the Trustee the
          Opinion of Counsel required by Section 11.2(i)(1);

                    (xv) each Rating Agency shall have confirmed that the
          rating on the Notes and the Certificates shall not be withdrawn or
          reduced as a result of the transfer of such Subsequent Receivables to
          the Trust;

                    (xvi) the Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default
          shall have occurred and be continuing), in its absolute and sole
          discretion, shall have approved the transfer of such Subsequent
          Receivables to the Trust; and

                    (xvii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Security
          Insurer and the Trustee an Officers' Certificate confirming the
          satisfaction of each condition precedent specified in this paragraph
          (b).

The Seller and the  Representative  jointly and severally  covenant that in the
event any of the foregoing  conditions precedent are not satisfied with respect
to any  Subsequent  Receivable  on the date  required as specified  above,  the
Seller will immediately  repurchase such Subsequent  Receivable from the Trust,
at a price equal to the Purchase  Amount  thereof,  in the manner  specified in
Section 4.7.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                The Receivables

     SECTION 3.1. Representations and Warranties of Seller. The Representative
and the Seller, jointly and severally, make the following representations and
warranties as to the Receivables on which the Issuer is deemed to have relied in
acquiring the Receivables and upon which the Security Insurer shall be deemed to
rely in issuing the Policies. Such representations and warranties speak as of
the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date in the
case of the Initial Receivables, and as of the related Subsequent Transfer Date
in case of the Subsequent Receivables, but shall survive the sale, transfer and
assignment of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the
Trustee pursuant to the Indenture.

               (a) Title. It is the intention of the Seller that the transfer
and assignment herein contemplated constitute a sale of the Receivables from
the Seller to the Trust and that the beneficial interest in and title to such
Receivables not be part of the debtor's estate in the event of the filing of a
petition for receivership by or against the Seller under any bankruptcy law.
Immediately prior to the transfer and assignment herein contemplated, the
Seller had good and marketable title to each Receivable, free and clear of all
Liens and, immediately upon the transfer thereof, the Trust shall have good and
marketable title to each such Receivable, free and clear of all Liens; and the
transfer of the Receivables to the Trust has been perfected under the UCC. No
Dealer or any other Person has any right to receive proceeds of any
Receivables.

               (b) All Filings Made. All filings (including, without
limitation, UCC filings) necessary in any jurisdiction to give the Trust a
first priority perfected ownership interest in the Receivables, and to give the
Trustee a first priority perfected security interest therein, shall have been
made.

               (c) Characteristics of Receivables. Each Receivable (i) shall
have been originated in the United States of America by a Dealer in connection
with the retail sale of a Financed Vehicle in the ordinary course of such
Dealer's business, shall have been fully and properly executed by the parties
thereto, shall have been purchased by the Seller from TMS Auto Finance which in
turn shall have purchased such Receivable from such Dealer under an existing
dealer agreement with TMS Auto Finance and shall have been validly assigned by
TMS Auto Finance to the Seller in accordance with its terms, (ii) shall have
created or shall create a valid, subsisting and enforceable first priority
security interest in favor of TMS Auto Finance in the Financed Vehicle, which
security interest has been assigned by TMS Auto Finance to the Seller, which in
turn shall be assignable by the Seller to the Trust, (iii) shall contain
customary and enforceable provisions such that the rights and remedies of the
holder thereof shall be adequate for realization against the collateral of the
benefits of the security, (iv) shall provide for level monthly payments
(provided that the payment in the first or last month in the life of the
Receivable may be minimally different from the level payment) that fully
amortize the Amount Financed by maturity, (v) in the case of a Precomputed
Receivable, shall provide for, in the event that such Contract is prepaid, a
prepayment that fully pays the Principal Balance and includes a full months
interest to the date of payment in the month of prepayment at the Annual
Percentage Rate, and (vi) has not been amended or collections with respect to
which have been waived, other than as evidenced in the Receivable File relating
thereto.

               (d) Schedule of Receivables. The information set forth in
Schedule A to this Agreement is true and correct in all material respects as of
the close of business on the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any
Subsequent Receivables, as of the close of business on the related Subsequent
Cutoff Date, and no selection procedures believed by the Seller to be adverse
to the Noteholders or the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the
Receivables. The Computer Tape regarding the Receivables is true and correct in
all material respects as of the Initial Cutoff Date and will be true and
correct as of each Subsequent Cutoff Date.

               (e) Compliance With Law. Each Initial Receivable complied at the
time it was originated or made and complies at the execution of this Agreement
or, with respect to any Subsequent Receivables conveyed on a Subsequent
Transfer Date, such Subsequent Receivables shall comply in all material
respects with all requirements of applicable Federal, state and local laws and
regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, usury laws, the Federal
Truth-in-Lending Act, the Equal Credit Opportunity Act, the Fair Credit
Reporting Act, the Fair Debt Collection Practices Act, the Federal Trade
Commission Act, the Magnuson-Moss Warranty Act, the Rees-Levering Act, the
Federal Reserve Board's Regulations B and Z, state adaptations of the National
Consumer Act and other consumer credit laws and equal credit opportunity and
disclosure laws.

               (f) Binding Obligation. Each Receivable represents the legal,
valid and binding payment obligation in writing of the Obligor thereunder,
enforceable by the holder thereof in accordance with its terms except as such
enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium,
fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and similar laws now or hereafter in
effect related to or affecting creditors' rights generally and subject to
general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in
equity); and all parties to each Receivable had full legal capacity to execute
and deliver such Receivable and all other documents related thereto and to
grant the security interest purported to be granted thereby.

               (g) No Government Obligor. None of the Receivables are due from
the United States of America or any State or from any agency, department or
instrumentality of the United States of America or any state.

               (h) Security Interest in Financed Vehicle. Immediately prior to
the sale, assignment and transfer thereof to the Trust, each Receivable is
secured by a validly perfected first priority security interest in the Financed
Vehicle in favor of TMS Auto Finance as secured party or all necessary and
appropriate actions have been commenced that would result in the valid
perfection of a first priority security interest in the Financed Vehicle in
favor of TMS Auto Finance as secured party. Immediately after the sale,
assignment and transfer thereof to the Trust, although the Lien Certificate
will not indicate the Trust or Owner Trustee as secured party, each Receivable
will be secured by an enforceable and perfected security interest in the
Financed Vehicle in favor of the Trust as secured party, which security
interest is prior to all other Liens in such Financed Vehicle.

               (i) Receivables in Force. No Receivable has been satisfied,
subordinated or rescinded, nor has any Financed Vehicle been released from the
Lien granted by the related Receivable in whole or in part unless another
vehicle has been substituted as collateral securing the Receivable without any
other modification to such Receivable.

               (j) No Waiver. No provision of a Receivable has been waived
except as reflected in the Receivable File relating to such Receivable.

               (k) No Defenses. No right of rescission, setoff, counterclaim or
defense has been asserted or threatened with respect to any Receivable.

               (l) No Liens. There are no Liens or claims, including Liens for
work, labor, materials or unpaid state or federal taxes relating to any
Financed Vehicle securing the related Receivable, that are or may be prior to
or equal to the Lien granted by such Receivable.

               (m) No Default. No Initial Receivable has a payment that is more
than 30 days delinquent as of the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any
Subsequent Receivables, of not more than 30 days delinquent as of the related
Subsequent Cutoff Date and, except as permitted in this paragraph, no default,
breach, violation or event (in any such case) permitting acceleration under the
terms of any Receivable has occurred; and no continuing condition that with
notice or the lapse of time would constitute a default, breach, violation or
event (in any such case) permitting acceleration under the terms of any
Receivable shall have arisen as of the Cutoff Date; and the Seller has not
waived and shall not waive any of the foregoing. For purposes of this clause
(m), a Receivable is considered 30 days delinquent as of the end of the month
following the date on which a second consecutive Scheduled Payment has not been
made.

               (n) No Bankruptcies. No Obligor on any Receivable was the
subject of a bankruptcy proceeding commenced following the execution of the
related Contract.

               (o) No Repossessions. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, no Financed
Vehicle securing any Receivable is in repossession status and, as of the
related Subsequent Cutoff Date, no Financed Vehicle securing any Subsequent
Receivable will be in repossession status.

               (p) Adverse Selection. No selection procedures adverse to the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders were utilized in selecting the
Receivables from those owned by the Servicer which met the selection criteria
contained in this Agreement.

               (q) Chattel Paper. Each Receivable constitutes "chattel paper"
as defined in the UCC.

               (r) Insurance. The Seller, in accordance with its customary
procedures, has determined that the Obligor, at the time the Receivable was
originated, obtained physical damage insurance covering the Financed Vehicle
and under the terms of the Receivable the Obligor is required to maintain such
insurance.

               (s) Lawful Assignment. No Receivable was originated in, as of
the Initial Cutoff Date or, with respect to any Subsequent Receivables, as of
the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, is subject to the laws of, any jurisdiction
under which the sale, transfer and assignment of such Receivable or this
Agreement is unlawful, void or voidable.

               (t) No Insurance Premiums. No portion of the Principal Balance
of any Receivable includes amounts attributable to the payment of any physical
damage or theft insurance premium.

               (u) One Original. There is only one original executed copy of
each Receivable.

               (v) Location of Receivable Files. The Receivable Files shall be
kept at one or more of the locations listed in Schedule B and each item
required to be in a Receivable File is in such Receivable File.

               (w) Computer Records. As of the Closing Date, the accounting and
computer records relating to the Initial Receivables of the Seller have been
marked to show the absolute ownership by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
Trust of the Initial Receivables, and, as of any Subsequent Transfer Date the
accounting and computer records relating to the Subsequent Receivables will be
marked to show the absolute ownership by the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
Trust of the Subsequent Receivables.

               (x) Taxes. To the best knowledge of the Representative and the
Seller, there are no state or local taxing jurisdictions which have asserted
that nonresident holders of certificates in, or notes issued by, a trust which
holds assets similar to the assets to be held by the Trust are subject to the
jurisdiction's income or other taxes solely by reason of the location in the
jurisdiction of the Owner Trustee, the Seller, the Servicer, the
Representative, the obligors on or the assets securing the Receivables held by
the Trust, or the issuer of a financial guaranty insurance policy.

               (y) Maturity of Receivables. Each Initial Receivable has a final
maturity date not later than June 30, 2002; each Receivable has an original
term to maturity of not more than 72 months; the weighted average original term
of the Initial Receivables is 52.17 months; the weighted average remaining term
of the Initial Receivables is 50.45 months as of the Initial Cutoff Date.

               (z) Financing. Approximately 12.07% of the aggregate principal
balance of the Initial Receivables, constituting 8.60% of the number of Initial
Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date, represent new vehicles; the
remainder of the Initial Receivables represent used vehicles; approximately
49.70% of the aggregate Principal Balance of the Initial Receivables as of the
Initial Cutoff Date represent Precomputed Receivables and the remainder of the
Initial Receivables represent Simple Interest  Receivables;  all of the Initial
Receivables which are Precomputed Receivables are Rule of 78s Receivables.  The
aggregate  Principal  Balance of the  Initial  Receivables,  as of the  Initial
Cutoff Date, is $150,000,435.46.

               (aa) APR. The weighted average Annual Percentage Rate of the
Initial Receivables as of the Initial Cutoff Date is approximately 19.55%. Each
Receivable has an APR equal to or greater than 9.50%.

               (bb) Number. There are 15,668 Initial Receivables.

               (cc) Balance. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, each Initial
Receivable has a remaining principal balance of not less than $736.52 and not
more than $34,465.00; as of the Initial Cutoff Date, the average Principal
Balance of the Initial Receivables is $9,573.68.

          SECTION 3.2. Repurchase upon Breach. (a) The Representative, the
Seller, the Servicer, the Security Insurer or the Owner Trustee, as the case
may be, shall inform the other parties to this Agreement and the Trustee
promptly, in writing, upon the discovery of any breach of the Representative's
or the Seller's representations and warranties made pursuant to Section 3.1. As
of the last day of the second (or, if the Representative or the Seller so
elects, the first) month following the discovery by the Representative or the
Seller or receipt by the Representative or the Seller of notice from any of the
Representative, the Seller, the Servicer, the Security Insurer or the Owner
Trustee of such breach, unless such breach is cured by such date, the
Representative and the Seller shall jointly and severally have an obligation to
repurchase any Receivable in which the interests of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders or the Security Insurer are materially and adversely
affected by any such breach as of such date. The "second month" shall mean the
month following the month in which discovery occurs or notice is given, and the
"first month" shall mean the month in which discovery occurs or notice is
given. In consideration of and simultaneously with the repurchase of the
Receivable, the Representative and/or the Seller shall remit, or cause TMS Auto
Finance to remit, to the Collection Account the Purchase Amount in the manner
specified in Section 5.5 and the Issuer shall execute such assignments and
other documents reasonably requested by such person in order to effect such
repurchase. The sole remedy of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the
Noteholders or the Certificateholders with respect to a breach of
representations and warranties pursuant to Section 3.1 and the agreement
contained in this Section shall be the repurchase of Receivables pursuant to
this Section, subject to the conditions contained herein or to enforce the
obligation of TMS Auto Finance to the Seller to repurchase such Receivables
pursuant to the Purchase Agreement. Neither the Owner Trustee nor the Trustee
shall have a duty to conduct any affirmative investigation as to the occurrence
of any conditions requiring the repurchase of any Receivable pursuant to this
Section.

               (b) Pursuant to Section 2.1 of this Agreement, the Seller
conveyed to the Trust all of the Seller's right, title and interest in its
rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the Purchase
Agreement including the Seller's rights under the Purchase Agreement and the
delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure or
repurchase obligations of TMS Auto Finance thereunder. The Seller hereby
represents and warrants to the Trust that such assignment is valid, enforceable
and effective to permit the Trust to enforce such obligations of TMS Auto
Finance under the Purchase Agreement.

          SECTION 3.3. Custody of Receivable Files. To assure uniform quality
in servicing the Receivables and to reduce administrative costs, the Issuer
hereby revocably appoints the Servicer, and the Servicer hereby accepts such
appointment, to act as the agent of the Issuer and the Trustee as custodian of
the following documents or instruments which are hereby constructively
delivered to the Trustee, as of the Initial Cutoff Date (in the case of Initial
Receivables) and as of each Subsequent Transfer Date (in the case of Subsequent
Receivables transferred on such Subsequent Transfer Date) as pledgee of the
Issuer with respect to each Receivable:

                         (a)      the original Receivable;

                         (b)      a record of the information supplied by the
        Obligor in the original credit application;

                         (c)  the  original   certificate   of  title  or  such
        documents that the Servicer shall keep on file, in accordance  with its
        customary  procedures,  evidencing  the  security  interest of TMS Auto
        Finance in the Financed  Vehicle (it being understood that the original
        certificates of title generally are not delivered to the Seller for 120
        days but that  promptly  upon  delivery  they shall be delivered to the
        Servicer as custodian hereunder); and

                         (d) any and all  other  documents  that  the  Servicer
        shall  keep on  file,  in  accordance  with its  customary  procedures,
        relating to a Receivable, an Obligor or a Financed Vehicle.

     SECTION 3.4. Duties of Servicer as Custodian. (a) Safekeeping. The Servicer
shall hold the Receivable Files on behalf of the Issuer and the Trustee and
maintain such accurate and complete accounts, records and computer systems
pertaining to each Receivable File as shall enable the Issuer to comply with
this Agreement. In performing its duties as custodian the Servicer shall act
with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and attention that the Servicer
exercises with respect to the receivable files relating to all comparable
automotive receivables that the Servicer services for itself or others, and in
any event with no less degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a
prudent servicer or custodian of non-prime motor vehicle retail installment
sales contracts, except that the Servicer shall not be obligated, and does not
currently intend, to (i) pay any premium of force-placed insurance concerning
any Financed Vehicle or (ii) monitor any Obligor's maintenance of such
insurance. The Servicer shall conduct, or cause to be conducted, periodic audits
of the Receivable Files held by it under this Agreement and of the related
accounts, records and computer systems, in such a manner as shall enable the
Owner Trustee, the Security Insurer or the Trustee to verify the accuracy of the
Servicer's record keeping. The Servicer shall promptly report to the Issuer, the
Security Insurer and the Trustee any failure on its part to hold the Receivable
Files and maintain its accounts, records and computer systems as herein provided
and promptly take appropriate action to remedy any such failure.

          (b) Maintenance of Records. The Servicer shall maintain each
Receivable File at its office specified in Schedule B to the Agreement or at
such other office as shall be specified to the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Security Insurer by written notice not later than 10 days after any change in
location. The Servicer shall (i) at all times maintain the original of the
fully executed Receivable and store such original Receivable in a fireproof
cabinet; and (ii) stamp each Receivable on both the first and the signature
page (if different) as of the Closing Date or the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, as applicable, and in accordance with the instructions from time to time
provided by the Security Insurer, in the form attached hereto as Exhibit F, or
such other form as shall be acceptable to the Security Insurer.

          (c) Access to Records. The Servicer will provide, on the Closing
Date, an Officer's Certificate stating that the Receivable Files contain all
materials which are required to be kept therein by Section 3.3(a), (b) and (c).
At any time following the Closing Date, the Security Insurer may conduct a
review of the Receivable Files, or a sample thereof as it may specify, at its
own expense but with the cooperation of the Servicer. Should the Security
Insurer find any documents missing or any other irregularities, then the
Trustee shall perform a review, for the benefit of the Security Insurer and at
the expense of the Servicer, of all the Receivables Files.

          Upon reasonable prior notice, the Servicer shall make available to
the Issuer, the Trustee, the Security Insurer, or any duly authorized
representatives, attorneys or auditors of any of the foregoing, a list of
locations of, and access to, the Receivable Files and records and computer
systems maintained by the Servicer at such times during normal business hours
as the Issuer, the Trustee or the Security Insurer shall instruct.

          (d) Release of Documents. Upon written instruction from the Trustee
or the Security Insurer, at any time following a Servicer Default or
termination of the Servicer's appointment pursuant to Section 3.7 the Servicer
shall release any Receivable File to the Trustee, the Trustee's agent, or the
Trustee's designee, as the case may be, or the Security Insurer, as the case
may be, at such place or places as the Trustee or the Security Insurer, as the
case may be, may designate, as soon as practicable.

          SECTION 3.5. Instructions; Authority To Act. The Servicer shall be
deemed to have received proper instructions with respect to the Receivable
Files upon its receipt of written instructions signed by a Trust Officer of the
Trustee. A copy of such instructions shall be furnished by the Trustee to the
Security Insurer. The Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to provide
the Servicer with any such instructions with respect to the Receivable Files.

          SECTION 3.6. Custodian's Indemnification. The Servicer as custodian
shall indemnify and hold harmless the Trust, the Security Insurer, the Owner
Trustee and the Trustee and each of their officers, directors, employees and
agents for any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, compensatory damages,
payments, costs or expenses (including reasonable attorneys' fees and expenses)
that may be imposed on, incurred by or asserted against the Trust, the Owner
Trustee or the Trustee or any of their officers, directors, employees and
agents as the result of any improper act or omission in any way relating to the
maintenance and custody by the Servicer as custodian of the Receivable Files;
provided, however, that the Servicer shall not be liable to the Trust, the
Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Security Insurer, as the case may be, for any
portion of any such amount resulting from the willful misfeasance, bad faith or
negligence of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Security Insurer, as the
case may be. This provision shall not be considered to limit the Servicer's or
any other party's rights, obligations, liabilities, claims or defenses which
arise as a matter of law or pursuant to any other provision of this Agreement.

          SECTION 3.7. Effective Period and Termination. The Servicer's
appointment as custodian shall become effective as of the Initial Cutoff Date
and shall continue in full force and effect until terminated pursuant to this
Section 3.7. If TMS Auto Finance shall resign as Servicer in accordance with
the provisions of this Agreement or if all of the rights and obligations of any
Servicer shall have been terminated under Section 8.1, the appointment of such
Servicer as custodian shall be terminated, in the same manner as the Servicer
may be terminated under Section 8.1. The Trustee or, with the consent of the
Trustee, the Owner Trustee may, in each case, with the consent of the Security
Insurer, and the Security Insurer may, terminate the Servicer's appointment as
custodian (i) with cause or (ii) upon the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement
Event of Default, upon written notification to the Servicer and the Trustee or
Security Insurer, as the case may be. As soon as practicable after any
termination of such appointment, the Servicer shall deliver the Receivable
Files to the Trustee or the Trustee's agent at such place or places as the
Trustee, with the consent of the Security Insurer, or the Security Insurer may
reasonably designate in writing. If the Servicer shall be terminated as
custodian hereunder for any reason but shall continue to serve as Servicer, the
Trustee shall, or shall cause its agent to, make the Receivable Files available
to the Servicer during normal business hours upon reasonable notice so as to
permit the Servicer to perform its obligations as Servicer hereunder.


                                   ARTICLE IV
                  Administration and Servicing of Receivables

          SECTION 4.1. Duties of Servicer. The Servicer, as agent for the
Issuer and the Security Insurer (to the extent provided herein), shall manage,
service, administer and make collections on the Receivables (other than
Purchased Receivables) with reasonable care, using that degree of skill and
attention that the Servicer exercises with respect to all comparable automotive
receivables that it services for itself or others, and in any event with no
less degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of
non-prime motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, except that the
Servicer shall not be obligated, and does not currently intend, to (i) pay any
premium of force-placed insurance concerning any Financed Vehicle or (ii)
monitor any Obligor's maintenance of such insurance. The Servicer's duties
shall include collection and posting of all payments, responding to inquiries
of Obligors on such Receivables, investigating delinquencies, sending payment
statements to Obligors, accounting for collections and furnishing monthly and
annual statements to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer
with respect to distributions. Subject to the provisions of Section 4.2, the
Servicer shall follow its customary standards, policies and procedures in
performing its duties as Servicer. Without limiting the generality of the
foregoing, the Servicer is authorized and empowered to execute and deliver, on
behalf of itself, the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Security
Insurer, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders or any of them, any and all
instruments of satisfaction or cancellation, or partial or full release or
discharge, and all other comparable instruments, with respect to such
Receivables or to the Financed Vehicles securing such Receivables. If the
Servicer shall commence a legal proceeding to enforce a Receivable, the Issuer
(in the case of a Receivable other than a Purchased Receivable) shall thereupon
be deemed to have automatically assigned, solely for the purpose of collection,
such Receivable to the Servicer. If in any enforcement suit or legal proceeding
it shall be held that the Servicer may not enforce a Receivable on the ground
that it shall not be a real party in interest or a holder entitled to enforce
such Receivable the Owner Trustee shall, at the Servicer's expense and
direction, take steps to enforce such Receivable, including bringing suit in
its name or the name of the Trust, the Trustee, the Certificateholders or the
Noteholders. The Owner Trustee and the Security Insurer shall upon the written
request of the Servicer furnish the Servicer with any powers of attorney and
other documents reasonably necessary or appropriate (as certified to the Owner
Trustee and/or the Security Insurer by the Servicer) to enable the Servicer to
carry out its servicing and administrative duties hereunder.

          SECTION 4.2. Collection and Allocation of Receivable Payments. (a)
The Servicer shall make reasonable efforts to collect all payments called for
under the terms and provisions of the Receivables as and when the same shall
become due and shall follow such collection procedures as it follows with
respect to all comparable automotive receivables that it services for itself or
others, and in any event with no less degree of skill and care than would be
exercised by a prudent servicer of non-prime motor vehicle retail installment
sales contracts. The Servicer shall allocate collections between principal and
interest in accordance with its customary servicing procedures.

          (b) The Servicer may grant extensions, rebates or adjustments on a
Receivable which shall not, for the purposes of this Agreement, modify the
original due dates (other than to permit payment on a different date in the
month) or amounts of the Scheduled Payments (unless the Obligor is in default
or, in the judgment of the Servicer, such default is imminent) on a Precomputed
Receivable or the original due dates (other than to permit payment on a
different date in the month) or amounts of the originally scheduled payments of
interest (unless the Obligor is in default or, in the judgment of the Servicer,
such default is imminent) on Simple Interest Receivables; provided, however,
that if the Servicer extends the date for final payment by the Obligor of any
Receivable beyond the Final Scheduled Maturity Date, it shall promptly
repurchase such Receivable from the Trust in accordance with Section 4.7. The
Servicer may in its discretion waive any late payment charge or any other fees
that may be collected in the ordinary course of servicing a Receivable. The
Servicer shall not agree to any alteration of the interest rate on any
Receivable.

          SECTION 4.3. Realization upon Receivables. On behalf of the Issuer
and the Security Insurer, the Servicer shall use its best efforts, consistent
with its customary servicing procedures, to repossess or otherwise convert the
ownership of the Financed Vehicle securing any Receivable as to which the
Servicer shall have determined eventual payment in full is unlikely. From time
to time, as appropriate for servicing or foreclosing upon any Receivable, the
Owner Trustee shall, upon written request of the Servicer, execute such
documents as shall be reasonably necessary to prosecute any such proceedings.
The Servicer shall follow such customary and usual practices and procedures as
it shall deem necessary or advisable in its servicing of automotive
receivables, which may include reasonable efforts to realize proceeds from
Receivables repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a
result of a breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer
Agreement or a default by an Obligor resulting in the repossession of the
Financed Vehicle under such Dealer Agreement. The foregoing shall be subject to
the provision that, in any case in which the Financed Vehicle shall have
suffered damage, the Servicer shall not expend funds in connection with the
repair or the repossession of such Financed Vehicle unless it shall determine
in its reasonable discretion that such repair and/or repossession will increase
the Net Liquidation Proceeds by an amount greater than the amount of such
expenses.

          SECTION 4.4. Physical Damage Insurance. The Servicer shall, in
accordance with its customary servicing procedures, require that each Obligor
shall have obtained and shall maintain fire, theft and collision insurance or
comprehensive and collision insurance covering the Financed Vehicle as of the
execution of the Receivable. The Servicer shall enforce its rights under the
Receivables to require the Obligors to maintain fire, theft and collision
insurance or comprehensive and collision insurance, in accordance with the
Servicer's customary practices and procedures, and in any event with no less
degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent servicer of
non-prime motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, and in any event
with no less degree of skill and care than would be exercised by a prudent
servicer of non-prime motor vehicle retail installment sales contracts, with
respect to comparable new or used motor vehicle receivables that it services
for itself or others, except that the Servicer shall not be obligated, and does
not currently intend, to (i) pay any premium of force-placed insurance
concerning any Financed Vehicle or (ii) monitor any Obligor's maintenance of
such insurance.

          SECTION 4.5. Maintenance of Security Interests in Financed Vehicles.
(a) The Servicer shall, in accordance with its customary servicing procedures,
take such steps as are necessary to maintain perfection of the security
interest created by each Receivable in the related Financed Vehicle in favor of
the Seller. The Servicer is hereby authorized to take such steps as are
necessary to re-perfect such security interest on behalf of the Issuer and the
Indenture Collateral Agent in the event of the relocation of a Financed Vehicle
or for any other reason.

          (b) Upon the occurrence of an Insurance Agreement Event of Default,
and subject to the other provisions of this Agreement, the Security Insurer may
(so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing)
instruct the Owner Trustee and the Servicer to take or cause to be taken, or,
if an Insurer Default shall have occurred, upon the occurrence of a Servicer
Default, the Owner Trustee and the Servicer shall take or cause to be taken
such action as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security Insurer (or, if
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, counsel to the Owner
Trustee), be necessary to perfect or reperfect the security interests in the
Financed Vehicles securing the Contracts in the name of the Trust by amending
the title documents of such Financed Vehicles or by such other reasonable means
as may, in the opinion of counsel to the Security Insurer or the Owner Trustee
(as applicable), be necessary or prudent. The Servicer hereby agrees to pay all
expenses related to such perfection or reperfection and to take all action
necessary therefor.

          SECTION 4.5-A. Segregation of Receivable Files. The Servicer shall
maintain the Receivables Files (containing the original Receivable and Lien
Certificate, when such Lien Certificate has been returned from the appropriate
recording office) physically segregated from other files of automotive
receivables owned or serviced by it at the location where the Receivables Files
are kept.

          SECTION 4.6. Covenants of Servicer. The Servicer shall not release
the Financed Vehicle securing any Receivable from the security interest granted
by such Receivable in whole or in part except in the event of payment in full
by the Obligor thereunder or payment in full less a deficiency which the
Servicer would not attempt to collect in accordance with its customary
procedures or repossession or except as may be required by an insurer in order
to receive proceeds from insurance covering such Financed Vehicle, nor shall
the Servicer impair the rights of the Issuer, the Trustee, the Indenture
Collateral Agent, the Security Insurer, the Certificateholders or the
Noteholders in such Receivables (it being understood that no action of the
Servicer taken in compliance with the terms of this Agreement shall be deemed
to impair such rights), nor shall the Servicer increase the number of scheduled
payments due under a Receivable.

          SECTION 4.7. Purchase of Receivables upon Breach. The Representative,
the Seller, the Servicer, the Security Insurer or the Owner Trustee shall
inform the other parties and the Trustee promptly, in writing, upon the
discovery of any breach pursuant to Section 4.2(b), 4.5 or 4.6, or of any
breach of the Servicer's representations and warranties made pursuant to
Section 7.1(b). As of the last day of the second (or, if the Representative or
the Servicer so elects, the first) month following the discovery by the
Representative or the Servicer or receipt by the Representative or the Servicer
of notice from any of the Representative, the Seller, the Servicer, the
Security Insurer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee of such breach, unless such
breach is cured by such date, the Representative and the Servicer jointly and
severally shall be obligated to purchase any Receivable in which the interests
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders are materially and adversely
affected by such breach as of such date. The "second month" shall mean the
month following the month in which discovery occurs or notice is given, and the
"first month" shall mean the month in which discovery occurs or notice is
given. In consideration of the purchase of any such Receivable pursuant to the
preceding sentence, the Servicer shall remit (or, if the Servicer shall fail to
so remit, the Representative shall remit) the Purchase Amount in the manner
specified in Section 5.5. The sole remedy of the Issuer, the Trustee, the
Security Insurer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders with respect to a
breach pursuant to Section 4.2(b), 4.5 or 4.6, or to a breach of
representations and warranties pursuant to Section 7.1(b), shall be limited to
the purchase of Receivables in accordance with this Section 4.7. The Trustee
and the Owner Trustee shall have no duty to conduct any affirmative
investigation as to the occurrence of any condition requiring the purchase of
any Receivable pursuant to this Section 4.7.

          SECTION 4.8. Servicing Fee. The Servicing Fee for a Distribution Date
shall equal the sum of the Base Servicing Fee, Supplemental Servicing Fee, all
Investment Earnings on the Collection Account plus any reimbursement pursuant
to Section 7.2. The Servicer also shall be entitled to retain from collections
the Base Servicing Fee and the Supplemental Servicing Fee, as provided herein.
The Servicer, in its discretion at its election, may defer receipt of all or
any portion of the Servicing Fee for any Monthly Period to and until a later
Monthly Period for any reason, including in order to avoid a shortfall in any
payments due on any Notes or Certificates. Any such deferred amount shall be
payable to (or may be retained from subsequent collections by) the Servicer on
demand.

          SECTION 4.9. Servicer's Certificate. (a) No later than 12:00 p.m. New
York City time on each Determination Date, the Servicer shall deliver to the
Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Security Insurer, the Collateral Agent and each
Rating Agency a Servicer's Certificate containing, among other things, (i) all
information necessary to enable the Trustee to make any withdrawal and deposit
required by Section 5.6(a), 5.6(b) and 5.6(c), to give any notice required by
Section 5.4 or 5A.1 and make the distributions required by Section 5.6 and 5.7,
(ii) all information necessary to enable the Trustee to send the statements to
the Owner Trustee, the Noteholders and the Security Insurer required by Section
5.8, (iii) a listing of all Receivables purchased during the related Monthly
Period, identifying the Receivables so purchased, and (iv) all information
necessary to enable the Trustee to reconcile all deposits to, and withdrawals
from, the Collection Account and the Payahead Account for the related Monthly
Period and Distribution Date, including the accounting required by Section 5.9.
Receivables purchased by the Servicer, the Seller or the Representative and
each receivable which became a Liquidated Receivable or which was paid in full
during the related Monthly Period shall be identified by account number (as set
forth in the Schedule of Receivables). A copy of such certificate may be
obtained by any Noteholder or Certificateholder by a request in writing to the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee addressed to the applicable Corporate Trust
Office. The Trustee shall not be under any obligation to confirm or reconcile
the information provided pursuant to Section 4.9(a)(iv).

          (b) In addition to the information required by Section 4.9(a), the
Servicer shall include in the copy of the Servicer's Certificate delivered to
the Security Insurer (i) the Delinquency Ratio, Average Delinquency Ratio,
Default Rate, Average Default Rate, Net Loss Rate and Average Net Loss Rate for
such Determination Date, (ii) whether any Trigger Event has occurred as of such
Determination Date, (iii) whether any Trigger Event that may have occurred as
of a prior Determination Date is Deemed Cured as of such Determination Date,
and (iv) whether to the knowledge of the Servicer an Insurance Agreement Event
of Default has occurred.

          (c) If the Servicer's Certificate contains a manifest error, the
Security Insurer's written notice to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee and the
Trustee containing the corrected information shall be deemed to amend such
Servicer's Certificate.

          SECTION 4.10. Annual Statement as to Compliance; Notice of Default.
(a) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the
Security Insurer, on or before April 30 of each year beginning April 30, 1997,
an Officers' Certificate, dated as of the preceding December 31, stating that
(i) a review of the activities of the Servicer during the preceding 12-month
period (or, in the case of the first such report, during the period from the
Closing Date to December 31, 1996) and of its performance under this Agreement
has been made under such officers' supervision and (ii) to the best of such
officers' knowledge, based on such review, the Servicer has fulfilled all its
obligations under this Agreement throughout such year or, if there has been a
default in the fulfillment of any such obligation, specifying each such default
known to such officers and the nature and status thereof. The Trustee shall
send a copy of such certificate and the report referred to in Section 4.11 to
the Rating Agencies. A copy of such certificate and the report referred to in
Section 4.11 may be obtained by any  Certificateholder  by a request in writing
to  the  Owner  Trustee  addressed  to the  Corporate  Trust  Office  or by any
Noteholder  by a request in writing to the Trustee  addressed to the  Corporate
Trust Office. Upon the telephone request of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee will
promptly  furnish  the  Owner  Trustee  a list of  Noteholders  as of the  date
specified by the Owner Trustee.  Each Noteholder,  by its acceptance of a Note,
shall be deemed  to agree  that the  Trustee  shall be under no  liability  for
providing  the list of  Noteholders  to the Owner  Trustee as  described in the
immediately preceding sentence.

          (b) The Servicer shall deliver to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the
Security Insurer and the Rating Agencies, promptly after having obtained
knowledge thereof, but in no event later than five (5) Business Days
thereafter, written notice in an Officers' Certificate of any event which with
the giving of notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default
under Section 8.1(a) or (b).

          SECTION 4.11. Annual Independent Certified Public Accountants'
Report. The Servicer shall cause a firm of independent certified public
accountants, which may also render other services to the Servicer or the
Seller, to deliver to the Seller, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the
Security Insurer on or before April 30 of each year beginning April 30, 1997,
an agreed-upon procedures report addressed to the Servicer, the Seller, the
Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer and each Rating Agency,
expressing a summary of findings, (based on certain procedures performed on the
documents, records and accounting records that such accountants considered
appropriate under the circumstances) relating to the servicing of the
Receivables, or the administration of the Receivables and of the Trust, as the
case may be, during the preceding calendar year (or, in the case of the first
such report, during the period from the Closing Date to December 31, 1996) and
that, on the basis of the accounting and auditing procedures considered
appropriate under the circumstances, such firm is of the opinion that such
servicing or administration was conducted in compliance with the terms of this
Agreement, except for (i) such exceptions as such firm shall believe to be
immaterial and (ii) such other exceptions as shall be set forth in such report.

          Such report will also indicate that the firm is independent of the
Servicer within the meaning of the Code of Professional Ethics of the American
Institute of Certified Public Accountants.

          SECTION 4.12. Access to Certain Documentation and Information
Regarding Receivables. The Servicer shall provide to representatives of the
Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Security Insurer reasonable access to the
Receivable Files. The Servicer shall provide to the Certificateholders and
Noteholders access to the Receivable Files in such cases where the
Certificateholders or Noteholders shall be required by applicable statutes or
regulations to review such documentation as demonstrated by evidence
satisfactory to the Servicer in its reasonable judgment. Access shall be
afforded without charge, but only upon reasonable request and during the normal
business hours at the respective offices of the Servicer. Nothing in this
Section shall affect the obligation of the Servicer to observe any applicable
law prohibiting disclosure of information regarding the Obligors and the
failure of the Servicer to provide access to information as a result of such
obligation shall not constitute a breach of this Section.

          SECTION 4.13. Servicer Expenses. The Servicer shall be required to
pay all expenses incurred by it in connection with its activities hereunder and
under any of the Basic Documents, including fees and disbursements of
independent accountants, taxes imposed on the Servicer and expenses incurred in
connection with distributions and reports to Certificateholders and
Noteholders.

          SECTION 4.14. Appointment of Subservicer. The Servicer may at any
time appoint a subservicer to perform all or any portion of its obligations as
Servicer hereunder; provided, however, that the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied in connection therewith; provided further that the Servicer
shall remain obligated and be liable to the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the
Trustee, the Security Insurer, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders for
the servicing and administering of the Receivables in accordance with the
provisions hereof without diminution of such obligation and liability by virtue
of the appointment of such subservicer and to the same extent and under the
same terms and conditions as if the Servicer alone were servicing and
administering the Receivables. The fees and expenses of the subservicer shall
be as agreed between the Servicer and its subservicer from time to time and
none of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Security Insurer, the
Certificateholders or the Noteholders shall have any responsibility therefor.
Any such subservicer shall perform its duties with the same standard of care
applicable to the Servicer pursuant to Section 4.1 of this Agreement.

          SECTION 4.15. Obligations under Basic Documents. The Servicer shall
perform all of its obligations under the Basic Documents. 

                                   ARTICLE V

                        Distributions; Reserve Account;
                Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders

          SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Trust Accounts. (a)

                    (i) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee
          on behalf of the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
          Certificateholders, and the Security Insurer, shall establish and
          maintain in the name of the Indenture Collateral Agent an Eligible
          Deposit Account (the "Collection Account"), bearing a designation
          clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
          benefit of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, the
          Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Security
          Insurer. Investment Earnings on funds in the Collection Account shall
          be paid to the Servicer.

                    (ii) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Indenture Trustee
          on behalf of the Noteholders, shall establish and maintain in the
          name of the Indenture Collateral Agent an Eligible Deposit Account
          (the "Note Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly
          indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the benefit
          of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and the
          Security Insurer. The Note Distribution Account shall initially be
          established with the Trustee.

                    (iii) The Servicer, for the benefit of the Indenture
          Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, the Owner Trustee on behalf of
          the Certificateholders, and the Security Insurer, shall establish and
          maintain in the name of the Indenture Collateral Agent an Eligible
          Deposit Account (the "Pre-Funding Account"), bearing a designation
          clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held for the
          benefit of the Indenture Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders, the
          Owner Trustee on behalf of the Certificateholders and the Security
          Insurer.

          (b) Funds on deposit in the Collection Account, the Pre- Funding
Account, the Note Distribution Account (collectively, along with the
Capitalized Interest Account and the Payahead Account, the "Trust Accounts")
and the Certificate Distribution Account shall be invested by the Indenture
Collateral Agent with respect to Trust Accounts and by the Owner Trustee with
respect to the Certificate Distribution Account (or any custodian with respect
to funds on deposit in any such account) in Eligible Investments selected in
writing by the Servicer (pursuant to standing instructions or otherwise);
provided, however, it is understood and agreed that neither the Indenture
Collateral Agent nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any loss arising
from such investment in Eligible Investments. All such Eligible Investments
shall be held by or on behalf of the Indenture Collateral Agent or the Owner
Trustee, as applicable, for the benefit of the Noteholders and/or the
Certificateholders, as applicable. Other than as permitted by the Rating
Agencies and the Security Insurer, funds on deposit in the Collection Account,
the Pre-Funding Account, the Payahead Account, the Capitalized Interest
Account, the Note Distribution Account and the Certificate Distribution Account
shall be invested in Eligible Investments that will mature so that such funds
will be available at the close of business on the Business Day immediately
preceding the following Distribution Date. Funds deposited in a Trust Account
or the Certificate Distribution Account on the day immediately preceding a
Distribution Date upon the maturity of any Eligible Investments are not
required to be invested overnight.

          (c) (i) The Indenture Collateral Agent shall possess all right, title
and interest in all funds on deposit from time to time in the Trust Accounts
and in all proceeds thereof (excluding all Investment Earnings on the
Collection Account) and all such funds, investments, proceeds and income shall
be part of the Owner Trust Estate. Except as otherwise provided herein, the
Trust Accounts shall be under the sole dominion and control of the Indenture
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders,
or the Noteholders,  as the case may be, and the Security  Insurer.  If, at any
time, any of the Trust Accounts or the Certificate  Distribution Account ceases
to be an Eligible  Deposit  Account,  the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent (or the
Servicer on its behalf) or the Owner Trustee,  as  applicable,  shall within 10
Business  Days (or such longer  period as to which each  Rating  Agency and the
Security  Insurer  may  consent)  establish  a  new  Trust  Account  or  a  new
Certificate Distribution Account, as applicable, as an Eligible Deposit Account
and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new Trust Account or
a new Certificate  Distribution Account, as applicable.  In connection with the
foregoing, the Servicer agrees that,in the event that any of the Trust Accounts
are not  accounts  with the Trustee,  the Servicer  shall notify the Trustee in
writing  promptly  upon any of such Trust  Accounts  ceasing to be an  Eligible
Deposit Account.

                    (ii) With respect to the Trust Account Property, the
          Indenture Collateral Agent, and with respect to the Certificate
          Distribution Account, the Owner Trustee agrees, by its respective
          acceptance hereof, that:

                              (A) any Trust Account Property or any property in
                    the Certificate Distribution Account that is held in
                    deposit accounts shall be held solely in the Eligible
                    Deposit Accounts subject to the penultimate sentence of
                    Section 5.1(c)(i); and, except as otherwise provided
                    herein, each such Eligible Deposit Account shall be subject
                    to the exclusive custody and control of the Indenture
                    Collateral Agent with respect to the Trust Accounts and the
                    Owner Trustee with respect to the Certificate Distribution
                    Account, and the Indenture Collateral Agent or the Owner
                    Trustee, as applicable, shall have sole signature authority
                    with respect thereto;

                              (B) any Trust Account Property that constitutes
                    Physical Property shall be delivered to the Indenture
                    Collateral Agent in accordance with paragraph (a) of the
                    definition of "Delivery" and shall be held, pending
                    maturity or disposition, solely by the Indenture Collateral
                    Agent or a financial intermediary (as such term is defined
                    in Section 8-313(4) of the UCC) acting solely for the
                    Indenture Collateral Agent;

                              (C) any Trust Account Property that is a book-
                    entry security held through the Federal Reserve System
                    pursuant to Federal book-entry regulations shall be
                    delivered in accordance with paragraph (b) of the
                    definition of "Delivery" and shall be maintained by the
                    Indenture Collateral Agent, pending maturity or
                    disposition, through continued book-entry registration of
                    such Trust Account Property as described in such paragraph;
                    and

                              (D) any Trust Account Property that is an
                    "uncertificated security" under Article 8 of the UCC and
                    that is not governed by clause (C) above shall be delivered
                    to the Indenture Collateral Agent in accordance with
                    paragraph (c) of the definition of "Delivery" and shall be
                    maintained by the Indenture Collateral Agent, pending
                    maturity or disposition, through continued registration of
                    the Indenture Collateral Agent's (or its nominee's)
                    ownership of such security.

                    (d) The Servicer shall have the power, revocable by the
          Security Insurer or, with the consent of the Security Insurer by the
          Trustee or by the Owner Trustee with the consent of the Trustee, to
          instruct the Indenture Collateral Agent to make withdrawals and
          payments from the Trust Accounts for the purpose of permitting the
          Servicer or the Owner Trustee to carry out its respective duties
          hereunder or permitting the Trustee to carry out its duties under the
          Indenture.

                    (e) (i) The Servicer shall establish and maintain with the
          Indenture Collateral Agent an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Payahead
          Account"). The Payahead Account will include the money and other
          property deposited and held therein pursuant to Section 5.6 and this
          Section.

                  (ii) The Servicer shall on or prior to each Distribution Date
         (and  prior  to  deposits  to the  Note  Distribution  Account  or the
         Certificate Distribution Account) transfer from the Collection Account
         to the  Payahead  Account all  Payaheads  as  described in Section 5.3
         received by the Servicer  during the Monthly  Period.  Notwithstanding
         the  foregoing  and the first  sentence of Section 5.2, for so long as
         the  Servicer  is  permitted  to  make  monthly   remittances  to  the
         Collection  Account  pursuant to Section  5.2,  Payaheads  need not be
         remitted to and  deposited in the Payahead  Account but instead may be
         remitted to and held by the  Servicer.  So long as such  condition  is
         met, the Servicer shall not be required to segregate or otherwise hold
         separate any Payaheads remitted to the Servicer as aforesaid but shall
         be required to remit Payaheads to the Collection Account in accordance
         with the first sentence of the third paragraph of Section 5.6(a).

          SECTION 5.1-A. Capitalized Interest Account. (a) With respect to
amounts on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account, in order to assure that
sufficient amounts to make required distributions of interest to Noteholders
and Certificateholders will be available during the Funding Period, the
Servicer shall establish and maintain an Eligible Deposit Account (the
"Capitalized Interest Account") with the Indenture Collateral Agent, bearing a
designation clearly indicating that the funds deposited therein are held in
trust for the benefit of the Noteholders, Certificateholders and the Security
Insurer.

          On or prior to the Closing Date, the Seller shall deposit an amount
equal to the Capitalized Interest Account Initial Deposit into the Capitalized
Interest Account.

          (b) On the Distribution Dates occurring in July, August and September
of 1996 the Trustee shall withdraw from the Capitalized Interest Account the
Monthly Capitalized Interest Amount for such Distribution Date as further
provided in Section 5.6. Any amounts remaining in the Capitalized Interest
Account after taking into account such transfer shall be remitted by the
Trustee to the Seller as set forth in Section 5.6. Upon any such distributions
to the Seller, the Noteholders, the Certificateholders and the Security Insurer
will have no further rights in, or claims to, such amounts.

          SECTION 5.2. Collections. (a) The Servicer shall remit within two
Business Days of receipt thereof to the Collection Account all payments by or
on behalf of the Obligors with respect to the Receivables (other than Purchased
Receivables) and all Liquidation Proceeds, both as collected during the Monthly
Period less any payments owed thereon to the Servicer. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, for so long as (i) TMS Auto Finance remains the Servicer, (ii) no
Servicer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, (iii) there exists no
Insurer Default and the Security Insurer has furnished its prior written
consent and (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied (and any
conditions or limitations imposed by the Rating Agencies in connection
therewith are complied with), the Servicer may remit such collections with
respect to the preceding calendar month to the Collection Account on the
Determination Date immediately preceding the related Distribution Date. For
purposes of this Article V the phrase "payments by or on behalf of Obligors"
shall mean payments made with respect to the Receivables by Persons other than
the Servicer or the Seller.

          (b) The Servicer will be entitled to be reimbursed from amounts on
deposit in the Collection Account with respect to a Monthly Period for amounts
previously deposited in the Collection Account but later determined by the
Servicer to have resulted from mistaken deposits or postings or checks returned
for insufficient funds. The amount to be reimbursed hereunder shall be paid to
the Servicer on the related Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.6(b)(ii)
upon certification by the Servicer of such amounts and the provision of such
information to the Trustee and the Security Insurer as may be necessary in the
opinion of the Security Insurer to verify the accuracy of such certification.
In the event that the Security Insurer has not received evidence satisfactory
to it of the Servicer's entitlement to reimbursement pursuant to Section
5.2(b), the Security Insurer shall (unless an Insurer Default shall have
occurred and be continuing) give the Trustee notice to such effect, following
receipt of which the Trustee shall not make a distribution to the Servicer in
respect of such amount pursuant to Section 5.6, or if the Servicer prior
thereto has been reimbursed pursuant to Section 5.6 or Section 5.9, the Trustee
shall withhold such amounts from amounts otherwise distributable to the
Servicer on the next succeeding Distribution Date.

          SECTION 5.3. Application of Collections. All collections for the
Monthly Period shall be applied by the Servicer as follows:

          With respect to each Receivable (other than a Purchased Receivable),
payments by or on behalf of the Obligor, (other than Supplemental Servicing
Fees with respect to such Receivable, to the extent collected) shall be applied
first, in the case of Precomputed Receivables, to the Scheduled Payment and, in
the case of Simple Interest Receivables, to interest and principal in
accordance with the Simple Interest Method. With respect to any Precomputed
Receivable, any remaining excess shall be added to the Payahead Balance, and
shall be applied to prepay the Precomputed Receivable, but only if the sum of
such excess and the previous Payahead Balance shall be sufficient to prepay the
Receivable in full. Otherwise, any such remaining excess payments shall
constitute a Payahead and shall increase the Payahead Balance.

          All amounts collected that are payable to the Servicer as
Supplemental Servicing Fees hereunder shall be deposited in the Collection
Account and paid to the Servicer in accordance with Section 5.6(b).

     SECTION 5.4. Withdrawals from Spread Account. (a) In the event that the
Servicer's Certificate with respect to any Determination Date shall state that
the amount of the Available Funds with respect to such Determination Date is
less than the sum of the amounts payable on the related Distribution Date
pursuant to clauses (i) through (vi) of Section 5.6(b) (such deficiency being a
"Deficiency Claim Amount") then on the Deficiency Claim Date immediately
preceding such Distribution Date, the Trustee shall deliver to the Collateral
Agent, the Security Insurer and the Servicer, by hand delivery, telex or
facsimile transmission, a written notice (a "Deficiency Notice") specifying the
Deficiency Claim Amount for such Distribution Date, the Note Policy Claim
Amount, if any, and the Certificate Claim Amount, if any. Such Deficiency Notice
shall direct the Collateral Agent to remit such Deficiency Claim Amount (to the
extent of the funds available to be distributed pursuant to the Spread Account
Agreement) to the Trustee for deposit in the Collection Account on the related
Distribution Date.

          (b) Any Deficiency Notice shall be delivered by 10:00 am., New York
City time, on the fourth Business Day preceding such Distribution Date. The
amounts distributed by the Collateral Agent to the Trustee pursuant to a
Deficiency Notice shall be deposited by the Trustee into the Collection Account
pursuant to Section 5.5.

          SECTION 5.5. Additional Deposits. The Servicer and the Seller, TMS
Auto Finance and the Representative, as applicable, shall deposit or cause to
be deposited in the Collection Account on the Determination Date following the
date on which such obligations are due the aggregate Purchase Amount with
respect to Purchased Receivables. On or before each Draw Date, the Trustee
shall remit to the Collection Account any amounts delivered to the Trustee by
the Collateral Agent.

          SECTION 5.6. Distributions. (a) No later than 11:00 a.m. New York
time on each Distribution Date, the Trustee shall (based solely on the
information contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related
Determination Date) cause to be made the following transfers and distributions
in the amounts set forth in the Servicer's Certificate for such Distribution
Date:

                  (i) From the Collection  Account to the Payahead Account,  in
         immediately  available funds, the aggregate  Payaheads  referred to in
         Section 5.3 for the Monthly Period related to such Distribution Date;

                  (ii) From the Payahead Account (a) to the Collection Account,
         in immediately available funds, the portion of Payaheads  constituting
         Scheduled  Payments  on  Precomputed  Receivables  or  that  are to be
         applied to prepay a  Precomputed  Receivable in full under Section 5.3
         and (b) to the Seller, in immediately  available funds, all Investment
         Earnings  on funds in the  Payahead  Account  for the  Monthly  Period
         related to such Distribution Date;

                  (iii)  During  the  Funding  Period,   from  the  Capitalized
         Interest  Account  (a)  to  the  Collection  Account,  in  immediately
         available  funds,  the Monthly  Capitalized  Interest  Amount for such
         Distribution  Date and (b) to the  Seller,  in  immediately  available
         funds,  all Investment  Earnings on funds in the Capitalized  Interest
         Account   with  respect  to  the  Monthly   Period   related  to  such
         Distribution  Date  or,  if such  Distribution  Date is the  Mandatory
         Redemption  Date,  all  remaining  funds in the  Capitalized  Interest
         Account after  distribution of interest on the Notes and  Certificates
         on such date; and

                  (iv) During the Funding Period from the  Pre-Funding  Account
         (a) if such Distribution Date is the Mandatory Redemption Date, to the
         Collection  Account,  in immediately  available  funds, the Pre-Funded
         Amount (exclusive of Pre-Funding  Earnings) after giving effect to the
         purchase  of  Subsequent   Receivables,   if  any,  on  the  Mandatory
         Redemption  Date,  and (b) to the  Seller,  in  immediately  available
         funds,  all  Pre-Funding  Earnings with respect to the Monthly  Period
         related to such Distribution Date or, if such Distribution Date is the
         Mandatory  Redemption  Date,  all remaining  funds in the  Pre-Funding
         Account.

          (b) On each Distribution Date other than the Distribution Date on
which Insolvency Proceeds are to be distributed, the Trustee shall (based
solely on the information contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered
with respect to the related Determination Date) distribute the following
amounts and in the following order of priority:

                    (i) from the Distribution Amount, to each of the Trustee
          and the Owner Trustee, their respective accrued and unpaid trustees'
          fees and expenses and any accrued and unpaid fees and expenses of the
          Indenture Collateral Agent (in each case, to the extent such fees
          have not been previously paid by the Servicer or the Representative);

                    (ii) from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer, the
          Base Servicing Fee for the related Monthly Period, any Supplemental
          Servicing Fees for the related Monthly Period, and any amounts
          specified in Section 5.2(b), to the extent the Servicer has not
          reimbursed itself in respect of such amounts pursuant to Section 5.9
          and to the extent not retained by the Servicer;

                    (iii) from the Distribution Amount, to the Note
          Distribution Account, the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

                    (iv) from the Distribution Amount, to the Note Distribution
          Account, the Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount;

                    (v) from the Distribution Amount, to the Owner Trustee for
          deposit in the Certificate Distribution Account, the
          Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount;

                  (vi)  from the Distribution Amount, to the Owner Trustee
         for deposit in the Certificate Distribution Account, the
         Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount;

                    (vii) from the Distribution Amount, to the Security
          Insurer, to the extent of any amounts owing to the Security Insurer
          under the Insurance Agreement and not paid;

                    (viii) from Available Funds, to the Collateral Agent,
          amounts for deposit in the Spread Account up to the Specified Spread
          Account Requirement; and

                    (ix) from Available Funds, to the Seller, any remaining
          funds.

provided,  however, that, (A) following an acceleration of the Notes or, (B) if
an Insurer  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be  continuing,  following  the
occurrence  of an  Event  of  Default  pursuant  to  Section  5.1(i),  5.1(ii),
5.1(iii),  5.1(v) or 5.1(vi) of the Indenture, or (C) the receipt of Insolvency
Proceeds pursuant to Section 9.1(b), amounts deposited in the Note Distribution
Account and the Certificate Distribution Account (including any such Insolvency
Proceeds)  shall  be paid to the  Noteholders  and  the  Certificateholders  in
accordance with the provisions of Section 5.6 of the Indenture.

                  (c) In the event that the  Collection  Account is  maintained
with an institution  other than the Indenture  Collateral  Agent,  the Servicer
shall   instruct  and  cause  such   institution   to  make  all  deposits  and
distributions pursuant to Section 5.6(b) on the related Distribution Date.

          SECTION 5.7. Pre-Funding Account. (a) On the Closing Date, the
Trustee will deposit, on behalf of the Seller, in the Pre-Funding Account
$49,999,564.54 from the proceeds of the sale of the Notes and the Certificates.
On each Subsequent Transfer Date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to
withdraw from the Pre-Funding Account an amount equal to the Principal Balance
of the Subsequent Receivables transferred to the Issuer on such Subsequent
Transfer Date and to distribute such amount to or upon the order of the Seller
upon satisfaction of the conditions set forth in this Agreement with respect to
such transfer.

                  (b) If the Pre-Funded  Amount has not been reduced to zero on
the date on which the Funding Period ends after giving effect to any reductions
in the Pre-Funded  Amount on such date, the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee
to withdraw from the Pre-Funding  Account on the Mandatory  Redemption Date the
Pre-Funded  Amount  (exclusive of any Pre-Funding  Earnings) and (i) deposit an
amount equal to the Note Prepayment Amount in the Note Distribution Account and
(ii)  deposit  an  amount  equal to the  Certificate  Prepayment  Amount in the
Certificate Distribution Account.

          SECTION 5.8. Statements to Certificateholders and Noteholders. On or
prior to each Determination Date, the Servicer shall provide to the Trustee
(with a copy to the Security Insurer and the Rating Agencies) for the Trustee
to forward to each Noteholder of record, to each Paying Agent, if any, and to
the Owner Trustee for the Owner Trustee to forward to each Certificateholder of
record, a statement substantially in the form of Exhibit B and Exhibit C,
respectively, setting forth at least the following information as to the Notes
and the Certificates to the extent applicable:

                  (i)  the amount of such distribution allocable to principal
         of each Class of Notes and to the Certificate Balance of the
         Certificates;

                  (ii)  the amount of such distribution allocable to interest
         on or with respect to each Class of Notes and to the
         Certificates;

                  (iii) the amount of such distribution  payable out of amounts
         withdrawn  from the Spread  Account or pursuant to a claim on the Note
         Policy or the Certificate Policy;

                  (iv)  the Pool Balance as of the close of business on the
         last day of the preceding Monthly Period;

                  (v) the aggregate  outstanding principal amount of each Class
         of  the  Notes,  the  Note  Pool  Factor  for  each  such  Class,  the
         Certificate  Balance  and the  Certificate  Pool Factor  after  giving
         effect to payments allocated to principal reported under (i) above;

                  (vi) the  amount of the  Servicing  Fee paid to the  Servicer
         with respect to the related  Monthly Period and/or due but unpaid with
         respect to such Monthly Period or prior Monthly  Periods,  as the case
         may be;

                  (vii)  the Noteholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall,
         the Certificateholders' Interest Carryover Shortfall, the
         Noteholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall, and the
         Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall;

                  (viii)  the amount of the aggregate Realized Losses, if
         any, for the second preceding Monthly Period;

                  (ix)  the aggregate Purchase Amounts for Receivables, if
         any, that were repurchased in such period;

                  (x)  the aggregate Payahead Balance and the change in such
         balance from the preceding Distribution Date;

                  (xi)  for Distribution Dates during the Funding Period (if
         any), the remaining Pre-Funded Amount; and

                  (xii) for the final  Subsequent  Transfer Date, the amount of
         any  remaining  Pre-Funded  Amount  that has not been used to fund the
         purchase of Subsequent  Receivables and is passed through as principal
         to Noteholders and Certificateholders.

Each amount set forth pursuant to paragraph (i), (ii), (iii), (vi), (vii), (xi)
and (xii) above shall be expressed as a dollar amount per $1,000 of the initial
principal  balance of the Notes (or Class  thereof) or the initial  Certificate
Balance, as applicable.

          SECTION 5.9. Net Deposits. As an administrative convenience, unless
the Servicer is required to remit collections within two Business Days of
receipt thereof, the Servicer will be permitted to make the deposit of
collections on the Receivables and Purchase Amounts for or with respect to each
Monthly Period net of distributions to be made to the Servicer with respect to
such Monthly Period. The Servicer, however, will account to the Owner Trustee,
the Trustee, the Indenture Collateral Agent, the Noteholders and the
Certificateholders as if all deposits, distributions and transfers were made
individually.

          SECTION 5.10. Optional Deposits by the Security Insurer. The Security
Insurer shall at any time, and from time to time, with respect to a
Distribution Date, have the option (but shall not be required, except in
accordance with the terms of a Policy) to deliver amounts to the Trustee for
deposit into the Collection Account for any of the following purposes: (i) to
provide funds in respect of the payment of fees or expenses of any provider of
services to the Trust with respect to such Distribution Date, or (ii) to
include such amount to the extent that without such amount a draw would be
required to be made on the Note Policy or the Certificate Policy.


                                   ARTICLE VA

                             The Certificate Policy

          SECTION 5A.1. Claims Under Policy. (a) In the event that the Trustee
has delivered a Deficiency Notice with respect to any Determination Date, if
the Certificate Policy Claim Amount for the related Distribution Date is
greater than zero, the Owner Trustee shall furnish to the Security Insurer
(with a copy to the Servicer) no later than 12:00 noon New York City time on
the related Draw Date a completed Notice of Claim in the amount of the
Certificate Policy Claim Amount. Amounts paid by the Security Insurer under the
Certificate Policy shall be deposited by the Owner Trustee into the Certificate
Distribution Account for payment to Certificateholders on the related
Distribution Date (or promptly following payment on a later date as set forth
in the Certificate Policy). The "Certificate Policy Claim Amount" for any
Distribution Date shall equal the lesser of (i) the sum of the
Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount and the Certificateholders'
Principal Distributable Amount (in each case, less the amount thereof
distributable to the General Partner) for such Distribution Date and (ii) the
excess, if any, of the amount required to be distributed pursuant to clauses
(i) - (vi) of Section 5.6(b) over the Distribution Amount for such Distribution
Date.

     (b) Any notice delivered by the Owner Trustee to the Security Insurer
pursuant to subsection 5A.1(a) shall specify the Certificates Policy Claim
Amount claimed under the Certificate Policy and shall constitute a "Notice of
Claim" under the Certificate Policy. In accordance with the provisions of the
Certificate Policy, the Security Insurer is required to pay to the Owner Trustee
the Certificate Policy Claim Amount properly claimed thereunder by 12:00 noon,
New York City time, on the later of (i) the third Business Day following receipt
on a Business Day of the Notice of Claim, and (ii) the applicable Distribution
Date. Any payment made by the Security Insurer under the Certificate Policy
shall be applied solely to the payment of the Certificates, and for no other
purpose.

     (c) The Owner Trustee shall (i) receive as attorney-in-fact of each
Certificateholder any Certificate Policy Claim Amount from the Security Insurer
and (ii) deposit the same in the Certificate Distribution Account for
disbursement to the Certificateholders as set forth in the Trust Agreement. Any
and all Certificate Policy Claim Amounts disbursed by the Owner Trustee from
claims made under the Certificate Policy shall not be considered payment by the
Trust or from the Spread Account with respect to such Certificates, and shall
not discharge the obligations of the Trust with respect thereto. The Security
Insurer shall, to the extent it makes any payment with respect to the
Certificates, become subrogated to the rights of the recipients of such payments
to the extent of such payments. Subject to and conditioned upon any payment with
respect to the Certificates by or on behalf of the Security Insurer, the Owner
Trustee shall assign to the Security Insurer all rights to the payment of
interest or principal with respect to the Certificates which are then due for
payment to the extent of all payments made by the Security Insurer and the
Security Insurer may exercise any option, vote, right, power or the like with
respect to the Certificates to the extent that it has made payment pursuant to
the Certificate Policy. To evidence such subrogation, the Certificate Registrar
shall note the Security Insurer's rights as subrogee upon the register of
Certificateholders upon receipt from the Security Insurer of proof of payment by
the Security Insurer of any Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount or
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount.

     (d) The Owner Trustee shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the
Certificateholders the obligations of the Security Insurer under the Certificate
Policy. Notwithstanding any other provision of this Agreement, the
Certificateholders are not entitled to make a claim directly under the
Certificate Policy or institute proceedings directly against the Security
Insurer.

          SECTION 5A.2. Preference Claims; Direction of Proceedings. (a) In the
event that the Owner Trustee has received a certified copy of an order of the
appropriate court that any Certificateholders' Interest Distributable Amount or
Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount paid on a Certificate has
been avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under applicable
bankruptcy law, the Owner Trustee shall so notify the Security Insurer, shall
comply with the provisions of the Certificate Policy to obtain payment by the
Security Insurer of such avoided payment, and shall, at the time it provides
notice to the Security Insurer, notify Holders of the Certificates by mail
that, in the event that any Certificateholder's payment is so recoverable, such
Certificateholder will be entitled to payment pursuant to the terms of the
Certificate Policy. Pursuant to the terms of the Certificate Policy, the
Security Insurer will make such payment on behalf of the Certificateholder to
the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named
in the Order (as defined in the Certificate Policy) and not to the Owner
Trustee or any Certificateholder directly (unless a Certificateholder has
previously paid such payment to the receiver, conservator, debtor-in-possession
or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case the Security Insurer will make such
payment to the Owner Trustee for distribution to such Certificateholder upon
proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Security Insurer).

          (b) The Owner Trustee shall promptly notify the Security Insurer of
any proceeding or the institution of any action (of which a responsible officer
of the Owner Trustee has actual knowledge) seeking the avoidance as a
preferential transfer under applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership,
rehabilitation or similar law (a "Preference Claim") of any distribution made
with respect to the Certificates. Each Holder, by its purchase of Certificates,
and the Owner Trustee hereby agree that so long as an Insurer Default shall not
have occurred and be continuing, the Security Insurer may at any time during
the continuation of any proceeding relating to a Preference Claim direct all
matters relating to such Preference Claim including, without limitation, (i)
the direction of any appeal of any order relating to any Preference Claim and
(ii) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or performance bond pending any
such appeal at the expense of the Security Insurer, but subject to
reimbursement as provided in the Insurance Agreement. In addition, and without
limitation of the foregoing, as set forth in Section 5A.1(c), the Security
Insurer shall be subrogated to, and each Certificateholder and the Owner
Trustee hereby delegate and assign, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the
rights of the Owner Trustee and each Certificateholder in the conduct of any
proceeding with respect to a Preference Claim, including, without limitation,
all rights of any party to an adversary proceeding action with respect to any
court order issued in connection with any such Preference Claim.

          SECTION 5A.3. Surrender of Policy. The Owner Trustee shall surrender
the Certificate Policy to the Security Insurer for cancellation upon the
expiration of such policy in accordance with the terms thereof.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                                   The Seller

          SECTION 6.1. Representations of Seller. The Seller makes the
following representations on which the Security Insurer shall be deemed to have
relied in executing and delivering the Policies and on which the Issuer is
deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables. The representations speak
as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date,
in the case of Initial Receivables, and as of the applicable Subsequent
Transfer Date, in the case of Subsequent Receivables, and shall survive the
sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee
pursuant to the Indenture.

          (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller is duly organized and
validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the State
of Delaware with the corporate power and authority to own its properties and to
conduct its business as such properties are currently owned and such business
is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and has, the power,
authority and legal right to acquire and own the Receivables.

          (b) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do business as
a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained all necessary licenses
and approvals in all jurisdictions in which the ownership or lease of property,
including the Receivables, or the conduct of its business shall require such
qualifications.

          (c) Power and Authority of the Seller. The Seller has the corporate
power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to perform its
obligations under each of the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party;
the Seller has full corporate power and authority to sell and assign the
property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Issuer and the
Seller has duly authorized such sale and assignment to the Issuer by all
necessary corporate action; and the execution, delivery and performance of each
of the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party and of each Subsequent
Transfer Agreement has been duly authorized by the Seller by all necessary
corporate action.

          (d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement, each Subsequent Transfer
Agreement and each of the Basic Documents to which the Seller is a party
constitute legal, valid and binding obligations of the Seller, enforceable in
accordance with its terms, subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency,
moratorium, fraudulent conveyance, reorganization and similar laws now or
hereafter in effect relating to creditors' rights generally and subject to
general principles of equity (whether applied in a proceeding at law or in
equity).

          (e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and by each Subsequent Transfer Agreement and the fulfillment
of the terms hereof and thereof do not result in any breach of any of the terms
and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of time or
both) a default under, the articles of association or by-laws of the Seller,
or any indenture,  agreement or other instrument to which the Seller is a party
or by which it is bound;  nor result in the creation or  imposition of any Lien
upon  any of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms  of any  such  indenture,
agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor
violate any law or, to the best of its knowledge, any order, rule or regulation
applicable  to the Seller of any court or of any  federal  or state  regulatory
body,  administrative  agency  or  other  governmental  instrumentality  having
jurisdiction over the Seller or its properties.

          (f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations
pending against the Seller or, to its best knowledge, threatened against the
Seller, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its
properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance
of the Notes or the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
contemplated by this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, (iii) seeking any
determination or ruling that could reasonably be expected to have a material
and adverse effect on the performance by the Seller of its obligations under,
or the validity or enforceability of the Basic Documents, the Notes or the
Certificates or (iv) that might adversely affect the federal income tax
attributes of the Issuer, the Notes or the Certificates.

          (g) All Consents. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals
of or registrations or declarations with any court, regulatory body,
administrative agency or other government instrumentality required to be
obtained, effected or given by the Seller in connection with the execution and
delivery by the Seller of this Agreement, any Subsequent Transfer Agreement or
any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party and the performance by the
Seller of the transactions contemplated by this Agreement, any Subsequent
Transfer Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party, have
been duly obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect, except
where failure to obtain the same would not have a material adverse effect upon
the rights of the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

          (h) Chief Executive Office. The chief executive office of the Seller
is at 1625 West North Market Boulevard, Suite 210, Sacramento, California
95834.

          SECTION 6.2. Corporate Existence. (a) During the term of this
Agreement, the Seller will keep in full force and effect its existence, rights
and franchises as a corporation under the laws of the jurisdiction of its
incorporation and will obtain and preserve its qualification to do business in
each jurisdiction in which such qualification is or shall be necessary to
protect the validity and enforceability of this Agreement, any Subsequent
Transfer Agreement, the Basic Documents and each other instrument or agreement
necessary or appropriate to the proper administration of this Agreement and the
transactions contemplated hereby.

          (b) During the term of this Agreement, the Seller shall observe the
applicable legal requirements for the recognition of the Seller as a legal
entity separate and apart from its Affiliates, including as follows:

                    (i) the Seller shall maintain corporate records and books
          of account separate from those of its Affiliates;

                    (ii) except as otherwise provided in this Agreement, the
          Seller shall not commingle its assets and funds with those of its
          Affiliates;

                    (iii) the Seller shall hold such appropriate meetings of
          its Board of Directors as are necessary to authorize all the Seller's
          corporate actions required by law to be authorized by the Board of
          Directors, shall keep minutes of such meetings and of meetings of its
          stockholder(s) and observe all other customary corporate formalities
          (and any successor Seller not a corporation shall observe similar
          procedures in accordance with its governing documents and applicable
          law);

                    (iv) the Seller shall at all times hold itself out to the
          public under the Seller's own name as a legal entity separate and
          distinct from its Affiliates; and

                    (v) all transactions and dealings between the Seller and
          its Affiliates will be conducted on an arm's-length basis.

          SECTION 6.3. Liability of Seller; Indemnities. The Seller shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Seller under this Agreement.

          (a) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Owner Trustee, the Trust, the Security Insurer, the Trustee and the
Indenture Collateral Agent from and against any taxes that may at any time be
asserted against any such Person with respect to the transactions contemplated
in this Agreement and any of the Basic Documents (except any income taxes
arising out of fees paid to the Owner Trustee or the Trustee and except any
taxes to which the Owner Trustee or the Trustee may otherwise be subject to),
including any sales, gross receipts, general corporation, tangible personal
property, privilege or license taxes (but, in the case of the Issuer, not
including any taxes asserted with respect to, federal or other income taxes
arising out of distributions on the Certificates and the Notes) and costs and
expenses in defending against the same.

          (b) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Issuer,
the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, and the Indenture Collateral Agent, the
Security Insurer, the Certificateholders and the Noteholders from and against
any loss, liability or expense incurred by reason of (i) the Seller's willful
misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of its duties under
this Agreement, or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and
duties under this Agreement and (ii) the Seller's or the Issuer's violation
of Federal or state securities laws in connection with the offering and sale of
the Notes and the Certificates.

          (c) The Seller shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner
Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents from and against any
and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out
of, or incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts
and duties set forth herein and in the Basic Documents except to the extent
that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability shall be due to the
willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of
the Owner Trustee.

          Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Indenture Collateral Agent and
the termination of this Agreement or the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as
applicable, and shall include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and other
expenses of litigation. If the Seller shall have made any indemnity payments
pursuant to this Section and the Person to or on behalf of whom such payments
are made thereafter shall collect any of such amounts from others, such Person
shall promptly repay such amounts to the Seller, without interest.

          SECTION 6.4. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Seller. Any Person (a) into which the Seller may be merged or
consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which
the Seller shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and
assets of the Seller substantially as a whole, which Person in any of the
foregoing cases executes an agreement of assumption to perform every obligation
of the Seller under this Agreement, shall be the successor to the Seller
hereunder without the execution or filing of any document or any further act by
any of the parties to this Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the Seller
shall have received the written consent of the Security Insurer prior to
entering into any such transaction, (ii) immediately after giving effect to
such transaction, no representation or warranty made pursuant to Section 3.1
shall have been breached and no Servicer Default, and no event which, after
notice or lapse of time, or both, would become a Servicer Default shall have
happened and be continuing, (iii) the Seller shall have delivered to the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer an Officers' Certificate and an
Opinion of Counsel each stating that such consolidation, merger or succession
and such agreement of assumption comply with this Section and that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Agreement relating to such
transaction have been complied with, (iv) the Rating Agency Condition shall
have been satisfied with respect to such transaction and (v) the Seller shall
have delivered to the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer an
Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Trustee, respectively, in the Receivables
and reciting the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be
necessary to preserve and protect such interest. Notwithstanding
anything  herein to the contrary,  the execution of the foregoing  agreement of
assumption and compliance  with clauses (i),  (ii),  (iii),  (iv) and (v) above
shall be  conditions to the  consummation  of the  transactions  referred to in
clauses (a), (b) or (c) above.

          SECTION 6.5. Limitation on Liability of Seller and Others. The Seller
and any director or officer or employee or agent of the Seller may rely in good
faith on the advice of counsel or on any document of any kind, prima facie
properly executed and submitted by any Person respecting any matters arising
under any Basic Document. The Seller shall not be under any obligation to
appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall not be incidental to
its obligations under this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in
any expense or liability.

     SECTION 6.6. Seller May Own Certificates or Notes. The Seller and any
Affiliate thereof may in its individual or any other capacity become the owner
or pledgee of Certificates or Notes with the same rights as it would have if it
were not the Seller or an Affiliate thereof, except as expressly provided herein
or in any Basic Document. Notes or Certificates so owned by the Seller or such
Affiliate shall have an equal and proportionate benefit under the provisions of
the Basic Documents, without preference, priority, or distinction as among all
of the Notes or Certificates, provided however, that any Notes or Certificates
owned by the Seller or any Affiliate thereof, during the time such Notes or
Certificates are owned by them, shall be without voting rights for any purpose
set forth in the Basic Documents and will not be entitled to the benefits of the
Policies. The Seller shall notify the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the
Security Insurer promptly after it or any of its Affiliates become the owner of
a Certificate or a Note.


                                  ARTICLE VII

                                  The Servicer

          SECTION 7.1. Representations of Servicer. The Servicer makes the
following representations on which the Security Insurer shall be deemed to have
relied in executing and delivering the Policies and on which the Issuer is
deemed to have relied in acquiring the Receivables. The representations speak
as of the execution and delivery of this Agreement and as of the Closing Date,
in the case of the Initial Receivables, and as of the applicable Subsequent
Transfer Date, in the case of the Subsequent Receivables, and shall survive the
sale of the Receivables to the Issuer and the pledge thereof to the Trustee
pursuant to the Indenture.

          (a) Organization and Good Standing. The Servicer is duly organized
and validly existing as a corporation in good standing under the laws of the
state of its incorporation, with the corporate power and authority to own its
properties and to conduct its business as such properties are currently owned
and such business is presently conducted, and had at all relevant times, and
has, the power, authority and legal right to acquire, own, sell and service the
Receivables and to hold the Receivable Files as custodian.

          (b) Due Qualification. The Servicer is duly qualified to do business
and has obtained all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in
which the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business
(including the servicing of the Receivables as required by this Agreement)
shall require such qualifications, and was duly qualified and had all licenses
in all relevant jurisdictions required for the origination of the Receivables.

          (c) Power and Authority of the Servicer. The Servicer has the
corporate power and authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to
perform its obligations hereunder, and the execution, delivery and performance
of this Agreement have been duly authorized by the Servicer by all necessary
corporate action. All authorizations, consents, orders or approvals of or
registrations or declarations with any court, regulatory body, administrative
agency or other government instrumentality required to be obtained, effected or
given by the Servicer in connection with the execution and delivery by the
Servicer of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party
and the performance by the Servicer of the transactions contemplated by this
Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which it is a party, have been duly
obtained, effected or given and are in full force and effect, except where
failure to obtain the same would not have a material adverse effect upon the
rights of the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

          (d) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal, valid and
binding obligation of the Servicer, enforceable in accordance with its terms,
subject to applicable bankruptcy, insolvency, moratorium, fraudulent
conveyance, reorganization and similar laws now or hereafter in effect relating
to creditors' rights generally, and subject to general principles of equity
(whether applied in a proceeding at law or in equity).

          (e) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions contemplated
by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms hereof do not result in any
breach of any of the terms and provisions of, or constitute (with or without
notice or lapse of time) a default under the articles of incorporation or
by-laws of the Servicer, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to
which the Servicer is a party or by which it shall be bound; or result in the
creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties pursuant to the
terms of any such indenture, agreement or other instrument (other than pursuant
to the Basic Documents); or violate any law or, to the best of the Servicer's
knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Servicer of any
court or of any federal or state regulatory body, administrative agency or
other governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its
properties.

          (f) No Proceedings. There are no proceedings or investigations
pending against the Servicer, or, to its best knowledge, threatened against the
Servicer, before any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Servicer or its
properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or any of
the Basic Documents, the Notes or the Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the
issuance of the Notes or the  Certificates  or the  consummation  of any of the
transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  or any of the Basic  Documents,
(iii) seeking any  determination  or ruling that might materially and adversely
affect  the  performance  by the  Servicer  of its  obligations  under,  or the
validity or enforceability of this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents, the
Notes or the  Certificates  or (iv)  relating to the  Servicer  and which might
adversely affect the federal income tax or ERISA attributes of the Issuer,  the
Notes or the Certificates.

          (g) No Insolvent Obligors. As of the Initial Cutoff Date, no Obligor
on an Initial Receivable, and as of each Subsequent Cutoff Date, no Obligor on
a Subsequent Receivable being transferred on the related Subsequent Transfer
Date, shall be shown on the related Receivable Files as the subject of a
bankruptcy proceeding commenced following the execution of the related
Contract.

          SECTION 7.2. Indemnities of Servicer. (a) The Servicer shall be
liable in accordance herewith only to the extent of the obligations
specifically undertaken by the Servicer under this Agreement and the
representations made by the Servicer herein.

          (a) The Servicer shall defend, indemnify and hold harmless the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Trust, the Indenture Collateral Agent, the Security
Insurer, the Noteholders, the Certificateholders and the Seller from and
against any and all costs, expenses, losses, damages, claims, and liabilities,
arising out of or resulting from the use, ownership or operation by the
Servicer or any Affiliate thereof of a Financed Vehicle.

          (b) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Seller, the Trust, the Indenture Collateral Agent,
the Security Insurer, their respective officers, directors, agents and
employees and the Noteholders and the Certificateholders from and against any
and all costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages, and liabilities to the extent
that such cost, expense, loss, claim, damage, or liability arose out of, or was
imposed upon any such Person through, the negligence, willful misfeasance or
bad faith of the Servicer in the performance of its duties under this Agreement
or by reason of reckless disregard of its obligations and duties under this
Agreement.

          (c) The Servicer shall indemnify, defend and hold harmless the Owner
Trustee and its officers, directors, employees and agents from and against all
costs, expenses, losses, claims, damages and liabilities arising out of or
incurred in connection with the acceptance or performance of the trusts and
duties herein and in the Trust Agreement contained, except to the extent that
such costs, expense, loss, claim, damage or liability shall be due to the
willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence (except for errors in judgment) of
the Owner Trustee.

          For purposes of this Section, in the event of the termination of the
rights and obligations of TMS Auto Finance (or any successor thereto pursuant
to Section 7.3) as Servicer pursuant to Section 8.1, or a resignation by such
Servicer pursuant to this Agreement, such Servicer shall be deemed to be the
Servicer pending appointment of a successor Servicer (other than the Trustee)
pursuant to Section 8.2.

          Indemnification under this Section shall survive the resignation or
removal of the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or the termination of this
Agreement, the Indenture or the Trust Agreement, as applicable, and shall
include reasonable fees and expenses of counsel and expenses of litigation. If
the Servicer shall have made any indemnity payments pursuant to this Section
and the recipient thereafter collects any of such amounts from others, such
Person shall promptly repay such amounts to the Servicer, without interest.

          SECTION 7.3. Merger or Consolidation of, or Assumption of the
Obligations of, Servicer. Any Person (a) into which the Servicer may be merged
or consolidated, (b) which may result from any merger or consolidation to which
the Servicer shall be a party or (c) which may succeed to the properties and
assets of the Servicer, substantially as a whole or (d) with respect to the
Servicer's obligations hereunder, which is a corporation 50% or more of the
voting stock of which is owned, directly or indirectly, by The Money Store
Inc., which Person executed an agreement of assumption to perform every
obligation of the Servicer hereunder shall be the successor to the Servicer
under the Agreement without further act on the part of any of the parties to
the Agreement; provided, however, that (i) the Servicer shall have received the
written consent of the Security Insurer prior to entering into any such
transaction; (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction, no
Servicer Default and no event which, after notice or lapse of time, or both,
would become a Servicer Default shall have happened and be continuing, (iii)
the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee an
Officers' Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that such
consolidation, merger or succession and such agreement of assumption comply
with this Section and that all conditions precedent provided for in this
Agreement relating to such transaction have been complied with, (iv) the Rating
Agency Condition shall have been satisfied with respect to such transaction and
(v) the Servicer shall have delivered to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee an
Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such counsel, either (A) all
financing statements and continuation statements and amendments thereto have
been executed and filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the
interest of the Owner Trustee and the Trustee in the Receivables and reciting
the details of such filings or (B) no such action shall be necessary to
preserve and protect such interest. Notwithstanding anything herein to the
contrary, the execution of the foregoing agreement of assumption and compliance
with clauses (i), (ii), (iii), (iv) and (v) above shall be conditions to the
consummation of the transactions referred to in clauses (a), (b), (c) or (d)
above.

          SECTION 7.4. Limitation on Liability of Servicer and Others. Neither
the Servicer nor any of its directors, officers, employees or agents shall be
under any liability to the Issuer, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders,
except as provided under this Agreement, for any action taken or for refraining
from the taking of any action pursuant to this Agreement or for errors in
judgment; provided, however, that this provision shall not protect the Servicer
or any such person against any liability that would otherwise be imposed by
reason of willful misfeasance, bad faith or negligence in the performance of
duties or by reason of reckless disregard of obligations and duties under this
Agreement. The Servicer or any subservicer and any of their respective
directors, officers, employees or agents may rely in good faith on any document
of any kind prima facie properly executed and submitted by any Person
respecting any matters arising under this Agreement.

          Except as provided in this Agreement the Servicer shall not be under
any obligation to appear in, prosecute or defend any legal action that shall
not be incidental to its duties to service the Receivables in accordance with
this Agreement, and that in its opinion may involve it in any expense or
liability; provided, however, that the Servicer, may (but shall not be required
to) undertake any reasonable action that it may deem necessary or desirable to
protect the interests of the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement and
the Noteholders under the Indenture.

          SECTION 7.5. Servicer Not To Resign. Subject to the provisions of
Section 7.3, the Servicer may not resign from the obligations and duties hereby
imposed on it as Servicer under this Agreement except upon determination that
by reason of a change in legal requirements the performance of its duties under
this Agreement would cause it to be in violation of such legal requirements in
a manner which would result in a material adverse effect on the Servicer and
the Security Insurer does not elect to waive the obligations of the Servicer to
perform the duties which render it legally unable to act or does not elect to
delegate those duties to another Person. Notice of any such determination
permitting the resignation of the Servicer shall be communicated to the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer at the earliest practicable time
(and, if such communication is not in writing, shall be confirmed in writing at
the earliest practicable time) and any such determination shall be evidenced by
an Opinion of Counsel to such effect delivered to and satisfactory to the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee and the Security Insurer concurrently with or promptly
after such notice. No such resignation of the Servicer shall become effective
until a successor servicer shall have assumed the responsibilities and
obligations of TMS Auto Finance in accordance with Section 8.2 of this
Agreement.


                                  ARTICLE VIII

                                    Default

          SECTION 8.1. Servicer Default. If any one of the following events (a
"Servicer Default") shall occur and be continuing:

                  (a) Any  failure  by the  Servicer  to  deliver  to the Owner
         Trustee or Trustee  for  deposit in any of the Trust  Accounts  or the
         Certificate Distribution Account any payment required to be
         so delivered  under the terms of the Notes,  the  Certificates or this
         Agreement that shall continue unremedied for a period of five Business
         Days after written  notice of such failure is received by the Servicer
         from the Security  Insurer,  the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or after
         discovery of such failure by an Officer of the Servicer; or

                  (b) Failure by the Servicer  duly to observe or to perform in
         any material respect any other covenants or agreements of the Servicer
         or the  Seller  (as the  case  may be) set  forth  in the  Notes,  the
         Certificates,  this  Agreement  or any  other  Basic  Document,  which
         failure shall (i) materially and adversely affect the rights of either
         the Certificateholders or Noteholders and (ii) continue unremedied for
         a period  of 60 days  after the date on which  written  notice of such
         failure,  requiring the same to be remedied, shall have been given (A)
         to the  Servicer by the  Security  Insurer,  the Owner  Trustee or the
         Trustee  or (B) to the  Servicer  and to the  Owner  Trustee  and  the
         Trustee by the  Holders of Notes  evidencing  not less than 25% of the
         outstanding  principal  amount of the Notes or Holders of Certificates
         evidencing not less than 25% of the outstanding  Certificate  Balance,
         as applicable (or for such longer  period,  not in excess of 120 days,
         as may be reasonably  necessary to remedy such default;  provided that
         such  default is capable  of remedy  within 120 days and the  Servicer
         delivers an  Officers'  Certificate  to the Security  Insurer,  to the
         Owner  Trustee  and the  Trustee to such effect and to the effect that
         the  Servicer  has  commenced  or will  promptly  commence,  and  will
         diligently pursue, all reasonable efforts to remedy such default); or

                  (c)  An Insolvency Event occurs with respect to the
         Servicer or any successor; or

                  (d) So long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and
         be continuing,  an Insurance  Agreement Event of Default  described in
         Section 5.01 of the Insurance Agreement shall have occurred;

then, and in each and every case, (i) so long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Security Insurer, subject to
subsection (b) of this Section 8.1, except in the case of an event arising
under Section 5.01(c) of the Insurance Agreement or (ii) if an Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, any of the Trustee or the Holders of
Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the principal amount of the Notes
then outstanding, or the Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of
Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding Certificate
Balance, as applicable, in the case of any default which does not adversely
affect the Trustee or the Noteholders, in any case by notice given in writing
to the Servicer (and to the Trustee if given by the Security Insurer or, as
applicable, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders) may terminate all of the
rights and obligations of the Servicer under this Agreement. For purposes of
this Section 8.1(d), any determination of an adverse effect on the interest of
the Certificateholders or the Noteholders pursuant to Section 8.1(b) shall be
made without consideration of the availability of funds under the Policies. On
or after the receipt by the Servicer of such written notice, all authority,
power, obligations and responsibilities of the Servicer under this Agreement,
whether with respect to the Notes, the Certificates or the Receivables or
otherwise, automatically shall pass to, be vested in and become obligations and
responsibilities of the Trustee provided that the Trustee is not unwilling or
unable to act; provided, however, that the Trustee shall have no liability with
respect to any obligation which was required to be performed by the prior
Servicer prior to the date that the Trustee becomes the Servicer or any claim
of a third party based on any alleged action or inaction of the prior Servicer.
The Trustee is authorized and empowered by this Agreement, as successor
Servicer to execute and deliver, on behalf of the prior Servicer, as
attorney-in-fact or otherwise, any and all documents and other instruments and
to do or accomplish all other acts or things necessary or appropriate to effect
the purposes of such notice of termination, whether to complete the transfer
and endorsement of the Receivables and the other Trust Property and related
documents to show the Owner Trustee as lienholder or secured party on the
related Lien Certificates, or otherwise. The prior Servicer agrees to cooperate
with the successor Servicer in effecting the termination of the
responsibilities and rights of the prior Servicer under this Agreement,
including, without limitation, the transfer to the successor Servicer for
administration by it of all cash amounts that shall at the time be held by the
prior Servicer for deposit, or have been deposited by the prior Servicer, in
the Collection Account or thereafter received with respect to the Receivables
and the delivery to the successor Servicer of all Receivables Files, records
and a computer tape in readable form containing all information necessary to
enable the successor Servicer to service the Receivables and the other Trust
Property. The terminated Servicer shall grant the Trustee, (in its capacity as
Trustee and/or successor Servicer), the Owner Trustee and the Security Insurer
reasonable access to the terminated Servicer's premises at the Servicer's
expense.

          SECTION 8.2. Appointment of Successor. (a) Upon the Servicer's
receipt of notice of termination, pursuant to Section 8.1 or the Servicer's
resignation in accordance with the terms of this Agreement, the predecessor
Servicer shall continue to perform its functions as Servicer under this
Agreement, in the case of termination, only until the date specified in such
termination notice or, if no such date is specified in a notice of termination,
until receipt of such notice and, in the case of resignation, until the later
of (x) the date 45 days from the delivery to the Owner Trustee and the Trustee
of written notice of such resignation (or written confirmation of such notice)
in accordance with the terms of this Agreement and (y) the date upon which the
predecessor Servicer shall become unable to act as Servicer, as specified in
the notice of resignation and accompanying Opinion of Counsel. In the event of
the Servicer's termination hereunder, the Trustee shall, provided it is not
unwilling or unable to act, assume the obligations of Servicer hereunder, and
shall accept its appointment by a written assumption in form acceptable to the
Security Insurer. Notwithstanding the above, the Trustee, with the prior
written consent of the Security Insurer, or the Security Insurer shall, if the
Trustee shall be unwilling or legally unable so to act, appoint, or petition a
court of competent jurisdiction to appoint, any established institution having
a net worth of not less than $50,000,000 and whose regular business shall
include the servicing of automotive receivables as the successor to the
Servicer under the Agreement.

                  (b) Upon appointment,  the successor Servicer  (including the
Trustee acting as successor Servicer) shall be the successor in all respects to
the  predecessor  Servicer  and shall be subject  to all the  responsibilities,
duties  and  liabilities  arising  thereafter  relating  thereto  placed on the
predecessor  Servicer,  subject to the  exceptions  set forth in Section 8.2(a)
hereof,  and shall be entitled to the Servicing Fee and all the rights  granted
to the predecessor Servicer by the terms and provisions of this Agreement.

          SECTION 8.3. [RESERVED]

          SECTION 8.4. Notification to Noteholders and Certificateholders. Upon
any termination of, or appointment of a successor to, the Servicer pursuant to
this Article VIII, the Owner Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof
to Certificateholders and the Trustee shall give prompt written notice thereof
to Noteholders and to the Rating Agencies.

          SECTION 8.5. Waiver of Past Defaults. So long as no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing, the Security Insurer (or, if an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Holders of Notes evidencing
not less than a majority of the outstanding principal amount of the Notes, or
the Holders (as defined in the Trust Agreement) of Certificates evidencing not
less than a majority of the outstanding Certificate Balance, as applicable, in
the case of any default which does not adversely affect the Trustee or the
Noteholders) may, on behalf of all Noteholders and Certificateholders, waive
any default by the Servicer in the performance of its obligations hereunder and
its consequences, except a default in making any required deposits to or
payments from any of the Trust Accounts in accordance with this Agreement. Upon
any such waiver of a past default, such default shall cease to exist, and any
Servicer Default arising therefrom shall be deemed to have been remedied for
every purpose of this Agreement. No such waiver shall extend to any subsequent
or other default or impair any right consequent thereto.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                                  Termination

     SECTION 9.1. Optional Purchase of All Receivables. (a) On the last day of
any Monthly Period as of which the Pool Balance shall be less than or equal to
10% of the Original Pool Balance, the Servicer shall have the option to purchase
the Owner Trust Estate, other than the Trust Accounts and the Certificate
Distribution Account (with the consent of the Security Insurer if such purchase
would result in a claim on either Policy or would result in any amount owing to
the Security Insurer under the Insurance Agreement remaining unpaid); provided,
however, that the amount to be paid for such purchase (as set forth in the
following sentence) shall be sufficient to pay the full amount of principal,
premium, if any, and interest then due and payable on the Notes and the
Certificates. To exercise such option, the Servicer shall deposit pursuant to
Section 5.5 in the Collection Account an amount equal to the aggregate Purchase
Amount for the Receivables (including Defaulted Receivables), plus the appraised
value of any other property held by the Trust, such value to be determined by an
appraiser mutually agreed upon by the Servicer, the Security Insurer, the Owner
Trustee and the Trustee, and shall succeed to all interests in and to the Trust.

                  (b) Upon any sale of the  assets  of the  Trust  pursuant  to
Section 9.2 of the Trust Agreement,  the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to
deposit the proceeds  from such sale after all payments and reserves  therefrom
(including  the  expenses  of  such  sale)  have  been  made  (the  "Insolvency
Proceeds") in the Collection  Account.  On the  Distribution  Date on which the
Insolvency  Proceeds  are  deposited  in the  Collection  Account  (or, if such
proceeds are not so deposited on a Distribution  Date, on the Distribution Date
immediately following such deposit), the Servicer shall instruct the Trustee to
make, and the Trustee shall make, the following deposits and distributions from
the Insolvency Proceeds and the Distribution Amount for such Distribution Date:

                  (i) from the Distribution  Amount, to each of the Trustee and
         the Owner Trustee,  their respective accrued and unpaid trustees' fees
         and  expenses  and any  accrued  and unpaid  fees and  expenses of the
         Indenture Collateral Agent (in each case, to the extent such fees have
         not been previously paid by the Servicer or the Representative);

                  (ii) from the Distribution Amount, to the Servicer,  the Base
         Servicing  Fee  for  the  related  Monthly  Period,  any  Supplemental
         Servicing  Fees  for the  related  Monthly  Period,  and  any  amounts
         specified  in  Section  5.2(b),  to the extent  the  Servicer  has not
         reimbursed  itself in respect of such amounts  pursuant to Section 5.9
         and to the extent not retained by the Servicer;

                  (iii) to the Note  Distribution  Account,  any portion of the
         Noteholders'  Interest  Distributable  Amount not otherwise  deposited
         into the Note Distribution Account on such
         Distribution Date;

                  (iv)  to  the  Note  Distribution  Account,  the  outstanding
         principal amount of the Notes (after giving effect to the reduction in
         the  outstanding  principal  amount of the  Notes to  result  from the
         deposits made in the Note  Distribution  Account on such  Distribution
         Date);

                  (v) to the  Owner  Trustee  for  deposit  in the  Certificate
         Distribution Account, any portion of the Certificateholders'  Interest
         Distributable  Amount not  otherwise  deposited  into the  Certificate
         Distribution Account on such Distribution Date; and

                  (vi) to the Owner  Trustee  for  deposit  in the  Certificate
         Distribution    Account,    the    Certificate    Balance    and   any
         Certificateholders' Principal Carryover Shortfall Amount (after giving
         effect to the reduction in the Certificate  Balance to result from the
         deposits made in the Certificate Distribution
         Account on such Distribution Date).

Any Insolvency  Proceeds  remaining after the deposits described above shall be
paid first to the  Security  Insurer to the extent of any amounts  owing to the
Security Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and not paid, and second, to the
extent of any remaining funds, to the General Partner.

                  (c) Notice of any  termination of the Trust shall be given by
the Servicer to the Owner Trustee,  the Trustee,  the Security  Insurer and the
Rating  Agencies as soon as practicable  after the Servicer has received notice
thereof.

                  (d) Following the satisfaction and discharge of the Indenture
and the payment in full of the  principal  of and  interest  on the Notes,  the
Certificateholders  will succeed to the rights of the Noteholders hereunder and
the Owner Trustee will succeed to the rights of, and assume the obligations of,
the Trustee pursuant to this Agreement.


                                   ARTICLE X

                     Administrative Duties of the Servicer

          SECTION 10.1. Administrative Duties. (a) Duties with Respect to the
Indenture and Depository Agreements. The Servicer shall perform all its duties
and the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture and the Depository Agreements.
In addition, the Servicer shall consult with the Owner Trustee as the Servicer
deems appropriate regarding the duties of the Issuer under the Indenture and
the Depository Agreements. The Servicer shall monitor the performance of the
Issuer and shall advise the Owner Trustee when action is necessary to comply
with the Issuer's duties under the Indenture and the Depository Agreements. The
Servicer shall prepare for execution by the Issuer or shall cause the
preparation by other appropriate Persons of all such documents, reports,
filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the
Issuer to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Indenture and the Depository
Agreements. In furtherance of the foregoing, the Servicer shall take all
necessary action that is the duty of the Issuer to take pursuant to the
Indenture and the Depository Agreements, including, without limitation,
pursuant to Sections 2.7, 3.5, 3.6, 3.7, 3.9, 7.2, 7.3, 11.1 and 11.15 of the
Indenture.

                  (b)  Duties with Respect to the Issuer.

                  (i) In  addition to the duties of the  Servicer  set forth in
         this  Agreement  or any of the Basic  Documents,  the  Servicer  shall
         perform  such  calculations  and shall  prepare for  execution  by the
         Issuer or the Owner Trustee or shall cause the preparation by
         other  appropriate  Persons of all such documents,  reports,  filings,
         instruments,  certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty of the
         Issuer or the Owner  Trustee to prepare,  file or deliver  pursuant to
         this  Agreement or any of the Basic  Documents,  and at the request of
         the Owner  Trustee  shall take all  appropriate  action that it is the
         duty of the Issuer to take  pursuant to this  Agreement  or any of the
         Basic Documents,  including, without limitation,  pursuant to Sections
         2.6 and 2.11 of the Trust Agreement. In accordance with the directions
         of the Issuer or the Owner  Trustee,  the Servicer  shall  administer,
         perform or  supervise  the  performance  of such other  activities  in
         connection with the Collateral  (including the Basic Documents) as are
         not covered by any of the  foregoing  provisions  and as are expressly
         requested by the Issuer or the Owner Trustee and are reasonably within
         the capability of the Servicer.

                  (ii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or any of the
         Basic Documents to the contrary, the Servicer shall be responsible for
         promptly notifying the Owner Trustee in the event that any withholding
         tax is imposed on the Issuer's  payments (or allocations of income) to
         an Owner  (as  defined  in the Trust  Agreement)  as  contemplated  in
         Section  5.2(f) of the Trust  Agreement.  Any such notice  shall be in
         writing and specify the amount of any  withholding  tax required to be
         withheld by the Owner Trustee pursuant to such provision.

                  (iii) Notwithstanding anything in this Agreement or the Basic
         Documents to the  contrary,  the  Servicer  shall be  responsible  for
         performance  of the duties of the Issuer or the Owner  Trustee and the
         General Partner set forth in Section  5.6(a),  (b), (c) and (d) of the
         Trust  Agreement  with respect to, among other things,  accounting and
         reports  to Owners  (as  defined  in the Trust  Agreement);  provided,
         however,  that once  prepared by the Servicer the Owner  Trustee shall
         retain  responsibility  for  the  distribution  of the  Schedule  K-1s
         necessary to enable each  Certificateholder to prepare its federal and
         state income tax returns.

                  (iv) The  Servicer  shall  perform the duties of the Servicer
         specified  in  Section  10.2 of the  Trust  Agreement  required  to be
         performed in connection  with the  resignation or removal of the Owner
         Trustee,  and any other duties  expressly  required to be performed by
         the Servicer under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

                  (v) In carrying out the foregoing  duties or any of its other
         obligations  under  this  Agreement,   the  Servicer  may  enter  into
         transactions  with  or  otherwise  deal  with  any of its  Affiliates;
         provided, however, that the terms of any such transactions or dealings
         shall be in accordance  with any  directions  received from the Issuer
         and shall be, in the  Servicer's  opinion,  no less  favorable  to the
         Issuer in any material respect.

                  (c)      Tax Matters.  The Servicer shall prepare and file, on
behalf of the General Partner, all tax returns, tax elections,
financial  statements  and such  annual or other  reports  of the Issuer as are
necessary for  preparation of tax reports as provided in Article V of the Trust
Agreement,  including  without  limitation forms 1099 and 1066. All tax returns
will be signed by the General Partner.

                  (d) Non-Ministerial  Matters. With respect to matters that in
the reasonable judgment of the Servicer are non-ministerial, the Servicer shall
not take any action  pursuant to this Article X unless within a reasonable time
before the taking of such action,  the Servicer  shall have  notified the Owner
Trustee and the Trustee of the proposed  action and the Owner Trustee and, with
respect  to items  (A),  (B),  (C) and (D) below,  the  Trustee  shall not have
withheld consent or provided an alternative  direction.  For the purpose of the
preceding sentence, "non-ministerial matters" shall include:

                              (A) the amendment of or any supplement to the
                    Indenture;

                              (B) the initiation of any claim or lawsuit by the
                    Issuer and the compromise of any action, claim or lawsuit
                    brought by or against the Issuer (other than in connection
                    with the collection of the Receivables);

                              (C) the amendment, change or modification of this
                    Agreement or any of the Basic Documents;

                              (D) the appointment of successor Note Registrars,
                    successor Paying Agents and successor Trustees pursuant to
                    the Indenture or the appointment of Successor Servicers or
                    the consent to the assignment by the Note Registrar, Paying
                    Agent or Trustee of its obligations under the Indenture;
                    and

                              (E) the removal of the Trustee.

                  (e) Exceptions.  Notwithstanding  anything to the contrary in
this  Agreement,  except as  expressly  provided  herein or in the other  Basic
Documents, the Servicer, in its capacity hereunder,  shall not be obligated to,
and shall not, (1) make any payments to the  Noteholders or  Certificateholders
under the Basic  Documents,  (2) sell the  Indenture  Trust Estate  pursuant to
Section 5.5 of the Indenture, (3) take any other action that the Issuer directs
the  Servicer  not to take on its behalf or (4) in  connection  with its duties
hereunder assume any indemnification obligation of any other Person.

          SECTION 10.2. Records. The Servicer shall maintain appropriate books
of account and records relating to services performed under this Agreement,
which books of account and records shall be accessible for inspection by the
Issuer at any time during normal business hours.

          SECTION 10.3. Additional Information to be Furnished to the Issuer.
The Servicer shall furnish to the Issuer from time to time such additional
information regarding the Collateral as the Issuer shall reasonably request.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                            Miscellaneous Provisions

          SECTION 11.1. Amendment. (a) This Agreement may be amended from time
to time by the Representative, the Seller, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee,
with the consent of the Trustee (which consent may not be unreasonably
withheld), with the prior written consent of the Security Insurer (so long as
no Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing) but without the consent of
any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, to cure any ambiguity, to
correct or supplement any provisions in this Agreement, to comply with any
changes in the Code, or to make any other provisions with respect to matters or
questions arising under this Agreement which shall not be inconsistent with the
provisions of this Agreement or the Insurance Agreement; provided, however,
that such action shall not, as evidenced by an Opinion of Counsel delivered to
Owner Trustee and the Trustee, adversely affect in any material respect the
interests of any Noteholder or Certificateholder; provided further that if an
Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing, such action shall not
materially adversely affect the interests of the Insurer in the Trust.

          This Agreement may also be amended from time to time by the
Representative, the Seller, the Servicer and the Owner Trustee, with the
consent of the Security Insurer, the consent of the Trustee, the consent of the
Holders of Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and the consent of the Holders (as defined in the
Trust Agreement) of Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
Certificate Balance for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in
any manner or eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of
modifying in any manner the rights of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders; provided, however, that no such amendment shall (a)
increase or reduce in any manner the amount of, or accelerate or delay the
timing of, collections of payments on Receivables or distributions that shall
be required to be made for the benefit of the Noteholders or the
Certificateholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid percentage of the outstanding
principal amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance, the Holders of which
are required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the
Holders of all the outstanding Notes and the Holders (as defined in the Trust
Agreement) of all the outstanding Certificates, of each class affected thereby;
provided further, that if an Insurer Default has not occurred and is
continuing, such action shall not materially adversely affect the interest of
the Security Insurer.

          Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the
Owner Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such
amendment or consent to each Certificateholder and the Rating Agencies.

          It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders or
Noteholders pursuant to this Section to approve the particular form of any
proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such consent shall
approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such consents (and any
other consents of Noteholders or Certificateholders provided for in this
Agreement) and of evidencing the authorization of any action by Noteholders or
Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable requirements as the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee, as applicable, may prescribe.

          Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement, the Owner
Trustee and the Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely upon an Opinion
of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is authorized or
permitted by this Agreement and the Opinion of Counsel referred to in Section
11.2(i)(1) has been delivered. The Owner Trustee and the Trustee may, but shall
not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which affects the Issuer's,
the Owner Trustee's or the Trustee's, as applicable, own rights, duties or
immunities under this Agreement or otherwise.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in subsection
11.1(a) above, the provisions of the Agreement relating to (i) the Spread
Account Agreement, the Spread Account, the Specified Spread Account
Requirement, a Trigger Event or any component definition of a Trigger Event and
(ii) any additional sources of funds which may be added to the Spread Account
or uses of funds on deposit in the Spread Account may be amended in any respect
by the Seller, the Servicer, the Security Insurer and the Collateral Agent (the
consent of which shall not be withheld or delayed with respect to any amendment
that does not adversely affect the Collateral Agent) without the consent of, or
notice to, the Noteholders or the Certificateholders.

          SECTION 11.2. Protection of Title to Trust. (a) The Seller shall
execute and file such financing statements and cause to be executed and filed
such continuation statements, all in such manner and in such places as may be
required by law fully to preserve, maintain and protect the interest of the
Issuer and the interests of the Indenture Collateral Agent in the Receivables
and in the proceeds thereof. The Seller shall deliver (or cause to be
delivered) to the Security Insurer, the Owner Trustee and the Indenture
Collateral Agent file-stamped copies of, or filing receipts for, any document
filed as provided above, as soon as available following such filing.

          (b) Neither the Seller nor the Servicer shall change its name,
identity or corporate structure in any manner that would, could or might make
any financing statement or continuation statement filed in accordance with
paragraph (a) above seriously misleading within the meaning of ss. 9-402(7) of
the UCC, unless it shall have given the Security Insurer, the Owner Trustee and
the Trustee at least five days' prior written notice thereof and shall have
promptly filed appropriate amendments to all previously filed financing
statements or continuation statements. Promptly upon such filing, the Seller or
the Servicer, as the case may be, shall deliver an Opinion of Counsel in form
and substance reasonably satisfactory to the Security Insurer, stating either
(A) all financing statements and continuation statements have been executed and
filed that are necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the
Trust and the Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such
filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such details are
given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such
interest.

          (c) Each of the Seller and the Servicer shall have an obligation to
give the Security Insurer, the Owner Trustee and the Trustee at least 60 days'
prior written notice of any relocation of its principal executive office if, as
a result of such relocation, the applicable provisions of the UCC would require
the filing of any amendment of any previously filed financing or continuation
statement or of any new financing statement and shall promptly file any such
amendment. The Servicer shall at all times maintain each office from which it
shall service Receivables, and its principal executive office, within the
United States of America.

          (d) The Servicer shall maintain accounts and records as to each
Receivable accurately and in sufficient detail to permit (i) the reader thereof
to know at any time the status of such Receivable, including payments and
recoveries made and payments owing (and the nature of each) and (ii)
reconciliation between payments or recoveries on (or with respect to) each
Receivable and the amounts from time to time deposited in the Collection
Account and Payahead Account in respect of such Receivable.

          (e) The Servicer shall maintain its computer systems so that, from
and after the time of sale under this Agreement of the Receivables to the
Issuer, the Servicer's master computer records (including any backup archives)
that refer to a Receivable shall indicate clearly the interest of the Issuer
and the Trustee in such Receivable and that such Receivable is owned by the
Issuer and has been pledged to the Trustee. Indication of the Issuer's and the
Trustee's interest in a Receivable shall be deleted from or modified on the
Servicer's computer systems when, and only when, the related Receivable shall
have been paid in full or repurchased.

          (f) If at any time the Seller or the Servicer shall propose to sell,
grant a security interest in or otherwise transfer any interest in automotive
receivables to any prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee, the
Servicer shall give to such prospective purchaser, lender or other transferee
computer tapes, records or printouts (including any restored from backup
archives) that, if they shall refer in any manner whatsoever to any Receivable,
shall indicate clearly that such Receivable has been sold and is owned by the
Issuer and has been pledged to the Trustee.

          (g) The Servicer shall permit the Trustee and the Security Insurer
and their respective agents at any time during normal business hours to
inspect, audit and make copies of and abstracts from the Servicer's records
regarding any Receivable or any other portion of the Trust Property. The
preceding sentence shall not create any duty or obligation on the part of the
Trustee to perform any such acts.

          (h) Upon request, the Servicer shall furnish to the Security Insurer,
the Owner Trustee or to the Trustee, within five Business Days, a list of all
Receivables (by contract number and name of Obligor) then held as part of the
Trust, together with a reconciliation of such list to the Schedule of
Receivables and to each of the Servicer's Certificates furnished before such
request indicating removal of Receivables from the Trust.

          (i) The Servicer shall deliver to the Security Insurer, the Owner
Trustee and the Trustee:

                    (1) promptly after the execution and delivery of the
          Agreement and, if required pursuant to Section 11.1, of each
          amendment, an Opinion of Counsel stating that, in the opinion of such
          Counsel, in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to the
          Security Insurer, either (A) all financing statements and
          continuation statements have been executed and filed that are
          necessary fully to preserve and protect the interest of the Trust and
          the Trustee in the Receivables, and reciting the details of such
          filings or referring to prior Opinions of Counsel in which such
          details are given, or (B) no such action shall be necessary to
          preserve and protect such interest; and

                  (2) within 90 days after the  beginning of each calendar year
         beginning  with the first  calendar  year  beginning  more than  three
         months  after the Cutoff  Date,  an Opinion of Counsel,  dated as of a
         date during such 90-day  period,  stating that, in the opinion of such
         counsel,   either  (A)  all  financing   statements  and  continuation
         statements  have been executed and filed that are  necessary  fully to
         preserve  and protect the interest of the Trust and the Trustee in the
         Receivables,  and reciting the details of such filings or referring to
         prior  Opinions of Counsel in which such details are given,  or (B) no
         such action shall be necessary to preserve and protect such interest.

          Each Opinion of Counsel referred to in clause (l) or (2) above shall
specify any action necessary (as of the date of such opinion) to be taken in
the following year to preserve and protect such interest.

          (j) The Seller shall, to the extent required by applicable law, cause
the Certificates and the Notes to be registered with the Commission pursuant to
Section 12(b) or Section 12(g) of the Exchange Act within the time periods
specified in such sections.

          SECTION 11.3. Notices. All demands, notices and communications upon
or to the Seller, the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee or the Rating
Agencies under this Agreement shall be in writing, personally delivered, or
mailed by certified mail, return receipt requested, and shall be deemed to have
been duly given upon receipt (a) in the case of the Seller to TMS Auto
Holdings, Inc., 1625 West North Market Blvd., Suite 210, Sacramento, California
95834, Attention: Executive Vice President with a copy to: The Money Store
Inc., 2840 Morris Ave., Union, New Jersey, 07083, Attention: Executive Vice
President (b) in the case of the Servicer to The Money Store Auto Finance Inc.,
1625 West North Market Blvd., Suite 210, Sacramento, California 95834,
Attention: President, with a copy to: The Money Store Inc., 2840 Morris Ave.,
Union, New Jersey, 07083, Attention: Executive Vice President (c) in the case
of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee, at the Corporate Trust Office of the Owner
Trustee, with a copy to Bankers Trust Company, 4 Albany Street, New York, New
York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust Agency, Structured Finance, 10th floor,
(d) in the case of the Trustee the Indenture Collateral Agent or the Collateral
Agent, at the Corporate Trust Office, (e) in the case of the Security Insurer,
to Financial Security Assurance Inc., 350 Park Avenue, New York, New York
10022; Attention: Senior Vice President, Surveillance (in each case in which
notice or other communication to the Security Insurer refers to a Servicer
Default, a claim on the Certificate Policy, a Deficiency Notice pursuant to
Section 5.4 of this Agreement or with respect to which failure on the part of
the Security Insurer to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other communication should also be
sent to the attention of each of the General Counsel and the Head -- Financial
Guaranty Group and shall be marked to indicate "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED"); (f)
in the case of Moody's, to Moody's Investors Service, Inc., ABS Monitoring
Department, 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10007; and (g) in the case of
Standard & Poor's, to Standard & Poor's Ratings Group, 25 Broadway - 15th
Floor, New York, New York 10004, Attention: Asset Backed Surveillance
Department. Any notice required or permitted to be mailed to a Noteholder or
Certificateholder shall be given by first class mail, postage prepaid, at the
address of such Holder as shown in the Certificate Register or Note Register,
as applicable. Any notice so mailed within the time prescribed in the Agreement
shall be conclusively presumed to have been duly given, whether or not the
Certificateholder or Noteholder shall receive such notice.

          SECTION 11.4. Assignment. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary
contained herein, except as provided in Sections 6.4 and 7.3 and as provided in
the provisions of this Agreement concerning the resignation of the Servicer,
this Agreement may not be assigned by the Seller or the Servicer without the
prior written consent of the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Security
Insurer (or if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing the
Holders of Notes evidencing not less than 66% of the principal amount of the
outstanding Notes and the Holders of Certificates evidencing not less than 66%
of the Certificate Balance).

          SECTION 11.5. Limitations on Rights of Others. The provisions of this
Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Seller, the Servicer, the Issuer,
the Owner Trustee and for the benefit of the Certificateholders (including the
General Partner), the Trustee and the Noteholders, as third-party
beneficiaries. The Security Insurer and its successors and assigns shall be a
third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this Agreement, and shall be
entitled to rely upon and directly enforce such provisions of this Agreement so
long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing. Except as
expressly stated otherwise herein, any right of the Security Insurer to direct,
appoint, consent to, approve of, or take any action under this Agreement, shall
be a right exercised by the Security Insurer in its sole and absolute
discretion. The Security Insurer may disclaim any of its rights and powers
under this Agreement (but not its duties and obligations under the Note Policy
or the Certificate Policy) upon delivery of a written notice to the Owner
Trustee. Nothing in this Agreement, whether express or implied, shall be
construed to give to any other Person any legal or equitable right, remedy or
claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or in respect of this Agreement or any
covenants, conditions or provisions contained herein.

          SECTION 11.6. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

          SECTION 11.7. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed
by the parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed
and delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

          SECTION 11.8. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and
Sections herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or
limit any of the terms or provisions hereof.

          SECTION 11.9. Governing Law. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

          SECTION 11.10. Assignment to Trustee. The Seller hereby acknowledges
and consents to any mortgage, pledge, assignment and grant of a security
interest by the Issuer to the Trustee pursuant to the Indenture for the benefit
of the Noteholders of all right, title and interest of the Issuer in, to and
under the Receivables and/or the assignment of any or all of the Issuer's
rights and obligations hereunder to the Trustee.

          SECTION 11.11. Nonpetition Covenants. (a) Notwithstanding any prior
termination of this Agreement, the Servicer and the Seller shall not, prior to
the date which is one year and one day after the termination of this Agreement
with respect to the Issuer, acquiesce, petition or otherwise invoke or cause
the Issuer to invoke the process of any court or government authority for the
purpose of commencing or sustaining a case against the Issuer under any federal
or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law or appointing a receiver,
liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian, sequestrator or other similar
official of the Issuer or any substantial part of its property, or ordering the
winding up or liquidation of the affairs of the Issuer.

          (b) Notwithstanding any prior termination of this Agreement, the
Servicer shall not, prior to the date that is one year and one day after the
termination of this Agreement with respect to the Seller, acquiesce to,
petition or otherwise invoke or cause the Seller to invoke the process of any
court or government authority for the purpose of commencing or sustaining a
case against the Seller under any federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or
similar law, appointing a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, custodian,
sequestrator, or other similar official of the Seller or any substantial part
of its property, or ordering the winding up or liquidation of the affairs of
the Seller.

          SECTION 11.12. Limitation of Liability of Owner Trustee and Trustee.
(a) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this Agreement
has been countersigned by Bankers Trust (Delaware) not in its individual
capacity but solely in its capacity as Owner Trustee of the Issuer and in no
event shall Bankers Trust (Delaware) in its individual capacity or, except as
expressly provided in the Trust Agreement, as Owner Trustee have any liability
for the representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations
of the Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements
delivered pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to
the assets of the Issuer. For all purposes of this Agreement, in the
performance of its duties or obligations hereunder or in the performance of any
duties or obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be
subject to, and entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of
Articles VI, VII and VIII of the Trust Agreement.

          (b) Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, this
Agreement has been accepted by Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association,
not in its individual capacity but solely as Trustee and in no event shall
Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, have any liability for the
representations, warranties, covenants, agreements or other obligations of the
Issuer hereunder or in any of the certificates, notices or agreements delivered
pursuant hereto, as to all of which recourse shall be had solely to the assets
of the Issuer.

          SECTION 11.13. Independence of the Servicer. For all purposes of this
Agreement, the Servicer shall be an independent contractor and shall not be
subject to the supervision of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee with respect to
the manner in which it accomplishes the performance of its obligations
hereunder. Unless expressly authorized by the Issuer, the Servicer shall have
no authority to act for or represent the Issuer or the Owner Trustee in any way
and shall not otherwise be deemed an agent of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee.

          SECTION 11.14. No Joint Venture. Nothing contained in this Agreement
(i) shall constitute the Servicer and either of the Issuer or the Owner Trustee
as members of any partnership, joint venture, association, syndicate,
unincorporated business or other separate entity, (ii) shall be construed to
impose any liability as such on any of them or (iii) shall be deemed to confer
on any of them any express, implied or apparent authority to incur any
obligation or liability on behalf of the others.

          SECTION 11.15. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure
to the benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. The Security Insurer and its successors and
assigns shall be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of this Agreement,
and shall be entitled to rely upon and directly to enforce such provisions of
this Agreement so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing. Nothing in this Agreement, express or implied, shall give to any
Person, other than express third-party beneficiaries, the parties hereto and
their successors hereunder, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy
or claim under this Agreement. Except as expressly stated otherwise herein or
in the Related Documents, any right of the Security Insurer to direct, appoint,
consent to, approve of, or take any action under this Agreement, shall be a
right exercised by the Security Insurer in its sole and absolute discretion.

          SECTION 11.16. Disclaimer by Security Insurer. The Security Insurer
may disclaim any of its rights and powers under this Agreement (but not its
duties and obligations under the Policies) upon delivery of a written notice to
the Owner Trustee and the Indenture Trustee.

          IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have caused this Agreement to
be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly authorized officers as
of the day and year first above written.

                                            THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1

                                            By BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE),
                                            not in its individual capacity but
                                            but solely as Owner Trustee on 
                                            behalf of the Trust,

                                            By /s/M. Lisa Wilkins
                                            Name: M. Lisa Wilkins
                                            Title:Assistant Secretary 

                                            TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.,
                                            Seller,

                                            By /s/ Morton Dear
                                              Name:Morton Dear
                                              Title:Executive Vice President

                                            THE MONEY STORE AUTO FINANCE INC.,
                                            Servicer,

                                            By /s/ Morton Dear
                                              Name:Morton Dear
                                              Title:Executive Vice President

                                            THE MONEY STORE INC.,
                                            Representative,

                                            By /s/ Morton Dear
                                              Name: Morton Dear
                                              Title:Executive Vice President 

Acknowledged and Accepted:

NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, not
in its individual capacity
but solely as Trustee, Collateral Agent and
Indenture Collateral Agent


By /s/ Michael G. Luger
  Name: Michael G. Luger
  Title: Corporate Trust Officer

<PAGE>
                                                    SCHEDULE A

                            Schedule of Receivables

<PAGE>
                                                           EXHIBIT A


                         SUBSEQUENT TRANSFER AGREEMENT


          TRANSFER No.    OF SUBSEQUENT RECEIVABLES dated as of , 1996, among
THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), TMS
AUTO HOLDINGS, INC., a Delaware corporation (the "Seller"), THE MONEY STORE
AUTO FINANCE INC. a Delaware corporation (the "Servicer"), and THE MONEY STORE
INC., a New Jersey corporation (the "Representative") pursuant to the Sale and
Servicing Agreement referred to below.


                               W I T N E S E T H:

          WHEREAS the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer and the Representative
are parties to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996 (as
amended or supplemented, the "Sale and Servicing Agreement");

          WHEREAS pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Seller
wishes to convey the Subsequent Receivables to the Issuer; and

          WHEREAS, the Issuer is willing to accept such conveyance subject to
the terms and conditions hereof.

          NOW, THEREFORE, the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer hereby agree
as follows:

          l. Defined Terms. Capitalized terms used herein shall have the
meanings ascribed to them in the Sale and Servicing Agreement unless otherwise
defined herein.

          "Subsequent Cutoff Date" shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent
Receivables conveyed hereby, ____________, 1996.

          "Subsequent Transfer Date" shall mean, with respect to the Subsequent
Receivables conveyed hereby, , 1996.

          2. Schedule of Receivables. Annexed hereto is a supplement to
Schedule A to the Sale and Servicing Agreement listing the Receivables that
constitute the Subsequent Receivables to be conveyed pursuant to this Agreement
on the Subsequent Transfer Date.

          3. Conveyance of Subsequent Receivables. In consideration of the
Issuer's delivery to or upon the order of the Seller of $ , the Seller does
hereby sell, transfer, assign, set over and otherwise convey to the Issuer,
without recourse (except as expressly provided in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement), all right, title and interest of the Seller in and to:

          (a) the Subsequent Receivables, and all moneys due thereon, on or
after the related Subsequent Cutoff Date, in the case of Precomputed
Receivables, and all moneys received thereon, on and after the related
Subsequent Cutoff Date, in the case of Simple Interest Receivables;

          (b) the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by
Obligors pursuant to the Subsequent Receivables and any other interest of the
Seller in such Financed Vehicles;

          (c) any proceeds with respect to the Subsequent Receivables from
claims on any physical damage, credit life or disability insurance policies
covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors;

          (d) any proceeds with respect to the Subsequent Receivables from
recourse to Dealers in respect to which the Servicer has determined in
accordance with its customary servicing procedures that eventual payment in
full is unlikely;

          (e) the related Receivables Files;

          (f) its rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens,
under the Subsequent Transfer Agreement, including the delivery requirements,
representations and warranties and the cure and repurchase obligations of TMS
Auto Finance under the Subsequent Purchase Agreement, on or after the
Subsequent Cutoff Date; and

          (g) the proceeds of any and all of the foregoing.

          4. Representations and Warranties of the Seller. The Seller hereby
represents and warrants to the Issuer as of the date of this Agreement and as
of the Subsequent Transfer Date that:

                    (a) Legal, Valid and Binding Obligation. This Agreement
          constitutes a legal, valid and binding obligation of the Seller,
          enforceable against the Seller in accordance with its terms, except
          as such enforceability may be limited by applicable bankruptcy,
          insolvency, reorganization, moratorium or other similar laws now or
          hereafter in effect affecting the enforcement of creditors' rights in
          general and except as such enforceability may be limited by general
          principles of equity (whether considered in a suit at law or equity).

                    (b) Organization and Good Standing. The Seller is duly
          organized and validly existing as a corporation in good standing
          under the laws of the State of Delaware, with the power and authority
          to own its properties and to conduct its business as such properties
          are currently owned and such business is presently conducted, and had
          at all relevant times, and has, the power, authority and legal right
          to acquire and own the Receivables.

                    (c) Due Qualification. The Seller is duly qualified to do
          business as a foreign corporation in good standing, and has obtained
          all necessary licenses and approvals in all jurisdictions in which
          the ownership or lease of property or the conduct of its business
          shall require such qualifications.

                    (d) Power and Authority. The Seller has the power and
          authority to execute and deliver this Agreement and to carry out its
          terms; the Seller has full power and authority to sell and assign the
          property to be sold and assigned to and deposited with the Issuer and
          the Seller and shall have duly authorized such sale and assignment to
          the Issuer by all necessary corporate action; and the execution,
          delivery and performance of this Agreement has been duly authorized
          by the Seller by all necessary corporate action.

                    (e) Binding Obligation. This Agreement constitutes a legal,
          valid and binding obligation of the Seller enforceable in accordance
          with its terms.

                    (f) No Violation. The consummation of the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement and the fulfillment of the terms
          hereof do not conflict with, result in any breach of any of the terms
          and provisions of, nor constitute (with or without notice or lapse of
          time) a default under, the articles of incorporation or by-laws of
          the Seller, or any indenture, agreement or other instrument to which
          the Seller is a party or by which it shall be bound; nor result in
          the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any of its properties
          pursuant to the terms of any such indenture, agreement or other
          instrument (other than pursuant to the Basic Documents); nor violate
          any law or, to the best of the Seller's knowledge, any order, rule or
          regulation applicable to the Seller of any court or of any federal or
          state regulatory body, administrative agency or other governmental
          instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or its
          properties.

                    (g) No Proceedings. To the Seller's best knowledge, there
          are no proceedings or investigations pending, or threatened, before
          any court, regulatory body, administrative agency or other
          governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over the Seller or
          its properties: (i) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement, the
          Indenture or any of the other Basic Documents, the Notes or the
          Certificates, (ii) seeking to prevent the issuance of the Notes or
          the Certificates or the consummation of any of the transactions
          contemplated by this Agreement, the Indenture or any of the other
          Basic Documents, (iii) seeking any determination or ruling that might
          materially and adversely affect the performance by the Seller of its
          obligations under, or the validity or enforceability of, this
          Agreement, the Indenture, any of the other Basic Documents, the Notes
          or the Certificates or (iv) which might adversely affect the Federal
          or state income tax attributes of the Notes or the Certificates.

                    (h) Principal Balance. The aggregate Principal Balance of
          the Receivables listed on the supplement to Schedule A annexed hereto
          and conveyed to the Issuer pursuant to this Agreement as of the
          Subsequent Cutoff Date is $ .

          5. Conditions Precedent. The obligation of the Issuer to acquire the
Receivables hereunder is subject to the satisfaction, on or prior to the
Subsequent Transfer Date, of the following conditions precedent:

                  (a)   Representations    and   Warranties.    Each   of   the
         representations and warranties made by the Seller in Section 4 of this
         Agreement and in Section 3.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement shall
         be true and  correct  as of the date of this  Agreement  and as of the
         Subsequent Transfer Date.

                  (b)  Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  Conditions.  Each of the
         conditions  set  forth in  Section  2.2(b)  to the Sale and  Servicing
         Agreement  shall  have  been  satisfied,   including  the  deposit  of
         $_________ in the Payahead Account,  representing the payahead amounts
         on those Subsequent Receivables which are Precomputed  Receivables for
         which certain amounts have been prepaid.

                  (c) Additional  Information.  The Seller shall have delivered
         to the Issuer such  information  as was  reasonably  requested  by the
         Issuer to satisfy itself as to (i) the accuracy of the representations
         and warranties set forth in Section 4 of this Agreement and in Section
         3.1 of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement and (ii) the  satisfaction of
         the conditions set forth in this Section 5.

          6. Ratification of Agreement. As supplemented by this Agreement, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement is in all respects ratified and confirmed and the
Sale and Servicing Agreement as so supplemented by this Agreement shall be
read, taken and construed as one and the same instrument.

          7. Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed in two or more
counterparts (and by different parties in separate counterparts), each of which
shall be an original but all of which together shall constitute one and the
same instrument.

          8. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE
WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF
LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES
HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.


        IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Issuer, the Seller and the Servicer have caused
this Agreement to be duly executed and delivered by their respective duly
authorized officers as of the day and the year first above written.


                                            THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1


                                                   by BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)
                                                   not in its individual
                                                   capacity but solely as Owner
                                                   Trustee on behalf of the
                                                   Trust,

                                                     By_______________________
                                                       Title:

                                                     TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                                      Seller,

                                                     By_______________________
                                                       Title:

                                                     THE MONEY STORE AUTO
                                                       FINANCE INC.
                                                     Servicer,

                                                     By_______________________
                                                       Title:

                                                     THE MONEY STORE INC.,
                                                              Representative


                                                     By_______________________
                                                       Title:

Acknowledged and Accepted:

         NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA,
           NATIONAL ASSOCIATION,
         not in its individual
         capacity but solely as
         Trustee, Collateral Agent
         and Indenture Collateral
         Agent


         by__________________________________
             Title:

                                                         Exhibit 4.2
                                                        EXECUTION COPY

                       THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1

               CLASS A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes
                   CLASS A-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes
                       CLASS A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes

                        --------------------------------

                                   INDENTURE

                            Dated as of May 31, 1996

                  NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION
                    Trustee, and Indenture Collateral Agent

<PAGE>

                             CROSS REFERENCE TABLE #1

  TIA                                                         Indenture
Section                                                         Section

310     (a)    (1)    .............................................6.11
        (a)    (2)    .............................................6.11
        (a)    (3)  ...............................................6.10; 6.11
        (a)    (4)    ............................................ N.A.#2
        (a)    (5)    ............................................ 6.11
        (b)           ............................................ 6.8; 6.11
        (c)           ............................................ N.A.
311     (a)           ............................................ 6.12
        (b)           ............................................ 6.12
        (c)           ............................................ N.A.
312     (a)           ............................................ 7.1
        (b)           ............................................ 7.2
        (c)           ............................................ 7.2
313     (a)           ............................................ 7.4
        (b)    (1)    ............................................ 7.4
        (b)    (2)    ............................................ 7.4
        (c)           ............................................ 11.5
        (d)           ............................................ 7.3
314     (a)           ............................................ 3.9; 7.3
        (b)           ............................................ 11.15
        (c)    (1)    ............................................ 11.1
        (c)    (2)    ............................................ 11.1
        (c)    (3)    ............................................ 11.1
        (d)           ............................................ 11.1
        (e)           ............................................ 1.1; 11.1
        (f)           ............................................ 11.1
315     (a)           ............................................ 6.1
        (b)           ............................................ 6.5; 11.5
        (c)           ............................................ 6.1
        (d)           ............................................ 6.1
        (e)           ............................................ 5.14
316     (a)    (last sentence).................................... 1.1
        (a)    (1) (A)............................................ 5.12
        (a)    (1) (B)............................................ 5.13
        (a)    (2)    ............................................ N.A.
        (b)           ............................................ 5.7; 5.8
        (c)           ............................................ N.A
317     (a)    (1)    ............................................ 5.3
        (a)    (2)    ............................................ 5.3
        (b)           ............................................ 3.3
318     (a)           ............................................ 11.7
        (b)           ............................................ N.A.
        (c)           ............................................ 11.7

- --------
1        Note:  This Cross Reference Table shall not, for any
         purpose, be deemed to be part of this Indenture.
2       N.A. means Not Applicable.
<PAGE>

                               TABLE OF CONTENTS

                                                                   Page

                                   ARTICLE I

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

SECTION 1.1        Definitions........................................ 3
SECTION 1.2        Incorporation by Reference of Trust
                             Indenture Act............................15
SECTION 1.3        Rules of Construction..............................15

                                   ARTICLE II

                                    The Notes

SECTION 2.1        Form............................................. 16
SECTION 2.2        Execution, Authentication and Delivery........... 16
SECTION 2.3        Temporary Notes.................................. 17
SECTION 2.4        Registration; Registration of Transfer
                    and Exchange.................................... 17
SECTION 2.5        Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen
                    Notes........................................... 19
SECTION 2.6        Persons Deemed Owner............................. 20
SECTION 2.7        Payment of Principal and Interest;
                   Defaulted Interest............................... 20
SECTION 2.8        Cancellation..................................... 21
SECTION 2.9        Release of Collateral............................ 22
SECTION 2.10       Book-Entry Notes................................. 22
SECTION 2.11       Notices to Clearing Agency....................... 23
SECTION 2.12       Definitive Notes................................. 23

                                  ARTICLE III

                                   Covenants

SECTION 3.1        Payment of Principal and Interest................ 24
SECTION 3.2        Maintenance of Office or Agency.................. 24
SECTION 3.3        Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust........... 24
SECTION 3.4        Existence........................................ 26
SECTION 3.5        Protection of Trust Estate....................... 27
SECTION 3.6        Opinions as to Trust Estate...................... 27
SECTION 3.7        Performance of Obligations; Servicing
                    of Receivables.......................... ....... 28
SECTION 3.8        Negative Covenants............................... 30
SECTION 3.9        Annual Statement as to Compliance................ 30
SECTION 3.10       Issuer May Consolidate, Etc. Only on
                    Certain Terms................................... 31
SECTION 3.11       Successor or Transferee.......................... 33
SECTION 3.12       No Other Business................................ 33
SECTION 3.13       No Borrowing..................................... 34
SECTION 3.14       Servicer's Obligations........................... 34
SECTION 3.15       Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other
                    Liabilities..................................... 34
SECTION 3.16       Capital Expenditures..............................34
SECTION 3.17       Compliance with Laws..............................34
SECTION 3.18       Restricted Payments...............................34
SECTION 3.19       Notice of Events of Default.......................35
SECTION 3.20       Further Instruments and Acts......................35
SECTION 3.21       Amendments of Sale and Servicing
                    Agreement and Trust Agreement....................35
SECTION 3.22       Income Tax Characterization.......................35

                                   ARTICLE IV

                           Satisfaction and Discharge

SECTION 4.1        Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture...........35
SECTION 4.2        Application of Trust Money........................37
SECTION 4.3        Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying
                    Agent............................................37

                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Remedies

SECTION 5.1        Events of Default.................................37
SECTION 5.2        Rights Upon Event of Default......................39
SECTION 5.3        Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for
                    Enforcement by Trustee...........................41
SECTION 5.4        Remedies..........................................44
SECTION 5.5        Optional Preservation of the
                     Receivables.....................................45
SECTION 5.6        Priorities........................................46
SECTION 5.7        Limitation of Suits...............................47
SECTION 5.8        Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To
                    Receive Principal and Interest...................48
SECTION 5.9        Restoration of Rights and Remedies................48
SECTION 5.10       Rights and Remedies Cumulative....................48
SECTION 5.11       Delay or Omission Not a Waiver....................48
SECTION 5.12       Control by Noteholders............................48
SECTION 5.14       Undertaking for Costs.............................50
SECTION 5.15       Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws..................50
SECTION 5.16       Action on Notes...................................50
SECTION 5.17       Performance and Enforcement of Certain
                    Obligations......................................50
SECTION 5.18       Claims Under Note Policy..........................51
SECTION 5.19       Preference Claims.................................53

                                   ARTICLE VI

                 The Trustee and the Indenture Collateral Agent

SECTION 6.1        Duties of Trustee.................................54
SECTION 6.2        Rights of Trustee.................................56
SECTION 6.3        Individual Rights of Trustee......................57
SECTION 6.4        Trustee's Disclaimer..............................57
SECTION 6.5        Notice of Defaults................................58
SECTION 6.6        Reports by Trustee to Holders.................... 58
SECTION 6.7        Compensation and Indemnity....................... 58
SECTION 6.8        Replacement of Trustee........................... 59
SECTION 6.9        Successor Trustee by Merger...................... 61
SECTION 6.10       Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate
                    Trustee......................................... 61
SECTION 6.11       Eligibility; Disqualification.................... 62
SECTION 6.12       Preferential Collection of Claims
                    Against Issuer.................................. 63
SECTION 6.13       Appointment and Powers........................... 63
SECTION 6.14       Performance of Duties............................ 63
SECTION 6.15       Limitation on Liability.......................... 64
SECTION 6.16       Reliance Upon Documents.......................... 65
SECTION 6.17       Successor Indenture Collateral Agent. ........... 65
SECTION 6.18       Compensation..................................... 66
SECTION 6.19       Representations and Warranties of the
                    Indenture Collateral Agent...................... 66
SECTION 6.20       Waiver of Setoffs................................ 67
SECTION 6.21       Control by the Controlling Party.  .............. 67

                                  ARTICLE VII

                         Noteholders' Lists and Reports

SECTION 7.1        Issuer To Furnish To Trustee Names and
                    Addresses of Noteholders.........................68
SECTION 7.2         Preservation of Information;
                     Communications to Noteholders...................68
SECTION 7.3        Reports by Issuer.................................68
SECTION 7.4        Reports by Trustee............................... 69

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

SECTION 8.1        Collection of Money.............................. 69
SECTION 8.2        Trust Accounts................................... 70
SECTION 8.3        General Provisions Regarding Accounts............ 70
SECTION 8.4        Release of Trust Estate.......................... 71
SECTION 8.5        Opinion of Counsel............................... 72

                                   ARTICLE IX

                             Supplemental Indentures

SECTION 9.1        Supplemental Indentures Without Consent
                    of Noteholders.................................. 72
SECTION 9.2        Supplemental Indentures with Consent of
                    Noteholders..................................... 74
SECTION 9.3        Execution of Supplemental Indentures............. 76
SECTION 9.4        Effect of Supplemental Indenture................. 76
SECTION 9.5        Conformity With Trust Indenture Act.............. 76
SECTION 9.6        Reference in Notes to Supplemental
                    Indentures...................................... 76

                                     ARTICLE X

                                Redemption of Notes

SECTION 10.1       Redemption....................................... 76
SECTION 10.2       Form of Redemption Notice........................ 77
SECTION 10.3       Notes Payable on Redemption Date................. 78

                                    ARTICLE XI

                                   Miscellaneous

SECTION 11.1       Compliance Certificates and Opinions,
                    etc............................................. 78
SECTION 11.2       Form of Documents Delivered to Trutee............ 80
SECTION 11.3       Acts of Noteholders.............................. 81
SECTION 11.4       Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer and
                    Rating Agencies................................. 82
SECTION 11.5       Notices to Noteholders; Waiver................... 83
SECTION 11.6       Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions.......... 84
SECTION 11.7       Conflict with Trust Indenture Act................ 84
SECTION 11.8       Effect of Headings and Table of
                   Contents..........................................84
SECTION 11.9       Successors and Assigns........................... 85
SECTION 11.10      Separability..................................... 85
SECTION 11.11      Benefits of Indenture............................ 85
SECTION 11.12      Legal Holidays................................... 85
SECTION 11.13      GOVERNING LAW.................................... 85
SECTION 11.14      Counterparts..................................... 85
SECTION 11.15      Recording of Indenture........................... 86
SECTION 11.16      Trust Obligation................................. 86
SECTION 11.17      No Petition...................................... 86
SECTION 11.18      Inspection....................................... 87
<PAGE>

          INDENTURE dated as of May 31, 1996, between THE MONEY STORE AUTO
TRUST 1996-1, a Delaware business trust (the "Issuer"), and NORWEST BANK
MINNESOTA, NATIONAL ASSOCIATION, a national banking association, as trustee
(the "Trustee") and Indenture Collateral Agent (as defined below)

          Each party agrees as follows for the benefit of the other party and
for the equal and ratable benefit of the Holders of the Issuer's Class A-1
5.6375% Money Market Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-1 Notes"), Class A-2
Floating Rate Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes") and Class A-3 6.85%
Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-3 Notes"), (the "Class A-3 Notes" and,
together with the Class A-1 Notes and Class A-2 Notes, the "Notes"):

          As security for the payment and performance by the Issuer of its
obligations under this Indenture and the Notes, the Issuer has agreed to assign
the Indenture Collateral (as defined below) as collateral to the Indenture
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders.

          Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the "Security Insurer") has issued
and delivered a financial guaranty insurance policy, dated the Closing Date
(with endorsements, the "Note Policy"), pursuant to which the Security Insurer
guarantees Guaranteed Note Distributions, as defined in the Note Policy.

          As an inducement to the Security Insurer to issue and deliver the
Note Policy, the Issuer and the Security Insurer have executed and delivered
the Insurance and Indemnity Agreement, dated as of May 31, 1996 (as amended
from time to time, the "Insurance Agreement"), among the Security Insurer, the
Issuer, The Money Store Inc., The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. and TMS Auto
Holdings Inc.

          As an additional inducement to the Security Insurer to issue the Note
Policy, and as security for the performance by the Issuer of the Insurer Issuer
Secured Obligations and as security for the performance by the Issuer of the
Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations, the Issuer has agreed to assign the
Indenture Collateral (as defined below) as collateral to the Indenture
Collateral Agent for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties, as their
respective interests may appear.

                                GRANTING CLAUSE

          The Issuer hereby Grants to the Indenture Collateral Agent at the
Closing Date, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties to secure the
Issuer Secured Parties, all of the Issuer's right, title and interest in and to
(a) the Initial Receivables, and all moneys due thereon after the Initial
Cutoff Date and, in the case of Precomputed Receivables, certain moneys
received thereon on or prior to the Initial Cutoff Date that relate to
Scheduled Payments due after the Initial Cutoff Date; (b) the Subsequent
Receivables and all moneys due thereon or in respect thereof after the related
Subsequent Cutoff Date and, in the case of Precomputed Receivables, certain
moneys received thereon on or prior to the related Subsequent Cutoff Date that
relate to Scheduled Payments due after the Subsequent Cutoff Date; (c) an
assignment of the security interests in the Financed Vehicles granted by
Obligors pursuant to the Initial Receivables and any Subsequent Receivables and
any other interest of the Issuer in the Financed Vehicles; (d) any proceeds
with respect to the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables
repurchased by a Dealer, pursuant to a Dealer Agreement, as a result of a
breach of representation or warranty in the related Dealer Agreement; (e) all
rights under any Service Contracts on the related Financed Vehicles; (f) any
proceeds with respect to the Initial Receivables and the Subsequent Receivables
from claims on any physical damage, theft, credit life or disability insurance
policies covering Financed Vehicles or Obligors; (g) all funds on deposit from
time to time in the Trust Accounts, and in all investments and proceeds thereof
and all rights of the Issuer therein (including all income thereon); (h) the
Issuer's rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the
Purchase Agreement and each Subsequent Purchase Agreement, including the
delivery requirements, representations and warranties and the cure and
repurchase obligations of TMS Auto Finance under the Purchase Agreement; (i)
all items contained in the Receivable Files and any and all other documents
that TMS Auto Finance keeps on file in accordance with its customary procedures
relating to the Receivables, the Obligors or the Financed Vehicles, (j) the
Issuer's rights and benefits, but none of its obligations or burdens, under the
Sale and Servicing Agreement (including all rights of the Seller under the
Purchase Agreement, any Subsequent Purchase Agreement and any Subsequent
Transfer Agreement assigned to the Issuer pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement); and (k) all present and future claims, demands, causes and choses
in action in respect of any or all of the foregoing and all payments on or
under and all proceeds of every kind and nature whatsoever in respect of any or
all of the foregoing, including all proceeds of the conversion, voluntary or
involuntary, into cash or other liquid property, all cash proceeds, accounts,
accounts receivable, notes, drafts, acceptances, chattel paper, checks, deposit
accounts, insurance proceeds, condemnation awards, rights to payment of any and
every kind and other forms of obligations and receivables, instruments and
other property which at any time constitute all or part of or are included in
the proceeds of any of the foregoing (collectively, the "Collateral").

          The foregoing Grant is made in trust to secure the payment of
principal of and interest on, and any other amounts owing in respect of, the
Notes, equally and ratably without prejudice, priority or distinction except as
set forth herein, and to secure compliance with the provisions of this
Indenture, all as provided in this Indenture.

          The Indenture Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Trustee on
behalf of the Holders of the Notes and for the benefit of the Security Insurer
acknowledges such Grant, accepts the trusts under this Indenture in accordance
with the provisions of this Indenture and agrees to perform its duties required
in this Indenture to the best of its ability to the end that the interests of
the Holders of the Notes may be adequately and effectively protected.


                                   ARTICLE I

                   Definitions and Incorporation by Reference

          SECTION 1.1 Definitions. Except as otherwise specified herein, the
following terms have the respective meanings set forth below for all purposes
of this Indenture.

          "Act" has the meaning specified in Section 11.3(a).

          "Affiliate" means, with respect to any specified Person, any other
Person controlling or controlled by or under common control with such specified
Person. For the purposes of this definition, "control" when used with respect
to any specified Person means the power to direct the management and policies
of such Person, directly or indirectly, whether through the ownership of voting
securities, by contract or otherwise; and the terms "controlling" and
"controlled" have meanings correlative to the foregoing. A Person shall not be
deemed to be an Affiliate of any person solely because such other Person has
the contractual right or obligation to manage such Person unless such other
Person controls such Person through equity ownership or otherwise.

          "Authorized Officer" means, with respect to the Issuer and the
Servicer, any officer of the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, who
is authorized to act for the Owner Trustee or the Servicer, as applicable, in
matters relating to the Issuer and who is identified on the list of Authorized
Officers delivered by each of the Owner Trustee and the Servicer to the Trustee
on the Closing Date (as such list may be modified or supplemented from time to
time thereafter).

          "Basic Documents" means the Certificate of Trust, the Trust
Agreement, the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Spread Account Agreement, the
Depository Agreements, the Insurance Agreement and other documents and
certificates delivered in connection therewith.

          "Book Entry Notes" means a beneficial interest in the Notes,
ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book entries by a
Clearing Agency as described in Section 2.10.

          "Business Day" means (i) with respect to the Note Policy, any day
other than a Saturday, Sunday, legal holiday or other day on which commercial
banking institutions in Wilmington, Delaware, the City of New York or
Minneapolis, Minnesota or any other location of any successor Servicer,
successor Owner Trustee or successor Indenture Collateral Agent are authorized
or obligated by law, executive order or governmental decree to be closed and
(ii) otherwise, a day other than a Saturday, a Sunday or other day on which
commercial banks located in the states of California, Delaware, Minnesota or
New York are authorized or obligated to be closed.

          "Certificate of Trust" means the certificate of trust of the Issuer
substantially in the form of Exhibit B to the Trust Agreement.

          "Class A-1 Prepayment Amount" means, as of the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving
effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal
to the Class A-1 Noteholders' pro rata share (based on the respective current
outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes and the current
Certificate Balance) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

          "Class A-1 Notes" means the Class A-1 5.6375% Money Market Asset
Backed Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-1.

          "Class A-1 Interest Rate" means 5.6375% per annum (computed on the
basis of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year).

          "Class A-2 Note Prepayment Amount" means, as of the Distribution Date
on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving
effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal
to the Class A-2 Noteholders' pro rata share (based on the respective current
outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes and the current
Certificate Balance) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

          "Class A-2 Notes" means the Class A-2 Floating Rate Asset Backed
Notes, substantially in the form of Exhibit D-2.

          "Class A-2 Interest Rate" means, with respect to any Interest Period,
LIBOR plus 0.09%, subject to a maximum rate equal to 12% (computed on the basis
of the actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year).

          "Class A-3 Prepayment Amount" means, as of the Distribution Date on
or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period, after giving
effect to any transfer of Subsequent Receivables on such date, an amount equal
to the Class A-3 Noteholders' pro rata share (based on the respective current
outstanding principal balance of each class of Notes and the current
Certificate Balance) of the Pre-Funded Amount as of such Distribution Date.

          "Class A-3 Notes" means the Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes,
substantially in the form of Exhibit D3.

          "Class A-3 Interest Rate" means 6.85% per annum (computed on the
basis of a 360-day year of twelve 30-day months).

          "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing
agency" pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

          "Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other
financial institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing
Agency effects book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with
the Clearing Agency.

          "Closing Date" means June 26, 1996.

          "Code" means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

          "Collateral" has the meaning specified in the Granting Clause of this
Indenture.

          "Controlling Party" means the Security Insurer, so long as no Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, and the Trustee, for so long as
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing.

          "Corporate Trust Office" means the principal office of the Trustee at
which at any particular time its corporate trust business shall be administered
which office at date of the execution of this Agreement is located at Sixth
Street and Marquette Avenue, Minneapolis, Minnesota 55479-0069 Attention:
Corporate Trust Department or at such other address as the Trustee may
designate from time to time by notice to the Noteholders, the Security Insurer,
the Servicer and the Issuer, or the principal corporate trust office of any
successor Trustee (the address of which the successor Trustee will notify the
Noteholders and the Issuer).

          "Default" means any occurrence that is, or with notice or the lapse
of time or both would become, an Event of Default.

          "Definitive Notes" has the meaning specified in Section 2.10.

          "Event of Default" has the meaning specified in Section 5.1.

          "Exchange Act" means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

          "Executive Officer" means, with respect to any corporation, the Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Operating Officer, Chief Financial Officer, President,
Executive Vice President, any Vice President, the Secretary or the Treasurer of
such corporation; and with respect to any partnership, any general partner
thereof.

          "General Partner" means each Certificateholder obligated to pay the
expenses of the Issuer pursuant to Section 2.7 of the Trust Agreement.

          "Grant" means mortgage, pledge, bargain, sell, warrant, alienate,
remise, release, convey, assign, transfer, create, grant a lien upon and a
security interest in and right of set-off against, deposit, set over and
confirm pursuant to this Indenture. A Grant of the Collateral or of any other
agreement or instrument shall include all rights, powers and options (but none
of the obligations) of the Granting party thereunder, including the immediate
and continuing right to claim for, collect, receive and give receipt for
principal and interest payments in respect of the Collateral and all other
moneys payable thereunder, to give and receive notices and other
communications, to make waivers or other agreements, to exercise all rights and
options, to bring proceedings in the name of the Granting party or otherwise
and generally to do and receive anything that the Granting party is or may be
entitled to do or receive thereunder or with respect thereto.

          "Guaranteed Note Distributions" has the meaning specified in the Note
Policy.

          "Holder" or "Noteholder" means the Person in whose name a Note is
registered on the Note Register.

          "Indebtedness" means, with respect to any Person at any time, (a)
indebtedness or liability of such Person for borrowed money whether or not
evidenced by bonds, debentures, notes or other instruments, or for the deferred
purchase price of property or services (including trade obligations); (b)
obligations of such Person as lessee under leases which should have been or
should be, in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles,
recorded as capital leases; (c) current liabilities of such Person in respect
of unfunded vested benefits under plans covered by Title IV of ERISA; (d)
obligations issued for or liabilities incurred on the account of such Person;
(e) obligations or liabilities of such Person arising under acceptance
facilities; (f) obligations of such Person under any guarantees, endorsements
(other than for collection or deposit in the ordinary course of business) and
other contingent obligations to purchase, to provide funds for payment, to
supply funds to invest in any Person or otherwise to assure a creditor against
loss; (g) obligations of such Person secured by any lien on property or assets
of such Person, whether or not the obligations have been assumed by such
Person; or (h) obligations of such Person under any interest rate or currency
exchange agreement.

          "Indenture" means this Indenture as amended and supplemented from
time to time.

          "Indenture Collateral Agent" means, initially, Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association, in its capacity as collateral agent on behalf
of the Issuer Secured Parties, including its successors in interest, until and
unless a successor Person shall have become the Indenture Collateral Agent
pursuant to Section 6.17 hereof, and thereafter "Indenture Collateral Agent"
shall mean such successor Person.

          "Independent" means, when used with respect to any specified Person,
that the person (a) is in fact independent of the Issuer, any other obligor
upon the Notes, the Seller and any Affiliate of any of the foregoing persons,
(b) does not have any direct financial interest or any material indirect
financial interest in the Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any
Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons and (c) is not connected with the
Issuer, any such other obligor, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the
foregoing Persons as an officer, employee, promoter, underwriter, trustee,
partner, director or Person performing similar functions.

          "Independent Certificate" means a certificate or opinion to be
delivered to the Indenture Collateral Agent under the circumstances described
in, and otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1,
prepared by an Independent appraiser or other expert appointed by an Issuer
Order and approved by the Indenture Collateral Agent in the exercise of
reasonable care, and such opinion or certificate shall state that the signer
has read the definition of "Independent" in this Indenture and that the signer
is Independent within the meaning thereof.

          "Insurance Agreement Indenture Cross Default" has the meaning
specified therefor in the Insurance Agreement.

          "Insurer Issuer Secured Obligations" means all amounts and
obligations which the Issuer may at any time owe to or on behalf of the
Security Insurer under this Indenture, the Insurance Agreement or any other
Basic Document.

          "Interest Rate" means, with respect to the (i) Class A-1 Notes, the
Class A-1 Interest Rate, (ii) Class A-2 Notes, the Class A-2 Interest Rate, and
(iii) Class A-3 Notes, the Class A-3 Interest Rate.

          "Issuer" means the party named as such in this Indenture until a
successor replaces it and, thereafter, means the successor and, for purposes of
any provision contained herein and required by the TIA, each other obligor on
the Notes.

          "Issuer Order" and "Issuer Request" means a written order or request
signed in the name of the Issuer by any one of its Authorized Officers and
delivered to the Trustee.

          "Issuer Secured Obligations" means the Insurer Issuer Secured
Obligations and the Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations.

          "Issuer Secured Parties" means each of the Trustee in respect of the
Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations and the Security Insurer in respect of the
Insurer Issuer Secured Obligations.

          "LIBOR" means, with respect to any Interest Period, the London
interbank offered rate for deposits in U.S. dollars having a maturity of one
month commencing on the related LIBOR Determination Date (the "Index Maturity")
which appears on Telerate Page 3750 as of 11:00 a.m., London time, on such
LIBOR Determination Date. If such rate does not appear on Telerate Page 3750,
the rate for that day will be determined on the basis of the rates at which
deposits in U.S. dollars, having the Index Maturity and in a principal amount
of not less than U.S. $1,000,000, are offered at approximately 11:00 a.m.,
London time, on such LIBOR Determination Date to prime banks in the London
interbank market by the Reference Banks. The Trustee will request the principal
London office of each of such Reference Banks to provide a quotation of its
rate. If at least two such quotations are provided, the rate for that day will
be the arithmetic mean, rounded upward, if necessary to the nearest 1/100,000
of 1% (.0000001), with five one-millionths of a percentage point rounded
upward, of all such quotations. If fewer than two such quotations are provided,
the rate for that day will be the arithmetic mean, rounded upward, if necessary
to the nearest 1/100,000 of % (.0000001), with five one-millionths of a
percentage point rounded upward, of the offered per annum rates one or more
leading banks in New York City, selected by the Trustee, are quoting as of
approximately 11:00 a.m., New York City time, on such LIBOR Determination Date
to leading European banks for United States dollar deposits for the Index
Maturity; provided that if the banks selected as aforesaid are not quoting as
mentioned in this sentence, LIBOR in effect for the applicable Interest Period
will be LIBOR in effect for the previous Interest Period.

          "LIBOR Determination Date" means, with respect to any Interest
Period, the day that is the second London Business Day prior to the
commencement of such Interest Period (or, in the case of the first Interest
Period, with respect to the period from June 26, 1996 to but excluding July 20,
1996, on the second business day prior to June 26, 1996.)

          "London Business Day" means a Business Day and a day on which banking
institutions in the City of London, England are not required or authorized by
law to be closed.

          "Note" means a Class A-1 Note, a Class A-2 Note and a Class A-3 Note.

          "Note Depository Agreement" means the agreement among the Issuer, the
Trustee, the Servicer and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing
Agency, dated June 25, 1996, substantially in the form of Exhibit C.

          "Note Paying Agent" means the Trustee or any other Person that meets
the eligibility standards for the Trustee specified in Section 6.11 and is
authorized by the Issuer to make the payments to and distributions from the
Collection Account and the Note Distribution Account, including payment of
principal of or interest on the Notes on behalf of the Issuer.

          "Note Policy" means the Financial Guaranty Insurance Policy issued by
the Security Insurer with respect to the Notes, including any endorsements
thereto, in the form of Exhibit E.

          "Note Policy Claim Amount" has the meaning specified in Section 5.18.

          "Note Owner" means, with respect to a Book-Entry Note, the person who
is the owner of such Book-Entry Note, as reflected on the books of the Clearing
Agency, or on the books of a Person maintaining an account with such Clearing
Agency (directly as a Clearing Agency Participant or as an indirect
participant, in each case in accordance with the rules of such Clearing
Agency).

          "Note Register" and "Note Registrar" have the respective meanings
specified in Section 2.4.

          "Notice of Claim" has the meaning specified in Section 5.18.

          "Officer's Certificate" means a certificate signed by any Authorized
Officer of the Owner Trustee, under the circumstances described in, and
otherwise complying with, the applicable requirements of Section 11.1 and TIA
ss. 314, and delivered to the Trustee. Unless otherwise specified, any
reference in this Indenture to an Officer's Certificate shall be to an
Officer's Certificate of any Authorized Officer of the Issuer.

          "Opinion of Counsel" means one or more written opinions of counsel
who may, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Indenture, be employees
of or counsel to the Issuer and who shall be satisfactory to the Trustee and,
if addressed to the Security Insurer, satisfactory to the Security Insurer, and
which shall comply with any applicable requirements of Section 11.01, and shall
be in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, and if addressed to the
Security Insurer, satisfactory to the Security Insurer.

          "Outstanding" means, as of the date of determination, all Notes
theretofore authenticated and delivered under this Indenture except:

                  (i)      Notes theretofore canceled by the Note Registrar
         or delivered to the Note Registrar for cancellation;

             (ii) Notes or portions  thereof the payment for which money in the
         necessary  amount has been  theretofore  deposited with the Trustee or
         any Paying  Agent in trust for the  Holders  of such Notes  (provided,
         however,  that  if  such  Notes  are to be  redeemed,  notice  of such
         redemption has been duly given pursuant to this Indenture or provision
         therefor, satisfactory to the Trustee); and

            (iii)  Notes in  exchange  for or in lieu of other Notes which have
         been  authenticated  and delivered  pursuant to this Indenture  unless
         proof satisfactory to the Trustee is presented that any such Notes are
         held by a bona fide purchaser;

          provided, however, that Notes which have been paid with proceeds of
the Note Policy shall continue to remain Outstanding for purposes of this
Indenture until the Security Insurer has been paid as subrogee hereunder or
reimbursed pursuant to the Insurance Agreement as evidenced by a written notice
from the Security Insurer delivered to the Trustee, and the Security Insurer
shall be deemed to be the Holder thereof to the extent of any payments thereon
made by the Security Insurer; provided, further, that in determining whether
the Holders of the requisite Outstanding Amount of the Notes have given any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver hereunder
or under any Basic Document, Notes owned by the Issuer, any other obligor upon
the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing Persons shall be
disregarded and deemed not to be Outstanding, except that, in determining
whether the Trustee shall be protected in relying upon any such request,
demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent or waiver, only Notes that a
Responsible Officer of the Trustee either actually knows to be so owned or has
received written notice thereof shall be so disregarded. Notes so owned that
have been pledged in good faith may be regarded as Outstanding if the pledgee
establishes to the satisfaction of the Trustee the pledgee's right so to act
with respect to such Notes and that the pledgee is not the Issuer, any other
obligor upon the Notes, the Seller or any Affiliate of any of the foregoing
Persons.

          "Outstanding Amount" means the aggregate principal amount of all
Notes, or class of Notes, as applicable, Outstanding at the date of
determination.

          "Payment Date" means a Distribution Date.

          "Predecessor Note" means, with respect to any particular Note, every
previous Note evidencing all or a portion of the same debt as that evidenced by
such particular Note; and, for the purpose of this definition, any Note
authenticated and delivered under Section 2.5 in lieu of a mutilated, lost,
destroyed or stolen Note shall be deemed to evidence the same debt as the
mutilated, lost, destroyed or stolen Note.

          "Preference Claim" has the meaning specified in Section 5.19.

          "Proceeding" means any suit in equity, action at law or other
judicial or administrative proceeding.

          "Rating Agency" means each of Moody's and Standard & Poor's, so long
as such Persons maintain a rating on the Notes; and if either Moody's or
Standard & Poor's no longer maintains a rating on the Notes, such other
nationally recognized statistical rating organization selected by the Seller
and (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing)
acceptable to the Security Insurer.

          "Rating Agency Condition" means, with respect to any action, that
each Rating Agency shall have been given 10 days' (or such shorter period as
shall be acceptable to each Rating Agency) prior notice thereof and that each
of the Rating Agencies shall have notified the Seller, the Servicer, the
Security Insurer, the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Issuer in writing that
such action will not result in a reduction or withdrawal of the then current
rating of the Notes.

          "Record Date" means, with respect to a Payment Date or Redemption
Date, the close of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such
Payment Date or Redemption Date.

          "Redemption Date" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or a payment to Noteholders pursuant to Section
10.1(b), the Distribution Date specified by the Servicer or the Issuer pursuant
to Section 10.1(a) or (b) as applicable.

          "Redemption Price" means (a) in the case of a redemption of the Notes
pursuant to Section 10.1(a), an amount equal to the unpaid principal amount of
the then outstanding principal amount of each class of Notes being redeemed
plus accrued and unpaid interest thereon to but excluding the Redemption Date,
or (b) in the case of a payment made to Noteholders pursuant to Section
10.1(b), the amount on deposit in the Note Distribution Account, but not in
excess of the amount specified in clause (a) above.

          "Reference Banks" means four major banks in the London interbank
market selected by the Trustee.

          "Responsible Officer" means, with respect to the Trustee, any officer
within the Corporate Trust Office of the Trustee, including any Vice President,
Assistant Vice President, Assistant Treasurer, Assistant Secretary, or any
other officer of the Trustee customarily performing functions similar to those
performed by any of the above designated officers and also, with respect to a
particular matter, any other officer to whom such matter is referred because of
such officer's knowledge of and familiarity with the particular subject.

          "Sale and Servicing Agreement" means the Sale and Servicing Agreement
dated as of May 31, 1996, among the Issuer, the Representative, the Seller and
the Servicer, substantially in the form of Exhibit B as the same may be amended
or supplemented from time to time.

          "Schedule of Receivables" means the listing of the Receivables set
forth in Exhibit A (which Exhibit may be in the form of microfiche); as
supplemented on each Subsequent Transfer Date to reflect the sale to the Issuer
of Subsequent Receivables.

          "State" means any one of the 50 states of the United States of
America or the District of Columbia.

          "Successor Servicer" has the meaning specified in Section 3.7(e).

          "Termination Date" means the latest of (i) the expiration of the Note
Policy and the return of the Note Policy to the Security Insurer for
cancellation, (ii) the date on which the Security Insurer shall have received
payment and performance of all Insurer Issuer Secured obligations and (iii) the
date on which the Trustee shall have received payment and performance of all
Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations.

          "Trust Estate" means all money, instruments, rights and other
property that are subject or intended to be subject to the lien and security
interest of this Indenture for the benefit of the Noteholders (including all
property and interests Granted to the Indenture Collateral Agent), including
all proceeds thereof.

          "Trust Indenture Act" or "TIA" means the Trust Indenture Act of 1939
as in force on the date hereof, unless otherwise specifically provided.

          "Trustee" means Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, a
national banking association, not in its individual capacity but as trustee
under this Indenture, or any successor trustee under this Indenture.

          "Trustee Issuer Secured Obligations" means all amounts and
obligations which the Issuer may at any time owe to or on behalf of the Trustee
for the benefit of the Noteholders under this Indenture or the Notes.

          "UCC" means, unless the context otherwise requires, the Uniform
Commercial Code, as in effect in the relevant jurisdiction, as amended from
time to time.

          (a) Except as otherwise specified herein, the following terms have
the respective meanings set forth in the Sale and Servicing Agreement as in
effect on the Closing Date for all purposes of this Indenture, and the
definitions of such terms are equally applicable both to the singular and
plural forms of such terms:


                                                           Section of Sale and
                  Term                                     Servicing Agreement

Annual Percentage Rate or APR.................................     Section 1.1
Capitalized Interest Account..................................     Section 1.1
Certificateholders............................................     Section 1.1
Certificate Policy............................................     Section 1.1
Closing Date .................................................     Section 1.1
Collection Account............................................     Section 1.1
Collection Period.............................................     Section 1.1
Contract......................................................     Section 1.1
Depositor.....................................................     Section 1.1
Depository Agreements.........................................     Section 1.1
Distribution Date.............................................     Section 1.1
Eligible Deposit Account......................................     Section 1.1
Eligible Investments..........................................     Section 1.1
Final Scheduled Distribution Date ............................     Section 1.1
Final Scheduled Maturity Date ................................     Section 1.1
Financed Vehicle..............................................     Section 1.1
Funding Period ...............................................     Section 1.1
Initial Receivables ..........................................     Section 1.1
Interest Period...............................................     Section 1.1
Note Distribution Account ....................................     Section 1.1
Insurance Agreement...........................................     Section 1.1
Insurance Agreement Event of Default..........................     Section 1.1
Insurer Default...............................................     Section 1.1
Interest Period...............................................     Section 1.1
Monthly Period................................................     Section 1.1
Note Distribution Account.....................................     Section 1.1
Noteholders' Distributable Amount ............................     Section 1.1
Noteholders' Interest Distributable
  Amount......................................................     Section 1.1
Noteholders' Percentage.......................................     Section 1.1
Noteholders' Principal Distributable
  Amount......................................................     Section 1.1
Obligor.......................................................     Section 1.1
Original Pool Balance.........................................     Section 1.1
Owner Trustee.................................................     Section 1.1
Person .......................................................     Section 1.1
Pool Balance..................................................     Section 1.1
Precomputed Receivable.......................................
Pre-Funded Amount ............................................     Section 1.1
Pre-Funding Amount ...........................................     Section 1.1
Purchase Agreement ...........................................     Section 1.1
Purchased Receivable .........................................     Section 1.1
Rating Agency ................................................     Section 1.1
Rating Agency Condition ......................................     Section 1.1
Receivable....................................................     Section 1.1
Security Insurer..............................................     Section 1.1
Seller........................................................     Section 1.1
Servicer......................................................     Section 1.1
Servicer Default..............................................     Section 1.1
Simple Interest Receivable....................................     Section 1.1
Specified Spread Account Balance..............................     Section 1.1
Subsequent Purchase Agreement.................................     Section 1.1
Subsequent Receivables .......................................     Section 1.1
Subsequent Transfer Date .....................................     Section 1.1
Total Distribution Amount ....................................     Section 1.1
Trust Accounts................................................     Section 1.1
Trust Agreement...............................................     Section 1.1

          (b) Capitalized terms used herein and not otherwise defined herein or
in the Sale and Servicing Agreement have the meanings assigned to them in the
Trust Agreement.

          SECTION 1.2 Incorporation by Reference of Trust Indenture Act.
Whenever this Indenture refers to a provision of the TIA, the provision is
incorporated by reference in and made a part of this Indenture. The following
TIA terms used in this Indenture have the following meanings:

          "Commission" means the Securities and Exchange Commission.

          "indenture securities" means the Notes.

          "indenture security holder" means a Noteholder.

          "indenture to be qualified" means this Indenture.

          "indenture trustee" or "institutional trustee" means the Trustee.

          "obligor" on the indenture securities means the Issuer and any other
obligor on the indenture securities.

          All other TIA terms used in this Indenture that are defined by the
TIA, defined by TIA reference to another statute or defined by Commission rule
have the meaning assigned to them by such definitions.

          SECTION 1.3 Rules of Construction. Unless the context otherwise
requires:

          (i) a term has the meaning assigned to it;

          (ii) an accounting term not otherwise defined has the meaning
assigned to it in accordance with generally accepted accounting principles as
in effect from time to time;

          (iii) "or" is not exclusive;

          (iv) "including" means including without limitation; and

          (v) words in the singular include the plural and words in the plural
include the singular.

                                   ARTICLE II

                                   The Notes

          SECTION 2.1 Form. The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the
Class A-3 Notes, in each case together with the Trustee's certificate of
authentication, shall be in substantially the form set forth in Exhibit D-1,
D-2 and D-3, respectively, with such appropriate insertions, omissions,
substitutions and other variations as are required or permitted by this
Indenture and may have such letters, numbers or other marks of identification
and such legends or endorsements placed thereon as may, consistently herewith,
be determined by the officers executing such Notes, as evidenced by their
execution of the Notes. Any portion of the text of any Note may be set forth on
the reverse thereof, with an appropriate reference thereto on the face of the
Note.

          The Definitive Notes shall be typewritten, printed, lithographed or
engraved or produced by any combination of these methods (with or without steel
engraved borders), all as determined by the officers executing such Notes, as
evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

          Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The terms of
the Notes set forth in Exhibit D is part of the terms of this Indenture.

          SECTION 2.2 Execution, Authentication and Delivery. The Notes shall
be executed on behalf of the Issuer by any of its Authorized Officers. The
signature of any such Authorized Officer on the Notes may be manual or
facsimile.

          Notes bearing the manual or facsimile signature of individuals who
were at any time Authorized Officers of the Issuer shall bind the Issuer,
notwithstanding that such individuals or any of them have ceased to hold such
offices prior to the authentication and delivery of such Notes or did not hold
such offices at the date of such Notes.

          The Trustee shall upon receipt of the Note Policy and Issuer Order
authenticate and deliver Class A-1 Notes for original issue in an aggregate
principal amount of $45,100,000, Class A-2 Notes for original issue in the
aggregate principal amount of $90,000,000 and Class A-3 Notes for original
issue in the aggregate principal amount of $57,900,000 Class A-1 Notes, Class
A-2 Notes and Class A-3 Notes outstanding at any time may not exceed such
amounts except as provided in Section 2.5.

          Each Note shall be dated the date of its authentication. The Notes
shall be issuable as registered Notes in the minimum denomination of $1,000 and
in integral multiples thereof (except for one Note of each class which may be
issued in a denomination other than an integral multiple of $1,000).

          No Note shall be entitled to any benefit under this Indenture or be
valid or obligatory for any purpose, unless there appears on such Note a
certificate of authentication substantially in the form provided for herein
executed by the Trustee by the manual signature of one of its authorized
signatories, and such certificate upon any Note shall be conclusive evidence,
and the only evidence, that such Note has been duly authenticated and delivered
hereunder.

          SECTION 2.3 Temporary Notes. Pending the preparation of Definitive
Notes, the Issuer may execute, and upon receipt of an Issuer Order the Trustee
shall authenticate and deliver, temporary Notes which are printed,
lithographed, typewritten, mimeographed or otherwise produced, of the tenor of
the Definitive Notes in lieu of which they are issued and with such variations
not inconsistent with the terms of this Indenture as the officers executing
such Notes may determine, as evidenced by their execution of such Notes.

          If temporary Notes are issued, the Issuer will cause Definitive Notes
to be prepared without unreasonable delay. After the preparation of Definitive
Notes, the temporary Notes shall be exchangeable for Definitive Notes upon
surrender of the temporary Notes at the office or agency of the Issuer to be
maintained as provided in Section 3.2, without charge to the Holder. Upon
surrender for cancellation of any one or more temporary Notes, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver in exchange therefor a
like principal amount of Definitive Notes of authorized denominations. Until so
exchanged, the temporary Notes shall in all respects be entitled to the same
benefits under this Indenture as Definitive Notes.

          SECTION 2.4 Registration; Registration of Transfer and Exchange. The
Issuer shall cause to be kept a register (the "Note Register") in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Issuer shall
provide for the registration of Notes and the registration of transfers of
Notes. The Trustee shall be "Note Registrar" for the purpose of registering
Notes and transfers of Notes as herein provided. Upon any resignation of any
Note Registrar, the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor or, if it elects
not to make such an appointment, assume the duties of Note Registrar.

          If a Person other than the Trustee is appointed by the Issuer as Note
Registrar, the Issuer will give the Trustee prompt written notice of the
appointment of such Note Registrar and of the location, and any change in the
location, of the Note Register, and the Trustee shall have the right to inspect
the Note Register at all reasonable times and to obtain copies thereof, and the
Trustee shall have the right to rely upon a certificate executed on behalf of
the Note Registrar by an Executive Officer thereof as to the names and
addresses of the Holders of the Notes and the principal amounts and number of
such Notes.

          Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Note at the office
or agency of the Issuer to be maintained as provided in Section 3.2, if the
requirements of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute
and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall
obtain from the Trustee, in the name of the designated transferee or
transferees, one or more new Notes, in any authorized denominations, of the
same class and a like aggregate principal amount.

          At the option of the Holder, Notes may be exchanged for other Notes
in any authorized denominations, of the same class and a like aggregate
principal amount, upon surrender of the Notes to be exchanged at such office or
agency. Whenever any Notes are so surrendered for exchange, if the requirements
of Section 8-401(1) of the UCC are met the Issuer shall execute and upon its
request the Trustee shall authenticate and the Noteholder shall obtain from the
Trustee, the Notes which the Noteholder making the exchange is entitled to
receive.

          All Notes issued upon any registration of transfer or exchange of
Notes shall be the valid obligations of the Issuer, evidencing the same debt,
and entitled to the same benefits under this Indenture, as the Notes
surrendered upon such registration of transfer or exchange.

          Every Note presented or surrendered for registration of transfer or
exchange shall be (i) duly endorsed by, or be accompanied by a written
instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the Trustee duly executed by,
the Holder thereof or such Holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, with
such signature guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting the
requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include membership or
participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program ("Stamp") or such
other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by the Note Registrar
in addition to, or in substitution for, Stamp, all in accordance with the
Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents as the Trustee may
require.

          No service charge shall be made to a Holder for any registration of
transfer or exchange of Notes, but the Note Registrar may require payment of a
sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be
imposed in connection with any registration of transfer or exchange of Notes,
other than exchanges pursuant to Section 2.3 or 9.6 not involving any transfer.

          The preceding provisions of this section notwithstanding, the Issuer
shall not be required to make and the Note Registrar need not register
transfers or exchanges of Notes selected for redemption or of any Note for a
period of 15 days preceding the due date for any payment with respect to the
Note.

          SECTION 2.5 Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Notes. If (i) any
mutilated Note is surrendered to the Trustee, or the Trustee receives evidence
to its satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Note, and (ii)
there is delivered to the Trustee and the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing) such security or indemnity as
may be required by it to hold the Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Insurer
harmless, then, in the absence of notice to the Issuer, the Note Registrar or
the Trustee that such Note has been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, and
provided that the requirements of Section 8-405 of the UCC are met, the Issuer
shall execute and upon its request the Trustee shall authenticate and deliver,
in exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen
Note, a replacement Note; provided, however, that if any such destroyed, lost
or stolen Note, but not a mutilated Note, shall have become or within seven
days shall be due and payable, or shall have been called for redemption,
instead of issuing a replacement Note, the Issuer may pay such destroyed, lost
or stolen Note when so due or payable or upon the Redemption Date without
surrender thereof. If, after the delivery of such replacement Note or payment
of a destroyed, lost or stolen Note pursuant to the proviso to the preceding
sentence, a bona fide purchaser of the original Note in lieu of which such
replacement Note was issued presents for payment such original Note, the
Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Insurer shall be entitled to recover such
replacement Note (or such payment) from the Person to whom it was delivered or
any Person taking such replacement Note from such Person to whom such
replacement Note was delivered or any assignee of such Person, except a bona
fide purchaser, and shall be entitled to recover upon the security or indemnity
provided therefor to the extent of any loss, damage, cost or expense incurred
by the Issuer or the Trustee in connection therewith.

          Upon the issuance of any replacement Note under this Section, the
Issuer may require the payment by the Holder of such Note of a sum sufficient
to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in relation
thereto and any other reasonable expenses (including the fees and expenses of
the Trustee) connected therewith.

          Every replacement Note issued pursuant to this Section in replacement
of any mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall constitute an original
additional contractual obligation of the Issuer, whether or not the mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Note shall be at any time enforceable by anyone, and
shall be entitled to all the benefits of this Indenture equally and
proportionately with any and all other Notes duly issued hereunder.

          The provisions of this Section are exclusive and shall preclude (to
the extent lawful) all other rights and remedies with respect to the
replacement or payment of mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Notes.

          SECTION 2.6 Persons Deemed Owner. Prior to due presentment for
registration of transfer of any Note, the Issuer, the Trustee and any agent of
Issuer, the Trustee, the Security Insurer may treat the Person in whose name
any Note is registered (as of the day of determination) as the owner of such
Note for the purpose of receiving payments of principal of and interest, if any
on such Note and for all other purposes whatsoever, whether or not such Note be
overdue, and none of the Issuer, the Security Insurer, the Trustee nor any
agent of the Issuer or the Trustee shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

          SECTION 2.7 Payment of Principal and Interest; Defaulted Interest.
(a) The Notes shall accrue interest as provided in the forms of the Class A-1
Note, the Class A-2 Note and the Class A-3 Note set forth in Exhibits D-1, D-2
and D-3, respectively, and such interest shall be payable on each Distribution
Date as specified therein. Any installment of interest or principal, if any,
payable on any Note which is punctually paid or duly provided for by the Issuer
on the applicable Distribution Date shall be paid to the Person in whose name
such Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) is registered on the Record Date,
by check mailed first-class, postage prepaid, to such Person's address as it
appears on the Note Register on such Record Date, except that, unless
Definitive Notes have been issued pursuant to Section 2.12, with respect to
Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing
Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payment will be made by wire
transfer in immediately available funds to the account designated by such
nominee and except for the final installment of principal payable with respect
to such Note on a Distribution Date or on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date
(and except for the Redemption Price for any Note called for redemption
pursuant to Section 10.1(a)) which shall be payable as provided below. The
funds represented by any such checks returned undelivered shall be held in
accordance with Section 3.3.

          (b) The principal of each Note shall be payable in installments on
each Distribution Date as provided in the forms of the Class A-1 Note, the
Class A-2 Note and the Class A-3 Note set forth in Exhibits D-1, D-2 and D-3,
respectively. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire unpaid principal amount
of the Notes shall be due and payable, if not previously paid, on the date on
which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, if the Trustee
or the Holders of the Notes representing not less than a majority of the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes have declared the Notes to be immediately due
and payable in the manner provided in Section 5.2. All principal payments on
each class of Notes shall be made pro rata to the Noteholders of such class
entitled thereto. The Trustee shall notify the Person in whose name a Note is
registered at the close of business on the Record Date preceding the
Distribution Date on which the Issuer expects that the final installment of
principal of and interest on such Note will be paid. Such notice shall be
mailed or transmitted by facsimile prior to such final Distribution Date and
shall specify that such final installment will be payable only upon
presentation and surrender of such Note and shall specify the place where such
Note may be presented and surrendered for payment of such installment. Notices
in connection with redemptions of Notes shall be mailed to Noteholders as
provided in Section 10.2.

          (c) If the Issuer defaults in a payment of interest on the Notes, the
Issuer shall pay defaulted interest (plus interest on such defaulted interest
to the extent lawful) at the applicable Interest Rate in any lawful manner. The
Issuer may pay such defaulted interest to the Persons who are Noteholders on a
subsequent special record date, which date shall be at least five Business Days
prior to the payment date. The Issuer shall fix or cause to be fixed any such
special record date and payment date, and, at least 15 days before any such
special record date, the Issuer shall mail to each Noteholder and the Trustee a
notice that states the special record date, the payment date and the amount of
defaulted interest to be paid.

          (d) Promptly following the date on which all principal of and
interest on the Notes has been paid in full and the Notes have been surrendered
to the Trustee, the Trustee shall, if the Security Insurer has paid any amount
in respect of the Notes under the Note Policy or otherwise which has not been
reimbursed to it, deliver such surrendered Notes to the Security Insurer.

          SECTION 2.8 Cancellation. Subject to Section 2.7(d), all Notes
surrendered for payment, registration of transfer, exchange or redemption
shall, if surrendered to any Person other than the Trustee, be delivered to the
Trustee and shall be promptly canceled by the Trustee. Subject to Section
2.7(d), the Issuer may at any time deliver to the Trustee for cancellation any
Notes previously authenticated and delivered hereunder which the Issuer may
have acquired in any manner whatsoever, and all Notes so delivered shall be
promptly canceled by the Trustee. No Notes shall be authenticated in lieu of or
in exchange for any Notes canceled as provided in this Section, except as
expressly permitted by this Indenture. Subject to Section 2.7(d), all canceled
Notes may be held or disposed of by the Trustee in accordance with its standard
retention or disposal policy as in effect at the time unless the Issuer shall
direct by an Issuer Order that they be destroyed or returned to it; provided
that such Issuer Order is timely and the Notes have not been previously
disposed of by the Trustee.

          SECTION 2.9 Release of Collateral. The Indenture Collateral Agent
shall, on or after the Termination Date, release any remaining portion of the
Trust Estate from the lien created by this Indenture and deposit in the
Collection Account any funds then on deposit in any other Trust Account. The
Indenture Collateral Agent shall release property from the lien created by this
Indenture pursuant to this Section 2.9 only upon receipt of an Issuer Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent Certificates in accordance with TIA ss.ss. 314(c) and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

          SECTION 2.10 Book-Entry Notes. The Notes, upon original issuance,
will be issued in the form of typewritten Notes representing the Book-Entry
Notes, to be delivered to The Depository Trust Company, the initial Clearing
Agency, by, or on behalf of, the Issuer. Such Notes shall initially be
registered on the Note Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the
initial Clearing Agency, and no Note Owner will receive a Definitive Note
representing such Note Owner's interest in such Note, except as provided in
Section 2.12. Unless and until definitive, fully registered Notes (the
"Definitive Notes") have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to Section 2.12:

                    (i) the provisions of this Section shall be in full force
          and effect;

                    (ii) the Note Registrar and the Trustee shall be entitled
          to deal with the Clearing Agency for all purposes of this Indenture
          (including the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes and
          the giving of instructions or directions hereunder) as the sole
          Holder of the Notes, and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners;

                    (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section
          conflict with any other provisions of this Indenture, the provisions
          of this Section shall control;

                    (iv) the rights of Note Owners shall be exercised only
          through the Clearing Agency and shall be limited to those established
          by law and agreements between such Note Owners and the Clearing
          Agency and/or the Clearing Agency Participants. Pursuant to the Note
          Depository Agreement, unless and until Definitive Notes are issued
          pursuant to Section 2.12, the initial Clearing Agency will make
          book-entry transfers among the Clearing Agency Participants and
          receive and transmit payments of principal of and interest on the
          Notes to such Clearing Agency Participants;

                    (v) whenever this Indenture requires or permits actions to
          be taken based upon instructions or directions of Holders of Notes
          evidencing a specified percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the
          Notes, the Clearing Agency shall be deemed to represent such
          percentage only to the extent that it has received instructions to
          such effect from Note Owners and/or Clearing Agency Participants
          owning or representing, respectively, such required percentage of the
          beneficial interest in the Notes and has delivered such instructions
          to the Trustee; and

                    (vi) Note Owners may receive copies of any reports sent to
          Noteholders pursuant to this Indenture, upon written request,
          together with a certification that they are Note Owners and payment
          of reproduction and postage expenses associated with the distribution
          of such reports, from the Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office.

          SECTION 2.11 Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Noteholders is required under this Indenture, unless and
until Definitive Notes shall have been issued to Note Owners pursuant to
Section 2.12, the Trustee shall give all such notices and communications
specified herein to be given to Holders of the Notes to the Clearing Agency,
and shall have no obligation to the Note Owners.

          SECTION 2.12 Definitive Notes. If (i) the Servicer advises the
Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or able to
properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Notes, and the
Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii) the Servicer at its
option advises the Trustee in writing that it elects to terminate the
book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (iii) after the occurrence of
an Event of Default, Note Owners representing beneficial interests aggregating
at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes advise the Trustee
through the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book entry
system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interests of the
Note Owners, then the Clearing Agency shall notify all Note Owners and the
Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the availability of
Definitive Notes to Note Owners requesting the same. Upon surrender to the
Trustee of the typewritten Note or Notes representing the Book-Entry Notes by
the Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Issuer shall
execute and the Trustee shall authenticate the Definitive Notes in accordance
with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. None of the Issuer, the Note
Registrar or the Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such
instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying
on, such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Notes, the Trustee shall
recognize the Holders of the Definitive Notes as Note-holders.


                                  ARTICLE III

                                   Covenants

     SECTION 3.1 Payment of Principal and Interest. The Issuer will duly and
punctually pay the principal of and interest on the Notes in accordance with the
terms of the Notes and this Indenture. Without limiting the foregoing, subject
to Section 8.2(c), the Issuer will cause to be distributed all amounts on
deposit in the Note Distribution Account on a Distribution Date deposited
therein pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement (i) for the benefit of the
Class A-l Notes, to Class A-1 Note- holders, (ii) for the benefit of the Class
A-2 Notes, to Class A-2 Noteholders and (iii) for the benefit of the Class A-3
Notes, to Class A-3 Noteholders. Amounts properly withheld under the Code by any
Person from a payment to any Noteholder of interest and/or principal shall be
considered as having been paid by the Issuer to such Noteholder for all purposes
of this Indenture.

          SECTION 3.2 Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Issuer will maintain
in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York, an office or agency where
Notes may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange, and where
notices and demands to or upon the Issuer in respect of the Notes and this
Indenture may be served. The Issuer hereby initially appoints the Trustee to
serve as its agent for the foregoing purposes. The Issuer will give prompt
written notice to the Trustee of the location, and of any change in the
location, of any such office or agency. If at any time the Issuer shall fail to
maintain any such office or agency or shall fail to furnish the Trustee with
the address thereof, such surrenders, notices and demands may be made or served
at the Corporate Trust Office, and the Issuer hereby appoints the Trustee as
its agent to receive all such surrenders, notices and demands.

          SECTION 3.3 Money for Payments To Be Held in Trust. As provided in
Sections 8.2(a) and (b), all payments of amounts due and payable with respect
to any Notes that are to be made from amounts withdrawn from the Collection
Account and the Note Distribution Account pursuant to Section 8.2(c) shall be
made on behalf of the Issuer by the Trustee or by another Paying Agent, and no
amounts so withdrawn from the Collection Account and the Note Distribution
Account for payments of Notes shall be paid over to the Issuer except as
provided in this Section.

          On or before each Payment Date and Redemption Date, the Issuer shall
deposit or cause to be deposited in the Note Distribution Account an aggregate
sum sufficient to pay the amounts then becoming due under the Notes, such sum
to be held in trust for the benefit of the Persons entitled thereto and (unless
the Paying Agent is the Trustee) shall promptly notify the Trustee of its
action or failure so to act.

          The Issuer will cause each Note Paying Agent other than the Trustee
to execute and deliver to the Trustee and the Security Insurer an instrument in
which such Note Paying Agent shall agree with the Trustee (and if the Trustee
acts as Note Paying Agent, it hereby so agrees), subject to the provisions of
this Section, that such Note Paying Agent will:

                    (i) hold all sums held by it for the payment of amounts due
          with respect to the Notes in trust for the benefit of the Persons
          entitled thereto until such sums shall be paid to such Persons or
          otherwise disposed of as herein provided and pay such sums to such
          Persons as herein provided;

                    (ii) give the Trustee notice of any default by the Issuer
          of which it has actual knowledge (or any other obligor upon the
          Notes) in the making of any payment required to be made with respect
          to the Notes;

                    (iii) at any time during the continuance of any such
          default, upon the written request of the Trustee, forthwith pay to
          the Trustee all sums so held in trust by such Paying Agent;

                    (iv) immediately resign as a Paying Agent and forthwith pay
          to the Trustee all sums held by it in trust for the payment of Notes
          if at any time it ceases to meet the standards required to be met by
          a Paying Agent at the time of its appointment; and

                    (v) comply with all requirements of the Code with respect
          to the withholding from any payments made by it on any Notes of any
          applicable withholding taxes imposed thereon and with respect to any
          applicable reporting requirements in connection therewith.

          The Issuer may at any time, for the purpose of obtaining the
satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture or for any other purpose, by
Issuer Order direct any Paying Agent to pay to the Trustee all sums held in
trust by such Paying Agent, such sums to be held by the Trustee upon the same
trusts as those upon which the sums were held by such Paying Agent; and upon
such a payment by any Paying Agent to the Trustee, such Paying Agent shall be
released from all further liability with respect to such money.

          Subject to applicable laws with respect to the escheat of funds, any
money held by the Trustee or any Paying Agent in trust for the payment of any
amount due with respect to any Note and remaining unclaimed for two years after
such amount has become due and payable shall be discharged from such trust and
be paid to the Issuer on Issuer Request with the consent of the Security
Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) shall
be deposited by the Trustee in the Collection Account; and the Holder of such
Note shall thereafter, as an unsecured general creditor, look only to the
Issuer for payment thereof (but only to the extent of the amounts so paid to
the Issuer), and all liability of the Trustee or such Paying Agent with respect
to such trust money shall thereupon cease; provided, however, that if such
money or any portion thereof had been previously deposited by the Security
Insurer or the Indenture Collateral Agent with the Trustee for the payment of
principal or interest on the Notes, to the extent any amounts are owing to the
Security Insurer, such amounts shall be paid promptly to the Security Insurer
upon receipt of a written request by the Security Insurer to such effect, and
provided, further, that the Trustee or such Paying Agent, before being required
to make any such repayment, shall at the expense of the Issuer cause to be
published once, in a newspaper published in the English language, customarily
published on each Business Day and of general circulation in The City of New
York, notice that such money remains unclaimed and that, after a date specified
therein, which shall not be less than 30 days from the date of such
publication, any unclaimed balance of such money then remaining will be repaid
to the Issuer. The Trustee shall also adopt and employ, at the expense of the
Issuer, any other reasonable means of notification of such repayment
(including, but not limited to, mailing notice of such repayment to Holders
whose Notes have been called but have not been surrendered for redemption or
whose right to or interest in moneys due and payable but not claimed is
determinable from the records of the Trustee or of any Paying Agent, at the
last address of record for each such Holder).

          SECTION 3.4 Existence. Except as otherwise permitted by the
provisions of Section 3.10, the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence,
rights and franchises as a business trust under the laws of the State of
Delaware (unless it becomes, or any successor Issuer hereunder is or becomes,
organized under the laws of any other state or of the United States of America,
in which case the Issuer will keep in full effect its existence, rights and
franchises under the laws of such other jurisdiction) and will obtain and
preserve its qualification to do business in each jurisdiction in which such
qualification is or shall be necessary to protect the validity and
enforceability of this Indenture, the Notes, the Collateral and each other
instrument or agreement included in the Trust Estate.

          SECTION 3.5 Protection of Trust Estate. The Issuer intends the
security interest Granted pursuant to this Indenture in favor of the Issuer
Secured Parties to be prior to all other liens in respect of the Trust Estate,
and the Issuer shall take all actions necessary to obtain and maintain, in
favor of the Indenture Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured
Parties, a first lien on and a first priority, perfected security interest in
the Trust Estate. The Issuer will from time to time prepare (or shall cause to
be prepared), execute and deliver all such supplements and amendments hereto
and all such financing statements, continuation statements, instruments of
further assurance and other instruments, and will take such other action
necessary or advisable to:

                    (i) Grant more effectively all or any portion of the Trust
          Estate;

                    (ii) maintain or preserve the lien and security interest
          (and the priority thereof) in favor of the Indenture Collateral Agent
          for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties created by this
          Indenture or carry out more effectively the purposes hereof;

                    (iii) perfect, publish notice of or protect the validity of
          any Grant made or to be made by this Indenture;

                    (iv) enforce any of the Collateral;

                    (v) preserve and defend title to the Trust Estate and the
          rights of the Indenture Collateral Agent in such Trust Estate against
          the claims of all persons and parties; and

                    (vi) pay all taxes or assessments levied or assessed upon
          the Trust Estate when due.

The Issuer  hereby  designates  the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent its agent and
attorney- in-fact to execute any financing statement, continuation statement or
other  instrument  required by the Indenture  Collateral Agent pursuant to this
Section.

          SECTION 3.6 Opinions as to Trust Estate. (a) On the Closing Date, the
Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, the Indenture Collateral Agent and the
Security Insurer an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in the opinion of
such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the recording and
filing of this Indenture, any indentures supplemental hereto, and any other
requisite documents, and with respect to the execution and filing of any
financing statements and continuation statements, as are necessary to perfect
and make effective the first priority lien and security interest in favor of
the Indenture Collateral Agent, for the benefit of the Issuer Secured Parties,
created by this Indenture and reciting the details of such action, or stating
that, in the opinion of such counsel, no such action is necessary to make such
lien and security interest effective.

          (b) Within 120 days after the beginning of each calendar year,
beginning with the first calendar year beginning more than three months after
the Closing Date, the Issuer shall furnish to the Trustee, Indenture Collateral
Agent and the Security Insurer an Opinion of Counsel either stating that, in
the opinion of such counsel, such action has been taken with respect to the
recording, filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures
supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and with respect to the
execution and filing of any financing statements and continuation statements as
are necessary to maintain the lien and security interest created by this
Indenture and reciting the details of such action or stating that in the
opinion of such counsel no such action is necessary to maintain such lien and
security interest. Such Opinion of Counsel shall also describe the recording,
filing, re-recording and refiling of this Indenture, any indentures
supplemental hereto and any other requisite documents and the execution and
filing of any financing statements and continuation statements that will, in
the opinion of such counsel, be required to maintain the lien and security
interest of this Indenture until January 30 in the following calendar year.

          SECTION 3.7 Performance of Obligations; Servicing of Receivables. (a)
The Issuer will not take any action and will use its best efforts not to permit
any action to be taken by others that would release any Person from any of such
Person's material covenants or obligations under any instrument or agreement
included in the Trust Estate or that would result in the amendment,
hypothecation, subordination, termination or discharge of, or impair the
validity or effectiveness of, any such instrument or agreement, except as
ordered by any bankruptcy or other court or as expressly provided in this
Indenture, the Basic Documents or such other instrument or agreement.

          (b) The Issuer may contract with other Persons acceptable to the
Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) to assist it in performing its duties under this Indenture, and any
performance of such duties by a Person identified to the Trustee and the
Security Insurer in an Officer's Certificate of the Issuer shall be deemed to
be action taken by the Issuer. Initially, the Issuer has contracted with the
Servicer to assist the Issuer in performing its duties under this Indenture.

          (c) The Issuer will punctually perform and observe all of its
obligations and agreements contained in this Indenture, the Basic Documents and
in the instruments and agreements included in the Trust Estate, including but
not limited to preparing (or causing to prepared) and filing (or causing to be
filed) all UCC financing statements and continuation statements required to be
filed by the terms of this Indenture and the Sale and Servicing Agreement in
accordance with and within the time periods provided for herein and therein.
Except as otherwise expressly provided therein, the Issuer shall not waive,
amend, modify, supplement or terminate any Basic Document or any provision
thereof without the consent of the Trustee, the Security Insurer or the Holders
of at least a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

          (d) If a responsible officer of the Owner Trustee shall have actual
knowledge of the occurrence of a Servicer Default under the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the Trustee, the Security Insurer
and the Rating Agencies thereof in accordance with Section 11.4, and shall
specify in such notice the action, if any, the Issuer is taking in respect of
such default. If a Servicer Default shall arise from the failure of the
Servicer to perform any of its duties or obligations under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement with respect to the Receivables, the Issuer shall take all
reasonable steps available to it to remedy such failure.

          (e) If an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing and
if the Issuer has given notice of termination to the Servicer of the Servicer's
rights and powers pursuant to Section 8.2 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement,
as promptly as possible thereafter, the Issuer shall appoint a successor
servicer in accordance with Section 8.3 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

          (f) Upon any termination of the Servicer's rights and powers pursuant
to the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall promptly notify the
Trustee. As soon as a Successor Servicer (other than the Trustee) is appointed,
the Issuer shall notify the Trustee of such appointment, specifying in such
notice the name and address of such Successor Servicer.

          (g) The Issuer agrees that it will not waive timely performance or
observance by the Servicer, the Seller or the Representative of their
respective duties under the Basic Documents (x) without the prior consent of
the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
controlling) or (y) if the effect thereof would adversely affect the Holders of
the Notes.

          SECTION 3.8 Negative Covenants. So long as any Notes are Outstanding,
the Issuer shall not:

                    (i) except as expressly permitted by this Indenture or the
          Basic Documents, sell, transfer, exchange or otherwise dispose of any
          of the properties or assets of the Issuer, including those included
          in the Trust Estate, unless directed to do so by the Controlling
          Party;

                    (ii) claim any credit on, or make any deduction from the
          principal or interest payable in respect of, the Notes (other than
          amounts properly withheld from such payments under the Code) or
          assert any claim against any present or former Noteholder by reason
          of the payment of the taxes levied or assessed upon any part of the
          Trust Estate; or

                    (iii) (A) permit the validity or effectiveness of this
          Indenture to be impaired, or permit the lien in favor of the
          Indenture Collateral Agent created by this Indenture to be amended,
          hypothecated, subordinated, terminated or discharged, or permit any
          Person to be released from any covenants or obligations with respect
          to the Notes under this Indenture except as may be expressly
          permitted hereby, (B) permit any lien, charge, excise, claim,
          security interest, mortgage or other encumbrance (other than the lien
          of this Indenture) to be created on or extend to or otherwise arise
          upon or burden the Trust Estate or any part thereof or any interest
          therein or the proceeds thereof (other than tax liens, mechanics'
          liens and other liens that arise by operation of law, in each case on
          a Financed Vehicle and arising solely as a result of an action or
          omission of the related Obligor), (C) permit the lien of this
          Indenture not to constitute a valid first priority (other than with
          respect to any such tax, mechanics' or other lien) security interest
          in the Trust Estate or (D) amend, modify or fail to comply with the
          provisions of the Basic Documents without the prior written consent
          of the Controlling Party.

          SECTION 3.9 Annual Statement as to Compliance. The Issuer will
deliver to the Trustee and the Security Insurer, within 120 days after the end
of each fiscal year of the Issuer (commencing with the fiscal year ended
December 31, 1996), and otherwise in compliance with the requirements of TIA
Section 314(a)(4) an Officer's Certificate stating, as to the Authorized
Officer signing such Officer's Certificate, that

                    (i) a review of the activities of the Issuer during such
          year and of performance under this Indenture has been made under such
          Authorized Officer's supervision; and

                    (ii) to the best of such Authorized Officer's knowledge,
          based on such review, the Issuer has complied with all conditions and
          covenants under this Indenture throughout such year, or, if there has
          been a default in the compliance of any such condition or covenant,
          specifying each such default known to such Authorized Officer and the
          nature and status thereof.

          SECTION 3.10 Issuer May Consolidate, Etc. Only on Certain Terms. (a)
The Issuer shall not consolidate or merge with or into any other Person, unless

                  (i) the  Person  (if  other  than the  Issuer)  formed  by or
         surviving such consolidation or merger shall be a Person organized and
         existing  under the laws of the United  States of America or any state
         and shall  expressly  assume,  by an  indenture  supplemental  hereto,
         executed and  delivered to the Trustee,  in form  satisfactory  to the
         Trustee and the Security  Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall
         have occurred and be continuing),  the due and punctual payment of the
         principal  of and  interest  on  all  Notes  and  the  performance  or
         observance of every  agreement  and covenant of this  Indenture on the
         part of the  Issuer  to be  performed  or  observed,  all as  provided
         herein;

                    (ii) immediately after giving effect to such transaction,
          no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing;

                    (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been satisfied
          with respect to such transaction;

                    (iv) the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel
          (and shall have delivered copies thereof to the Trustee and the
          Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
          and be continuing) to the effect that such transaction will not have
          any material adverse tax consequence to the Trust, the Security
          Insurer, any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

                    (v) any action as is necessary to maintain the lien and
          security interest created by this Indenture shall have been taken;

                    (vi) the Issuer shall have delivered to the Trustee an
          Officer's Certificate and an Opinion of Counsel each stating that
          such consolidation or merger and such supplemental indenture comply
          with this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein
          provided for relating to such transaction have been complied with
          (including any filing required by the Exchange Act); and

                    (vii) so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and
          be continuing, the Issuer shall have given the Security Insurer
          written notice of such consolidation or merger at least 20 Business
          Days prior to the consummation of such action and shall have received
          the prior written approval of the Security Insurer of such
          consolidation or merger and the Issuer or the Person (if other than
          the Issuer) formed by or surviving such consolidation or merger has a
          net worth, immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is
          (a) greater than zero and (b) not less than the net worth of the
          Issuer immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or
          merger.

          (b) The Issuer shall not convey or transfer all or substantially all
of its properties or assets, including those included in the Trust Estate, to
any Person, unless

                  (i) the Person that  acquires by  conveyance  or transfer the
         properties  and assets of the Issuer the  conveyance  or  transfer  of
         which is hereby  restricted  shall (A) be a United States citizen or a
         Person  organized and existing  under the laws of the United States of
         America  or  any  state,  (B)  expressly   assume,   by  an  indenture
         supplemental  hereto,  executed and delivered to the Trustee,  in form
         satisfactory to the Trustee,  and the Security  Insurer (so long as no
         Insurer  Default shall have occurred and be  continuing),  the due and
         punctual payment of the principal of and interest on all Notes and the
         performance  or  observance  of every  agreement  and covenant of this
         Indenture and each of the Basic Documents on the part of the Issuer to
         be performed or observed,  all as provided herein, (C) expressly agree
         by means of such  supplemental  indenture  that all  right,  title and
         interest so conveyed or transferred  shall be subject and  subordinate
         to the rights of Holders of the Notes, (D) unless  otherwise  provided
         in such supplemental indenture,  expressly agree to indemnify,  defend
         and hold harmless the Issuer  against and from any loss,  liability or
         expense  arising under or related to this  Indenture and the Notes and
         (E) expressly agree by means of such supplemental  indenture that such
         Person (or if a group of persons,  then one  specified  Person)  shall
         prepare  (or  cause to be  prepared)  and make  all  filings  with the
         Commission (and any other appropriate Person) required by the Exchange
         Act in connection with the Notes;

              (ii)  immediately after giving effect to such trans-
         action, no Default or Event of Default shall have occurred
         and be continuing;

              (iii) the Rating Agency Condition shall have been
         satisfied with respect to such transaction;

              (iv)  the Issuer shall have received an Opinion of Counsel (and
         shall have delivered copies thereof to the Trustee and the Security
         Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing) to the effect that such transaction will not have any
         material adverse tax consequence to the Trust, the Security Insurer,
         any Noteholder or any Certificateholder;

                  (v)  any action as is necessary to maintain the lien
         and security interest created by this Indenture shall have
         been taken; and

              (vi) the Issuer shall have  delivered to the Trustee an Officers'
         Certificate   and  an  Opinion  of  Counsel  each  stating  that  such
         conveyance  or transfer and such  supplemental  indenture  comply with
         this Article III and that all conditions precedent herein provided for
         relating to such  transaction  have been complied with  (including any
         filing required by the Exchange Act); and

                  (vii) so long as no Insurer  Default  shall have occurred and
         be  continuing,  the  Issuer  shall have  given the  Security  Insurer
         written  notice of such  conveyance  or  transfer at least 20 Business
         Days prior to the  consummation of such action and shall have received
         the  prior   written   approval  of  the  Security   Insurer  of  such
         consolidation  or merger  and the  Issuer or the Person (if other than
         the Issuer) formed by or surviving such  consolidation or merger has a
         net worth, immediately after such consolidation or merger, that is (a)
         greater  than zero and  (b)not  less than the net worth of the  Issuer
         immediately prior to giving effect to such consolidation or merger.

     SECTION 3.11 Successor or Transferee. (a) Upon any consolidation or merger
of the Issuer in accordance with Section 3.10(a), the Person formed by or
surviving such consolidation or merger (if other than the Issuer) shall succeed
to, and be substituted for, and may exercise every right and power of, the
Issuer under this Indenture with the same effect as if such Person had been
named as the Issuer herein.

                  (b) Upon a  conveyance  or  transfer  of all the  assets  and
properties  of the Issuer  pursuant to Section  3.10 (b),  The Money Store Auto
Trust  1996-1  will be  released  from every  covenant  and  agreement  of this
Indenture to be observed or performed on the part of the Issuer with respect to
the Notes  immediately  upon the  delivery  of  written  notice to the  Trustee
stating that The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1 is to be so released.

     SECTION 3.12 No Other Business. The Issuer shall not engage in any business
other than financing, purchasing, owning, selling and managing the Receivables
in the manner contemplated by this Indenture and the Basic Documents and
activities incidental thereto. After the Funding Period, the Issuer shall not
fund the purchase of any additional Receivables.

     SECTION 3.13 No Borrowing. The Issuer shall not issue, incur, assume,
guarantee or otherwise become liable, directly or indirectly, for any
Indebtedness except for (i) the Notes, (ii) obligations owing from time to time
to the Security Insurer under the Insurance Agreement and (iii) any other
Indebtedness permitted by or arising under the Basic Documents. The proceeds of
the Notes and the Certificates shall be used exclusively to fund the Issuer's
purchase of the Receivables and the other assets specified in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement to fund the Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest
Account and the Spread Account and to pay the Issuer's organizational,
transactional and start-up expenses.

     SECTION 3.14 Servicer's Obligations. The Issuer shall cause the Servicer to
comply with Sections 4.9, 4.10, 4.11 and 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement.

     SECTION 3.15 Guarantees, Loans, Advances and Other Liabilities. Except as
contemplated by the Sale and Servicing Agreement or this Indenture, the Issuer
shall not make any loan or advance or credit to, or guarantee (directly or
indirectly or by an instrument having the effect of assuring another's payment
or performance on any obligation or capability of so doing or otherwise),
endorse or otherwise become contingently liable, directly or indirectly, in
connection with the obligations, stocks or dividends of, or own, purchase,
repurchase or acquire (or agree contingently to do so) any stock, obligations,
assets or securities of, or any other interest in, or make any capital
contribution to, any other Person.

     SECTION 3.16 Capital Expenditures. The Issuer shall not make any
expenditure (by long-term or operating lease or otherwise) for capital assets
(either realty or personalty).

     SECTION 3.17 Compliance with Laws. The Issuer shall comply with the
requirements of all applicable laws, the non-compliance with which would,
individually or in the aggregate, materially and adversely affect the ability of
the Issuer to perform its obligations under the Notes, this Indenture or any
Basic Document.

     SECTION 3.18 Restricted Payments. The Issuer shall not, directly or
indirectly, (i) pay any dividend or make any distribution (by reduction of
capital or otherwise), whether in cash, property, securities or a combination
thereof, to the Owner Trustee or any owner of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer or otherwise with respect to any ownership or equity interest or security
in or of the Issuer or to the Servicer, (ii) redeem, purchase, retire or
otherwise acquire for value any such ownership or equity interest or security or
(iii) set aside or otherwise segregate any amounts for any such purpose;
provided, however, that the Issuer may make, or cause to be made, distributions
to the Servicer, the Owner Trustee, the Trustee and the Certificateholders as
permitted by, and to the extent funds are available for such purpose under, the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Trust Agreement. The Issuer will not, directly
or indirectly, make payments to or distributions from the Collection Account
except in accordance with this Indenture and the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 3.19 Notice of Events of Default. Upon a responsible officer of the
Owner Trustee having actual knowledge thereof, the Issuer agrees to give the
Trustee, the Security Insurer and the Rating Agencies prompt written notice of
each Event of Default hereunder and each default on the part of the Servicer or
the Seller of its obligations under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 3.20 Further Instruments and Acts. Upon request of the Trustee or
the Security Insurer, the Issuer will execute and deliver such further
instruments and do such further acts as may be reasonably necessary or proper to
carry out more effectively the purpose of this Indenture.

     SECTION 3.21 Amendments of Sale and Servicing Agreement and Trust
Agreement. The Issuer shall not agree to any amendment to Section 11.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement or Section 11.1 of the Trust Agreement to eliminate
the requirements thereunder that the Trustee or the Holders of the Notes consent
to amendments thereto as provided therein.

     SECTION 3.22 Income Tax Characterization. For purposes of federal income,
state and local income and franchise and any other income taxes, the Issuer will
treat the Notes as indebtedness of the Issuer.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                           Satisfaction and Discharge

     SECTION 4.1 Satisfaction and Discharge of Indenture. This Indenture shall
cease to be of further effect with respect to the Notes except as to (i) rights
of registration of transfer and exchange, (ii) substitution of mutilated,
destroyed, lost or stolen Notes, (iii) rights of Noteholders to receive payments
of principal thereof and interest thereon, (iv) Sections 3.3, 3.4, 3.5, 3.8,
3.10, 3.12, 3.13, 3.20, 3.21 and 3.22, (v) the rights, obligations and
immunities of the Trustee hereunder (including the rights of the Trustee under
Section 6.7 and the obligations of the Trustee under Section 4.2) and (vi) the
rights of Noteholders as beneficiaries hereof with respect to the property so
deposited with the Trustee payable to all or any of them, and the Trustee, on
demand of and at the expense of the Issuer, shall execute proper instruments
acknowledging satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the
Notes, when

                  (A)      either

                           (1) all Notes theretofore authenticated and
                  delivered  (other  than (i) Notes  that have been  destroyed,
                  lost  or  stolen  and  that  have  been  replaced  or paid as
                  provided  in  Section  2.5 and (ii)  Notes for whose  payment
                  money has theretofore been deposited in trust or  segregated
                  and held in  trust  by the  Issuer  and
                  thereafter  repaid  to the  Issuer  or  discharged  from such
                  trust, as provided in Section 3.3) have been delivered to the
                  Trustee for  cancellation and the Note Policy has expired and
                  been returned to the Security Insurer for cancellation; or

                           (2) all Notes not theretofore delivered to the
                  Trustee for cancellation

                                (i)  have become due and payable,

                               (ii)  will become due and payable at their
                           respective Final Scheduled Distribution Dates
                           within one year, or

                              (iii) are to be called for redemption  within one
                           year under arrangements  satisfactory to the Trustee
                           for  the  giving  of  notice  of  redemption  by the
                           Trustee  in the  name,  and at the  expense,  of the
                           Issuer,

                  and the Issuer,  in the case of (i), (ii) or (iii) above, has
                  irrevocably  deposited or caused to be irrevocably  deposited
                  with  the   Indenture   Collateral   Agent   cash  or  direct
                  obligations of or obligations guaranteed by the United States
                  of America  (which will mature prior to the date such amounts
                  are  payable),  in  trust  for  such  purpose,  in an  amount
                  sufficient to pay and discharge  the entire  indebtedness  on
                  such  Notes not  theretofore  delivered  to the  Trustee  for
                  cancellation  when due to the  Final  Scheduled  Distribution
                  Date or Redemption  Date (if Notes shall have been called for
                  redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)), as the case may be;

                  (B)  the Issuer has paid or caused to be paid all
         Insurer Issuer Secured Obligations and all Trustee Issuer
         Secured Obligations; and

                  (C) the Issuer has  delivered to the Trustee,  the  Indenture
         Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer an Officer's Certificate, an
         Opinion of Counsel  and (if  required  by the TIA,  the  Trustee,  the
         Indenture  Collateral  Agent or the  Security  Insurer  (so long as an
         Insurer  Default  shall  not  have  occurred  and  be  continuing)  an
         Independent  Certificate from a firm of certified public  accountants,
         each meeting the applicable  requirements  of Section 11.1(a) and each
         stating that all conditions  precedent herein provided for relating to
         the  satisfaction  and discharge of this  Indenture have been complied
         with.

     SECTION 4.2 Application of Trust Money. All moneys deposited with the
Trustee pursuant to Section 4.1 hereof shall be held in trust and applied by it,
in accordance with the provisions of the Notes and this Indenture, to the
payment, either directly or through any Paying Agent, as the Trustee may
determine, to the Holders of the particular Notes for the payment or redemption
of which such moneys have been deposited with the Trustee, of all sums due and
to become due thereon for principal and interest; but such moneys need not be
segregated from other funds except to the extent required herein or in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or required by law.

     SECTION 4.3 Repayment of Moneys Held by Paying Agent. In connection with
the satisfaction and discharge of this Indenture with respect to the Notes, all
moneys then held by any Paying Agent other than the Trustee under the provisions
of this Indenture with respect to such Notes shall, upon demand of the Issuer,
be paid to the Trustee to be held and applied according to Section 3.3 and
thereupon such Paying Agent shall be released from all further liability with
respect to such moneys.


                                    ARTICLE V

                                    Remedies

                  SECTION 5.1 Events of Default.  "Event of Default",  wherever
used herein,  means any one of the  following  events  (whatever the reason for
such Event of Default and whether it shall be  voluntary or  involuntary  or be
effected by  operation of law or pursuant to any  judgment,  decree or order of
      any court or any order, rule or regulation of any administrative or
governmental body):

                  (i) default in the  payment of any  interest on any Note when
         the same becomes due and payable,  and such default shall continue for
         a period of five days (solely for  purposes of this clause,  a payment
         on the Notes funded by the Security  Insurer or the  Collateral  Agent
         pursuant  to the  Spread  Account  Agreement  shall be  deemed to be a
         payment made by the Issuer); or

                  (ii)  default  in  the  payment  of the  principal  of or any
         installment of the principal of any Note when the same becomes due and
         payable  (solely for purposes of this  clause,  a payment on the Notes
         funded by the Security Insurer or the Collateral Agent pursuant to the
         Spread Account Agreement,  shall be deemed to be a payment made by the
         Issuer); or

                  (iii) so long as an Insurer  Default  shall not have occurred
         and be  continuing,  an Insurance  Agreement  Indenture  Cross Default
         shall have  occurred;  provided,  however,  that the  occurrence of an
         Insurance  Agreement Indenture Cross Default may not form the basis of
         an Event of Default  unless the  Security  Insurer  shall,  upon prior
         written  notice to the Rating  Agencies,  have delivered to the Issuer
         and the Trustee  and not  rescinded  a  written  notice  specifying 
         that such Insurance  Agreement  Indenture Cross Default constitutes an
         Event of Default under the Indenture; or

              (iv) so long as an Insurer  Default  shall have  occurred  and be
         continuing, default in the observance or performance of any covenant
         or  agreement  of the  Issuer  made in this  Indenture  (other  than a
         covenant or agreement,  a default in the  observance or performance of
         which is elsewhere in this Section  specifically  dealt with),  or any
         representation  or warranty of the Issuer made in this Indenture or in
         any  certificate  or other  writing  delivered  pursuant  hereto or in
         connection  herewith  proving to have been  incorrect  in any material
         respect as of the time when the same  shall  have been made,  and such
         default  shall  continue  or not be  cured,  or  the  circumstance  or
         condition in respect of which such  misrepresentation  or warranty was
         incorrect  shall not have been  eliminated or otherwise  cured,  for a
         period  of 30 days (or for such  longer  period,  not in  excess of 90
         days, as may be reasonably necessary to remedy such default;  provided
         that such default is capable of remedy  within 90 days or less and the
         Servicer  on  behalf  of  the  Owner  Trustee  delivers  an  Officer's
         Certificate  to  the  Trustee  to  the  effect  that  the  Issuer  has
         commenced,  or will  promptly  commence  and  diligently  pursue,  all
         reasonable efforts to remedy such default) after there shall have been
         given,  by registered or certified  mail, to the Issuer by the Trustee
         or to the Issuer and the Trustee by the Holders of at least 25% of the
         Outstanding  Amount of the Notes,  a written  notice  specifying  such
         default or incorrect representation or warranty and requiring it to be
         remedied  and  stating  that  such  notice is a  "Notice  of  Default"
         hereunder; or

             (v) so long as an  Insurer  Default  shall  have  occurred  and be
         continuing,  the  filing of a decree  or order  for  relief by a court
         having  jurisdiction  in the  premises in respect of the Issuer or any
         substantial  part of the Trust Estate in an involuntary case under any
         applicable  Federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or other similar
         law now or hereafter in effect, or appointing a receiver,  liquidator,
         assignee,  custodian, trustee, sequestrator or similar official of the
         Issuer or for any  substantial  part of the Trust Estate,  or ordering
         the winding-up or liquidation of the Issuer's affairs, and such decree
         or order  shall  remain  unstayed  and in  effect  for a period  of 60
         consecutive days; or

                  (vi) so long as an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing,  the  commencement by the Issuer of a voluntary case under
         any  applicable  Federal  or  state  bankruptcy,  insolvency  or other
         similar law now or hereafter  in effect,  or the consent by the Issuer
         to the entry of an order for relief in an  involuntary  case under any
         such law, or the consent by the Issuer to the appointment or taking
         possession by a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian, trustee,
         sequestrator or similar  official of the Issuer or for any substantial
         part of the Trust  Estate,  or the making by the Issuer of any general
         assignment for the benefit of creditors,  or the failure by the Issuer
         generally  to pay its debts as such debts become due, or the taking of
         action by the Issuer in furtherance of any of the foregoing.

                  The Issuer  shall  deliver to the  Trustee  and the  Security
Insurer,  within five days after the occurrence thereof,  written notice in the
form of an Officer's  Certificate  of any event which with the giving of notice
and the lapse of time would become an Event of Default under clause (iii),  its
status and what action the Issuer is taking or  proposes  to take with  respect
thereto.

     SECTION 5.2 Rights Upon Event of Default. (a) If an Insurer Default shall
not have occurred and be continuing and an Event of Default shall have occurred
and be continuing, the Notes shall become immediately due and payable at par,
together with accrued interest thereon. If an Event of Default shall have
occurred and be continuing, the Controlling Party may exercise any of the
remedies specified in Section 5.4(a). In the event of any acceleration of any
Notes by operation of this Section 5.2, the Trustee shall continue to be
entitled to make claims under the Note Policy pursuant to Section 5.18 hereof
for Guaranteed Note Distributions on the Notes. Payments under the Note Policy
following acceleration of any Notes shall be applied by the Trustee:

                  FIRST:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on
         the Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or
         priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
         payable on the Notes for interest; and

                SECOND: to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on
         the Notes for principal, ratably, without preference or
         priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
         payable on the Notes for principal.

                  (b) In the event any Notes are accelerated due to an Event of
Default,  the  Security  Insurer  shall  have the  right  (in  addition  to its
obligation to pay Guaranteed Note Distributions on the Notes in accordance with
the Note  Policy),  but not the  obligation,  to make  payments  under the Note
Policy or otherwise of interest and principal due on such Notes, in whole or in
part, on any date or dates following such acceleration as the Security Insurer,
in its sole discretion, shall elect.

                  (c)  If  an  Insurer  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing and an Event of Default shall have occurred and be  continuing,  the
Trustee in its discretion may, or if so requested in writing by Holders holding
Notes  representing  not less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the
Notes, declare by written  notice to the  Issuer  that the Notes  become, 
whereupon  they  shall become,  immediately  due and payable at par,  together
with accrued interest thereon.

                  (d)  If  an  Insurer  Default  shall  have  occurred  and  be
continuing, then at any time after such declaration of acceleration of maturity
has been made and before a judgment  or decree for payment of the money due has
been  obtained by the Trustee as  hereinafter  in this Article V provided,  the
Holders of Notes  representing  a  majority  of the  Outstanding  Amount of the
Notes,  by written notice to the Issuer and the Trustee,  may rescind and annul
such declaration and its consequences if:

                  (i)  the Issuer has paid or deposited with the Trustee
         a sum sufficient to pay

                           (A) all payments of principal of and interest on all
                  Notes and all other  amounts that would then be due hereunder
                  or upon such  Notes if the Event of  Default  giving  rise to
                  such acceleration had not occurred; and

                           (B)  all sums paid or advanced by the Trustee
                  hereunder and the reasonable compensation, expenses,
                  disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its
                  agents and counsel; and

             (ii) all  Events of Default, other than the nonpayment of the
         principal of the Notes that has become due solely by such
         acceleration, have been cured or waived as provided in Section 5.12.

                  No such rescission shall affect any subsequent default or
impair any right consequent thereto.

     SECTION 5.3 Collection of Indebtedness and Suits for Enforcement by
Trustee. (a) The Issuer covenants that if (i) default is made in the payment of
any interest on any Note when the same becomes due and payable, and such default
continues for a period of five days, or (ii) default is made in the payment of
the principal of or any installment of the principal of any Note when the same
becomes due and payable, the Issuer will, upon demand of the Trustee, pay to it,
for the benefit of the Holders of the Notes, the whole amount then due and
payable on such Notes for principal and interest, with interest upon the overdue
principal, and, to the extent payment at such rate of interest shall be legally
enforceable, upon overdue installments of interest, at the applicable Interest
Rate and in addition thereto such further amount as shall be sufficient to cover
the costs and expenses of collection, including the reasonable compensation,
expenses, disbursements and advances of the Trustee and its agents and counsel.

     (b) Each Issuer Secured Party hereby irrevocably and unconditionally
appoints the Controlling Party as the true and lawful attorney-in-fact of such
Issuer Secured Party for so long as such Issuer Secured Party is not the
Controlling Party, with full power of substitution, to execute, acknowledge and
deliver any notice, document, certificate, paper, pleading or instrument and to
do in the name of the Controlling Party as well as in the name, place and stead
of such Issuer Secured Party such acts, things and deeds for or on behalf of and
in the name of such Issuer Secured Party under this Indenture (including
specifically under Section 5.4) and under the Basic Documents which such Issuer
Secured Party could or might do or which may be necessary, desirable or
convenient in such Controlling Party's sole discretion to effect the purposes
contemplated hereunder and under the Related Documents and, without limitation,
following the occurrence of an Event of Default, exercise full right, power and
authority to take, or defer from taking, any and all acts with respect to the
administration, maintenance or disposition of the Trust Estate.

     (c) If an Event of Default occurs and is continuing, the Trustee may in its
discretion but with the consent of the Controlling Party and shall, at the
direction of the Controlling Party (except as provided in Section 5.3(d) below),
proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of the Noteholders by
such appropriate Proceedings as the Trustee or the Controlling Party shall deem
most effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for the specific
enforcement of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law.

     (d) Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Indenture
(including without limitation Sections 5.4(a), 5.12, 5.13 and 5.17) and
regardless of whether an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
if the Issuer fails to perform its obligations under Section 10.1(b) hereof when
and as due, the Trustee may in its discretion (and without the consent of the
Controlling Party) proceed to protect and enforce its rights and the rights of
the Noteholders by such appropriate proceedings as the Trustee shall deem most
effective to protect and enforce any such rights, whether for specific
performance of any covenant or agreement in this Indenture or in aid of the
exercise of any power granted herein, or to enforce any other proper remedy or
legal or equitable right vested in the Trustee by this Indenture or by law;
provided that the Trustee shall only be entitled to take any such actions
without the consent of the Controlling Party to the extent such actions (x) are
taken only to enforce to Issuer's obligations to redeem the principal amount of
Notes and (y) are taken only against the portion of the Collateral, if any,
consisting of the Pre-Funding Account, the Capitalized Interest Account, any
investments therein and any proceeds thereof.

     (e) In case there shall be pending, relative to the Issuer or any other
obligor upon the Notes or any Person having or claiming an ownership interest in
the Trust Estate, proceedings under Title 11 of the United States Code or any
other applicable Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or other similar law,
or in case a receiver, assignee or trustee in bankruptcy or reorganization,
liquidator, sequestrator or similar official shall have been appointed for or
taken possession of the Issuer or its property or such other obligor or Person,
or in case of any other comparable judicial proceedings relative to the Issuer
or other obligor upon the Notes, or to the creditors or property of the Issuer
or such other obligor, the Trustee, irrespective of whether the principal of any
Notes shall then be due and payable as therein expressed or by declaration or
otherwise and irrespective of whether the Trustee shall have made any demand
pursuant to the provisions of this Section, shall be entitled and empowered, by
intervention in such proceedings or otherwise:

                  (i) to file and prove a claim or claims for the whole  amount
         of principal and interest owing and unpaid in respect of the Notes and
         to  file  such  other  papers  or  documents  as may be  necessary  or
         advisable  in order to have the claims of the Trustee  (including  any
         claim for reasonable  compensation to the Trustee and each predecessor
         Trustee,  and their respective agents,  attorneys and counsel, and for
         reimbursement  of all  expenses  and  liabilities  incurred,  and  all
         advances made, by the Trustee and each predecessor Trustee,  except as
         a result of negligence,  bad faith or willful  misconduct)  and of the
         Noteholders allowed in such proceedings;

             (ii) unless prohibited by applicable law and regulations,  to vote
         on behalf of the  Holders of Notes in any  election  of a  trustee,  a
         standby  trustee or person  performing  similar  functions in any such
         proceedings;

            (iii) to collect and receive any moneys or other  property  payable
         or  deliverable  on any such  claims  and to  distribute  all  amounts
         received  with  respect  to the claims of the  Noteholders  and of the
         Trustee on their behalf; and

             (iv) to file such proofs of claim and other papers or documents as
         may be  necessary  or  advisable  in order to have the  claims  of the
         Trustee or the Holders of Notes  allowed in any  judicial  proceedings
         relative to the Issuer, its creditors and its property;

and any trustee, receiver,  liquidator,  custodian or other similar official in
any such  proceeding is hereby  authorized by each of such  Noteholders to make
payments to the Trustee,  and, in the event that the Trustee  shall  consent to
the making of payments directly to such Noteholders, to pay to the Trustee such
amounts as shall be sufficient to cover reasonable compensation to the
Trustee,  each predecessor  Trustee and their respective agents,  attorneys and
counsel,  and all other  expenses and  liabilitieS  incurred,  and all advances
made,  by the  Trustee  and each  predecessor  Trustee  except  as a result  of
negligence or bad faith.

     (f) Nothing herein contained shall be deemed to authorize the Trustee to
authorize or consent to or vote for or accept or adopt on behalf of any
Noteholder any plan of reorganization, arrangement, adjustment or composition
affecting the Notes or the rights of any Holder thereof or to authorize the
Trustee to vote in respect of the claim of any Noteholder in any such proceeding
except, as aforesaid, to vote for the election of a trustee in bankruptcy or
similar person.

     (g) All rights of action and of asserting claims under this Indenture, the
Spread Account Agreement or under any of the Notes, may be enforced by the
Trustee without the possession of any of the Notes or the production thereof in
any trial or other proceedings relative thereto, and any such action or
proceedings instituted by the Trustee shall be brought in its own name as
trustee of an express trust, and any recovery of judgment, subject to the
payment of the expenses, disbursements and compensation of the Trustee, each
predecessor Trustee and their respective agents and attorneys, shall be for the
ratable benefit of the Holders of the Notes.

     (h) In any proceedings brought by the Trustee (and also any proceedings
involving the interpretation of any provision of this Indenture or the Spread
Account Agreement), the Trustee shall be held to represent all the Holders of
the Notes, and it shall not be necessary to make any Noteholder a party to any
such proceedings.

     SECTION 5.4 Remedies. (a) If an Event of Default shall have occurred and be
continuing, the Controlling Party may do one or more of the following (subject
to Section 5.5):

                  (i) institute  Proceedings  in its own name and as trustee of
         an express trust for the collection of all amounts then payable on the
         Notes or  under  this  Indenture  with  respect  thereto,  whether  by
         declaration or otherwise,  enforce any judgment obtained,  and collect
         from the Issuer and any other obligor upon such Notes moneys  adjudged
         due;

                 (ii)  institute Proceedings from time to time for the
        complete or partial foreclosure of this Indenture with respect to the
        Trust Estate;

                (iii)  exercise any remedies of a secured party under the UCC
         and take any other  appropriate  action to  protect  and  enforce  the
         rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Holders of the Notes; and

               (iv) direct the Indenture  Collateral Agent to sell the Trust
         Estate or any portion thereof or rights or interest therein, at one or
         more  public or  private  sales  called  and  conducted  in any manner
         permitted by law; provided, however, that

                           (A)  if the  Security  Insurer  is  the  Controlling
                  Party,  the  Security  Insurer  may  not  sell  or  otherwise
                  liquidate the Trust Estate  following an Insurance  Agreement
                  Indenture Cross Default unless

                                    (I)  such  Insurance   Agreement  Indenture
                           Cross Default  arises from a claim being made on the
                           Note Policy or from the  insolvency  of the Trust or
                           the Seller, or

                                    (II)   the   proceeds   of  such   sale  or
                           liquidation  distributable  to the  Noteholders  are
                           sufficient to discharge in full all amounts then due
                           and  unpaid  upon  such  Notes  for   principal  and
                           interest; or

                          (B)   if the Trustee is the Controlling Party, the
                  Trustee may not sell or otherwise liquidate the Trust
                  Estate following an Event of Default unless

                                    (I)     such Event of Default is of the type
                           described in Section 5.01(i) or (ii), or

                                    (II)   either

                                            (x)  the Holders of 100% of the
                                    Outstanding Amount of the Notes consent
                                    thereto,

                                            (y) the  proceeds  of such  sale or
                                    liquidation distributable to the
                                    Noteholders  are sufficient to discharge in
                                    full all  amounts  then due and unpaid upon
                                    such Notes for principal and interest, or


                                            (z) the Trustee determines that the
                                    Trust  Estate will not  continue to provide
                                    sufficient   funds  for  the   payment   of
                                    principal  of and  interest on the Notes as
                                    they would have become due if the Notes had
                                    not been declared due and payable,  and the
                                    Trustee  provides  prior written  notice to
                                    the Rating Agencies and obtains the consent
                                    of Holders  of  66-2/3% of the  Outstanding
                                    Amount of the Notes.

                  In determining such sufficiency or insufficiency with respect
to clause (y) and (z), the Trustee  may, but need not,  obtain and rely upon an
opinion of an  Independent  investment  banking or accounting  firm of national
reputation  as to  the  feasibility  of  such  proposed  action  and  as to the
sufficiency of the Trust Estate for such purpose.

     SECTION 5.5 Optional Preservation of the Receivables. If the Trustee is the
Controlling Party and if the Notes have been declared to be due and payable
under Section 5.2 following an Event of Default and such declaration and its
consequences have not been rescinded and annulled, the Trustee may, but need
not, elect to maintain possession of the Trust Estate. It is the desire of the
parties hereto and the Noteholders that there be at all times sufficient funds
for the payment of principal of and interest on the Notes, and the Trustee shall
take such desire into account when determining whether or not to maintain
possession of the Trust Estate. In determining whether to maintain possession of
the Trust Estate, the Trustee may, but need not, obtain and rely upon an opinion
of an Independent investment banking or accounting firm of national reputation
as to the feasibility of such proposed action and as to the sufficiency of the
Trust Estate for such purpose.

    SECTION 5.6 Priorities.

                  (a) Following (1) the  acceleration  of the Notes pursuant to
Section 5.2 or (2) if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing,
the  occurrence  of an Event of Default  pursuant to Section  5.1(i),  5.1(ii),
5.1(iii),  5.1(v) or 5.1(vi) of the  Indenture or (3) the receipt of Insolvency
Proceeds  pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  the
Distribution  Amount,  including  any money or property  collected  pursuant to
Section 5.4 of the Indenture any such Insolvency Proceeds,  shall be applied by
the  Trustee  on the  related  Distribution  Date  in the  following  order  of
priority:

                  FIRST:  amounts due and owing and required to be  distributed
         to the Servicer,  the Owner Trustee, the Trustee, the Collateral Agent
         and  the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent,   respectively,   pursuant  to
         priorities  (i),  (ii)  and  (iii)  of  Section  5.6 of the  Sale  and
         Servicing  Agreement and not previously  distributed,  in the order of
         such priorities and without  preference or priority of any kind within
         such priorities;

                  SECOND:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on
         the Notes for interest, ratably, without preference or
         priority of any kind, according to the amounts due and
         payable on the Notes for interest;

                  THIRD:  to Noteholders for amounts due and unpaid on
         the Notes for principal and premium, ratably, without
         preference or priority of any kind, according to the amounts
         due and payable on the Notes for principal;

                 FOURTH:  amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for
        interest, principal and premium, to the Owner Trustee for
         distribution to Certificateholders in accordance with
         Section 5.2(d) of the Trust Agreement;

                  FIFTH:  amounts due and owing and required to be
         distributed to the Security Insurer pursuant to priority
         (viii) of Section 5.6 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
         and not previously distributed; and

                  SIXTH:  to the Collateral Agent to be applied as
         provided in the Spread Account Agreement;

provided that any amounts collected from the Pre-Funding Account  or the
Capitalized  Interest Account shall be paid,  first, for amounts due and unpaid
on the Notes for principal and premium, if any, for distribution to Noteholders
in accordance with Section 10.1(b) and,  second,  for amounts due and unpaid on
the Certificates for principal and premium,  if any, in accordance with Section
5.6(b)  of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  and,  third in  accordance  with
priorities ONE through SIXTH above.

                  (b) The Trustee  may fix a record  date and payment  date for
any payment to  Noteholders  pursuant to this Section.  At least 15 days before
such record  date the Issuer  shall mail to each  Noteholder  and the Trustee a
notice that states the record date, the payment date and the amount to be paid.

                  SECTION 5.7 Limitation of Suits.  No Holder of any Note shall
have any right to institute any proceeding, judicial or otherwise, with respect
to this Indenture,  or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee, or for any
other remedy hereunder, unless:

                  (i)   such Holder has previously given written notice to
         the Trustee of a continuing Event of Default;

             (ii) the Holders of not less than 25% of the Outstanding Amount of
         the Notes have made written  request to the Trustee to institute  such
         proceeding  in  respect  of such  Event of  Default in its own name as
         Trustee hereunder;

            (iii) such Holder or Holders have offered to the Trustee  indemnity
         reasonably   satisfactory  to  it  against  the  costs,  expenses  and
         liabilities to be incurred in complying with such request;

             (iv) the  Trustee  for 60 days after its  receipt of such  notice,
         request  and  offer  of  indemnity   has  failed  to  institute   such
         proceedings;

            (v) no direction  inconsistent  with such written request has
         been given to the Trustee  during such 60-day period by the Holders of
         a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes; and

            (vi)  an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
         continuing;

it being  understood  and  intended  that no one or more Holders of Notes shall
have any right in any  manner  whatever  by virtue of, or by  availing  of, any
provision of this  Indenture to affect,  disturb or prejudice the rights of any
other Holders of Notes or to obtain or to seek to obtain priority or preference
over any other Holders or to enforce any right under this Indenture,  except in
the manner herein provided.

                  In  the  event  the  Trustee  shall  receive  conflicting  or
inconsistent  requests  and  indemnity  from two or more  groups of  Holders of
Notes, each representing less than a majority of the Outstanding  Amount of the
Notes,  the Trustee in its sole  discretion may determine what action,  if any,
shall be taken, notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture.

     SECTION 5.8 Unconditional Rights of Noteholders To Receive Principal and
Interest. Notwithstanding any other provisions in this Indenture, the Holder of
any Note shall have the right, which is absolute and unconditional, to receive
payment of the principal of and interest, if any, on such Note on or after the
respective due dates thereof expressed in such Note or in this Indenture (or, in
the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date) and to institute suit
for the enforcement of any such payment, and such right shall not be impaired
without the consent of such Holder.

     SECTION 5.9 Restoration of Rights and Remedies. If the Controlling Party or
any Noteholder has instituted any proceeding to enforce any right or remedy
under this Indenture and such proceeding has been discontinued or abandoned for
any reason or has been determined adversely to the Trustee or to such
Noteholder, then and in every such case the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Noteholders shall, subject to any determination in such Proceeding, be restored
severally and respectively to their former positions hereunder, and thereafter
all rights and remedies of the Trustee and the Noteholders shall continue as
though no such proceeding had been instituted.

     SECTION 5.10 Rights and Remedies Cumulative. No right or remedy herein
conferred upon or reserved to the Controlling Party or to the Noteholders is
intended to be exclusive of any other right or remedy, and every right and
remedy shall, to the extent permitted by law, be cumulative and in addition to
every other right and remedy given hereunder or now or hereafter existing at law
or in equity or otherwise. The assertion or employment of any right or remedy
hereunder, or otherwise, shall not prevent the concurrent assertion or
employment of any other appropriate right or remedy.

     SECTION 5.11 Delay or Omission Not a Waiver. No delay or omission of the
Controlling Party or any Holder of any Note to exercise any right or remedy
accruing upon any Default or Event of Default shall impair any such right or
remedy or constitute a waiver of any such Default or Event of Default or an
acquiescence therein. Every right and remedy given by this Article V or by law
to the Trustee or to the Noteholders may be exercised from time to time, and as
often as may be deemed expedient, by the Trustee or by the Noteholders, as the
case may be.

     SECTION 5.12 Control by Noteholders. If the Trustee is the Controlling
Party, the Holders of a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes shall
have the right to direct the time, method and place of conducting any proceeding
for any remedy available to the Trustee with respect to the Notes or exercising
any trust or power conferred on the Trustee; provided that

              (i)  such direction shall not be in conflict with any rule of law
          or with this Indenture;

             (ii) subject to the express terms of Section 5.4, any direction to
         the  Trustee to sell or  liquidate  the Trust  Estate  shall be by the
         Holders of Notes  representing  not less than 100% of the  Outstanding
         Amount of the Notes;

            (iii)  if the  conditions  set  forth  in  Section  5.5  have  been
         satisfied and the Trustee  elects to retain the Trust Estate  pursuant
         to such Section, then any direction to the trustee by Holders of Notes
         representing less than 100% of the Outstanding  Amount of the Notes to
         sell or  liquidate  the Trust  Estate shall be of no force and effect;
         and

             (iv) the Trustee may take any other action deemed proper
         by the Trustee that is not inconsistent with such direction;

provided, however, that, subject to Section 6.1, the Trustee need not take any
action that it determines might involve it in liability or might  materially
adversely affect the rights of any Noteholders not consenting to such action.

     Section 5.13 Waiver of Past Defaults. If an Insurer Default shall occurred
and be continuing, prior to the declaration of the acceleration of the maturity
of the Notes as provided in Section 5.4, the Holders of Notes of not less than a
majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes may waive any past Default or
Event of Default and its consequences except a Default (a) in payment of
principal of or interest on any of the Notes or (b) in respect of a covenant or
provision hereof which cannot be modified or amended without the consent of the
Holder of each Note. In the case of any such waiver, the Issuer, the Trustee and
the Holders of the Notes shall be restored to their former positions and rights
hereunder, respectively; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     Upon any such waiver, such Default shall cease to exist and be deemed to
have been cured and not to have occurred, and any Event of Default arising
therefrom shall be deemed to have been cured and not to have occurred, for every
purpose of this Indenture; but no such waiver shall extend to any subsequent or
other Default or Event of Default or impair any right consequent thereto.

     SECTION 5.14 Undertaking for Costs. All parties to this Indenture agree,
and each Holder of any Note by such Holder's acceptance thereof shall be deemed
to have agreed, that any court may in its discretion require, in any suit for
the enforcement of any right or remedy under this Indenture, or in any suit
against the Trustee for any action taken, suffered or omitted by it as Trustee,
the filing by any party litigant in such suit of an undertaking to pay the costs
of such suit, and that such court may in its discretion assess reasonable costs,
including reasonable attorneys' fees, against any party litigant in such suit,
having due regard to the merits and good faith of the claims or defenses made by
such party litigant; but the provisions of this Section shall not apply to (a)
any suit instituted by the Trustee, (b) any suit instituted by any Note- holder,
or group of Noteholders, in each case holding in the aggregate more than 10% of
the Outstanding Amount of the Notes or (c) any suit instituted by any Noteholder
for the enforcement of the payment of principal of or interest on any Note on or
after the respective due dates expressed in such Note and in this Indenture (or,
in the case of redemption, on or after the Redemption Date).

     SECTION 5.15 Waiver of Stay or Extension Laws. The Issuer covenants (to the
extent that it may lawfully do so) that it will not at any time insist upon, or
plead or in any manner whatsoever, claim or take the benefit or advantage of,
any stay or extension law wherever enacted, now or at any time hereafter in
force, that may affect the covenants or the performance of this Indenture; and
the Issuer (to the extent that it may lawfully do so) hereby expressly waives
all benefit or advantage of any such law, and covenants that it will not hinder,
delay or impede the execution of any power herein granted to the Trustee, but
will suffer and permit the execution of every such power as though no such law
had been enacted.

     SECTION 5.16 Action on Notes. The Trustee's right to seek and recover
judgment on the Notes or under this Indenture shall not be affected by the
seeking, obtaining or application of any other relief under or with respect to
this Indenture. Neither the lien of this Indenture nor any rights or remedies of
the Trustee or the Noteholders shall be impaired by the recovery of any judgment
by the Trustee against the Issuer or by the levy of any execution under such
judgment upon any portion of the Trust Estate or upon any of the assets of the
Issuer.

     SECTION 5.17 Performance and Enforcement of Certain Obligations. (a)
Promptly following a request from the Trustee to do so and at the Servicer's
expense, the Issuer agrees to take all such lawful action as the Trustee may
request to compel or secure the performance and observance by the
Representative, the Seller and the Servicer, as applicable, of each of their
obligations to the Issuer under or in connection with the Sale and Servicing
Agreement in accordance with the terms thereof, and to exercise any and all
rights, remedies, powers and privileges lawfully available to the Issuer under
or in connection with the Sale and Servicing Agreement to the extent and in the
manner directed by the Trustee, including the transmission of notices of default
on the part of the Seller or the Servicer thereunder and the institution of
legal or administrative actions or proceedings to compel or secure performance
by the Seller or the Servicer of each of their obligations under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

                  (b) If the Trustee is a Controlling  Party and if an Event of
Default has occurred and is continuing,  the Trustee may, and, at the direction
(which  direction  shall be in writing or by  telephone  (confirmed  in writing
promptly  thereafter)) of the Holders of 66-2/3% of the  Outstanding  Amount of
the Notes shall, exercise all rights, remedies,  powers,  privileges and claims
of the Issuer  against the Seller or the Servicer  under or in connection  with
the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement,  including  the  right or power to take any
action to  compel or secure  performance  or  observance  by the  Seller or the
Servicer of each of their  obligations to the Issuer thereunder and to give any
consent,  request, notice, direction,  approval,  extension or waiver under the
Sale and Servicing  Agreement,  and any right of the Issuer to take such action
shall be suspended.

     SECTION 5.18  Claims Under Note Policy.

     (a) In the event that the Trustee has delivered a Deficiency Notice with
respect to any Determination Date pursuant to Section 5.4 of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Trustee shall on the related Draw Date determine the
Note Policy Claim Amount (as defined below) for the related Payment Date. If the
Note Policy Claim Amount for such Payment Date is greater than zero, the Trustee
shall furnish to the Security Insurer no later than 12:00 noon New York City
time on the related Draw Date a completed Notice of Claim in the amount of the
Note Policy Claim Amount. Amounts paid by the Security Insurer pursuant to a
claim submitted under this Section 5.18(a) shall be deposited by the Trustee
into the Note Distribution Account for payment to Noteholders on the related
Payment Date. The "Note Policy Claim Amount" for any Payment Date other than the
Class A-1 Final Scheduled Distribution Date shall equal the lesser of (i) the
sum of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and the Noteholders'
Principal Distributable Amount for such Payment Date, and (ii) the excess, if
any, of the amount required to be distributed pursuant to clauses (i) - (iv) of
Section 5.6(b)of the Sale and Servicing Agreement (without giving effect to the
limitation of the Distribution Amount specified in each such clause) over the
Distribution Amount with respect to such Payment Date. The "Note Policy Claim
Amount" with respect to the Class A-1 Final Scheduled Distribution Date shall
equal the excess, if any, of (i) the amount required to be distributed pursuant
to clauses (i) - (ii) of Section 5.6(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
(without giving effect to the limitation of the Distribution Amount specified in
each such clause) over (ii) the Class A-1 Distribution Amount with respect to
such Payment Date.

     (b) Any notice delivered by the Trustee to the Security Insurer pursuant to
subsection 5.18(a) shall specify the Note Policy Claim Amount claimed under the
Note Policy and shall constitute a "Notice of Claim" under the Note Policy. In
accordance with the provisions of the Note Policy, the Security Insurer is
required to pay to the Trustee the Note Policy Claim Amount properly claimed
thereunder by 12:00 noon, New York City time, on the later of (i) the third
Business Day following receipt on a Business Day of the Notice of Claim, and
(ii) the applicable Payment Date. Any payment made by the Security Insurer under
the Note Policy shall be applied solely to the payment of the Notes, and for no
other purpose.

     (c) The Trustee shall (i) receive as attorney-in-fact of each Noteholder
any Note Policy Claim Amount from the Security Insurer and (ii) deposit the same
in the Note Distribution Account for distribution to Noteholders as provided in
Section 3.1 or Section 5.2 of this Indenture. Any and all Note Policy Claim
Amounts disbursed by the Trustee from claims made under the Note Policy shall
not be considered payment by the Trust or from the Spread Account with respect
to such Notes, and shall not discharge the obligations of the Trust with respect
thereto. The Security Insurer shall, to the extent it makes any payment with
respect to the Notes, become subrogated to the rights of the recipients of such
payments to the extent of such payments. Subject to and conditioned upon any
payment with respect to the Notes by or on behalf of the Security Insurer, the
Trustee shall assign to the Security Insurer all rights to the payment of
interest or principal with respect to the Notes which are then due for payment
to the extent of all payments made by the Security Insurer, and the Security
Insurer may exercise any option, vote, right, power or the like with respect to
the Notes to the extent that it has made payment pursuant to the Note Policy. To
evidence such subrogation, the Note Registrar shall note the Security Insurer's
rights as subrogee upon the register of Noteholders upon receipt from the
Security Insurer of proof of payment by the Security Insurer of any Noteholders'
Interest Distributable Amount or Noteholders' Principal Distributable Amount.
The foregoing subrogation shall in all cases be subject to the rights of the
Noteholders to receive all Guaranteed Note Distributions in respect of the
Notes.

     (d) The Trustee shall keep a complete and accurate record of all funds
deposited by the Security Insurer into the Collection Account and the allocation
of such funds to payment of interest on and principal paid in respect of any
Note. The Security Insurer shall have the right to inspect such records at
reasonable times upon one Business Day's prior notice to the Trustee.

     (e) The Trustee shall be entitled to enforce on behalf of the Noteholders
the obligations of the Security Insurer under the Note Policy. Notwithstanding
any other provision of this Agreement or any Related Document, the Noteholders
are not entitled to institute proceedings directly against the Security Insurer.

     SECTION 5.19 Preference Claims. (a) In the event that the Trustee has
received a certified copy of an order of the appropriate court that any
Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount or Noteholders' Principal
Distributable Amount paid on a Note has been avoided in whole or in part as a
preference payment under applicable bankruptcy law, the Trustee shall so notify
the Security Insurer, shall comply with the provisions of the Note Policy to
obtain payment by the Security Insurer of such avoided payment, and shall, at
the time it provides notice to the Security Insurer, notify Holders of the Notes
by mail that, in the event that any Noteholder's payment is so recoverable, such
Noteholder will be entitled to payment pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy.
The Trustee shall furnish to the Security Insurer its records evidencing the
payments of principal of and interest on Notes, if any, which have been made by
the Trustee and subsequently recovered from Noteholders, and the dates on which
such payments were made. Pursuant to the terms of the Note Policy, the Security
Insurer will make such payment on behalf of the Noteholder to the receiver,
conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy named in the Order
(as defined in the Note Policy) and not to the Trustee or any Noteholder
directly (unless a Noteholder has previously paid such payment to the receiver,
conservator, debtor-in-possession or trustee in bankruptcy, in which case the
Security Insurer will make such payment to the Trustee for distribution to such
Noteholder upon proof of such payment reasonably satisfactory to the Security
Insurer).

     (b) The Trustee shall promptly notify the Security Insurer of any
proceeding or the institution of any action (of which the Trustee has actual
knowledge) seeking the avoidance as a preferential transfer under applicable
bankruptcy, insolvency, receivership, rehabilitation or similar law (a
"Preference Claim") of any distribution made with respect to the Notes. Each
Holder, by its purchase of Notes, and the Trustee hereby agree that so long as
an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing, the Security
Insurer may at any time during the continuation of any proceeding relating to a
Preference Claim direct all matters relating to such Preference Claim including,
without limitation, (i) the direction of any appeal of any order relating to any
Preference Claim and (ii) the posting of any surety, supersedeas or performance
bond pending any such appeal at the expense of the Security Insurer, but subject
to reimbursement as provided in the Insurance Agreement. In addition, and
without limitation of the foregoing, as set forth in Section 5.18(c), the
Security Insurer shall be subrogated to, and each Noteholder and the Trustee
hereby delegate and assign, to the fullest extent permitted by law, the rights
of the Trustee and each Noteholder in the conduct of any proceeding with respect
to a Preference Claim, including, without limitation, all rights of any party to
an adversary proceeding action with respect to any court order issued in
connection with any such Preference Claim.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                 The Trustee and the Indenture Collateral Agent

     SECTION 6.1 Duties of Trustee. (a) If an Event of Default has occurred and
is continuing, the Trustee shall exercise the rights and powers vested in it by
this Indenture and use the same degree of care and skill in their exercise as a
prudent person would exercise or use under the circumstances in the conduct of
such person's own affairs.

               (b)   Except during the continuance of an Event of
Default:

                  (i) the Trustee  undertakes  to perform  such duties and only
         such duties as are  specifically  set forth in this  Indenture  and no
         implied  covenants or  obligations  shall be read into this  Indenture
         against the Trustee; and

             (ii) in the  absence  of bad faith on its part,  the  Trustee  may
         conclusively  rely,  as  to  the  truth  of  the  statements  and  the
         correctness of the opinions  expressed  therein,  upon certificates or
         opinions  furnished to the Trustee and conforming to the  requirements
         of this Indenture; however, the Trustee shall examine the certificates
         and  opinions  to  determine  whether  or  not  they  conform  to  the
         requirements of this Indenture and, if applicable,  the Spread Account
         Agreement and the Trustee's other Basic Documents.

                  (c)    The Trustee may not be relieved from liability for
its own negligent action, its own negligent failure to act or its
own wilful misconduct, except that:

                  (i)   this paragraph does not limit the effect of
         paragraph (b) of this Section;

                  (ii)  the  Trustee  shall  not be  liable  for any  error  of
         judgment  made in good  faith by a  Responsible  Officer  unless it is
         proved that the Trustee was  negligent in  ascertaining  the pertinent
         facts; and

                  (iii) the  Trustee  shall not be liable  with  respect to any
         action it takes or omits to take in good  faith in  accordance  with a
         direction received by it pursuant to Section 5.12.

                  (d) The Trustee shall not be liable for interest on any money
received by it except as the Trustee may agree in writing with the Issuer.

                  (e) Money held in trust by the Trustee need not be segregated
from  other  funds  except to the extent  required  by law or the terms of this
Indenture or the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (f) No provision of this Indenture  shall require the Trustee
to expend or risk its own funds or otherwise incur  financial  liability in the
performance  of any of its duties  hereunder  or in the  exercise of any of its
rights or powers, if it shall have reasonable grounds to believe that repayment
of such funds or  adequate  indemnity  against  such risk or  liability  is not
reasonably assured to it.

                  (g) Every provision of this Indenture relating to the conduct
or affecting the  liability of or affording  protection to the Trustee shall be
subject to the provisions of this Section and to the provisions of the TIA.

                  (h) The Trustee  shall,  upon one Business Day's prior notice
to the Trustee,  permit any representative of the Security Insurer,  during the
Trustee's  normal  business  hours,  to examine all books of account,  records,
reports and other papers of the Trustee  relating to the Notes,  to make copies
and extracts  therefrom  and to discuss the Trustee's  affairs and actions,  as
such  affairs and actions  relate to the  Trustee's  duties with respect to the
Notes, with the Trustee's  officers and employees  responsible for carrying out
the Trustee's duties with respect to the Notes.

                  (i) The  Trustee  shall,  and  hereby  agrees  that it  will,
perform  all of the  obligations  and duties  required of it under the Sale and
Servicing Agreement.

                  (j) The Trustee shall,  and hereby agrees that it will,  hold
the Note Policy in trust,  and will hold any  proceeds of any claim on the Note
Policy in trust solely for the use and benefit of the Noteholders.

                  (k) Without  limiting the generality of this Section 6.1, the
Trustee shall have no duty (i) to see to any recording, filing or depositing of
this Indenture or any agreement  referred to herein or any financing  statement
evidencing  a security  interest  in the  Financed  Vehicles,  or to see to the
maintenance  of any such recording or filing or depositing or to any recording,
refiling or  redepositing  of any thereof,  (ii) to see to any insurance of the
Financed  Vehicles or Obligors  or to effect or  maintain  any such  insurance,
(iii)  to see to the  payment  or  discharge  of any tax,  assessment  or other
governmental  charge or any Lien or  encumbrance of any kind owing with respect
to, assessed or levied against any part of the Trust, (iv) to confirm or verify
the contents of any reports or certificates  delivered to the Trustee  pursuant
to this Indenture or the Sale and Servicing  Agreement  believed by the Trustee
to be genuine  and to have been  signed or  presented  by the  proper  party or
parties,  or (v) to inspect the  Financed  Vehicles at any time or ascertain or
inquire  as to the  performance  of  observance  of any  of the  Issuer's,  the
Seller's or the  Servicer's  representations,  warranties  or  covenants or the
Servicer's  duties  and  obligations  as  Servicer  and  as  custodian  of  the
Receivable Files under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 6.2 Rights of Trustee. (a) The Trustee may rely on any document
believed by it to be genuine and to have been signed or presented by the proper
person. The Trustee need not investigate any fact or matter stated in the
document.

                  (b) Before the Trustee acts or refrains  from acting,  it may
require an Officer's  Certificate  or an Opinion of Counsel.  The Trustee shall
not be  liable  for any  action  it takes  or  omits  to take in good  faith in
reliance on the Officer's Certificate or Opinion of Counsel.

                  (c) The  Trustee  may  execute  any of the  trusts  or powers
hereunder  or perform  any duties  hereunder  either  directly or by or through
agents or  attorneys or a custodian  or nominee,  and the Trustee  shall not be
responsible  for any  misconduct  or  negligence  on the  part  of,  or for the
supervision  of, The Money Store Auto  Finance  Inc.,  or any other such agent,
attorney, custodian or nominee appointed with due care by it hereunder.

                  (d) The  Trustee  shall not be liable for any action it takes
or omits to take in good faith which it believes to be authorized or within its
rights or  powers;  provided,  however,  that the  Trustee's  conduct  does not
constitute wilful misconduct, negligence or bad faith.

                  (e) The Trustee may consult with  counsel,  and the advice or
opinion of counsel with respect to legal matters relating to this Indenture and
the  Notes  shall  be full  and  complete  authorization  and  protection  from
liability in respect to any action  taken,  omitted or suffered by it hereunder
in good faith and in accordance with the advice or opinion of such
counsel.

                  (f) The Trustee  shall be under no  obligation  to institute,
conduct or defend any  litigation  under this  Indenture or in relation to this
Indenture, at the request, order or direction of any of the Holders of Notes or
the Controlling  Party,  pursuant to the provisions of this  Indenture,  unless
such  Holders  of Notes or the  Controlling  Party  shall  have  offered to the
Trustee  reasonable  security  or  indemnity  against the costs,  expenses  and
liabilities that may be incurred therein or thereby;  provided,  however,  that
the Trustee  shall,  upon the  occurrence  of an Event of Default (that has not
been cured), exercise the rights and powers vested in it by this Indenture with
reasonable care and skill.

                  (g) The Trustee shall not be bound to make any  investigation
into the facts or matters  stated in any  resolution,  certificate,  statement,
instrument, opinion, report, notice, request, consent, order, approval, bond or
other paper or document,  unless  requested in writing to do so by the Security
Insurer (so long as no Insurer  Default shall have occurred and be  continuing)
or (if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) by the Holders
of Notes  evidencing  not  less  than 25% of the  Outstanding  Amount  thereof;
provided,  however, that if the payment within a reasonable time to the Trustee
of the costs, expenses or liabilities likely to be incurred by it in the making
of such investigation is, in the opinion of the Trustee, not reasonably assured
to the Trustee by the security afforded to it by the terms of this Indenture or
the Sale and Servicing Agreement,  the Trustee may require reasonable indemnity
against such cost,  expense or liability as a condition to so  proceeding;  the
reasonable expense of every such examination shall be paid by the Person making
such  request,  or, if paid by the Trustee,  shall be  reimbursed by the Person
making such request upon demand.

     SECTION 6.3 Individual Rights of Trustee. The Trustee in its individual or
any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee of Notes and may otherwise
deal with the Issuer or its Affiliates with the same rights it would have if it
were not Trustee. Any Paying Agent, Note Registrar, co-registrar or co-paying
agent may do the same with like rights. However, the Trustee must comply with
Sections 6.11 and 6.12.

     SECTION 6.4 Trustee's Disclaimer. The Trustee shall not be responsible for
and makes no representation as to the validity or adequacy of this Indenture,
the Trustee's Estate or the Notes, it shall not be accountable for the Issuer's
use of the proceeds from the Notes, and it shall not be responsible for any
statement of the Issuer in the Indenture or in any document issued in connection
with the sale of the Notes or in the Notes other than the Trustee's certificate
of authentication.

     SECTION 6.5 Notice of Defaults. If a Default occurs and is continuing and
if it is either known by, or written notice of the existence thereof has been
delivered to, a Responsible Officer of the Trustee, the Trustee shall mail to
each Noteholder notice of the Default within 90 days after such knowledge or
notice occurs. Except in the case of a Default in payment of principal of or
interest on any Note (including payments pursuant to the mandatory redemption
provisions of such Note), the Trustee may withhold the notice if and so long as
a committee of its Responsible Officers in good faith determines that
withholding the notice is in the interests of Noteholders.

     SECTION 6.6 Reports by Trustee to Holders. The Trustee shall deliver to
each Noteholder such information as may be reasonably required to enable such
Holder to prepare its Federal and state income tax returns.

     SECTION 6.7 Compensation and Indemnity. (a) Pursuant to Section 5.6(b) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Issuer shall, or shall cause the Servicer
to, pay to the Trustee from time to time compensation for its services in
accordance with a separate agreement between the Servicer and the Trustee. The
Trustee's compensation shall not be limited by any law on compensation of a
trustee of an express trust. The Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to
reimburse the Trustee for all reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred or made
by it, including costs of collection, in addition to the compensation for its
services. Such expenses shall include the reasonable compensation and expenses,
disbursements and advances of the Trustee's agents, counsel, accountants and
experts. The Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to indemnify the Trustee,
the Indenture Collateral Agent and their respective officers, directors,
employees and agents against any and all loss, liability or expense (including
attorneys' fees and expenses) incurred by it in connection with the acceptance
or the administration of this trust and the performance of its duties hereunder.
The Trustee shall notify the Issuer and the Servicer promptly of any claim for
which it may seek indemnity. Failure by the Trustee to so notify the Issuer and
the Servicer shall not relieve the Issuer of its obligations hereunder or the
Servicer of its obligations under Article X of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.
The Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to defend the claim, the Trustee
may have separate counsel and the Issuer shall or shall cause the Servicer to
pay the fees and expenses of such counsel. Neither the Issuer nor the Servicer
need reimburse any expense or indemnify against any loss, liability or expense
incurred by the Trustee through the Trustee's own wilful misconduct, negligence
or bad faith.

                  (b) The Issuer's payment  obligations to the Trustee pursuant
to this Section shall survive the discharge of this Indenture subject to a
satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. When the Trustee incurs expenses
after the occurrence of a Default specified in Section 5.1(iv) or (v) with
respect to the Issuer, the expenses are intended to constitute expenses of
administration under Title 11 of the United States Code or any other applicable
Federal or state bankruptcy, insolvency or similar law. Notwithstanding anything
else set forth in this Indenture or the Basic Documents, the Trustee agrees that
the obligations of the Issuer (but not the Servicer) to the Trustee hereunder
and under the Basic Documents shall be recourse to the Trust Estate only and
specifically shall not be recourse to the assets of the General Partner of the
Issuer or any Certificateholder. In addition, the Trustee agrees that its
recourse to the Issuer, the Trust Estate, the Seller and amounts held pursuant
of the Spread Account Agreement shall be limited to the right to receive the
distributions referred to in Section 5.6(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 6.8 Replacement of Trustee. The Trustee may resign at any time by
so notifying the Issuer and the Security Insurer. The Issuer may and, at the
request of the Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing) shall, remove the Trustee, if:

                  (i)      the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11;

                  (ii) a court having  jurisdiction  in the premises in respect
         of the Trustee in an involuntary  case or proceeding  under federal or
         state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter constituted,  or
         any other applicable federal or state bankruptcy,  insolvency or other
         similar law, shall have entered a decree or order  granting  relief or
         appointing  a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian,  trustee,
         conservator, sequestrator (or similar official) for the Trustee or for
         any  substantial  part of the  Trustee's  property,  or  ordering  the
         winding-up or liquidation of the Trustee's affairs;

                  (iii) an involuntary case under the federal  bankruptcy laws,
         as now or hereafter in effect, or another present or future federal or
         state bankruptcy,  insolvency or similar law is commenced with respect
         to the Trustee and such case is not dismissed within 60 days;

                  (iv) the Trustee commences a voluntary case under any federal
         or state banking or bankruptcy laws, as now or hereafter  constituted,
         or any other  applicable  federal or state  bankruptcy,  insolvency or
         other  similar  law,  or  consents  to the  appointment  of or  taking
         possession by a receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  custodian, trustee,
         conservator,  sequestrator (or other similar official) for the Trustee
         or for any substantial  part of the Trustee's  property,  or makes any
         assignment for the benefit of creditors or fails  generally to pay its
         debts as such  debts  become  due or takes  any  corporate  action  in
         furtherance of any of the foregoing; or

                  (v)   the Trustee otherwise becomes incapable of
         acting.

     If the Trustee resigns or is removed or if a vacancy exists in the office
of Trustee for any reason (the Trustee in such event being referred to herein as
the retiring Trustee), the Issuer shall promptly appoint a successor Trustee
acceptable to the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing). If the Issuer fails to appoint such a successor
Trustee, the Security Insurer may appoint a successor Trustee.

     A successor Trustee shall deliver a written acceptance of its appointment
to the retiring Trustee and to the Issuer. Thereupon the resignation or removal
of the retiring Trustee the Security Insurer (provided that no Insurer Default
shall have occurred and be continuing) shall become effective, and the successor
Trustee shall have all the rights, powers and duties of the Trustee under this
Indenture subject to satisfaction of the Rating Agency Condition. The successor
Trustee shall mail a notice of its succession to Noteholders. The retiring
Trustee shall promptly transfer all property held by it as Trustee to the
successor Trustee.

     If a successor Trustee does not take office within 60 days after the
retiring Trustee resigns or is removed, the retiring Trustee, the Issuer or the
Holders of a majority in Outstanding Amount of the Notes may petition any court
of competent jurisdiction for the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     If the Trustee fails to comply with Section 6.11, any Noteholder may
petition any court of competent jurisdiction for the removal of the Trustee and
the appointment of a successor Trustee.

     Any resignation or removal of the Trustee and appointment of a successor
Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall not become
effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Trustee pursuant to
Section 6.8 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to the outgoing Trustee.

Notwithstanding  the replacement of the Trustee  pursuant to this Section,  the
Issuer's and the  Servicer's  obligations  under Section 6.7 shall continue for
the benefit of the retiring Trustee.

     SECTION 6.9 Successor Trustee by Merger. If the Trustee consolidates with,
merges or converts into, or transfers all or substantially all its corporate
trust business or assets to, another corporation or banking association, the
resulting, surviving or transferee corporation without any further act shall
be the successor Trustee.  The Trustee shall provide the Rating
Agencies prior written notice of any such transaction.

                  In case at the time such  successor or  successors by merger,
conversion or  consolidation to the Trustee shall succeed to the trusts created
by this  Indenture  any of the  Notes  shall  have been  authenticated  but not
delivered,  any such  successor  to the  Trustee may adopt the  certificate  of
authentication  of  any  predecessor   trustee,   and  deliver  such  Notes  so
authenticated;  and in case at that time any of the  Notes  shall not have been
authenticated,  any successor to the Trustee may authenticate such Notes either
in the name of any predecessor hereunder or in the name of the successor to the
Trustee;  and in all such  cases  such  certificates  shall have the full force
which it is  anywhere  in the  Notes  or in this  Indenture  provided  that the
certificate of the Trustee shall have.

     SECTION 6.10 Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee. (a)
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Indenture, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirement of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Trust may at the time be located, the Trustee with the consent of the
Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing) shall have the power and may execute and deliver all instruments to
appoint one or more Persons to act as a co-trustee or co-trustees, or separate
trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part of the Trust, and to vest in
such Person or Persons, in such capacity and for the benefit of the Noteholders,
such title to the Trust, or any part hereof, and, subject to the other
provisions of this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts
as the Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. No co-trustee or separate
trustee hereunder shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a
successor trustee under Section 6.11 and no notice to Noteholders of the
appointment of any co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required under
Section 6.8 hereof.

                  (b)      Every separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to
the extent permitted by law, be appointed and act subject to the
following provisions and conditions:

                  (i) all rights,  powers,  duties and obligations conferred or
         imposed  upon the  Trustee  shall be  conferred  or  imposed  upon and
         exercised  or performed  by the Trustee and such  separate  trustee or
         co-trustee  jointly (it being understood that such separate trustee or
         co-trustee  is not  authorized to act  separately  without the Trustee
         joining in such act),  except to the extent  that under any law of any
         jurisdiction  in which any  particular act or acts are to be performed
         the Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified to perform such act or
         acts,  in which  event such  rights,  powers,  duties and  obligations
         (including the holding of title to the Trust or any portion thereof in
         any such jurisdiction) shall be exercised and performed singly by
         such separate trustee or co-trustee, but solely at the direction of
         the Trustee;

             (ii) no trustee  hereunder shall be personally liable by reason of
         any act or omission of any other trustee hereunder,  including acts or
         omissions of predecessor or successor trustees; and

            (iii)  the Trustee may at any time accept the resignation
         of or remove any separate trustee or co-trustee.

                  (c) Any notice, request or other writing given to the Trustee
shall be deemed to have been given to each of the then  separate  trustees  and
co-trustees,  as  effectively  as if given to each of  them.  Every  instrument
appointing any separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and
the conditions of this Article VI. Each separate  trustee and co-trustee,  upon
its  acceptance  of the trusts  conferred,  shall be vested with the estates or
property  specified in its instrument of  appointment,  either jointly with the
Trustee  or  separately,  as may  be  provided  therein,  subject  to  all  the
provisions of this  Indenture,  specifically  including every provision of this
Indenture  relating to the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording
protection  to,  the  Trustee.  Every such  instrument  shall be filed with the
Trustee.

                  (d)  Any  separate  trustee  or  co-trustee  may at any  time
constitute  the  Trustee,  its agent or  attorney-in-fact  with full  power and
authority,  to the extent not  prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or
in respect of this  Agreement  on its behalf and in its name.  If any  separate
trustee or co-trustee shall die, dissolve,  become insolvent,  become incapable
of  acting,  resign or be  removed,  all of its  estates,  properties,  rights,
remedies and trusts  shall  invest in and be  exercised by the Trustee,  to the
extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new or successor trustee.

     SECTION 6.11 Eligibility; Disqualification. The Trustee shall at all times
satisfy the requirements of TIA ss. 310(a). The Trustee shall have a combined
capital and surplus of at least $50,000,000 as set forth in its most recent
published annual report of condition and it shall have a long term debt rating
of BBB- or better by the Rating Agencies. The Trustee shall provide copies of
such reports to the Security Insurer upon request. The Trustee shall comply with
TIA ss. 310 (b), including the optional provision permitted by the second
sentence of TIA ss. 310(b)(9); provided, however, that there shall be excluded
from the operation of TIA ss. 310(b)(1) any indenture or indentures under which
other securities of the Issuer are outstanding if the requirements for such
exclusion set forth in TIA ss. 310(b)(1) are met.

     SECTION 6.12 Preferential Collection of Claims Against Issuer. The Trustee
shall comply with TIA ss. 311(a), excluding any creditor relationship listed in
TIA ss. 311(b). A Trustee who has resigned or been removed shall be subject to
TIA ss. 311(a) to the extent indicated.

     SECTION 6.13 Appointment and Powers. Subject to the terms and conditions
hereof, each of the Issuer Secured Parties hereby appoints Norwest Bank
Minnesota, National Association as the Indenture Collateral Agent with respect
to the Indenture Collateral, and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association
hereby accepts such appointment and agrees to act as Indenture Collateral Agent
with respect to the Indenture Collateral for the Issuer Secured Parties, to
maintain custody and possession of such Indenture Collateral (except as
otherwise provided hereunder) and to perform the other duties of the Indenture
Collateral Agent in accordance with the provisions of this Indenture. Each
Issuer Secured Party hereby authorizes the Indenture Collateral Agent to take
such action on its behalf, and to exercise such rights, remedies, powers and
privileges hereunder, as the Controlling Party may direct and as are
specifically authorized to be exercised by the Indenture Collateral Agent by the
terms hereof, together with such actions, rights, remedies, powers and
privileges as are reasonably incidental thereto. The Indenture Collateral Agent
shall act upon and in compliance with the written instructions of the
Controlling Party delivered pursuant to this Indenture promptly following
receipt of such written instructions; provided that the Indenture Collateral
Agent shall not act in accordance with any instructions (i) which are not
authorized by, or in violation of the provisions of, this Indenture, (ii) which
are in violation of any applicable law, rule or regulation or (iii) for which
the Indenture Collateral Agent has not received reasonable indemnity. Receipt of
such instructions shall not be a condition to the exercise by the Indenture
Collateral Agent of its express duties hereunder, except where this Indenture
provides that the Indenture Collateral Agent is permitted to act only following
and in accordance with such instructions.

     SECTION 6.14 Performance of Duties. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall
have no duties or responsibilities except those expressly set forth in this
Indenture and the other Basic Documents to which the Indenture Collateral Agent
is a party or as directed by the Controlling Party in accordance with this
Indenture. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall not be required to take any
discretionary actions hereunder except at the written direction and with the
indemnification of the Controlling Party. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall,
and hereby agrees that it will, perform all of the duties and obligations
required of it under the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 6.15 Limitation on Liability. Neither the Indenture Collateral
Agent nor any of its directors, officers or employees shall be liable for any
action taken or omitted to be taken by it or them hereunder, or in connection
herewith, except that the Indenture Collateral Agent shall be liable for its
negligence, bad faith or willful misconduct; nor shall the Indenture Collateral
Agent be responsible  for the validity,  effectiveness,  value,  sufficiency or
enforceability  against the Issuer of this  Indenture  or any of the  Indenture
Collateral (or any part thereof). Notwithstanding any term or provision of this
Indenture, the Indenture Collateral Agent shall incur no liability to Issuer or
the Issuer  Secured  Parties for any action  taken or omitted by the  Indenture
Collateral  Agent in connection with the Indenture  Collateral,  except for the
negligence,  bad  faith or  willful  misconduct  on the  part of the  Indenture
Collateral Agent, and, further,  shall incur no liability to the Issuer Secured
Parties except for negligence,  bad faith or willful misconduct in carrying out
its  duties to the  Issuer  Secured  Parties.  Subject  to  Section  6.16,  the
Indenture  Collateral  Agent shall be protected and shall incur no liability to
any such  party in  relying  upon the  accuracy,  acting in  reliance  upon the
contents,  and assuming the  genuineness  of any notice,  demand,  certificate,
signature,  instrument or other document  reasonably  believed by the Indenture
Collateral  Agent  to be  genuine  and  to  have  been  duly  executed  by  the
appropriate  signatory,  and (absent  actual  knowledge  to the  contrary)  the
Indenture  Collateral  Agent  shall  not be  required  to make any  independent
investigation with respect thereto. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall at all
times be free  independently to establish to its reasonable  satisfaction,  but
shall have no duty to  independently  verify,  the existence or nonexistence of
facts that are a  condition  to the  exercise  or  enforcement  of any right or
remedy  hereunder  or  under  any  of  the  Related  Documents.  The  Indenture
Collateral  Agent may  consult  with  counsel,  and shall not be liable for any
action  taken or  omitted  to be taken by it  hereunder  in good  faith  and in
accordance  with the written advice of such counsel.  The Indenture  Collateral
Agent shall not be under any obligation to exercise any of the remedial  rights
or powers vested in it by this  Indenture or to follow any  direction  from the
Controlling  Party  unless  it  shall  have  received  reasonable  security  or
indemnity  satisfactory  to the Indenture  Collateral  Agent against the costs,
expenses and liabilities which might be incurred by it.


     SECTION 6.16 Reliance Upon Documents. In the absence of negligence, bad
faith or willful misconduct on its part, the Indenture Collateral Agent shall be
entitled to rely on any communication, instrument, paper or other document
reasonably believed by it to be genuine and correct and to have been signed or
sent by the proper Person or Persons and shall have no liability in acting, or
omitting to act, where such action or omission to act is in reasonable reliance
upon any statement or opinion contained in any such document or instrument.

   SECTION 6.17  Successor Indenture Collateral Agent.

                  (a)   Merger.  Any Person into which the Indenture
Collateral Agent may be converted or merged, or with which it may
be  consolidated,  or to which it may sell or transfer  its trust  business and
assets as a whole or substantially as a whole, or any Person resulting from any
such conversion, merger, consolidation, sale or transfer to which the Indenture
Collateral Agent is a party, shall (provided it is otherwise qualified to serve
as the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent  hereunder)  be  and  become  a  successor
Indenture Collateral Agent hereunder and be vested with all of the title to and
interest  in  the  Indenture   Collateral  and  all  of  the  trusts,   powers,
discretions,  immunities,  privileges and other matters as was its  predecessor
without the  execution or filing of any  instrument or any further act, deed or
conveyance  on the part of any of the parties  hereto,  anything  herein to the
contrary notwithstanding, except to the extent, if any, that any such action is
necessary to perfect,  or continue the perfection of, the security  interest of
the Issuer Secured Parties in the Indenture Collateral;  provided that any such
successor shall also be the successor Trustee under Section 6.9.

                  (b)  Resignation.  The  Indenture  Collateral  Agent  and any
successor Indenture Collateral Agent may resign at any time by so notifying the
Issuer and the Security Insurer;  provided that the Indenture  Collateral Agent
shall not so resign unless it shall also resign as Trustee hereunder.

                  (c) Removal. The Indenture Collateral Agent may be removed by
the  Controlling  Party at any time (and should be removed at any time that the
Trustee  has  been  removed),  with  or  without  cause,  by an  instrument  or
concurrent  instruments in writing delivered to the Indenture Collateral Agent,
the other Issuer  Secured  Party and the Issuer.  A temporary  successor may be
removed  at any  time to allow a  successor  Indenture  Collateral  Agent to be
appointed  pursuant  to  subsection  (d) below.  Any  removal  pursuant  to the
provisions of this subsection (c) shall take effect only upon the date which is
the  latest  of (i)  the  effective  date  of the  appointment  of a  successor
Indenture  Collateral  Agent and the  acceptance  in writing by such  successor
Indenture Collateral Agent of such appointment and of its obligation to perform
its duties hereunder in accordance with the provisions hereof, and (ii) receipt
by the  Controlling  Party of an Opinion of Counsel to the effect  described in
Section 3.6.

                  (d)   Acceptance by Successor.  The Controlling Party
shall have the sole right to appoint each successor Indenture Collateral
Agent. Every temporary or permanent successor Indenture Collateral Agent
appointed hereunder shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to its predecessor
and to the Trustee, each Issuer Secured Party and the Issuer an instrument in
writing accepting such appointment hereunder and the relevant predecessor shall
execute, acknowledge and deliver such other documents and instruments as will
effectuate the delivery of all Indenture Collateral to the successor Indenture
Collateral Agent, whereupon such successor, without any further act, deed or
conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the estates, properties, rights,
powers, duties and obligations of its predecessor. Such predecessor shall,
nevertheless, on the written request of either Issuer Secured Party or the
Issuer, execute and deliver an instrument transferring to such successor all the
estates, properties, rights and powers of such predecessor hereunder. In the
event that any instrument in writing from the Issuer or an Issuer Secured Party
is reasonably required by a successor Indenture Collateral Agent to more fully
and certainly vest in such successor the estates, properties, rights, powers,
duties and obligations vested or intended to be vested hereunder in the
Indenture Collateral Agent, any and all such written instruments shall, at the
request of the temporary or permanent successor Indenture Collateral Agent, be
forthwith executed, acknowledged and delivered by the Trustee or the Issuer, as
the case may be. The designation of any successor Indenture Collateral Agent and
the instrument or instruments removing any Indenture Collateral Agent and
appointing a successor hereunder, together with all other instruments provided
for herein, shall be maintained with the records relating to the Indenture
Collateral and, to the extent required by applicable law, filed or recorded by
the successor Indenture Collateral Agent in each place where such filing or
recording is necessary to effect the transfer of the Indenture Collateral to the
successor Indenture Collateral Agent or to protect or continue the perfection of
the security interests granted hereunder.

     SECTION 6.18 Compensation. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall not
entitled to any compensation for the performance of its duties hereunder other
than the compensation it is entitled to receive in its capacity as Trustee.

     SECTION 6.19 Representations and Warranties of the Indenture Collateral
Agent. The Indenture Collateral Agent represents and warrants to the Issuer and
to each Issuer Secured Party as follows:

                  (a) Due  Organization.  The Indenture  Collateral  Agent is a
national  banking  association,  duly organized,  validly  existing and in good
standing  under  the  laws of the  United  States  and is duly  authorized  and
licensed under applicable law to conduct its business as presently conducted.

                  (b)  Corporate Power.  The Indenture Collateral Agent
has all requisite right, power and authority to execute and
deliver this Indenture and to perform all of its duties as
Indenture Collateral Agent hereunder.

                  (c) Due  Authorization.  The  execution  and  delivery by the
Indenture  Collateral  Agent  of  this  Indenture  and  the  other  Transaction
Documents  to  which  it is a  party,  and  the  performance  by the  Indenture
Collateral  Agent of its  duties  hereunder  and  thereunder,  have  been  duly
authorized by all necessary  corporate  proceedings and no further approvals or
filings,  including  any  governmental  approvals,  are  required for the valid
execution and delivery by the Indenture Collateral Agent, or the performance by
the Indenture Collateral Agent, of this Indenture and such other
Related Documents.

                  (d) Valid and Binding  Indenture.  The  Indenture  Collateral
Agent has duly  executed and  delivered  this  Indenture and each other Related
Document to which it is a party, and each of this Indenture and each such other
Related  Document  constitutes the legal,  valid and binding  obligation of the
Indenture Collateral Agent,  enforceable against the Indenture Collateral Agent
in accordance with its terms,  except as (i) such enforceability may be limited
by  bankruptcy,  insolvency,  reorganization  and similar  laws  relating to or
affecting  the  enforcement  of  creditors'   rights  generally  and  (ii)  the
availability  of equitable  remedies may be limited by equitable  principles of
general applicability.

     SECTION 6.20 Waiver of Setoffs. The Indenture Collateral Agent hereby
expressly waives any and all rights of setoff that the Indenture Collateral
Agent may otherwise at any time have under applicable law with respect to any
Trust Account and agrees that amounts in the Trust Accounts shall at all times
be held and applied solely in accordance with the provisions hereof.

     SECTION 6.21 Control by the Controlling Party. The Indenture Collateral
Agent shall comply with notices and instructions given by the Issuer only if
accompanied by the written consent of the Controlling Party, except that if any
Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, the Indenture Collateral
Agent shall act upon and comply with notices and instructions given by the
Controlling Party alone in the place and stead of the Issuer.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                         Noteholders' Lists and Reports

     SECTION 7.1 Issuer To Furnish To Trustee Names and Addresses of
Noteholders. The Issuer will furnish or cause to be furnished to the Trustee (a)
not more than five days after the earlier of (i) each Record Date and (ii) three
months after the last Record Date, a list, in such form as the Trustee may
reasonably require, of the names and addresses of the Holders as of such Record
Date, (b) at such other times as the Trustee may request in writing, within 30
days after receipt by the Issuer of any such request, a list of similar form and
content as of a date not more than 10 days prior to the time such list is
furnished; provided, however, that so long as the Trustee is the Note Registrar,
no such list shall be required to be furnished. The Trustee or, if the Trustee
is not the Note Registrar, the Issuer shall furnish to the Security Insurer in
writing on an annual basis on each March 31 and at such other times as the
Security Insurer may request a copy of the list.

     SECTION 7.2 Preservation of Information; Communications to Noteholders. (a)
The Trustee shall preserve, in as current a form as is reasonably practicable,
the names and addresses of the Holders contained in the most recent list
furnished to the Trustee as provided in Section 7.1 and the names and addresses
of Holders received by the Trustee in its capacity as Note Registrar. The
Trustee may destroy any list furnished to it as provided in such Section 7.1
upon receipt of a new list so furnished.

                  (b) Noteholders  may  communicate  pursuant to TIA ss. 312(b)
with other  Noteholders  with respect to their  rights under this  Indenture or
under the Notes.

                  (c)  The Issuer, the Trustee and the Note Registrar shall
have the protection of TIA ss. 312(c).

      SECTION 7.3  Reports by Issuer.  (a)  The Issuer shall:

                  (i) file with the Trustee, within 15 days after the Issuer is
         required  to file the same with the  Commission,  copies of the annual
         reports and of the information, documents and other reports (or copies
         of such  portions of any of the foregoing as the  Commission  may from
         time to time by rules and regulations  prescribe) which the Issuer may
         be  required  to file with the  Commission  pursuant  to Section 13 or
         15(d) of the Exchange Act;


             (ii) file with the Trustee and the  Commission in accordance  with
         rules and  regulations  prescribed from time to time by the Commission
         such  additional  information,  documents  and reports with respect to
         compliance  by the Issuer with the  conditions  and  covenants of this
         Indenture  as may be  required  from  time to time by such  rules  and
         regulations; and

            (iii) supply to the Trustee (and the Trustee shall transmit by mail
         to all Noteholders  described in TIA ss. 313(c)) such summaries of any
         information,  documents and reports required to be filed by the Issuer
         pursuant  to  clauses  (i) and (ii) of this  Section  7.3(a) as may be
         required by rules and regulations  prescribed from time to time by the
         Commission.

                  (b)      Unless the Issuer otherwise determines, the fiscal
year of the Issuer shall end on December 31 of each year.

     SECTION 7.4 Reports by Trustee. If required by TIA ss. 313(a), within 60
days after each June 30, beginning with June 30, 1997, the Trustee shall mail to
each Noteholder as required by TIA ss. 313(c) a brief report dated as of such
date that complies with TIA ss. 313(a). The Trustee also shall comply with TIA
ss. 313(b).

                  A  copy  of  each  report  at the  time  of  its  mailing  to
Noteholders  shall be filed by the Trustee with the  Commission  and each stock
exchange,  if any, on which the Notes are listed.  The Issuer  shall notify the
Trustee if and when the Notes are listed on any stock exchange.



                                  ARTICLE VIII

                      Accounts, Disbursements and Releases

     SECTION 8.1 Collection of Money. Except as otherwise expressly provided
herein, the Trustee may demand payment or delivery of, and shall receive and
collect, directly and without intervention or assistance of any fiscal agent or
other intermediary, all money and other property payable to or receivable by the
Trustee pursuant to this Indenture. The Trustee shall apply all such money
received by it as provided in this Indenture. Except as otherwise expressly
provided in this Indenture, if any default occurs in the making of any payment
or performance under any agreement or instrument that is part of the Trust
Estate, the Trustee may take such action as may be appropriate to enforce such
payment or performance, including the institution and prosecution of appropriate
proceedings. Any such action shall be without prejudice to any right to claim a
Default or Event of Default under this Indenture and any right to proceed
thereafter as provided in Article V.

     SECTION 8.2 Trust Accounts. (a) On or prior to the Closing Date, the Issuer
shall cause the Servicer to establish and maintain, in the name of the Trustee,
for the benefit of the Noteholders and the Certificateholders, the Trust
Accounts as provided in Section 5.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

                  (b)  Subject  to  Section  5.6,  on  each  Payment  Date  and
Redemption  Date,  the Trustee shall  distribute  all amounts on deposit in the
Note Distribution  Account to Noteholders in respect of the Notes to the extent
of  amounts  due and  unpaid on the Notes for  principal  and  interest  in the
following  amounts and in the following order of priority  (except as otherwise
provided in Section 5.6):

                  (i) accrued and unpaid  interest on the Notes;  provided that
         if there are not sufficient funds in the Note Distribution  Account to
         pay the entire amount of accrued and unpaid  interest then due on each
         class of Notes, the amount in the Note  Distribution  Account shall be
         applied  to the  payment of such  interest  on each class of Notes pro
         rata on the basis of the amount of accrued and unpaid interest due
         on each class of Notes;

                  (ii) any amounts deposited in the Note  Distribution  Account
         with respect to the Class A-1 Note  Prepayment  Amount,  the Class A-2
         Note Prepayment Amount and the Class A-3 Prepayment  Amount,  shall be
         distributed to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes
         and the Class A-3 Notes, respectively;

             (iii)  to the Holders of the Class A-1 Notes until the
         Outstanding Amount of the Class A-1 Notes is reduced to
         zero;

            (iv)    to the Holders of the Class A-2 Notes until the
         Outstanding Amount of the Class A-2 Notes is reduced to
         zero; and

                  (v) to the Holders of the Class A-3 Notes until the
         Outstanding Amount of the Class A-3 Notes is reduced to
         zero.

     SECTION 8.3 General Provisions Regarding Accounts. (a) So long as no
Default or Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing, all or a
portion of the funds in the Trust Accounts shall be invested in Eligible
Investments and reinvested by the Trustee upon Issuer Order, subject to the
provisions of Section 5.1(b) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement. All income or
other gain from investments of moneys deposited in the Trust Accounts shall be
deposited (or caused to be deposited) by the Trustee in the Collection Account,
and any loss resulting from such investments shall be charged to such account.
The Issuer will not direct the Trustee to make any investment of any funds or to
sell any investment held in any of the Trust Accounts unless the security
interest Granted and perfected in such account will continue to be perfected in
such investment or the proceeds of such sale, in either case without any further
action by any Person, and, in connection with any direction to the Trustee to
make any such investment or sale, if requested by the Trustee, the Issuer shall
deliver to the Trustee an Opinion of Counsel, acceptable to the Trustee, to such
effect.

                  (b)      [Reserved]

                  (c) Subject to Section  6.1(c),  the Trustee shall not in any
way be held liable by reason of any  insufficiency in any of the Trust Accounts
resulting from any loss on any Eligible  Investment included therein except for
losses  attributable to the Trustee's failure to make payments on such Eligible
Investments  issued by the  Trustee,  in its  commercial  capacity as principal
obligor and not as trustee, in accordance with their terms.

                  (d)      If (i) the Issuer shall have failed to give
investment directions for any funds on deposit in the Trust Accounts to the
Trustee by 2:00 p.m. Eastern Time (or such other time as may be agreed by the
Issuer and Trustee) on any Business Day; or (ii) a Default or Event of Default
shall have occurred and be continuing with respect to the Notes but the Notes
shall not have been declared due and payable pursuant to Section 5.2, or, if
such Notes shall have been declared due and payable following an Event of
Default, amounts collected or receivable from the Trust Estate are being applied
in accordance with Section 5.5 as if there had not been such a declaration; then
the Trustee shall, to the fullest extent practicable, invest and reinvest funds
in the Trust Accounts in one or more Eligible Investments.

     SECTION 8.4 Release of Trust Estate. (a) Subject to the payment of its fees
and expenses pursuant to Section 6.7, the Indenture Collateral Agent may, and
when required by the provisions of this Indenture shall, execute instruments to
release property from the lien of this Indenture, or convey the Indenture
Collateral Agent's interest in the same, in a manner and under circumstances
that are not inconsistent with the provisions of this Indenture. No party
relying upon an instrument executed by the Indenture Collateral Agent as
provided in this Article VIII shall be bound to ascertain the Indenture
Collateral Agent's authority, inquire into the satisfaction of any conditions
precedent or see to the application of any moneys.

                  (b) The  Indenture  Collateral  Agent shall,  at such time as
there are no Notes outstanding and all sums due the Trustee pursuant to Section
6.7 have been paid,  release  any  remaining  portion of the Trust  Estate that
secured the Notes from the lien of this  Indenture and release to the Issuer or
any other  Person  entitled  thereto  any funds  then on  deposit  in the Trust
Accounts.  The Trustee shall release  property from the lien of this  Indenture
pursuant  to this  Section  8.4(b)  only  upon  receipt  of an  Issuer  Request
accompanied by an Officer's Certificate, an Opinion of Counsel and (if required
by the TIA) Independent  Certificates in accordance with TIA ss.ss.  314(c) and
314(d)(1) meeting the applicable requirements of Section 11.1.

     SECTION 8.5 Opinion of Counsel. The Indenture Collateral Agent shall
receive at least seven days' notice when requested by the Issuer to take any
action pursuant to Section 8.4(a), accompanied by copies of any instruments
involved, and the Trustee shall also require as a condition to such action, an
Opinion of Counsel, in form and substance satisfactory to the Trustee, stating
the legal effect of any such action, outlining the steps required to complete
the same, and concluding that all conditions precedent to the taking of such
action have been complied with and such action will not materially and adversely
impair the security for the Notes or the rights of the Noteholders in
contravention of the provisions of this Indenture; provided, however, that such
Opinion of Counsel shall not be required to express an opinion as to the fair
value of the Trust Estate. Counsel rendering any such opinion may rely, without
independent  investigation,  on the accuracy and validity of any certificate or
other instrument delivered to the Trustee in connection with any such action.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                             Supplemental Indentures

     SECTION 9.1 Supplemental Indentures Without Consent of Noteholders. (a)
Without the consent of the Holders of any Notes but with the consent of the
Security Insurer (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing) and with prior notice to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, as
evidenced to the Trustee, the Issuer and the Trustee, when authorized by an
Issuer Order, at any time and from time to time, may enter into one or more
indentures supplemental hereto (which shall conform to the provisions of the
Trust Indenture Act as in force at the date of the execution thereof), in form
satisfactory to the Trustee, for any of the following purposes:

                  (i) to correct or amplify the  description of any property at
         any time subject to the lien of this  Indenture,  or better to assure,
         convey and confirm unto the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent any property
         subject or required to be subjected to the lien of this Indenture,  or
         to subject to the lien of this Indenture additional property;

                  (ii) to  evidence  the  succession,  in  compliance  with the
         applicable provisions hereof, of another person to the Issuer, and the
         assumption by any such successor of the covenants of the Issuer herein
         and in the Notes contained;

                  (iii)  to add to the covenants of the Issuer, for the
         benefit of the Holders of the Notes, or to surrender any
         right or power herein conferred upon the Issuer;

                  (iv)  to convey, transfer, assign, mortgage or pledge
         any property to or with the Indenture Collateral Agent;

                  (v) to cure any  ambiguity,  to  correct  or  supplement  any
         provision  herein  or in  any  supplemental  indenture  which  may  be
         inconsistent  with any other provision  herein or in any  supplemental
         indenture or to make any other  provisions  with respect to matters or
         questions   arising  under  this  Indenture  or  in  any  supplemental
         indenture;  provided that such action shall not  adversely  affect the
         interests of the Holders of the Notes;

                  (vi)  to  evidence  and  provide  for the  acceptance  of the
         appointment hereunder by a successor trustee with respect to the Notes
         and to add to or change any of the  provisions  of this  Indenture  as
         shall be necessary to facilitate the
         administration of the trusts hereunder by more than one
         trustee, pursuant to the requirements of Article VI; or

                  (vii) to modify,  eliminate or add to the  provisions of this
         Indenture  to  such  extent  as  shall  be  necessary  to  effect  the
         qualification  of this  Indenture  under the TIA or under any  similar
         federal  statute  hereafter  enacted and to add to this Indenture such
         other provisions as may be expressly required by the TIA.

                  The Trustee is hereby  authorized to join in the execution of
any such supplemental  indenture and to make any further appropriate agreements
and stipulations that may be therein contained.

                  (b) The Issuer and the Trustee,  when authorized by an Issuer
Order,  may,  also  without  the consent of any of the Holders of the Notes but
with prior  notice to the Rating  Agencies by the Issuer,  as  evidenced to the
Trustee,  enter into an indenture  or  indentures  supplemental  hereto for the
purpose of adding any  provisions  to, or changing in any manner or eliminating
any of the  provisions  of, this  Indenture  or of  modifying in any manner the
rights of the Holders of the Notes  under this  Indenture;  provided,  however,
that such action shall not, as  evidenced  by an Opinion of Counsel,  adversely
affect in any material respect the interests of any Noteholder.

     SECTION 9.2 Supplemental Indentures with Consent of Noteholders. The Issuer
and the Trustee, when authorized by an Issuer Order, also may, with prior notice
to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of the Security Insurer (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and with the consent of
the Holders of not less than a majority of the outstanding Amount of the Notes,
by Act of such Holders delivered to the Issuer and the Trustee, enter into an
indenture or indentures supplemental hereto for the purpose of adding any
provisions to, or changing in any manner or eliminating any of the provisions
of, this Indenture or of modifying in any manner the rights of the Holders of
the Notes under this Indenture; provided, however, that, subject to the express
rights of the Security Insurer under the Basic Documents, no such supplemental
indenture shall, without the consent of the Holder of each Outstanding Note
affected thereby:

                  (i)  change  the  date  of  payment  of  any  installment  of
         principal of or interest on any Note, or reduce the  principal  amount
         thereof,  the  interest  rate  thereon  or the  Redemption  Price with
         respect  thereto,  change the provision of this Indenture  relating to
         the application of collections on, or the proceeds of the sale of, the
         Trust Estate to payment of  principal of or interest on the Notes,  or
         change any place of payment  where,  or the coin or currency in which,
         any Note or the interest thereon is payable;

             (ii) impair the right to institute suit for the enforcement of the
         provisions  of this  Indenture  requiring  the  application  of  funds
         available  therefor,  as  provided in Article V, to the payment of any
         such  amount  due on the  Notes on or after the  respective  due dates
         thereof  (or, in the case of  redemption,  on or after the  Redemption
         Date);

                  (iii) reduce the percentage of the Outstanding  Amount of the
         Notes,  the consent of the  Holders of which is required  for any such
         supplemental  indenture,  or the  consent  of the  Holders of which is
         required for any waiver of compliance with certain  provisions of this
         Indenture  or  certain  defaults   hereunder  and  their  consequences
         provided for in this Indenture;

                  (iv)  modify or alter the provisions of the proviso to
         the definition of the term "Outstanding";

                  (v) reduce the  percentage of the  Outstanding  Amount of the
         Notes  required  to direct the Trustee to direct the Issuer to sell or
         liquidate the Trust Estate pursuant to Section 5.4;

                  (vi) modify any provision of this Section  except to increase
         any percentage  specified herein or to provide that certain additional
         provisions of this Indenture or the Basic Documents cannot be modified
         or waived without the consent of the Holder of each  Outstanding  Note
         affected thereby;

                  (vii) modify any of the  provisions of this Indenture in such
         manner as to affect the  calculation  of the amount of any  payment of
         interest  or  principal  due on any  Note  on  any  Distribution  Date
         (including the calculation of any of the individual components of such
         calculation)  or to affect the  rights of the  Holders of Notes to the
         benefit of any  provisions  for the mandatory  redemption of the Notes
         contained herein; or

                  (viii) permit the creation of any lien ranking prior to or on
         a parity with the lien of this  Indenture  with respect to any part of
         the Trust  Estate or,  except as otherwise  permitted or  contemplated
         herein or in any of the Basic  Documents,  terminate  the lien of this
         Indenture on any  property at any time  subject  hereto or deprive the
         Holder  of any  Note  of the  security  provided  by the  lien of this
         Indenture.

                  The Trustee may  determine  whether or not any Notes would be
affected by any  supplemental  indenture  and any such  determination  shall be
conclusive  upon the Holders of all Notes,  whether  theretofore  or thereafter
authenticated and delivered hereunder.  The Trustee shall not be liable for any
such determination made in good faith.

     It shall not be necessary for any Act of Noteholders under this Section to
approve the particular form of any proposed supplemental indenture, but it shall
be sufficient if such Act shall approve the substance thereof.

     Promptly after the execution by the Issuer and the Trustee of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to this Section, the Trustee shall mail to the
Holders of the Notes to which such amendment or supplemental indenture relates a
notice setting forth in general terms the substance of such supplemental
indenture. Any failure of the Trustee to mail such notice, or any defect
therein, shall not, however, in any way impair or affect the validity of any
such supplemental indenture.


     SECTION 9.3 Execution of Supplemental Indentures. In executing, or
permitting the additional trusts created by, any supplemental indenture
permitted by this Article IX or the modifications thereby of the trusts created
by this Indenture, the Trustee shall be entitled to receive, and subject to
Sections 6.1 and 6.2, shall be fully protected in relying upon, an Opinion of
Counsel stating that the execution of such supplemental indenture is authorized
or permitted by this Indenture. The Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to,
enter into any such supplemental indenture that affects the Trustee's own
rights, duties, liabilities or immunities under this Indenture or otherwise.

     SECTION 9.4 Effect of Supplemental Indenture. Upon the execution of any
supplemental indenture pursuant to the provisions hereof, this Indenture shall
be and be deemed to be modified and amended in accordance therewith with respect
to the Notes affected thereby, and the respective rights, limitations of rights,
obligations, duties, liabilities and immunities under this Indenture of the
Trustee, the Issuer and the Holders of the Notes shall thereafter be determined,
exercised and enforced hereunder subject in all respects to such modifications
and amendments, and all the terms and conditions of any such supplemental
indenture shall be and be deemed to be part of the terms and conditions of this
Indenture for any and all purposes.

     SECTION 9.5 Conformity With Trust Indenture Act. Every amendment of this
Indenture and every supplemental indenture executed pursuant to this Article IX
shall conform to the requirements of the Trust Indenture Act as then in effect
so long as this Indenture shall then be qualified under the Trust Indenture Act.

     SECTION 9.6 Reference in Notes to Supplemental Indentures. Notes
authenticated and delivered after the execution of any supplemental indenture
pursuant to this Article IX may, and if required by the Trustee shall, bear a
notation in form approved by the Trustee as to any matter provided for in such
supplemental indenture. If the Issuer or the Trustee shall so determine, new
Notes so modified as to conform, in the opinion of the Trustee and the Issuer,
to any such supplemental indenture may be prepared and executed by the Issuer
and authenticated and delivered by the Trustee in exchange for Outstanding
Notes.


                                    ARTICLE X

                               Redemption of Notes

     SECTION 10.1 Redemption. (a) The Notes are subject to redemption in whole,
but not in part, at the direction of the Seller pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of
the Sale and Servicing Agreement, on any Distribution Date on which the Servicer
exercises its option to purchase the Trust Estate pursuant to said Section
9.1(a), for a purchase price equal to the Redemption Price; provided, however,
that the Issuer has available funds sufficient to pay the Redemption Price. The
Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish the Security Insurer and the Rating
Agencies notice of such redemption. If the Notes are to be redeemed pursuant to
this Section 10.1(a), the Servicer or the Issuer shall furnish notice of such
election to the Trustee not later than 35 days prior to the Redemption Date and
the Issuer shall deposit with the Trustee in the Note Distribution Account the
Redemption Price of the Notes to be redeemed whereupon all such Notes shall be
due and payable on the Redemption Date upon the furnishing of a notice complying
with Section 10.2 to each Holder of Notes.

                  (b) In the  event  that  on the  Payment  Date on  which  the
Funding Period ends (or on the  Distribution  Date on or immediately  following
the last day of the Funding  Period,  if the  Funding  Period does not end on a
Payment Date), the Pre-Funded Amount after giving effect to the purchase of all
Subsequent  Receivables,  including any such purchase on such Redemption  Date,
the Notes  will be  redeemed  in part,  on a pro rata  basis,  in an  aggregate
principal  amount  equal to the  Class  A-1  Prepayment  Amount,  the Class A-2
Prepayment Amount and the Class A-3 Prepayment Amount.

                  (c) In the  event  that  the  assets  of the  Trust  are sold
pursuant to Section 9.2 of the Trust  Agreement,  all amounts on deposit in the
Note  Distribution  Account  shall  be  paid  to  the  Noteholders  up  to  the
Outstanding Amount of the Notes and all accrued and unpaid interest thereon. If
amounts are to be paid to  Noteholders  pursuant to this Section  10.1(c),  the
Servicer or the Issuer shall, to the extent practicable, furnish notice of such
event to the  Trustee  not  later  than 45 days  prior to the  Redemption  Date
whereupon all such amounts shall be payable on the Redemption Date.

     SECTION 10.2 Form of Redemption Notice. (a) Notice of redemption under
Section 10.1(a) shall be given by the Trustee by facsimile or by first-class
mail, postage prepaid, transmitted or mailed prior to the applicable Redemption
Date to each Holder of Notes, as of the close of business on the Record Date
preceding the applicable Redemption Date, at such Holder's address appearing in
the Note Register.

                  All notices of redemption shall state:

                  (i)      the Redemption Date;

             (ii)          the Redemption Price;

            (iii) that the Record Date otherwise  applicable to such Redemption
         Date is not  applicable  and that  payments  shall be made  only  upon
         presentation  and  surrender  of such  Notes and the place  where such
         Notes are to be surrendered for payment of the Redemption Price (which
         shall be the  office  or  agency of the  Issuer  to be  maintained  as
         provided in Section 3.2); and

                  (iv) that interest on the Notes shall cease to accrue
         on the Redemption Date.

                  Notice  of  redemption  of the  Notes  shall  be given by the
Trustee in the name and at the expense of the Issuer. Failure to give notice of
redemption,  or any defect therein,  to any Holder of any Note shall not impair
or affect the validity of the redemption of any other Note.

                  (b)      Prior notice of redemption under Sections 10.1(b)
is not required to be given to Noteholders.

     SECTION 10.3 Notes Payable on Redemption Date. The Notes to be redeemed
shall, following notice of redemption as required by Section 10.2 (in the case
of redemption pursuant to Section 10.1(a)), on the Redemption Date become due
and payable at the Redemption Price and (unless the Issuer shall default in the
payment of the Redemption Price) no interest shall accrue on the Redemption
Price for any period after the date to which accrued interest is calculated for
purposes of calculating the Redemption Price.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Miscellaneous

     SECTION 11.1 Compliance Certificates and Opinions, etc. (a) Upon any
application or request by the Issuer to the Trustee or the Indenture Collateral
Agent to take any action under any provision of this Indenture, the Issuer shall
furnish to the Trustee or the Indenture Collateral Agent, as the case may be,
and to the Security Insurer if the application or request is made to the
Indenture Collateral Agent (i) an Officer's Certificate stating that all
conditions precedent, if any, provided for in this Indenture relating to the
proposed action have been complied with, (ii) an Opinion of Counsel stating that
in the opinion of such counsel all such conditions precedent, if any, have been
complied with and (iii) (if required by the TIA) an Independent Certificate from
a firm of certified public accountants meeting the applicable requirements of
this Section, except that, in the case of any such application or request as to
which the furnishing of such documents is specifically required by any provision
of this Indenture, no additional certificate or opinion need be furnished.

     Every certificate or opinion with respect to compliance with a condition or
covenant provided for in this Indenture shall include:

                  (i) a statement  that each  signatory of such  certificate or
         opinion has read or has caused to be read such  covenant or  condition
         and the definitions herein relating thereto;

                  (ii)     a brief statement as to the nature and scope of
         the examination or investigation upon which the statements
         or opinions contained in such certificate or opinion are
         based;

                  (iii)  a  statement   that,  in  the  opinion  of  each  such
         signatory,  such signatory has made such  examination or investigation
         as is  necessary  to enable  such  signatory  to express  an  informed
         opinion as to  whether  or not such  covenant  or  condition  has been
         complied with; and

                  (iv) a statement  as to whether,  in the opinion of each such
         signatory such condition or covenant has been complied with.

                  (b) (i)  Prior  to the  deposit  of any  Collateral  or other
property or securities with the Indenture  Collateral  Agent that is to be made
the basis for the release of any property or securities  subject to the lien of
this  Indenture,  the Issuer shall,  in addition to any  obligation  imposed in
Section  11.1(a) or  elsewhere  in this  Indenture,  furnish  to the  Indenture
Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer an Officer's  Certificate  certifying
or stating the opinion of each person  signing such  certificate as to the fair
value (within 90 days of such deposit) to the Issuer of the Collateral or other
property or securities to be so deposited.

                  (ii)  Whenever  the  Issuer is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Indenture  Collateral  Agent and the  Security  Insurer  an  Officer's
         Certificate certifying or stating the opinion of any signer thereof as
         to the matters  described  in clause (i) above,  the Issuer shall also
         deliver to the Indenture  Collateral Agent and the Security Insurer an
         Independent  Certificate as to the same matters,  if the fair value to
         the Issuer of the securities  to be so deposited and of all other such
         securities  made the basis of any such withdrawal or release since the
         commencement  of the  then-current  fiscal year of the Issuer,  as set
         forth in the certificates  delivered  pursuant to clause (i) above and
         this  clause  (ii),  is 10% or more of the  Outstanding  Amount of the
         Notes,  but such a certificate  need not be furnished  with respect to
         any  securities so deposited,  if the fair value thereof to the Issuer
         as set forth in the related Officer's Certificate is less than $25,000
         or less than 1% percent of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes.

                  (iii) Other than with respect to the release of any Purchased
         Receivables  or  Liquidated  Receivables,  whenever  any  property  or
         securities  are to be released  from the lien of this  Indenture,  the
         Issuer shall also furnish to the  Indenture  Collateral  Agent and the
         Security  Insurer an Officer's  Certificate  certifying or stating the
         opinion of each person  signing such  certificate as to the fair value
         (within  90  days of  such  release)  of the  property  or  securities
         proposed to be released and stating that in the opinion of such person
         the proposed release will not impair the security under this Indenture
         in contravention of the provisions hereof.

                  (iv)  Whenever  the  Issuer is  required  to  furnish  to the
         Trustee and the Security Insurer an Officer's  Certificate  certifying
         or  stating  the  opinion  of any  signer  thereof  as to the  matters
         described in clause (iii) above,  the Issuer shall also furnish to the
         Indenture  Collateral  Agent and the Security  Insurer an  Independent
         Certificate  as to the same  matters if the fair value of the property
         or  securities   and  of  all  other  property  other  than  Purchased
         Receivables and Defaulted Receivables, or securities released from the
         lien of this  Indenture  since the  commencement  of the then  current
         calendar  year,  as set forth in the  certificates  required by clause
         (iii)  above  and  this  clause  (iv),  equals  10%  or  more  of  the
         Outstanding  Amount of the  Notes,  but such  certificate  need not be
         furnished in the case of any release of property or  securities if the
         fair value thereof as set forth in the related  Officer's  Certificate
         is less than  $25,000 or less than 1% percent of the then  Outstanding
         Amount of the Notes.

                  (v)  Notwithstanding  Section 2.9 or any other  provision  of
         this Section, the Issuer may (A) collect, liquidate, sell or otherwise
         dispose of Receivables  as and to the extent  permitted or required by
         the  Basic  Documents  and (B) make  cash  payments  out of the  Trust
         Accounts  as and to the  extent  permitted  or  required  by the Basic
         Documents.

     SECTION 11.2 Form of Documents Delivered to Trustee. In any case where
several matters are required to be certified by, or covered by an opinion of,
any specified Person, it is not necessary that all such matters be certified by,
or covered by the opinion of, only one such Person, or that they be so certified
or covered by only one document, but one such Person may certify or give an
opinion with respect to some matters and one or more other such Persons as to
other matters, and any such Person may certify or give an opinion as to such
matters in one or several documents.

     Any certificate or opinion of an Authorized Officer of the Issuer may be
based, insofar as it relates to legal matters, upon a certificate or opinion of,
or representations by, counsel, unless such officer knows, or in the exercise of
reasonable care should know, that the certificate or opinion or representations
with respect to the matters upon which his or her certificate or opinion is
based are erroneous. Any such certificate of an Authorized Officer or Opinion of
Counsel may be based, insofar as it relates to factual matters, upon a
certificate or opinion of, or representations by, an officer or officers of the
Servicer, the Seller or the Issuer, stating that the information with respect to
such factual matters is in the possession of the Servicer, the Seller or the
Issuer, unless such counsel knows, or in the exercise of reasonable care should
know, that the certificate or opinion or representations with respect to such
matters are erroneous.

     Where any Person is required to make, give or execute two or more
applications, requests, consents, certificates, statements, opinions or other
instruments under this Indenture, they may, but need not, be consolidated and
form one instrument.

     Whenever in this Indenture, in connection with any application or
certificate or report to the Trustee, it is provided that the Issuer shall
deliver any document as a condition of the granting of such application, or as
evidence of the Issuer's compliance with any term hereof, it is intended that
the truth and accuracy, at the time of the granting of such application or at
the effective date of such certificate or report (as the case may be), of the
facts and opinions stated in such document shall in such case be conditions
precedent to the right of the Issuer to have such application granted or to the
sufficiency of such certificate or report. The foregoing shall not, however, be
construed to affect the Trustee's right to rely upon the truth and accuracy of
any statement or opinion contained in any such document as provided in Article
VI.

     SECTION 11.3 Acts of Noteholders. (a) Any request, demand, authorization,
direction, notice, consent, waiver or other action provided by this Indenture to
be given or taken by Noteholders may be embodied in and evidenced by one or more
instruments of substantially similar tenor signed by such Noteholders in person
or by agents duly appointed in writing; and except as herein otherwise expressly
provided such action shall become effective when such instrument or instruments
are delivered to the Trustee, and, where it is hereby expressly required, to the
Issuer. Such instrument or instruments (and the action embodied therein and
evidenced thereby) are herein sometimes referred to as the "Act" of the
Noteholders signing such instrument or instruments. Proof of execution of any
such instrument or of a writing appointing any such agent shall be sufficient
for any purpose of this Indenture and (subject to Section 6.1) conclusive in
favor of the Trustee and the Issuer, if made in the manner provided in this
Section.

                  (b)      The fact and date of the execution by any person
of any such instrument or writing may be proved in any customary
manner of the Trustee.

                  (c)      The ownership of Notes shall be proved by the Note
Register.

                  (d) Any request, demand,  authorization,  direction,  notice,
consent,  waiver or other  action by the  Holder  of any Notes  shall  bind the
Holder of every  Note  issued  upon the  registration  thereof  or in  exchange
therefor or in lieu thereof,  in respect of anything done,  omitted or suffered
to be done by the  Trustee or the Issuer in  reliance  thereon,  whether or not
notation of such action is made upon such Note.

     SECTION 11.4 Notices, etc., to Trustee, Issuer and Rating Agencies. Any
request, demand, authorization, direction, notice, consent, waiver or Act of
Noteholders or other documents provided or permitted by this Indenture to be
made upon, given or furnished to or filed with:

                  (a) The Trustee by any  Noteholder  or by the Issuer shall be
         sufficient  for  every  purpose  hereunder  if  personally  delivered,
         delivered  by  overnight  courier  or mailed  certified  mail,  return
         receipt  requested  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given  upon
         receipt to the Trustee at its Corporate Trust Office, or

                  (b) The Issuer by the Trustee or by any  Noteholder  shall be
         sufficient  for  every  purpose  hereunder  if  personally  delivered,
         delivered  by  overnight  courier  or mailed  certified  mail,  return
         receipt  requested  and shall be deemed to have been duly  given  upon
         receipt to the Issuer addressed to: The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1,
         in care of Bankers Trust (Delaware) 1001 Jefferson Street,  Suite 550,
         Wilmington,  Delaware 19801  Attention:  Lisa Wilkins,  with a copy to
         Bankers Trust  Company,  4 Albany  Street,  New York,  New York 10006,
         Attention:  Corporate Trust Agency, or at any other address previously
         furnished  in writing  to the  Trustee  by  Issuer.  The Issuer  shall
         promptly  transmit any notice  received by it from the  Noteholders to
         the Trustee.

                  (c) the Security  Insurer by the Issuer or the Trustee  shall
be sufficient for any purpose  hereunder if in writing and mailed by registered
mail or  personally  delivered  or telexed or  telecopied  to the  recipient as
follows:

 To the Security Insurer:                 Financial Security Assurance Inc.
                                          350 Park Avenue
                                          New York, NY 10022
                                          Attention:  Surveillance Department

                                          Telex No.: (212) 688-3101
                                          Confirmation:  (212)826-0100
                                          Telecopy Nos.:  (212)339-3518 or
                                          (212) 339-3529

     (In each case in which notice or other communication to the Security
Insurer refers to an Event of Default, a claim on the Note Policy or with
respect to which failure on the part of the Security Insurer to respond shall be
deemed to constitute consent or acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other
communication should also be sent to the attention of the General Counsel and
the Head--Financial Guaranty Group "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED.")

     Notices required to be given to the Rating Agencies by the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee shall be in writing, personally delivered,
delivered by overnight courier or mailed certified mail, return receipt
requested to (i) in the case of Moody's, at the following address: Moody's
Investors Service, Inc., 99 Church Street, New York, New York 10004 and (ii) in
the case of S&P, at the following address: Standard & Poor's Ratings Services,
26 Broadway (15th Floor), New York, New York 10004, Attention of Asset Backed
Surveillance Department; or as to each of the foregoing, at such other address
as shall be designated by written notice to the other parties.

     SECTION 11.5 Notices to Noteholders; Waiver. Where this Indenture provides
for notice to Noteholders of any event, such notice shall be sufficiently given
(unless otherwise herein expressly provided) if in writing and mailed,
first-class, postage prepaid to each Noteholder affected by such event, at his
address as it appears on the Note Register, not later than the latest date, and
not earlier than the earliest date, prescribed for the giving of such notice. In
any case where notice to Noteholders is given by mail, neither the failure to
mail such notice nor any defect in any notice so mailed to any particular
Noteholder shall affect the sufficiency of such notice with respect to other
Noteholders, and any notice that is mailed in the manner here in provided shall
conclusively be presumed to have been duly given.


     Where this Indenture provides for notice in any manner, such notice may be
waived in writing by any Person entitled to receive such notice, either before
or after the event, and such waiver shall be the equivalent of such notice.
Waivers of notice by Noteholders shall be filed with the Trustee but such filing
shall not be a condition precedent to the validity of any action taken in
reliance upon such a waiver.

     In case, by reason of the suspension of regular mail service as a result of
a strike, work stoppage or similar activity, it shall be impractical to mail
notice of any event to Noteholders when such notice is required to be given
pursuant to any provision of this Indenture, then any manner of giving such
notice as shall be satisfactory to the Trustee shall be deemed to be a
sufficient giving of such notice.

     Where this Indenture provides for notice to the Rating Agencies, failure to
give such notice shall not affect any other rights or obligations created
hereunder, and shall not under any circumstance constitute a Default or Event of
Default.

     SECTION 11.6 Alternate Payment and Notice Provisions. Notwithstanding any
provision of this Indenture or any of the Notes to the contrary, the Issuer may
enter into any agreement with any Holder of a Note providing for a method of
payment, or notice by the Trustee or any Paying Agent to such Holder, that is
different from the methods provided for in this Indenture for such payments or
notices, provided that such methods are reasonable and consented to by the
Trustee (which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld). The Issuer will
furnish to the Trustee a copy of each such agreement and the Trustee will cause
payments to be made and notices to be given in accordance with such agreements.

     SECTION 11.7 Conflict with Trust Indenture Act. If any provision hereof
limits, qualifies or conflicts with another provision hereof that is required to
be included in this indenture by any of the provisions of the Trust Indenture
Act, such required provision shall control.

     The provisions of TIA ss.ss. 310 through 317 that impose duties on any
person (including the provisions automatically deemed included herein unless
expressly excluded by this Indenture) are a part of and govern this Indenture,
whether or not physically contained herein.

     SECTION 11.8 Effect of Headings and Table of Contents. The Article and
Section headings herein and the Table of Contents are for convenience only and
shall not affect the construction hereof.

     SECTION 11.9 Successors and Assigns. All covenants and agreements in this
Indenture and the Notes by the Issuer shall bind its successors and assigns,
whether so expressed or not. All agreements of the Trustee in this Indenture
shall bind its successors. All agreements of the Indenture Collateral Agent in
this Indenture shall bind its successors.

     SECTION 11.10 Separability. In case any provision in this Indenture or in
the Notes shall be invalid, illegal or unenforceable, the validity, legality,
and enforceability of the remaining provisions shall not in any way be affected
or impaired thereby.

     SECTION 11.11 Benefits of Indenture. The Security Insurer and its
successors and assigns shall be a third-party beneficiary to the provisions of
this Indenture, and shall be entitled to rely upon and directly to enforce such
provisions of this Indenture so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred
and be continuing. Nothing in this Indenture or in the Notes, express or
implied, shall give to any Person, other than the parties hereto and their
successors hereunder, and the Noteholders, and any other party secured
hereunder, and any other person with an Ownership interest in any part of the
Trust Estate, any benefit or any legal or equitable right, remedy or claim under
this Indenture. The Security Insurer may disclaim any of its rights and powers
under this Indenture (in which case the Indenture Trustee may exercise such
right or power hereunder), but not its duties and obligations under the Note
Policy, upon delivery of a written notice to the Trustee.

     SECTION 11.12 Legal Holidays. In any case where the date on which any
payment is due shall not be a Business Day, then (notwithstanding any other
provision of the Notes or this Indenture) payment need not be made on such date,
but may be made on the next succeeding Business Day with the same force and
effect as if made on the date an which nominally due, and no interest shall
accrue for the period from and after any such nominal date.

     SECTION 11.13 GOVERNING LAW. THIS INDENTURE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF NEW YORK, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 11.14 Counterparts. This Indenture may be executed in any number of
counterparts, each of which so executed shall be deemed to be an original, but
all such counterparts shall together constitute but one and the same instrument.


     SECTION 11.15 Recording of Indenture. If this Indenture is subject to
recording in any appropriate public recording offices, such recording is to be
effected by the Issuer and at its expense accompanied by an Opinion of Counsel
(which may be counsel to the Trustee or any other counsel reasonably acceptable
to the Trustee and the Security Insurer) to the effect that such recording is
necessary either for the protection of the Noteholders or any other person
secured hereunder or for the enforcement of any right or remedy granted to the
Trustee or the Indenture Collateral Agent under this Indenture or the Collateral
Agent under the Spread Account Agreement.

     SECTION 11.16 Trust Obligation. No recourse may be taken, directly or
indirectly, with respect to the obligations of the Issuer, the Seller, the
Servicer, the General Partner, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or
under this Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection
herewith or therewith, against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the General
Partner, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any
owner of a beneficial interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner,
beneficiary, agent, officer, director, employee or agent of the Seller, the
Servicer, the General Partner, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its
individual capacity, any holder of a beneficial interest in the Issuer, the
Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or
of any successor or assign of the Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, except as any such
Person may have expressly agreed (it being understood that the Trustee and the
Owner Trustee have no such obligations in their individual capacity) and except
that any such partner, owner or beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent
provided by applicable law, for any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid
capital contribution or failure to pay any installment or call owing to such
entity. For all purposes of this Indenture, in the performance of any duties or
obligations of the Issuer hereunder, the Owner Trustee shall be subject to, and
entitled to the benefits of, the terms and provisions of Article VI, VII and
VIII of the Trust Agreement.

     SECTION 11.17 No Petition. The Trustee and the Indenture Collateral Agent,
by entering into this Indenture, and each Noteholder, by accepting a Note,
hereby covenant and agree that they will not at any time institute against the
Seller, the General Partner, or the Issuer, or join in any institution against
the Seller, the General Partner, or the Issuer of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other
proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Notes, this Indenture or any
of the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 11.18 Inspection. The Issuer agrees that, on reasonable prior
notice, it will permit any representative of the Trustee or of the Security
Insurer, during the Issuer's normal business hours, to examine all the books of
account, records, reports, and other papers of the Issuer, to make copies and
extracts therefrom, to cause such books to be audited by Independent certified
public accountants, and to discuss the Issuer's affairs, finances and accounts
with the Issuer's officers, employees, and independent certified public
accountants, all at such reasonable times and as often as may be reasonably
requested. The Trustee shall and shall cause its representatives to hold in
confidence all such information except to the extent disclosure may be required
by law (and all reasonable applications for confidential treatment are
unavailing) and except to the extent that the Trustee may reasonably determine
that such disclosure is consistent with its Obligations hereunder.

                    [THIS SPACE LEFT INTENTIONALLY BLANK]
<PAGE>



                  IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the Issuer and the Trustee  have caused
this Indenture to be duly executed by their respective officers, thereunto duly
authorized, all as of the day and year first above written.


                                   THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1,

                                   By:      BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE), not in
                                            its individual capacity but solely
                                            as Owner Trustee,

                                   By: /s/ M. Lisa Wilkins
                                       Name: M. Lisa Wilkins 
                                       Title:Assistant Secretary


                                      NORWEST  BANK  MINNESOTA,  NATIONAL
                                      ASSOCIATION,  not in its individual
                                      capacity  but solely as Trustee and
                                      Indenture Collateral Agent,


                                    By: /s/ Michael G. Luger
                                        Name: Michael G. Luger
                                        Title:Corporate Trust Officer

<PAGE>

                             [Form of Note]                EXHIBIT D-1

REGISTERED                                                    $------------

No. R


                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

                                                         CUSIP NO.

     [Unless this Note is presented by an authorized representative of The
Depository Trust Company, a New York corporation ("DTC"), to the Issuer or its
agent for registration of transfer, exchange or payment, and any Note issued is
registered in the name of Cede & Co. or in such other name as is requested by an
authorized representative of DTC (and any payment is made to Cede & Co. or to
such other entity as is requested by an authorized representative of DTC), ANY
TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON
IS WRONGFUL inasmuch as the registered owner hereof, Cede & Co., has an interest
herein.]

     THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS NOTE IS PAYABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS SET FORTH HEREIN.
ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF THIS NOTE AT ANY TIME MAY BE
LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE HEREOF.


                        THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1

                   CLASS A-1 % MONEY MARKET ASSET BACKED NOTES

     The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1, a business trust organized and existing
under the laws of the State of Delaware (herein referred to as the "Issuer"),
for value received, hereby promises to pay to CEDE & CO., or registered assigns,
the principal sum of [ ] DOLLARS payable on each Distribution Date in an amount
equal to the result obtained by multiplying (i) a fraction the numerator of
which is $[INSERT INITIAL PRINCIPAL AMOUNT OF NOTE] and the denominator of which
is $ by (ii) the aggregate amount, if any, payable from the Note Distribution
Account in respect of principal on the Class A-1 Notes pursuant to Section 3.1
of the Indenture; provided, however, that the entire unpaid principal amount of
this Note shall be due and payable on the July __, 1997 Distribution Date (the
"Class A-1 Final Scheduled Payment Date"). The Issuer will pay interest on this
Note at the rate per annum shown above on each Payment Date until the principal
of this Note is paid or made available for payment, on the principal amount of
this Note outstanding on the preceding Payment Date (after giving effect to all
payments of principal made on the preceding Payment Date). Interest on this Note
will accrue for each Payment Date from the most recent Payment Date on which
interest has been paid to but excluding such Payment Date or, if no interest has
yet been paid, from June 26, 1996. Interest will be computed on the basis of the
actual number of days elapsed in a 360-day year. Such principal of and interest
on this Note shall be paid in the manner specified on the reverse hereof.

     The principal of and interest on this Note are payable in such coin or
currency of the United States of America as at the time of payment is legal
tender for payment of public and private debts. All payments made by the Issuer
with respect to this Note shall be applied first to interest due and payable on
this Note as provided above and then to the unpaid principal of this Note.

     The Notes are entitled to the benefits of a financial guaranty insurance
policy (the "Note Policy") issued by Financial Security Assurance Inc. (the
"Security Insurer"), pursuant to which the Security Insurer has unconditionally
guaranteed payments of the Noteholders' Interest Distributable Amount and the
Noteholders' Principle Distributable Amount on each Payment Date, all as more
fully set forth in the Indenture.

     Reference is made to the further provisions of this Note set forth on the
reverse hereof, which shall have the same effect as though fully set forth on
the face of this Note.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon has been executed by the
Trustee whose name appears below by manual signature, this Note shall not be
entitled to any benefit under the Indenture referred to on the reverse hereof,
or be valid or obligatory for any purpose.


              IN WITNESS WHEREOF,  the Issuer has caused this instrument to
be signed,  manually or in facsimile,  by its Authorized Officer as of the date
set forth below.

                                     THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1

                                      by
                                         BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE),
                                         not in its individual capacity but
                                         solely as Owner Trustee under the
                                         Trust Agreement,
                                      by
                                         --------------------------
                                          Name:
                                          Title:
Date:
<PAGE>


                     TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION


     This is one of the Notes designated above and referred to in the
within-mentioned Indenture.

Date:

                                          NORWEST BANK MINNESOTA, NATIONAL
                                          ASSOCIATION, not in its individual
                                          capacity but solely as Trustee,

                                          by______________________
                                             Authorized Signatory
<PAGE>


                                [REVERSE OF NOTE]


     This Note is one of a duly authorized issue of Notes of the Issuer,
designated as its Class A-1 % Money Market Asset Backed Notes (herein called the
"Class A-1 Notes"), all issued under an Indenture dated as of May 31, 1996 (such
indenture, as supplemented or amended, is herein called the "Indenture"),
between the Issuer and Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee
(the "Trustee", which term includes any successor Trustee under the Indenture,
and the "Indenture Collateral Agent", which term includes any successor
Indenture Collateral Agent under the Indenture), to which Indenture and all
indentures supplemental thereto reference is hereby made for a statement of the
respective rights and obligations thereunder of the Issuer, the Trustee and the
Holders of the Notes. The Notes are subject to all terms of the Indenture. All
terms used in this Note that are defined in the Indenture, as supplemented or
amended, shall have the meanings assigned to them in or pursuant to the
Indenture, as so supplemented or amended.

     The Class A-1 Notes, the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-3 Notes (together,
the "Notes") are and will be equally and ratably secured by the collateral
pledged as security therefor as provided in the Indenture.

     Principal of the Class A-1 Notes will be payable on each Payment Date in an
amount described on the face hereof. "Payment Date" means the twentieth day of
each month, or, if any such date is not a Business Day, the next succeeding
Business Day, commencing July 22, 1996.

     As described above, the entire unpaid principal amount of this Note shall
be due and payable on the earlier of the Final Scheduled Distribution Date and
the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to Section 10.1(a) or 10.1(c) of the
Indenture. As described above, a portion of the unpaid principal balance of this
Note shall be due and payable on the Redemption Date, if any, pursuant to
Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the entire
unpaid principal amount of the Notes shall be due and payable (i) on the date on
which an Event of Default shall have occurred and be continuing so long as an
Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing or (ii) if an Insurer
Default shall have occurred and be continuing, on the date on which an Event of
Default shall have occurred and be continuing and the Trustee or the Holders of
the Notes representing at least 66-2/3% of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
have declared the Notes to be immediately due and payable in the manner provided
in Section 5.2 of the Indenture. All principal payments on the Class A-1 Notes
shall be made pro rata to the Class A-1 Noteholders entitled thereto.

     Payments of interest on this Note due and payable on each Distribution
Date, together with the installment of principal, if any, to the extent not in
full payment of this Note, shall be made by check mailed to the Person whose
name appears as the Holder of this Note (or one or more Predecessor Notes) on
the Note Register as of the close of business on each Record Date, except that
with respect to Notes registered on the Record Date in the name of the nominee
of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will
be made by wire transfer in immediately available funds to the account
designated by such nominee. Such checks shall be mailed to the Person entitled
thereto at the address of such Person as it appears on the Note Register as of
the applicable Record Date without requiring that this Note be submitted for
notation of payment. Any reduction in the principal amount of this Note (or any
one or more Predecessor Notes) effected by any payments made on any Distribution
Date shall be binding upon all future Holders of this Note and of any Note
issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu
hereof, whether or not noted hereon. If funds are expected to be available, as
provided in the Indenture, for payment in full of the then remaining unpaid
principal amount of this Note on a Distribution Date, then the Trustee, in the
name of and on behalf of the Issuer, will notify the Person who was the Holder
hereof as of the Record Date preceding such Distribution Date by notice mailed
prior to such Distribution Date and the amount then due and payable shall be
payable only upon presentation and surrender of this Note at the Trustee's
principal Corporate Trust Office or at the office of the Trustee's agent
appointed for such purposes located in The City of New York.

     The Issuer shall pay interest on overdue installments of interest at the
Class A-1 Interest Rate to the extent lawful.

     As provided in the Indenture, the Notes may be redeemed (a) pursuant to
Section 10.1(a) of the Indenture, in whole, but not in part, at the option of
the Servicer (with the consent of the Security Insurer under certain
circumstances), on any Payment Date on or after the date on which the Pool
Balance is less than or equal to 10% of the Original Pool Balance, and (b)
pursuant to Section 10.1(b) of the Indenture, in part, on a pro rata basis, on
the Payment Date on or immediately following the last day of the Funding Period
in the event that any Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding
Account after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables,
including any such purchase on such Redemption Date.

     As provided in the Indenture and subject to certain limitations set forth
therein, the transfer of this Note may be registered on the Note Register upon
surrender of this Note for registration of transfer at the office or agency
designated by the Issuer pursuant to the Indenture, (i) duly endorsed by, or
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Trustee duly executed by, the Holder hereof or his attorney duly authorized in
writing, with such signature guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution"
meeting the requirements of the Note Registrar which requirements include
membership or participation in Securities Transfer Agents Medallion Program
("Stamp") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by
the Note Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, Stamp, all in
accordance with the Exchange Act, and (ii) accompanied by such other documents
as the Trustee may require, and thereupon one or more new Notes of authorized
denominations and in the same aggregate principal amount will be issued to the
designated transferee or transferees. No service charge will be charged for any
registration of transfer or exchange of this Note, but the transferor may be
required to pay a sum sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge
that may be imposed in connection with any such registration of transfer or
exchange.

     Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a
Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that no
recourse may be taken, directly or indirectly, with respect to the obligations
of the Issuer, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee on the Notes or under the
Indenture or any certificate or other writing delivered in connection therewith,
against (i) the Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the Trustee or the
Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, (ii) any owner of a beneficial
interest in the Issuer or (iii) any partner, owner, beneficiary, agent, officer,
director or employee of the Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the
Trustee or the Owner Trustee in its individual capacity, any holder of a
beneficial interest in the Issuer, the Seller, the Servicer, the General
Partner, the Owner Trustee or the Trustee or of any successor or assign of the
Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the Trustee or the Owner Trustee in
its individual capacity, except as any such Person may have expressly agreed (it
being understood that the Trustee and the Owner Trustee have no such obligations
in their individual capacity) and except that any such partner, owner or
beneficiary shall be fully liable, to the extent provided by applicable law, for
any unpaid consideration for stock, unpaid capital contribution or failure to
pay any installment or call owing to such entity.

     Each Noteholder or Note Owner, by acceptance of a Note or, in the case of a
Note Owner, a beneficial interest in a Note covenants and agrees that by
accepting the benefits of the Indenture that such Noteholder will not at any
time institute against the Depositor, the General Partner, or the Issuer or join
in any institution against the Depositor, the General Partner, or the Issuer of,
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings, under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the
Notes, the Indenture or the Basic Documents.

     Prior to the due presentment for registration of transfer of this Note, the
Issuer, the Trustee and the Security Insurer and any agent of the Issuer, the
Trustee or the Security Insurer may treat the Person in whose name this Note (as
of the day of determination or as of such other date as may be specified in the
Indenture) is registered as the owner hereof for all purposes, whether or not
this Note be overdue, and neither the Issuer, the Trustee nor any such agent
shall be affected by notice to the contrary.

     The Indenture permits, with certain exceptions as therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Issuer and the rights of the Holders of the Notes under the Indenture at any
time by the Issuer with the consent of the Security Insurer and of the Holders
of Notes representing a majority of the Outstanding Amount of all Notes at the
time Outstanding. The Indenture also contains provisions permitting the Holders
of Notes representing specified percentages of the Outstanding Amount of the
Notes, on behalf of the Holders of all the Notes, to waive compliance by the
Issuer with certain provisions of the Indenture and certain past defaults under
the Indenture and their consequences. Any such consent or waiver by the Holder
of this Note (or any one of more Predecessor Notes) shall be conclusive and
binding upon such Holder and upon all future Holders of this Note and of any
Note issued upon the registration of transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in
lieu hereof whether or not notation of such consent or waiver is made upon this
Note. The Indenture also permits the Trustee to amend or waive certain terms and
conditions set forth in the Indenture without the consent of Holders of the
Notes issued thereunder.

     The term "Issuer" as used in this Note includes any successor to the Issuer
under the Indenture.

     The Issuer is permitted by the Indenture, under certain circumstances, to
merge or consolidate, subject to the rights of the Trustee and the Holders of
Notes under the Indenture.

     The Notes are issuable only in registered form in denominations as provided
in the Indenture, subject to certain limitations therein set forth.

     This Note and the Indenture shall be construed in accordance with the laws
of the State of New York, without reference to its conflict of law provisions,
and the obligations, rights and remedies of the parties hereunder and thereunder
shall be determined in accordance with such laws.

     No reference herein to the Indenture and no provision of this Note or of
the Indenture shall alter or impair the obligation of the Issuer, which is
absolute and unconditional, to pay the principal of and interest on this Note at
the times, place, and rate, and in the coin or currency herein prescribed.

     Anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding, except as expressly
provided in the Indenture or the Basic Documents, neither Bankers Trust
(Delaware) in its individual capacity, any owner of a beneficial interest in the
Issuer, nor any of their respective partners, beneficiaries, agents, officers,
directors, employees or successors or assigns shall be personally liable for,
nor shall recourse be had to any of them for, the payment of principal of or
interest on, or performance of, or omission to perform, any of the covenants,
obligations or indemnifications contained in this Note or the Indenture, it
being expressly understood that said covenants, obligations and indemnifications
have been made by the Owner Trustee for the sole purposes of binding the
interests of the Owner Trustee in the assets of the Issuer. The Holder of this
Note by the acceptance hereof agrees that except as expressly provided in the
Indenture or the Basic Documents, in the case of an Event of Default under the
Indenture, the Holder shall have no claim against any of the foregoing for any
deficiency, loss or claim therefrom; provided, however, that nothing contained
herein shall be taken to prevent recourse to, and enforcement against, the
assets of the Issuer for any and all liabilities, obligations and undertakings
contained in the Indenture or in this Note.

                                   ASSIGNMENT

     Social Security or taxpayer I.D. or other identifying number of assignee


      FOR VALUE RECEIVED, the undersigned hereby sells,
assigns and transfers unto _______________________________
                           (name and address of assignee)
the within Note and all rights thereunder,  and hereby irrevocably  constitutes
and appoints  _____________,  attorney, to transfer said Note on the books kept
for registration thereof, with full power of substitution in the premises.

Dated:  ___________                                  _______________________1
                                                     Signature Guaranteed:
- --------
1        NOTE: The signature to this  assignment  must correspond with the name
         of the  registered  owner as it appears on the face of the within Note
         in every  particular,  without  alteration,  enlargement or any change
         whatsoever.


                                                           Exhibit 4.3
                                                          EXECUTION COPY

                                 TRUST AGREEMENT

                                     between
<PAGE>

                             TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.

                                       and

                            BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)
                                  Owner Trustee


                            Dated as of May 31, 1996
<PAGE>

                                Table of Contents

                                                                   Page

ARTICLE I  Definitions..................................            1
Section 1.1.   Capitalized Terms........................            1
Section 1.2.   Other Definitional Provisions............            4

ARTICLE II  Organization................................            5

Section 2.1.   Name ....................................            5
Section 2.2.   Office...................................            5
Section 2.3.   Purposes and Powers......................            6
Section 2.4.   Appointment of Owner Trustee.............            6
Section 2.5.   Initial Capital Contribution of
               Trust Estate.............................            7
Section 2.6.   Declaration of Trust.....................            6
Section 2.7.   Liability of Depositor as General
               Partner .................................            7
Section 2.8.   Title to Trust Property..................            8
Section 2.9.   Situs of Trust...........................            8
Section 2.10.  Representations and Warranties
               of the Depositor.........................            8
Section 2.11.  Federal Income Tax Allocations...........           10
Section 2.12.  Covenants of the General Partner.........           11
Section 2.13.  Covenants of the Owners..................           12

ARTICLE III  Trust Certificates and Transfer of
               Interests................................           13

Section 3.1.   Initial Ownership........................           13
Section 3.2.   The Trust Certificates...................           13
Section 3.3.   Authentication of Trust Certificates.....           14
Section 3.4.   Registration of Transfer and
               Exchange of Trust Certificates...........           14
Section 3.5.   Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or
               Stolen Trust Certificates................           15
Section 3.6.   Persons Deemed Certificateholders........           16
Section 3.7.   Access to List of Certificate-
               holders' Names and Addresses.............           16
Section 3.8.   Maintenance of Office or Agency..........           16
Section 3.9.   Appointment of Certificate Paying Agent..           17
Section 3.10.  [Reserved]...............................           17
Section 3.11.  [Reserved]...............................           17
Section 3.12.  Disposition by the General Partner......            18
Section 3.13.  ERISA Restrictions.......................           18
Section 3.14.  Book-Entry Trust Certificates............           18
Section 3.15.  Notices to Clearing Agency...............           19
Section 3.16.  Definitive Trust Certificates............           19

ARTICLE IV  Actions by Owner Trustee....................           17

Section 4.1.   Prior Notice to Owners
               with Respect to Certain Matters..........           20
Section 4.2.   Action by Certificateholders with
               Respect to Certain Matters...............           21
Section 4.3.   Action by Certificateholders with
               Respect to Bankruptcy....................           21
Section 4.4.   Restrictions on Certificateholders'
               Power....................................           21
Section 4.5.   Majority Control..........................          22
Section 4.6.   Rights of Security Insurer................          22

ARTICLE V Application of Trust Funds:
                Certain Duties............................         23

Section 5.1.    Establishment of Certificate Distribution
                Account..................................          23
Section 5.2.    Application of Funds in
                Certificate Distribution Account..........         23
Section 5.3.    [Reserved]...............................          26
Section 5.4.    Method of Payment........................          26
Section 5.5.    No Segregation of Monies; No
                Interest.................................          26
Section 5.6.    Accounting and Reports to the
                Noteholders, Certificateholders,
                the Internal Revenue Service and
                Others..................................          26
Section 5.7.    Signature on Returns; Tax
                Matters Partner........................           27

ARTICLE VI  Authority and Duties of Owner
               Trustee.................................           27

Section 6.1. General Authority.........................           27
Section 6.2. General Duties............................           28
Section 6.3. Action upon Instruction...................           28
Section 6.4. No Duties Except as Specified in
             this Agreement or in Instructions.........           29
Section 6.5. No Action Except under Specified
             Documents or Instructions................            30
Section 6.6. Restrictions..............................           30

ARTICLE VII  Concerning the Owner Trustee..............           30

Section 7.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties...........           30
Section 7.2. Furnishing of Documents...................           32
Section 7.3. Representations and Warranties............           32
Section 7.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel...............           33
Section 7.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity.........           33
Section 7.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable For
             Trust Certificates or
             Receivables...............................           33
Section 7.7. Owner Trustee May Own Trust
             Certificates and Notes....................           34
Section 7.8. Payments from Owner Trust Estate............         34
Section 7.9. Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions.......         35

ARTICLE VIII Compensation of Owner Trustee.............           34

Section 8.1. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses..........          34
Section 8.2. Indemnification............................          35
Section 8.3. Payments to the Owner Trustee.............           35
Section 8.4. Non-recourse Obligations....................         36

ARTICLE IX  Termination of Trust Agreement.............           35

Section 9.1.Termination of Trust Agreement..............          35
Section 9.2.Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the
            General Partner ............................          35

ARTICLE X  Successor Owner Trustees and Additional
            Owner Trustees.............................           38

Section 10.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner
              Trustee..................................           38
Section 10.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner
               Trustee.................................           38
Section 10.3. Successor Owner Trustee..................           39
Section 10.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner
               Trustee.................................           40
Section 10.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or
               Separate Trustee........................           40

ARTICLE XI  Miscellaneous..............................           42

Section 11.1. Supplements and Amendments...............           42
Section 11.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust
              Estate in Certificateholders.............           43
Section 11.3. Limitations on Rights of Others..........           43
Section 11.4. Notices..................................           44
Section 11.5. Severability.............................           44
Section 11.6. Separate Counterparts....................           44
Section 11.7. Third-Party Beneficiaries................           45
Section 11.8. [Reserved]...............................           45
Section 11.9. No Petition..............................           45
Section 11.10.No Recourse..............................           45
Section 11.11.Headings.................................           45
Section 11.12.GOVERNING LAW............................           46
Section 11.13.[Reserved]...............................           46
Section 11.14.Servicer.................................           46


EXHIBITS
Exhibit A         Form of Trust Certificate
Exhibit B         Form of Certificate of Trust
Exhibit C         Form of Certificate Depository Agreement
<PAGE>

                                   TRUST  AGREEMENT  dated as of May
                                   31, 1996 between TMS AUTO HOLDINGS,  INC.,
                                   a Delaware corporation,  and Bankers Trust
                                   (Delaware), a Delaware banking corporation
                                   as Owner Trustee.


                                    ARTICLE I

                                   Definitions

     SECTION 1.1. Capitalized Terms. For all purposes of this Agreement, the
following terms shall have the meanings set forth below:

     "Agreement" shall mean this Trust Agreement, as the same may be amended and
supplemented from time to time.

     "Basic Documents" shall mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the Spread
Account Agreement, the Indenture, the Certificate Depository Agreement, the Note
Depository Agreement and the other documents and certificates delivered in
connection therewith.

     "Benefit Plan" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
3.13.

     "Book Entry Trust Certificates" means a beneficial interest in the Trust
Certificates, ownership and transfers of which shall be made through book
entries by a Clearing Agency as described in Section 3.14.

     "Business Trust Statute" shall mean Chapter 38 of Title 12 of the Delaware
Code, 12 Del. Code ss. 3801 et seq., as the same may be amended from time to
time.

     "Certificate" means a Trust Certificate evidencing the beneficial interest
of a Certificateholder in the Trust, substantially in the form of Exhibit A
attached hereto.

     "Certificate Depository Agreement" shall mean the agreement among the
Trust, the Owner Trustee, the Servicer and The Depository Trust Company, as the
initial Clearing Agency, dated as of the Closing Date, relating to the Trust
Certificates, substantially in the form attached hereto as Exhibit C, as the
same may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

     "Certificate Distribution Account" shall have the meaning assigned to such
term in Section 5.1.

     "Certificate of Trust" shall mean the Certificate of Trust in the form of
Exhibit B to be filed for the Trust pursuant to Section 3810(a) of the Business
Trust Statute.

     "Certificate Paying Agent" shall mean any paying agent or co-paying agent
appointed pursuant to Section 3.9 and shall initially be the Bankers Trust
Company.

     "Certificate Register" and "Certificate Registrar" shall mean the register
mentioned and the registrar appointed pursuant to Section 3.4.

     "Clearing Agency" means an organization registered as a "clearing agency"
pursuant to Section 17A of the Exchange Act.

     "Clearing Agency Participant" means a broker, dealer, bank, other financial
institution or other Person for whom from time to time a Clearing Agency effects
book-entry transfers and pledges of securities deposited with the Clearing
Agency.

     "Code" shall mean the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended from time
to time, and Treasury Regulations promulgated thereunder.

     "Corporate Trust Office" shall mean, with respect to the Owner Trustee, the
principal corporate trust office of the Owner Trustee located at 1001 Jefferson
Street, Suite 550, Wilmington, Delaware 19801, with a copy of all notices and
other documents to be also furnished to Bankers Trust Company, 4 Albany Street,
New York, New York 10006, Attention: Corporate Trust and Agency Group,
Structured Finance, 16th floor, or at such other address as the Owner Trustee
may designate by notice to the Certificateholders and the Depositor, or the
principal corporate trust office of any successor Owner Trustee (the address of
which the successor owner trustee will notify the Certificateholders and the
Depositor).

     "Definitive Trust Certificates" shall mean either or both (as the context
requires) of (i) Trust Certificates issued in certificated, fully registered
form as provided in Section 3.14 and (ii) Trust Certificates issued in
certificated, fully registered form as provided in Section 3.16.

     "Demand Note" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section
2.10(g).

     "Depositor" shall mean the Seller in its capacity as Depositor hereunder.

     "ERISA" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 3.13.

     "Expenses" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in Section 8.2.

     "General Partner" initially, the Depositor, or the successor permitted by
the Agreement.

     "Holder" or "Certificateholder" shall mean the Person in whose name a Trust
Certificate is registered on the Certificate Register.

     "Indemnified Parties" shall have the meaning assigned to such term in
Section 8.2.

     "Minimum Net Worth" means at any time of determination, and with respect to
the General Partner, net worth equal to 10% of the Certificate Balance. For the
purpose of the determination of Minimum Net Worth: (i) the Demand Note issued to
the General Partner shall be valued at par, (ii) assets subject to a lien shall
be valued at zero, (iii) Certificates or any other interests in any entity
taxable as a partnership for federal income tax purposes shall be valued at
zero, (iv) investments shall be valued at their respective purchase prices plus
accrued interest, and (v) demand notes of The Money Store Inc. issued as
contributions to the General Partner in connection with its status as a general
partner of any other partnership formed pursuant to trust agreements
substantially similar to this Agreement shall be valued at an amount equal to
the excess, if any, of (a) the aggregate current amount of all such demand notes
over (b) 10% of the aggregate Certificate Balance (as such terms are defined in
the related trust agreement) of all certificates issued by such partnerships, as
of such date of determination.

     "Note Depository Agreement" shall mean the agreement among the Trust, the
Servicer and The Depository Trust Company, as the initial Clearing Agency, dated
as of the Closing Date, relating to the Notes, as the same may be amended or
supplemented from time to time.

     "Owner" shall mean each Person who is the beneficial owner of a Book Entry
Certificate as reflected in the records of the Clearing Agency or if a Clearing
Agency Participant is not the Owner, then as reflected in records of a Person
maintaining an account with such Clearing Agency (directly or indirectly, in
accordance with the rules of such Clearing Agency).

     "Owner Trust Estate" shall mean all right, title and interest of the Trust
in and to the property and rights assigned to the Trust pursuant to Article II
of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, all funds on deposit from time to time in
the Trust Accounts and the Certificate Distribution Account and all other
property of the Trust from time to time, including any rights of the Owner
Trustee and the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing Agreement and the
Spread Account Agreement.

     "Owner Trustee" shall mean Bankers Trust (Delaware), a Delaware banking
corporation, not in its individual capacity but solely as owner trustee under
this Agreement, and any successor Owner Trustee hereunder.

     "Record Date" shall mean with respect to any Distribution Date, the close
of business on the last Business Day immediately preceding such Distribution
Date.

     "Sale and Servicing Agreement" shall mean the Sale and Servicing Agreement
among the Trust, the Representative, TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., The Money Store
Auto Finance Inc. and the Owner Trustee, dated as of May 31, 1996, as the same
may be amended and supplemented from time to time.

     "Secretary of State" shall mean the Secretary of State of the State of
Delaware.

     "Security Insurer" shall mean Financial Security Assurance Inc., or its
successor in interest.

     "Spread Account" shall mean the Series Spread Account established and
maintained pursuant to the Spread Account Agreement.

     "Spread Account Agreement" shall mean the Spread Account Agreement, dated
as of May 31, 1996, among the Seller, the Security Insurer, the Indenture
Collateral Agent and the Indenture Trustee, as the same may be amended,
supplemented or otherwise modified in accordance with the terms thereof.

     "Treasury Regulations" shall mean regulations, including proposed or
temporary regulations, promulgated under the Code. References herein to specific
provisions of proposed or temporary regulations shall include analogous
provisions of final Treasury Regulations or other successor Treasury
Regulations.

     "Trust" shall mean the trust established by this Agreement.

     "Trust Certificate" shall mean a Certificate.

     SECTION 1.2. Other Definitional Provisions. (a) Capitalized terms used
herein and not otherwise defined have the meanings assigned to them in the Sale
and Servicing Agreement or, if not defined therein, in the Spread Account
Agreement or in the Indenture.

     (b) All terms defined in this Agreement shall have the defined meanings
when used in any certificate or other document made or delivered pursuant hereto
unless otherwise defined therein.

     (c) As used in this Agreement and in any certificate or other document made
or delivered pursuant hereto or thereto, accounting terms not defined in this
Agreement or in any such certificate or other document, and accounting terms
partly defined in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other
document to the extent not defined, shall have the respective meanings given to
them under generally accepted accounting principles as in effect on the date of
this Agreement or any such certificate or other document, as applicable. To the
extent that the  definitions  of accounting  terms in this  Agreement or in any
such certificate or other document are  inconsistent  with the meanings of such
terms under generally accepted accounting principles, the definitions contained
in this Agreement or in any such certificate or other document shall control.

     (d) The words "hereof," "herein," "hereunder" and words of similar import
when used in this Agreement shall refer to this Agreement as a whole and not to
any particular provision of this Agreement; Section and Exhibit references
contained in this Agreement are references to Sections and Exhibits in or to
this Agreement unless otherwise specified; and the term "including" shall mean
"including without limitation."

     (e) The definitions contained in this Agreement are applicable to the
singular as well as the plural forms of such terms and to the masculine as well
as to the feminine and neuter genders of such terms.


                                   ARTICLE II

                                  Organization

     SECTION 2.1. Name. There is hereby formed a trust to be known as "The Money
Store Auto Trust 1996-1", in which name the Owner Trustee may conduct the
business of the Trust, make and execute contracts and other instruments on
behalf of the Trust and sue and be sued.

     SECTION 2.2. Office. The office of the Trust shall be in care of the Owner
Trustee at the Corporate Trust Office or at such other address as the Owner
Trustee may designate by written notice to the Certificateholders and the
Depositor.

     SECTION 2.3. Purposes and Powers. (a) The purpose of the Trust is, and the
Trust shall have the power and authority, to engage in the following activities:

                (i)  to issue the Notes pursuant to the Indenture and
           the Trust Certificates pursuant to this Agreement, and to
           sell the Notes and the Trust Certificates;

               (ii)  with the  proceeds  of the sale of the Notes and the Trust
           Certificates,  to fund  the  Pre-Funding  Account,  the  Capitalized
           Interest   Account   and  the   Spread   Account   and  to  pay  the
           organizational, start-up and transactional expenses of the Trust and
           to pay  the  balance  to the  Depositor  pursuant  to the  Sale  and
           Servicing Agreement;

              (iii) to assign, grant, transfer, pledge, mortgage and convey the
           Trust Estate (other than the Certificate  Policy and the Certificate
           Distribution  Account) to the Indenture Collateral Agent pursuant to
           the  Indenture  for the  benefit  of the  Security  Insurer  and the
           Indenture  Trustee on behalf of the Noteholders and to hold,  manage
           and distribute to the  Certificateholders and the Seller pursuant to
           the terms of the Sale and  Servicing  Agreement  any  portion of the
           Trust  Estate  released  from the Lien of, and remitted to the Trust
           pursuant to, the Indenture;

               (iv)    to enter into and perform its obligations under
           the Basic Documents to which it is a party;

               (v) to engage in those activities,  including entering into
           agreements, that are necessary, suitable or convenient to accomplish
           the foregoing or are incidental thereto or connected therewith; and

               (vi) subject to compliance with the Basic  Documents,  to engage
           in such other  activities  as may be  required  in  connection  with
           conservation   of  the  Owner   Trust   Estate  and  the  making  of
           distributions to the Certificateholders and the Noteholders.

The Trust is hereby authorized to engage in the foregoing activities. The Trust
shall not engage in any activity other than in connection with the foregoing or
other than as  required or  authorized  by the terms of this  Agreement  or the
Basic Documents.

     SECTION 2.4. Appointment of Owner Trustee. The Depositor hereby appoints
the Owner Trustee as trustee of the Trust effective as of the date hereof, to
have all the rights, powers and duties set forth herein.
START HERE
                    SECTION 2.5. Initial Capital  Contribution of Trust Estate.
The Depositor hereby sells,  assigns,  transfers,  conveys and sets over to the
Owner Trustee,  as of the date hereof,  the sum of $1. The Owner Trustee hereby
acknowledges receipt in trust from the Depositor, as of the date hereof, of the
foregoing  contribution,  which shall constitute the initial Owner Trust Estate
and shall be deposited in the Certificate  Distribution  Account. The Depositor
shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise.

     SECTION 2.6. Declaration of Trust. The Owner Trustee hereby declares that
it will hold the Owner Trust Estate in trust upon and subject to the conditions
set forth herein for the use and benefit of the Owners, subject to the
obligations of the Trust under the Basic Documents. It is the intention of the
parties hereto that the Trust constitute a business trust under the Business
Trust Statute and that this Agreement constitute the governing instrument of
such business trust. It is the intention of the parties hereto that, solely for
income and franchise tax purposes, the Trust shall be treated as a partnership.
The parties agree that, unless otherwise required by appropriate tax
authorities, the Trust will file or cause to be filed annual or other necessary
returns, reports and other forms consistent with the characterization of the
Trust as a partnership for such tax purposes. Effective as of the date hereof,
the Owner Trustee shall have all rights, powers and duties set forth herein and
to the extent not inconsistent herewith, in the Business Trust Statute with
respect to accomplishing the purposes of the Trust. The Owner Trustee shall file
the Certificate of Trust with the Secretary of State.

     SECTION 2.7. Liability of Depositor as General Partner. (a) The General
Partner shall pay organizational expenses of the Trust as they may arise or
shall, upon the request of the Owner Trustee, promptly reimburse the Owner
Trustee for any such expenses paid by the Owner Trustee. The General Partner
shall also be liable directly to and will indemnify the injured party for all
losses, claims, damages, liabilities and expenses of the Trust (including
Expenses, to the extent not paid out of the Owner Trust Estate) to the extent
that the General Partner would be liable if the Trust were a partnership under
the Delaware Revised Uniform Limited Partnership Act in which the General
Partner were a general partner; provided, however, that the General Partner
shall not be liable for any losses incurred by an Owner in the capacity of an
investor in the Trust Certificates or a Note Owner in the capacity of an
investor in the Notes. In addition, any third party creditors of the Trust
(other than in connection with the obligations described in the preceding
sentence for which the General Partner shall not be liable) shall be deemed
third party beneficiaries of this paragraph. The obligations of the General
Partner under this paragraph shall be evidenced by the Trust Certificates
described in Section 3.12, which for purposes of the Business Trust Statute
shall be deemed to be a separate class of Trust Certificates from all other
Trust Certificates issued by the Trust.

     (b) No Owner, other than to the extent set forth in clause (a), shall have
any personal liability for any liability or obligation of the Trust.

     SECTION 2.8. Title to Trust Property. (a) Legal title to all the Owner
Trust Estate shall be vested at all times in the Trust as a separate legal
entity except where applicable law in any jurisdiction requires title to any
part of the Owner Trust Estate to be vested in a trustee or trustees, in which
case title shall be deemed to be vested in the Owner Trustee, a co-trustee
and/or a separate trustee, as the case may be.

     (b) The Owners shall not have legal title to any part of the Trust
Property. The Owners shall be entitled to receive distributions with respect to
their undivided ownership interest therein only in accordance with Articles V
and IX. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right, title or
interest by any Certificateholder of its ownership interest in the Owner Trust
Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the trusts hereunder or
entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer to it of legal title
to any part of the Trust Property.

     SECTION 2.9. Situs of Trust. The Trust will be located and administered in
the State of Delaware. All bank accounts maintained by the Owner Trustee on
behalf of the Trust shall be located in the State of Delaware or the State of
New York. Payments will be received by the Trust only in Delaware or New York
and payments will be made by the Trust only from Delaware or New York. The Trust
shall not have any employees in any state other than Delaware; provided however,
that nothing herein shall restrict or prohibit the Owner Trustee, the Servicer
or any agent of the Trust from having employees within or without the State of
Delaware. The only office of the Trust will be at the Corporate Trust Office in
Delaware.

     SECTION 2.10. Representations and Warranties of the Depositor. The
Depositor makes the following representations and warranties on which the Owner
Trustee relies in accepting the Owner Trust Estate in trust and issuing the
Certificates and upon which the Security Insurer relies in issuing the Policies.

                    (a) Organization  and Good Standing.  The Depositor is duly
           organized and validly existing as a Delaware  corporation with power
           and authority to own its  properties  and to conduct its business as
           such  properties are currently  owned and such business is presently
           conducted and is proposed to be conducted pursuant to this Agreement
           and the Basic Documents.

                    (b) Due Qualification.  It is duly qualified to do business
           as a foreign  corporation  in good  standing,  and has  obtained all
           necessary licenses and approvals,  in all jurisdictions in which the
           ownership or lease of its property,  the conduct of its business and
           the  performance  of its  obligations  under this  Agreement and the
           Basic Documents requires such qualification.

                    (c) Power and  Authority.  The  Depositor has the corporate
           power and  authority  to execute and deliver this  Agreement  and to
           carry out its terms;  the  Depositor has full power and authority to
           sell  and  assign  the  property  to be  sold  and  assigned  to and
           deposited with the Trust and the Depositor has duly  authorized such
           sale and  assignment  and  deposit  to the  Trust  by all  necessary
           corporate  action;  and the execution,  delivery and  performance of
           this  Agreement  has been duly  authorized  by the  Depositor by all
           necessary corporate action.

                    (d) No Consent Required. No consent,  license,  approval or
           authorization  or  registration  or declaration  with, any Person or
           with any  governmental  authority,  bureau or agency is  required in
           connection  with the  execution,  delivery  or  performance  of this
           Agreement  and the  Basic  Documents,  except  for such as have been
           obtained, effected or made.

                    (e) No  Violation.  The  consummation  of the  transactions
           contemplated  by this  Agreement  and the  fulfillment  of the terms
           hereof do not  conflict  with,  result  in any  breach of any of the
           terms and  provisions  of, or constitute  (with or without notice or
           lapse of time) a default under,  the certificate of incorporation or
           by-laws of the Depositor,  or any material  indenture,  agreement or
           other instrument to which the Depositor is a party or by which it is
           bound; nor result in the creation or imposition of any Lien upon any
           of its  properties  pursuant  to the  terms of any  such  indenture,
           agreement  or other  instrument  (other  than  pursuant to the Basic
           Documents);  nor violate any law or, to the best of the  Depositor's
           knowledge, any order, rule or regulation applicable to the Depositor
           of  any  court  or  of  any  Federal  or  state   regulatory   body,
           administrative agency or other governmental  instrumentality  having
           jurisdiction over the Depositor or its properties.

                    (f)  No   Proceedings.   There   are  no   proceedings   or
           investigations  pending or, to its knowledge  threatened  against it
           before any court,  regulatory body,  administrative  agency or other
           tribunal or governmental instrumentality having jurisdiction over it
           or its  properties (A) asserting the invalidity of this Agreement or
           any of the Basic  Documents,  (B) seeking to prevent the issuance of
           the  Certificates  or the  Notes or the  consummation  of any of the
           transactions  contemplated  by this  Agreement  or any of the  Basic
           Documents,  (C)  seeking  any  determination  or ruling  that  might
           materially and adversely  affect its  performance of its obligations
           under, or the validity or  enforceability  of, this Agreement or any
           of the Basic  Documents,  or (D)  seeking  to  adversely  affect the
           federal income tax or other  federal,  state or local tax attributes
           of the Certificates.

                    (g)  Demand  Note.  It has  been  duly  capitalized  by the
           delivery   of  a  demand   note  (the   "Demand   Note")   from  the
           Representative in the amount of $1,000,000 which Demand Note has not
           been  canceled,  waived or  terminated.  The proceeds of such Demand
           Note  have not been  used and will not be used to pay (i) any of the
           expenses  of the  Depositor  in  connection  with  the  transactions
           contemplated  by the Basic  Documents or (ii) the purchase price for
           the Certificates purchased pursuant to Section 2.3. Such Demand Note
           is  enforceable  against the  Depositor,  subject to its terms,  and
           subject to applicable bankruptcy,
           insolvency,  moratorium,  fraudulent conveyance,  reorganization and
           similar  laws now or  hereafter  in effect  relating  to  creditors'
           rights  generally  or the rights of  creditors  of banks the deposit
           accounts  of which are  insured  by the  Federal  Deposit  Insurance
           Corporation  and subject to general  principles  of equity  (whether
           applied in a proceeding at law or in equity).

     SECTION 2.11. Federal Income Tax Allocations. Net income of the Trust for
any month as determined for Federal income tax purposes (and each item of
income, gain, loss, credit and deduction entering into the computation thereof)
shall be allocated:

                    (a) to the  extent  of  available  net  income,  among  the
           Certificateholders  as of the first Record Date following the end of
           such month, in proportion to their ownership of principal  amount of
           Trust  Certificates  on such date, an amount of net income up to the
           sum of (i) the Certificate- holders' Monthly Interest  Distributable
           Amount for such month,  (ii) interest on the excess,  if any, of the
           Certificateholders'  Interest Distributable Amount for the preceding
           Distribution  Date over the  amount in respect  of  interest  at the
           Certificate  Rate  that is  actually  deposited  in the  Certificate
           Distribution  Account on such  preceding  Distribution  Date, to the
           extent permitted by law, at the Certificate Rate from such preceding
           Distribution Date through the current  Distribution  Date, and (iii)
           the portion of the market discount on the Receivables accrued during
           such month that is allocable to the excess of the initial  aggregate
           principal  amount  of the  Trust  Certificates  over  their  initial
           aggregate issue price; and

                    (b)      to the General Partner, to the extent of any
           remaining net income.

If the  net  income  of the  Trust  for  any  month  is  insufficient  for  the
allocations described in clause (a) above, subsequent net income shall first be
allocated  to make up such  shortfall  before  being  allocated  as provided in
clause (b). Net losses of the Trust,  if any, for any month as  determined  for
Federal income tax purposes (and each item of income,  gain,  loss,  credit and
deduction  entering  into the  computation  thereof)  shall be allocated to the
General  Partner to the extent the General  Partner is  reasonably  expected as
determined by the Servicer to bear the economic burden of such net losses, then
net losses  shall be  allocated  among the  Certificateholders  as of the first
Record Date following the end of such month in proportion to their ownership of
principal amount of Trust  Certificates on such Record Date until the principal
balance of the Trust  Certificates  is reduced to zero. The General  Partner is
authorized  to  modify  the  allocations  in this  paragraph  if  necessary  or
appropriate, in its sole discretion, for the allocations to fairly reflect the
economic income, gain or loss to the General Partner,  the  Certificateholders,
or as otherwise required by the Code.

     SECTION 2.12. Covenants of the General Partner. The General Partner agrees
and covenants for the benefit of each Owner, the Security Insurer and the Owner
Trustee, during the term of this Agreement, and to the fullest extent permitted
by applicable law, that:

                    (a) it shall not assign,  sell, convey,  pledge,  transfer,
reconvey,  cancel, forgive,  compromise or otherwise dispose of the Demand Note
held by it, in whole or in part;

                    (b) it shall not sell, assign,  transfer, give or encumber,
by operation of law or otherwise,  in whole or in part, the interest  evidenced
by its  certificates  acquired  pursuant to Section 3.12 without the consent of
the Security Insurer;

                    (c) it shall  not  create,  incur or  suffer  to exist  any
indebtedness or engage in any business,  except,  in each case, as permitted by
its certificate of incorporation and the Basic Documents;

                    (d) it shall not, for any reason, institute proceedings for
the  Trust to be  adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or  consent  to the
institution of bankruptcy or insolvency  proceedings against the Trust, or file
a  petition  seeking  or  consenting  to  reorganization  or  relief  under any
applicable  federal or state law relating to the  bankruptcy  of the Trust,  or
consent  to the  appointment  of a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,
sequestrator (or other similar  official) of the Trust or a substantial part of
the  property of the Trust or cause or permit the Trust to make any  assignment
for the benefit of creditors, or admit in writing the inability of the Trust to
pay its debts  generally  as they become due, or declare or effect a moratorium
on the debt of the Trust or take any action in furtherance of any such action;

                    (e) it shall  obtain from each  counterparty  to each Basic
Document to which it or the Trust is a party and each other  agreement  entered
into on or after  the date  hereof  to  which  it or the  Trust is a party,  an
agreement by each such  counterparty  that prior to the occurrence of the event
specified in Section 9.1(e) such counterparty shall not institute  against,  or
join any other Person in instituting  against, it or the Trust, any bankruptcy,
reorganization,  arrangement,  insolvency or  liquidation  proceedings or other
similar  proceedings  under the laws of the  United  States or any state of the
United States;
                    (f) it shall not,  for any  reason,  withdraw or attempt to
withdraw from this  Agreement,  dissolve,  institute  proceedings  for it to be
adjudicated  a  bankrupt  or  insolvent,  or  consent  to  the  institution  of
bankruptcy or insolvency  proceedings against it, or file a petition seeking or
consenting to reorganization or
relief under any  applicable  federal or state law relating to  bankruptcy,  or
consent  to the  appointment  of a  receiver,  liquidator,  assignee,  trustee,
sequestrator  (or other similar  official) of it or a  substantial  part of its
property,  or make any  assignment  for the benefit of  creditors,  or admit in
writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they become due, or declare
or effect a  moratorium  on its debt or take any action in  furtherance  of any
such action; and

                    (g)  it  shall  not  (i)  assign,  sell,  convey,   pledge,
transfer,  reconvey,  cancel,  forgive,  compromise or otherwise dispose of the
Demand  Note  held by it, in whole or in part,  or (ii)  make any  distribution
other  than to the  Trust or unless  the  aggregate  net  worth of the  General
Partner following such distribution  shall be at least equal to the Minimum Net
Worth  unless the  General  Partner  shall  deliver to the Owner  Trustee,  the
Trustee and the  Security  Insurer an Opinion of Counsel to the effect that the
failure to maintain  such  Minimum Net Worth shall not cause the Trust to be an
association taxable as a corporation or a publicly traded partnership.

     SECTION 2.13. Covenants of the Owners. Each Owner by becoming a beneficial
owner of the Book-Entry Certificate agrees:


                    (a)  to be  bound  by  the  terms  and  conditions  of  the
Certificates of which such Owner is the beneficial owner and of this Agreement,
including any  supplements or amendments  hereto and to perform the obligations
of an Owner as set forth  therein or herein,  in all  respects  as if it were a
signatory  hereto.  This  undertaking is made for the benefit of the Trust, the
Owner Trustee, the Security Insurer and all other Owners present and future;

                    (b) to hereby  appoint the General  Partner as such Owner's
agent and  attorney-in-fact  to sign any federal income tax information  return
filed on behalf of the Trust and agree that, if requested by the Trust, it will
sign such federal income tax information return in its capacity as holder of an
interest in the Trust. Each Owner also hereby agrees that in its tax returns it
will not take any  position  inconsistent  with those  taken in any tax returns
filed by the Trust;

                    (c) if such  Owner is  other  than an  individual  or other
entity holding its Certificate through a broker who reports securities sales on
Form 1099-B, to notify the Owner Trustee of any transfer by it of a Certificate
in a taxable sale or exchange, within 30 days of the date of the transfer; and

                    (d) until the completion of the events specified in
Section 9.1(e), not to,for any reason, institute proceedings for the Trust or
the General Partner to be adjudicated a bankrupt or insolvent, or consent to 
the institution of bankruptcy or insolvency proceedings against the Trust, or
file a petition seeking or consenting to reorganization or relief under any
applicable federal or state law relating to bankruptcy, or consent to the
appointment of a receiver, liquidator, assignee, trustee, sequestrator (or
other similar official) of the Trust or a substantial part of its property, or
cause or permit the Trust to make any assignment for the benefit of its
creditors, or admit in writing its inability to pay its debts generally as they
become due, or declare or effect a moratorium on its debt or take any action in
furtherance of any such action.

                                   ARTICLE III

                  Trust Certificates and Transfer of Interests

     SECTION 3.1. Initial Ownership. Upon the formation of the Trust by the
contribution by the Depositor pursuant to Section 2.5 and until the issuance of
the Trust Certificates, the Depositor shall be the sole beneficiary of the
Trust.

     SECTION 3.2. The Trust Certificates. The Trust Certificates shall be issued
in denominations of $1,000 and integral multiples thereof; provided, however,
that Trust Certificates may be issued to the General Partner pursuant to Section
3.12 in such denominations as to represent at least 1% of the initial
Certificate Balance. The Trust Certificates shall be executed on behalf of the
Trust by manual or facsimile signature of an authorized officer of the Owner
Trustee. Trust Certificates bearing the manual or facsimile signatures of
individuals who were, at the time when such signatures shall have been affixed,
authorized to sign on behalf of the Trust, shall be validly issued and entitled
to the benefit of this Agreement, notwithstanding that such individuals or any
of them shall have ceased to be so authorized prior to the authentication and
delivery of such Trust Certificates or did not hold such offices at the date of
authentication and delivery of such Trust Certificates. A transferee of a Trust
Certificate shall become a Certificateholder, and shall be entitled to the
rights and subject to the obligations of a Certificateholder hereunder, upon due
registration of such Trust Certificate in such transferee's name pursuant to
Section 3.4.

     SECTION 3.3. Authentication of Trust Certificates. Concurrently with the
initial sale of the Receivables to the Trust pursuant to the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, the Owner Trustee shall cause the Trust Certificates in an aggregate
principal amount equal to the initial Certificate Balance to be executed on
behalf of the Trust, authenticated and delivered to or upon the written order of
the Depositor, signed by its chairman of the board, its president or any vice
president, its treasurer or any assistant treasurer without further corporate
action by the Depositor, in authorized denominations. No Trust Certificate shall
entitle its holder to any benefit under this Agreement, or shall be valid for
any purpose, unless there shall appear on such Trust Certificate a certificate
of authentication substantially in the form set forth in Exhibit A, executed by
the Owner Trustee or Bankers Trust Company as the Owner Trustee's authentication
agent, by manual signature; such authentication shall constitute conclusive
evidence that such Trust Certificate shall have been duly authenticated and
delivered hereunder. All Trust Certificates shall be dated the date of their
authentication.

     SECTION 3.4. Registration of Transfer and Exchange of Trust Certificates.
The Certificate Registrar shall keep or cause to be kept, at the office or
agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, a Certificate Register in which,
subject to such reasonable regulations as it may prescribe, the Owner Trustee
shall provide for the registration of Trust Certificates and of transfers and
exchanges of Trust Certificates as herein provided. Bankers Trust Company shall
be the initial Certificate Registrar.

     Upon surrender for registration of transfer of any Trust Certificate at the
office or agency maintained pursuant to Section 3.8, the Owner Trustee shall
execute, authenticate and deliver (or shall cause Bankers Trust Company as its
authenticating agent to authenticate and deliver), in the name of the designated
transferee or transferees, one or more new Trust Certificates in authorized
denominations of a like class and aggregate face amount dated the date of
authentication by the Owner Trustee or any authenticating agent. At the option
of a Holder, Trust Certificates may be exchanged for other Trust Certificates of
the same class in authorized denominations of a like aggregate amount upon
surrender of the Trust Certificates to be exchanged at the office or agency
maintained pursuant to Section 3.8.

     Every Trust Certificate presented or surrendered for registration of
transfer or exchange shall be accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in
form satisfactory to the Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly
executed by the Certificateholder or his attorney duly authorized in writing,
with such signature guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor institution" meeting
the requirements of the Certificate Registrar, which requirements include
membership or participation in the Securities Transfer Agent's Medallion Program
("STAMP") or such other "signature guarantee program" as may be determined by
the Certificate Registrar in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
accordance with the Exchange Act. Each Trust Certificate surrendered for
registration of transfer or exchange shall be canceled and subsequently disposed
of by the Owner Trustee in accordance with its customary practice.

     No service charge shall be made for any registration of transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
governmental charge that may be imposed in connection with any transfer or
exchange of Trust Certificates.

     SECTION 3.5. Mutilated, Destroyed, Lost or Stolen Trust Certificates. If
(a) any mutilated Trust Certificate shall be surrendered to the Certificate
Registrar, or if the Certificate Registrar shall receive evidence to its
satisfaction of the destruction, loss or theft of any Trust Certificate and (b)
there shall be delivered to the Certificate Registrar, the Owner Trustee and
(unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Security
Insurer, such security or indemnity as may be required by them to save each of
them harmless, then in the absence of notice that such Trust Certificate shall
have been acquired by a bona fide purchaser, the Owner Trustee on behalf of the
Trust shall execute and the Owner Trustee, or Bankers Trust Company, as the
Owner Trustee's authenticating agent, shall authenticate and deliver, in
exchange for or in lieu of any such mutilated, destroyed, lost or stolen Trust
Certificate, a new Trust Certificate of like class, tenor and denomination. In
connection with the issuance of any new Trust Certificate under this Section,
the Owner Trustee or the Certificate Registrar may require the payment of a sum
sufficient to cover any tax or other governmental charge that may be imposed in
connection therewith. Any duplicate Trust Certificate issued pursuant to this
Section shall constitute conclusive evidence of an ownership interest in the
Trust, as if originally issued, whether or not the lost, stolen or destroyed
Trust Certificate shall be found at any time.

     SECTION 3.6. Persons Deemed Certificateholders. Every Person by virtue of
becoming a Certificateholder or Owner in accordance with this Agreement shall be
deemed to be bound by the terms of this Agreement. Prior to due presentation of
a Trust Certificate for registration of transfer, the Owner Trustee, the
Certificate Registrar and the Security Insurer and any agent of the Owner
Trustee, the Certificate Registrar and the Security Insurer, may treat the
Person in whose name any Trust Certificate shall be registered in the
Certificate Register as the Owner of such Trust Certificate for the purpose of
receiving distributions pursuant to Section 5.2 and for all other purposes
whatsoever, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or the
Security Insurer nor any agent of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar
or the Security Insurer shall be bound by any notice to the contrary.

     SECTION 3.7. Access to List of Certificateholders' Names and Addresses. The
Owner Trustee shall furnish or cause to be furnished to the Servicer, the
Depositor or (unless an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing)
the Security Insurer, within 15 days after receipt by the Owner Trustee of a
request therefor from such Person in writing, a list, of the names and addresses
of the Certificateholders as of the most recent Record Date. If three or more
Holders of Trust Certificates or one or more Holders of Trust Certificates
evidencing not less than 25% of the Certificate Balance apply in writing to the
Owner Trustee, and such application states that the applicants desire to
communicate with other Certificateholders with respect to their rights under
this Agreement or under the Trust Certificates and such application is
accompanied by a copy of the communication that such applicants propose to
transmit, then the Owner Trustee shall, within five Business Days after the
receipt of such application, afford such applicants access during normal
business hours to the current list of Certificateholders. Each Holder, by
receiving and holding a Trust Certificate, shall be deemed to have agreed not to
hold any of the Depositor, the Servicer the Owner Trustee or the Security
Insurer or any agent thereof accountable by reason of the disclosure of its name
and address, regardless of the source from which such information was derived.

     SECTION 3.8. Maintenance of Office or Agency. The Owner Trustee shall
maintain in New York, an office or offices or agency or agencies where Trust
Certificates may be surrendered for registration of transfer or exchange and
where notices and demands to or upon the Owner Trustee in respect of the Trust
Certificates and the Basic Documents may be served. The Owner Trustee initially
designates Bankers Trust Company, 4 Albany Street, New York, New York 10006, as
its principal corporate trust office for such purposes. The Owner Trustee shall
give prompt written notice to the Depositor, the Certificateholders and (unless
an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Security Insurer
of any change in the location of the Certificate Register or any such office or
agency.

     SECTION 3.9. Appointment of Certificate Paying Agent. The Certificate
Paying Agent shall make distributions to Certificateholders from the Certificate
Distribution Account pursuant to Section 5.2 and shall report the amounts of
such distributions to the Owner Trustee. Any Certificate Paying Agent shall have
the revocable power to withdraw funds from the Certificate Distribution Account
for the purpose of making the distributions referred to above. The Owner Trustee
may revoke such power and remove the Certificate Paying Agent if the Owner
Trustee determines in its sole discretion that the Certificate Paying Agent
shall have failed to perform its obligations under this Agreement in any
material respect. The Certificate Paying Agent shall initially be Bankers Trust
Company, and any co-paying agent chosen by the Owner Trustee, and acceptable to
the Servicer. The Certificate Paying Agent shall be permitted to resign upon 30
days' written notice to the Owner Trustee and the Servicer. In the event that
the Owner Trustee shall no longer be the Certificate Paying Agent, the Owner
Trustee shall appoint a successor to act as Certificate Paying Agent (which
shall be a bank or trust company). The Owner Trustee shall cause such successor
Certificate Paying Agent or any additional Certificate Paying Agent appointed by
the Owner Trustee to execute and deliver to the Owner Trustee and (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) the Security Insurer an
instrument  in which such  successor  Certificate  Paying  Agent or  additional
Certificate Paying Agent shall agree with the Owner Trustee that as Certificate
Paying Agent, such successor Certificate Paying Agent or additional Certificate
Paying  Agent  will  hold  all  sums,  if any,  held by it for  payment  to the
Certificateholders in trust for the benefit of the Certificateholders  entitled
thereto  until  such  sums  shall  be  paid  to  such  Certificateholders.  The
Certificate  Paying Agent shall return all unclaimed funds to the Owner Trustee
and upon removal of a Certificate  Paying Agent such  Certificate  Paying Agent
shall  also  return  all  funds in its  possession  to the Owner  Trustee.  The
provisions  of Sections  7.1, 7.3, 7.4 and 8.1 shall apply to the Owner Trustee
also in its role as Certificate  Paying Agent, for so long as the Owner Trustee
shall act as  Certificate  Paying Agent and, to the extent  applicable,  to any
other paying agent appointed hereunder.  Any reference in this Agreement to the
Certificate  Paying Agent shall include any co-paying  agent unless the context
requires otherwise.

                    SECTION 3.10.             [Reserved]

                    SECTION 3.11.             [Reserved]

     SECTION 3.12. Disposition by the General Partner. On the Closing Date, the
Depositor shall purchase for adequate consideration and retain beneficial and
record ownership of Trust Certificates representing at least 1% of the initial
Certificate Balance, which Trust Certificates shall be issued in definitive
form. Any attempted transfer of any Trust Certificate that would reduce such
interest of the General Partner to below 1% of the Certificate Balance shall be
void; provided, however, that such Trust Certificate may be transferred to a
successor General Partner pursuant to Section 9.2. The Owner Trustee shall cause
any Trust Certificate issued to the General Partner to contain a legend stating
"THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE, EXCEPT UNDER THE LIMITED CONDITIONS
SPECIFIED IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT".

     SECTION 3.13. ERISA Restrictions. The Certificates may not be acquired by
or for the account of (i) an employee benefit plan (as defined in Section 3(3)
of the Employee Retirement Income Security Act of 1974, as amended ("ERISA"))
that is subject to the provisions of Title 1 of ERISA, (ii) a plan described in
Section 4975(e)(1) of the Internal Revenue Code of 1985, as amended, or (iii)
any entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan"). By accepting and holding a
Certificate, the Holder thereof shall be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

     SECTION 3.14. Book-Entry Trust Certificates. The Trust Certificates, upon
original issuance, will be issued in the form of a typewritten Trust Certificate
or Trust Certificates representing Book-Entry Trust Certificates, to be
delivered by or on behalf of the Trust to The Depository Trust Company, the
initial Clearing Agency; provided, however, that one Definitive Certificate (as
defined below) may be issued to the Depositor, as General Partner pursuant to
Section 3.12. Such Book-Entry Trust Certificate shall initially be registered on
the Certificate Register in the name of Cede & Co., the nominee of the initial
Clearing Agency, and no beneficial owner (other than the General Partner) will
receive a definitive Trust Certificate representing such beneficial owner's
interest in such Trust Certificate, except as provided in Section 3.16. Unless
and until Definitive Trust Certificates have been issued to beneficial owners
pursuant to Section 3.16:

                    (i)      the provisions of this Section shall be in full
           force and effect;

               (ii) the  Certificate  Registrar  and the Owner Trustee shall be
           entitled to deal with the  Clearing  Agency for all purposes of this
           Agreement relating to the Book-Entry Trust  Certificates  (including
           the payment of  principal of and  interest on the  Book-Entry  Trust
           Certificates  and the giving of instructions or directions to Owners
           of Book-Entry  Trust  Certificates) as the sole Holder of Book-Entry
           Trust  Certificates  and shall  have no  obligations  to the  Owners
           thereof;

              (iii) to the extent that the provisions of this Section  conflict
           with any other provisions of this Agreement,  the provisions of this
           Section shall control;

               (iv)  the  rights  of  the  Owners  of  the   Book-Entry   Trust
           Certificates shall be exercised only through the Clearing Agency and
           shall be limited to those established by law and agreements  between
           such  Owners and the  Clearing  Agency  and/or the  Clearing  Agency
           Participants.  Pursuant  to the  Certificate  Depository  Agreement,
           unless and until Definitive  Trust  Certificates are issued pursuant
           to Section 3.16, the Clearing Agency will make book-entry  transfers
           among the  Clearing  Agency  Participants  and receive and  transmit
           payments  of  principal  of and  interest  on the  Book-Entry  Trust
           Certificates to such Clearing Agency Participants; and

                    (v) whenever this Agreement  requires or permits actions to
           be taken based upon  instructions  or directions of Holders of Trust
           Certificates  evidencing a specified  percentage of the  Certificate
           Balance,  the  Clearing  Agency  shall be deemed to  represent  such
           percentage  only to the extent that it has received  instructions to
           such effect from Owners and/or Clearing Agency  Participants  owning
           or  representing,  respectively,  such  required  percentage  of the
           beneficial  interest in the Book-Entry  Trust  Certificates  and has
           delivered such instructions in writing to the Owner Trustee.


     SECTION 3.15. Notices to Clearing Agency. Whenever a notice or other
communication to the Owners is required under this Agreement, unless and until
Definitive Trust Certificates shall have been issued to Owners pursuant to
Section 3.16, the Owner Trustee shall give all such notices and communications
specified herein to be given to Owners to the Clearing Agency, and shall have no
obligations to the Owners, except to the General Partner.

     SECTION 3.16. Definitive Trust Certificates. If (i) the Servicer advises
the Owner Trustee in writing that the Clearing Agency is no longer willing or
able to properly discharge its responsibilities with respect to the Trust
Certificates, and the Servicer is unable to locate a qualified successor, (ii)
the Servicer at its option advises the Owner Trustee in writing that it elects
to terminate the book-entry system through the Clearing Agency or (iii) after
the occurrence of an Event of Default, Owners of Certificates representing
beneficial interests aggregating at least a majority of the Certificate Balance
advise the Clearing Agency in writing that the continuation of a book-entry
system through the Clearing Agency is no longer in the best interest of the
Owners of Trust Certificates, then the Clearing Agency shall notify all Owners
and the Owner Trustee of the occurrence of any such event and of the
availability of the Definitive Trust Certificates to Owners requesting the same.
Upon surrender to the Owner Trustee of the typewritten Trust Certificate or
Trust Certificates representing the Book Entry Trust Certificates by the
Clearing Agency, accompanied by registration instructions, the Owner Trustee
shall execute and authenticate the Definitive Trust Certificates in accordance
with the instructions of the Clearing Agency. Neither the Certificate Registrar
nor the Owner Trustee shall be liable for any delay in delivery of such
instructions and may conclusively rely on, and shall be protected in relying on,
such instructions. Upon the issuance of Definitive Trust Certificates, the Owner
Trustee shall recognize the Holders of the Definitive Trust Certificates as
Certificateholders. The Definitive Trust Certificates shall be printed,
lithographed or engraved or may be produced in any other manner as is reasonably
acceptable to the Owner Trustee, as evidenced by its execution thereof.


                                   ARTICLE IV

                            Actions by Owner Trustee

     SECTION 4.1. Prior Notice to Owners with Respect to Certain Matters. With
respect to the following matters, the Owner Trustee shall not take action unless
at least 30 days before the taking of such action, the Owner Trustee shall have
notified the Certificateholders in writing of the proposed action and the
Certificateholders shall not have notified the Owner Trustee in writing prior to
the 30th day after such notice is given that such Certificateholders have
withheld consent or provided alternative direction:

                    (a) the  election by the Trust to file an  amendment to the
           Certificate  of Trust (unless such amendment is required to be filed
           under the Business Trust Statute or unless such amendment  would not
           materially and adversely affect the interests of the Owners);

                    (b)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental
           indenture in circumstances where the consent of any
           Noteholder is required;

                    (c)      the amendment of the Indenture by a supplemental
           indenture in circumstances where the consent of any
           Noteholder is not required and such amendment materially
           adversely affects the interest of the Certificateholders;
           or

                    (d)  except  pursuant  to  Section  11.1(b) of the Sale and
           Servicing  Agreement,  the amendment,  change or modification of the
           Sale and Servicing Agreement, except to cure any ambiguity or defect
           or to amend or  supplement  any provision in a manner that would not
           materially adversely affect the interests of the Certificateholders.

The Owner  Trustee  shall  notify  the  Certificateholders  in  writing  of any
appointment  of  a  successor  Note  Registrar,  Certificate  Paying  Agent  or
Certificate Registrar within five Business Days
thereof.

     SECTION 4.2. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Certain Matters.
The Owner Trustee shall not have the power, except upon the direction of the
Certificateholders or the Security Insurer in accordance with the Basic
Documents, to (a) remove the Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement
pursuant to Section 8.1 thereof or (b) except as expressly provided in the Basic
Documents, sell the Receivables after the termination of the Indenture. The
Owner Trustee shall take the actions referred to in the preceding sentence only
upon written instructions signed by the Certificateholders and the furnishing of
indemnification satisfactory to the Owner Trustee by the Certificateholders.

     SECTION 4.3. Action by Certificateholders with Respect to Bankruptcy. The
Owner Trustee shall not have the power to, and shall not, commence any
proceeding or other actions contemplated by Section 2.12(d) relating to the
Trust without the prior written consent of the Security Insurer (unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing) and the unanimous prior
approval of all Certificateholders and the delivery to the Owner Trustee by each
such Certificateholder of a certificate certifying that such Certificateholder
reasonably believes that the Trust is insolvent.

     SECTION 4.4. Restrictions on Certificateholders' Power. (a) The
Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take or refrain from
taking any action if such action or inaction would be contrary to any obligation
of the Trust or the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents or would be contrary to Section 2.3 nor shall the Owner Trustee be
obligated to follow any such direction, if given.

                    (b) No Certificateholder  shall have any right by virtue or
by availing  itself of any  provisions of this Agreement to institute any suit,
action, or proceeding in equity or at law upon or under or with respect to this
Agreement  or  any  Basic  Document,  unless  the  Certificateholders  are  the
Instructing  Party  pursuant  to  Section  6.3 and  unless a  Certificateholder
previously  shall have given to the Owner  Trustee a written  notice of default
and of the continuance thereof, as provided in this Agreement,  and also unless
Certificateholders  evidencing  not less  than 25% of the  Certificate  Balance
shall  have made  written  request  upon the Owner  Trustee to  institute  such
action,  suit  or  proceeding  in its own  name as  Owner  Trustee  under  this
Agreement and shall have offered to the Owner Trustee such reasonable indemnity
as it may require  against the costs,  expenses and  liabilities to be incurred
therein or  thereby,  and the Owner  Trustee,  for 30 days after its receipt of
such notice,  request, and offer of indemnity,  shall have neglected or refused
to  institute  any such action,  suit,  or  proceeding,  and during such 30-day
period no request or waiver  inconsistent  with such  written  request has been
given to the Owner Trustee  pursuant to and in compliance  with this Section or
Section 6.3; it being understood and intended,  and being expressly  covenanted
by each  Certificateholder  with every  other  Certificateholder  and the Owner
Trustee,  that no one or more Holders of  Certificates  shall have any right in
any  manner  whatever  by virtue or by  availing  itself or  themselves  of any
provisions of this Agreement to affect, disturb, or prejudice the rights of the
Holders  of any  other of the  Certificates,  or to  obtain  or seek to  obtain
priority over or  preference to any other such Holder,  or to enforce any right
under this  Agreement,  except in the manner provided in this Agreement and for
the equal,  ratable,  and common  benefit  of all  Certificateholders.  For the
protection  and  enforcement  of the  provisions  of this Section 4.4, each and
every  Certificateholder and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to such relief
as can be given either at law or in equity.  Nothing in this Agreement shall be
construed as giving the  Certificateholders any right to make a claim under the
Certificate Policy.

     SECTION 4.5. Majority Control. No Certificate Owner shall have any right to
vote or in any manner otherwise control the operation and management of the
Trust except as expressly provided in this Agreement. Except as expressly
provided herein, any action that may be taken by the Certificateholders under
this Agreement may be taken by the Holders of Trust Certificates evidencing not
less than a majority of the Certificate Balance. Except as expressly provided
herein, any written notice of the Certificateholders delivered pursuant to this
Agreement shall be effective if signed by Holders of Certificates evidencing not
less than a majority of the Certificate Balance at the time of the delivery of
such notice.

     SECTION 4.6. Rights of Security Insurer. Notwithstanding anything to the
contrary in the Basic Documents, without the prior written consent of the
Security Insurer (so long as no Insurer Default shall have occurred and be
continuing), the Owner Trustee shall not (i) remove the Servicer, (ii) initiate
any claim, suit or proceeding by the Trust or compromise any claim, suit or
proceeding brought by or against the Trust, other than with respect to the
enforcement of any Receivable or any rights of the Trust thereunder, (iii)
authorize the merger or consolidation of the Trust with or into any other
business trust or other entity (other than in accordance with Section 3.10 of
the Indenture) or (iv) amend the Certificate of Trust.


                                    ARTICLE V

                           Application of Trust Funds:
                                 Certain Duties

     SECTION 5.1. Establishment of Certificate Distribution Account. (a) The
Owner Trustee, for the benefit of the Certificateholders, shall establish and
maintain in the name of the Trust an Eligible Deposit Account (the "Certificate
Distribution Account"), bearing a designation clearly indicating that the funds
deposited therein are held for the benefit of the Certificateholders.

                    (b) The Owner Trustee  shall  possess all right,  title and
interest  in all  funds  on  deposit  from  time  to  time  in the  Certificate
Distribution  Account  and in all  proceeds  thereof.  If,  at  any  time,  the
Certificate  Distribution  Account ceases to be an Eligible Account,  the Owner
Trustee shall within five Business Days (or such longer  period,  not to exceed
30 calendar  days,  as to which each  Rating  Agency and, so long as no Insurer
Default  shall have  occurred  and be  continuing,  the  Security  Insurer  may
consent)  establish  a new  Certificate  Distribution  Account  as an  Eligible
Deposit  Account and shall transfer any cash and/or any investments to such new
Certificate Distribution Account.

     (c) All amounts held in the Certificate Distribution Account shall, to the
extent permitted by applicable laws, rules and regulations, be invested, by the
Owner Trustee at the Servicer's written direction, in Eligible Investments that
mature not later than one Business Day prior to the Distribution Date for the
Monthly Period to which such amounts relate. Investments in Eligible Investments
shall be made in the name of the Trust, and such investments shall not be sold
or disposed of prior to their maturity. Subject to the other provisions hereof,
the Owner Trustee shall have sole control over each such investment and the
income thereon, and any certificate or other instrument evidencing any such
investment, if any, shall be delivered directly to the Owner Trustee. All
Investment Earnings on funds in the Certificate Distribution Account shall be
distributed on the next Distribution Date pursuant to Section 5.6 of the Sale
and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 5.2. Application of Funds in Certificate Distribution Account. (a)
On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee will, based on the information
contained in the Servicer's Certificate delivered on the related Determination
Date pursuant to Section 4.9 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, distribute to
Certificateholders, to the extent of the funds available, amounts deposited in
the Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to Sections 5.6(b) and 9.1 of the
Sale and Servicing Agreement on such Distribution Date in the following order of
priority:

                    (i) first,  from the amounts  deposited in the  Certificate
           Distribution  Account  pursuant  to  Section  5.6(b)(v)  or  Section
           9.1(b)(iii)   of  the  Sale   and   Servicing   Agreement,   to  the
           Certificateholders,  on a pro rata  basis,  an  amount  equal to the
           Certificateholders' Interest
           Distributable Amount;

               (ii)  second,  from the  amounts  deposited  in the  Certificate
           Distribution  Account  pursuant  to  Section  5.6(b)(vi)  or Section
           9.1(b)(iv)   of  the   Sale   and   Servicing   Agreement,   to  the
           Certificateholders,  on a pro rata  basis,  an  amount  equal to the
           Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount; and

              (iii)  third,  from  the  amounts,   if  any,  deposited  in  the
           Certificate  Distribution  Account pursuant to Section 5.7(b) of the
           Sale and Servicing Agreement,  to the  Certificateholders,  on a pro
           rata basis, an amount equal to the Certificate Prepayment Amount.

     (b) On the Distribution Date following the date on which amounts received
in respect of the Seller's or the Servicer's exercise of its option to purchase
the corpus of the Trust pursuant to Section 9.1(a) of the Sale and Servicing
Agreement are deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account, the Owner
Trustee will distribute such amounts taking into account any concurrent
distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a):

                    (i)  first, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
           Distributable Amount; and

                    (ii) second, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, for amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for
           principal.

     (c) On the Distribution Date on which Insolvency Proceeds are deposited in
the Certificate Distribution Account pursuant to Section 9.1(b) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement (or on the Distribution Date immediately following such
deposit if such proceeds are not deposited in the Certificate Distribution
Account on a Distribution Date), the Owner Trustee will distribute the
Insolvency Proceeds so deposited in the Certificate Distribution Account taking
into account any concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a):

                    (i)  first, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
           Distributable Amount; and

                    (ii)  second, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, for amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for
           principal.

     (d) On the Distribution Date following the date on which the Indenture
Trustee makes payments of money or property in respect of liquidation of the
Trust Property pursuant to Section 5.06 of the Indenture and deposits funds
received in connection with such liquidation in the Certificate Distribution
Account, the Owner Trustee will distribute such funds taking into account any
concurrent distribution made pursuant to Section 5.2(a):

                    (i)  first, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, an amount equal to the Certificateholders' Interest
           Distributable Amount; and

                    (ii) second, to the Certificateholders, on a pro rata
           basis, for amounts due and unpaid on the Certificates for
           principal; and

     (e) On each Distribution Date, the Owner Trustee shall send to each
Certificateholder the statement provided to the Owner Trustee by the Servicer
pursuant to Section 5.8 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement on such Distribution
Date.

     (f) In the event that any withholding tax is imposed on the Trust's payment
(or allocations of income) to a Certificateholder, such tax shall reduce the
amount otherwise distributable to the Certificateholder in accordance with this
Section. The Owner Trustee is hereby authorized and directed to retain from
amounts otherwise distributable to the Certificateholders sufficient funds for
the payment of any tax that is legally owed by the Trust (but such authorization
shall not prevent the Owner Trustee from contesting any such tax in appropriate
proceedings, and withholding payment of such tax, if permitted by law, pending
the outcome of such proceedings). The amount of any withholding tax imposed with
respect to a Certificateholder shall be treated as cash distributed to such
Certificateholder at the time it is withheld by the Trust and remitted to the
appropriate taxing authority. If there is a possibility that withholding tax is
payable with respect to a distribution (such as a distribution to a non-US
Certificateholder), the Owner Trustee may in it sole discretion withhold such
amounts in accordance with this clause (f). In the event that an Owner wishes to
apply for a refund of any such withholding tax, the Owner Trustee shall
reasonably cooperate with such Certificateholder in making such claim so long as
such Certificateholder agrees to reimburse the Owner Trustee for any
out-of-pocket expenses incurred.

     (g) Any funds remaining in the Certificate Distribution Account after
distribution of all amounts specified in this Section 5.2 shall be distributed
to the General Partner equally.

     SECTION 5.3. [Reserved.]

     SECTION 5.4. Method of Payment. Subject to Section 9.1(c), distributions
required to be made to Certificateholders on any Distribution Date shall be made
to each Certificateholder of record on the preceding Record Date either by wire
transfer, in immediately available funds, to the account of such Holder at a
bank or other entity having appropriate facilities therefor, if (i) such
Certificateholder shall have provided to the Certificate Registrar appropriate
written instructions at least five Business Days prior to such Distribution Date
and such Holder's Trust Certificates in the aggregate evidence a denomination of
not less than $1,000,000 or (ii) such Certificateholder is the General Partner,
or an Affiliate thereof, or, if not, by check mailed to such Certificateholder
at the address of such holder appearing in the Certificate Register; provided,
however, that, unless Definitive Certificates have been issued pursuant to
Section 3.16, with respect to Trust Certificates registered on the Record Date
in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially, such nominee to be
Cede & Co.), distributions will be made by wire transfer in immediately
available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Notwithstanding the
foregoing, the final distribution in respect of any Trust Certificate (whether
on the Final Scheduled Distribution Date or otherwise) will be payable only upon
presentation and surrender of such Trust Certificate at the office or agency
maintained for that purpose by the Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 3.8.

     SECTION 5.5. No Segregation of Monies; No Interest. Subject to Sections 5.1
and 5.2, monies received by the Owner Trustee hereunder need not be segregated
in any manner except to the extent required by law and may be deposited under
such general conditions as may be prescribed by law, and the Owner Trustee shall
not be liable for any interest thereon.

     SECTION 5.6. Accounting and Reports to the Note- holders,
Certificateholders, the Internal Revenue Service and Others. Subject to Sections
10.1(b)(iii) and 10.1(c) of the Sale and Servicing Agreement, the General
Partner shall (a) maintain (or cause to be maintained) the books of the Trust on
a calendar year basis on the accrual method of accounting, (b) deliver (or cause
to be delivered) to each Certificateholder, as may be required by the Code and
applicable Treasury Regulations, such information as may be required (including
Schedule K-1) to enable each Certificateholder to prepare its Federal and state
income tax returns, (c) file or cause to be filed such tax returns relating to
the Trust (including a partnership information return, Form 1065), and direct
the Owner Trustee to make such elections as may from time to time be required or
appropriate under any applicable state or Federal statute or rule or regulation
thereunder so as to maintain the Trust's characterization as a partnership for
Federal income tax purposes and (d) collect or cause to be collected any
withholding tax as described in and in accordance with Section 5.2(c) with
respect to income or distributions to Certificateholders. The Owner Trustee
shall make all elections pursuant to this Section as directed by the General
Partner. The Owner Trustee shall sign all tax information returns filed pursuant
to this Section 5.6 and any other returns as may be required by law, and in
doing so shall rely entirely upon, and shall have no liability for information
provided by, or calculations provided by, the General Partner. The Owner Trustee
shall elect under Section 1278 of the Code to include in income currently any
market discount that accrues with respect to the Receivables. The Owner Trustee
shall not make the election provided under Section 754 of the Code.

     SECTION 5.7. Signature on Returns; Tax Matters Partner. (a) Notwithstanding
the provisions of Section 5.6, the Owner Trustee shall sign on behalf of the
Trust the tax returns of the Trust, unless applicable law requires a
Certificateholder or an Owner to sign such documents, in which case such
documents shall be signed by the General Partner.

                    (b)      The General Partner shall be the "tax matters
partner" of the Trust pursuant to the Code.


                                   ARTICLE VI

                      Authority and Duties of Owner Trustee

     SECTION 6.1. General Authority. The Owner Trustee is authorized and
directed to execute and deliver the Basic Documents to which the Trust is named
as a party and each certificate or other document attached as an exhibit to or
contemplated by the Basic Documents to which the Trust is named as a party and
any amendment thereto, in each case, in such form as the Depositor shall approve
as evidenced conclusively by the Owner Trustee's execution thereof, and on
behalf of the Trust, to direct the Trustee to authenticate and deliver Class A-1
Notes in the aggregate principal amount of $45,100,000.00, Class A-2 Notes in
the aggregate principal amount of $90,000,000.00 and Class A-3 Notes in the
aggregate principal amount of $57,900,000.00. In addition to the foregoing, the
Owner Trustee is authorized, but shall not be obligated, to take all actions
required of the Trust pursuant to the Basic Documents. The Owner Trustee is
further authorized from time to time to take such action as the Instructing
Party recommends with respect to the Basic Documents so long as such activities
are consistent with the terms of the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 6.2. General Duties. It shall be the duty of the Owner Trustee to
discharge (or cause to be discharged) all of its responsibilities pursuant to
the terms of this Agreement and the Sale and Servicing Agreement and to
administer the Trust in the interest of the Owners, subject to the Basic
Documents and in accordance with the provisions of this Agreement.
Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Owner Trustee shall be deemed to have
discharged its duties and responsibilities hereunder and under the Basic
Documents to the extent the Servicer has agreed in the Sale and Servicing
Agreement to perform any act or to discharge any duty of the Owner Trustee
hereunder or under any Basic Document, and the Owner Trustee shall not be liable
for the default or failure of the Servicer to carry out its obligations under
the Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     SECTION 6.3. Action upon Instruction. (a) Subject to Article IV and the
terms of the Spread Account Agreement, the Security Insurer (so long as an
Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) or the Class A
Certificateholders (if an Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing)
(the "Instructing Party") shall have the exclusive right to direct the actions
of the Owner Trustee in the management of the Trust, so long as such
instructions are not inconsistent with the express terms set forth herein or in
any Basic Document. The Instructing Party shall not instruct the Owner Trustee
in a manner inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic Documents.

     (b) The Owner Trustee shall not be required to take any action hereunder or
under any Basic Document if the Owner Trustee shall have reasonably determined,
or shall have been advised by counsel, that such action is likely to result in
liability on the part of the Owner Trustee or is contrary to the terms hereof or
of any Basic Document or is otherwise contrary to law.

     (c) Whenever the Owner Trustee is unable to decide between alternative
courses of action permitted or required by the terms of this Agreement or any
Basic Document, the Owner Trustee shall promptly give notice (in such form as
shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Certificateholders
requesting instruction as to the course of action to be adopted, and to the
extent the Owner Trustee acts in good faith in accordance with any written
instruction of the Certificateholders received, the Owner Trustee shall not be
liable on account of such action to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not
have received appropriate instruction within ten days of such notice (or within
such shorter period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may
be necessary under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to,
take or refrain from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or
the Basic Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
Certificateholders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or
inaction.

     (d) In the event that the Owner Trustee is unsure as to the application of
any provision of this Agreement or any Basic Document or any such provision is
ambiguous as to its application, or is, or appears to be, in conflict with any
other applicable provision, or in the event that this Agreement permits any
determination by the Owner Trustee or is silent or is incomplete as to the
course of action that the Owner Trustee is required to take with respect to a
particular set of facts, the Owner Trustee may give notice (in such form as
shall be appropriate under the circumstances) to the Certificateholders
requesting instruction and, to the extent that the Owner Trustee acts or
refrains from acting in good faith in accordance with any such instruction
received, the Owner Trustee shall not be liable, on account of such action or
inaction, to any Person. If the Owner Trustee shall not have received
appropriate instruction within 10 days of such notice (or within such shorter
period of time as reasonably may be specified in such notice or may be necessary
under the circumstances) it may, but shall be under no duty to, take or refrain
from taking such action, not inconsistent with this Agreement or the Basic
Documents, as it shall deem to be in the best interests of the
Certificateholders, and shall have no liability to any Person for such action or
inaction.

     SECTION 6.4. No Duties Except as Specified in this Agreement or in
Instructions. The Owner Trustee shall not have any duty or obligation to manage,
make any payment with respect to, register, record, sell, dispose of, or
otherwise deal with the Owner Trust Estate, or to otherwise take or refrain from
taking any action under, or in connection with, any document contemplated hereby
to which the Owner Trustee is a party, except as expressly provided by the terms
of this Agreement or in any document or written instruction received by the
Owner Trustee pursuant to Section 6.3; and no implied duties or obligations
shall be read into this Agreement or any Basic Document against the Owner
Trustee. The Owner Trustee shall have no responsibility for filing any financing
or continuation statement in any public office at any time or to otherwise
perfect or maintain the perfection of any security interest or lien granted to
it hereunder or to prepare or file any Commission filing for the Trust or to
record this Agreement or any Basic Document. The Owner Trustee nevertheless
agrees that it will, at its own cost and expense, promptly take all action as
may be necessary to discharge any Liens on any part of the Owner Trust Estate
that result from actions by, or claims against, the Owner Trustee (solely in its
individual capacity) and that are not related to the ownership or the
administration of the Owner Trust Estate.

     SECTION 6.5. No Action Except under Specified Documents or Instructions.
The Owner Trustee shall not manage, control, use, sell, dispose of or otherwise
deal with any part of the Owner Trust Estate except (i) in accordance with the
powers granted to and the authority conferred upon the Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Agreement, (ii) in accordance with the Basic Documents and (iii) in
accordance with any document or instruction delivered to the Owner Trustee
pursuant to Section 6.3.

     SECTION 6.6. Restrictions. The Owner Trustee shall not take any action (a)
that is inconsistent with the purposes of the Trust set forth in Section 2.3 or
(b) that, to the actual knowledge of the Owner Trustee, would result in the
Trust's becoming taxable as a corporation for Federal income tax purposes. The
Certificateholders shall not direct the Owner Trustee to take action that would
violate the provisions of this Section.


                                   ARTICLE VII

                          Concerning the Owner Trustee

     SECTION 7.1. Acceptance of Trusts and Duties. The Owner Trustee accepts the
trusts hereby created and agrees to perform its duties hereunder with respect to
such trusts but only upon the terms of this Agreement. The Owner Trustee also
agrees to disburse all moneys actually received by it constituting part of the
Owner Trust Estate upon the terms of the Basic Documents and this Agreement. The
Owner Trustee shall not be answerable or accountable hereunder or under any
Basic Document under any circumstances, except (i) for its own willful
misconduct, bad faith or negligence, (ii) in the case of the inaccuracy of any
representation or warranty contained in Section 7.3 expressly made by the Owner
Trustee, (iii) for liabilities arising from the failure of the Owner Trustee to
perform obligations expressly undertaken by it in the last sentence of Section
6.4 hereof, (iv) for any investments issued by the Owner Trustee or any branch
or affiliate thereof in its commercial capacity or (v) for taxes, fees or other
charges on, based on or measured by, any fees, commissions or compensation
received by the Owner Trustee. In particular, but not by way of limitation (and
subject to the exceptions set forth in the preceding sentence):

                    (a)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable for any
           error of judgment made by a Responsible Officer of the
           Owner Trustee;

                    (b)      the Owner Trustee shall not be liable with
           respect to any action taken or omitted to be taken by it in
           accordance with the instructions of the Servicer or any
           Certificateholder;

                    (c) no  provision of this  Agreement or any Basic  Document
           shall require the Owner Trustee to expend or risk funds or otherwise
           incur  any  financial  liability  in the  performance  of any of its
           rights or powers  hereunder or under any Basic Document if the Owner
           Trustee shall have  reasonable  grounds for believing that repayment
           of such funds or adequate  indemnity  against such risk or liability
           is not reasonably assured or provided to it;

                    (d)      under no circumstances shall the Owner Trustee be
           liable for indebtedness evidenced by or arising under any
           of the Basic Documents, including the principal of and
           interest on the Notes;

                    (e) the Owner  Trustee shall not be  responsible  for or in
           respect of the validity or  sufficiency of this Agreement or for the
           due execution  hereof by the  Depositor or for the form,  character,
           genuineness,  sufficiency,  value or  validity  of any of the  Owner
           Trust Estate or for or in respect of the validity or  sufficiency of
           the Basic Documents, other than the certificate of authentication on
           the  Trust  Certificates,  and the Owner  Trustee  shall in no event
           assume or incur any  liability,  duty or  obligation to the Security
           Insurer, Trustee,  Indenture Collateral Agent, the Collateral Agent,
           any Noteholder or to any Certificateholder,  other than as expressly
           provided for herein and in the Basic Documents;

                    (f) the Owner  Trustee  shall not be liable for the default
           or misconduct of the Security  Insurer,  the Trustee or the Servicer
           under any of the Basic  Documents or otherwise and the Owner Trustee
           shall have no obligation or liability to perform the  obligations of
           the Trust  under  this  Agreement  or the Basic  Documents  that are
           required  to  be  performed  by  the  Security   Insurer  under  the
           Certificate  Policy,  by the  Trustee  under  the  Indenture  or the
           Servicer under the Sale and Servicing Agreement; and

                    (g) the  Owner  Trustee  shall be under  no  obligation  to
           exercise any of the rights or powers vested in it by this Agreement,
           or to  institute,  conduct  or  defend  any  litigation  under  this
           Agreement or otherwise or in relation to this Agreement or any Basic
           Document,  at  the  request,  order  or  direction  of  any  of  the
           Certificateholders,  unless such  Certificateholders have offered to
           the Owner Trustee  security or indemnity  satisfactory to it against
           the costs,  expenses  and  liabilities  that may be  incurred by the
           Owner Trustee therein or thereby.  The right of the Owner Trustee to
           perform any discretionary act enumerated in this Agreement or in any
           Basic  Document  shall  not be  construed  as a duty,  and the Owner
           Trustee shall not be answerable
           for other than its negligence, bad faith or willful
           misconduct in the performance of any such act.

     SECTION 7.2. Furnishing of Documents. The Owner Trustee shall furnish to
the Certificateholders promptly upon receipt of a written request therefor,
duplicates or copies of all reports, notices, requests, demands, certificates,
financial statements and any other instruments furnished to the Owner Trustee
under the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 7.3. Representations and Warranties. The Owner Trustee hereby
represents and warrants to the Depositor, the Owners and the Security Insurer
(which shall have relied on such representations and warranties in issuing the
Policies), that:

                    (a) It is a Delaware  banking  corporation,  duly organized
           and validly existing in good standing under the laws of the State of
           Delaware.  It has all  requisite  corporate  power and  authority to
           execute, deliver and perform its obligations under this Agreement.

                    (b)  It  has  taken  all  corporate   action  necessary  to
           authorize the execution  and delivery by it of this  Agreement,  and
           this Agreement will be executed and delivered by one of its officers
           who is duly  authorized to execute and deliver this Agreement on its
           behalf.

                    (c) Neither the  execution  nor the  delivery by it of this
           Agreement,   nor  the   consummation  by  it  of  the   transactions
           contemplated  hereby nor  compliance  by it with any of the terms or
           provisions hereof will contravene any federal or Delaware state law,
           governmental  rule or  regulation  governing  the  banking  or trust
           powers of the Owner  Trustee or any judgment or order binding on it,
           or constitute any default under its charter  documents or by-laws or
           any indenture,  mortgage, contract, agreement or instrument to which
           it is a party or by which any of its properties may be bound.

     SECTION 7.4. Reliance; Advice of Counsel. (a) The Owner Trustee shall incur
no liability to anyone in acting upon any signature, instrument, notice,
resolution, request, consent, order, certificate, report, opinion, bond or other
document or paper believed by it to be genuine and believed by it to be signed
by the proper party or parties. The Owner Trustee may accept a certified copy of
a resolution of the board of directors or other governing body of any corporate
party as conclusive evidence that such resolution has been duly adopted by such
body and that the same is in full force and effect. As to any fact or matter the
method of the determination of which is not specifically prescribed herein, the
Owner Trustee may for all purposes hereof rely on a certificate, signed by the
president or any vice president or by the treasurer, secretary or other
authorized officers of the relevant party, as to such fact or matter, and such
certificate shall constitute full protection to the Owner Trustee for any action
taken or omitted to be taken by it in good faith in reliance thereon.

     (b) In the exercise or administration of the trusts hereunder and in the
performance of its duties and obligations under this Agreement or the Basic
Documents, the Owner Trustee (i) may act directly or through its agents or
attorneys pursuant to agreements entered into with any of them, and the Owner
Trustee shall not be liable for the conduct or misconduct of such agents or
attorneys if such agents or attorneys shall have been selected by the Owner
Trustee with reasonable care, and (ii) may consult with counsel, accountants and
other skilled persons to be selected with reasonable care and employed by it.
The Owner Trustee shall not be liable for anything done, suffered or omitted in
good faith by it in accordance with the written opinion or advice of any such
counsel, accountants or other such persons and not contrary to this Agreement or
any Basic Document.

     SECTION 7.5. Not Acting in Individual Capacity. Except as provided in this
Article VII, in accepting the trusts hereby created Bankers Trust (Delaware)
acts solely as Owner Trustee hereunder and not in its individual capacity and
all Persons having any claim against the Owner Trustee by reason of the
transactions contemplated by this Agreement or any Basic Document shall look
only to the Owner Trust Estate for payment or satisfaction thereof.

     SECTION 7.6. Owner Trustee Not Liable for Trust Certificates or
Receivables. The recitals contained herein and in the Trust Certificates (other
than the signature and countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Trust
Certificates) shall be taken as the statements of the Depositor and the Owner
Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner Trustee
makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this Agreement, of
any Basic Document or of the Trust Certificates (other than the signature and
countersignature of the Owner Trustee on the Trust Certificates) or the Notes,
or of any Receivable or related documents. The Owner Trustee shall at no time
have any responsibility or liability for or with respect to the legality,
validity and enforceability of any Receivable, or the perfection and priority of
any security interest created by any Receivable in any Financed Vehicle or the
maintenance of any such perfection and priority, or for or with respect to the
sufficiency of the Owner Trust Estate or its ability to generate the payments to
be distributed to Certificateholders under this Agreement or the Noteholders
under the Indenture, including, without limitation: the existence, condition and
ownership of any Financed Vehicle; the existence and enforceability of any
insurance thereon; the existence and contents of any Receivable on any computer
or other record thereof; the validity of the assignment of any Receivable to the
Trust or of any intervening assignment; the completeness of any Receivable; the
performance or enforcement of any  Receivable;  the compliance by the Depositor
or the  Servicer  with any  warranty  or  representation  made  under any Basic
Document or in any related  document  or the  accuracy of any such  warranty or
representation  or any action of the Trustee or the Servicer or any subservicer
taken in the name of the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 7.7. Owner Trustee May Own Trust Certificates and Notes. The Owner
Trustee in its individual or any other capacity may become the owner or pledgee
of Trust Certificates or Notes and may deal with the Depositor, the Trustee and
the Servicer in banking transactions with the same rights as it would have if it
were not Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 7.8. Payments from Owner Trust Estate. All payments to be made by
the Owner Trustee under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which
the Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party shall be made only from the income and
proceeds of the Owner Trust Estate and only to the extent that the Owner Trust
shall have received income or proceeds from the Owner Trust Estate to make such
payments in accordance with the terms hereof. Bankers Trust (Delaware), or any
successor thereto, in its individual capacity, shall not be liable for any
amounts payable under this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents to which the
Trust or the Owner Trustee is a party.

     SECTION 7.9. Doing Business in Other Jurisdictions. Notwithstanding
anything contained to the contrary, neither Bankers Trust (Delaware) or any
successor thereto, nor the Owner Trustee shall be required to take any action in
any jurisdiction other than in the State of Delaware if the taking of such
action will, even after the appointment of a co-trustee or separate trustee in
accordance with Section 10.5 hereof, (i) require the consent or approval or
authorization or order of or the giving of notice to, or the registration with
or the taking of any other action in respect of, any state or other governmental
authority or agency of any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware; (ii)
result in any fee, tax or other governmental charge under the laws of the State
of Delaware becoming payable by Bankers Trust (Delaware) (or any successor
thereto); or (iii) subject Bankers Trust (Delaware) (or any successor thereto)to
personal jurisdiction in any jurisdiction other than the State of Delaware for
causes of action arising from acts unrelated to the consummation of the
transactions by Bankers Trust (Delaware) (or any successor thereto) or the Owner
Trustee, as the case may be, contemplated hereby.

                                  ARTICLE VIII

                          Compensation of Owner Trustee

     SECTION 8.1. Owner Trustee's Fees and Expenses. The Owner Trustee shall
receive as compensation for its services hereunder such fees as have been
separately agreed upon before the date hereof between the Representative and the
Owner Trustee, and the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to be reimbursed by the
General Partner for its other reasonable expenses hereunder, including the
reasonable compensation, expenses and disbursements of such agents,
representatives, experts and counsel as the Owner Trustee may employ in
connection with the exercise and performance of its rights and its duties
hereunder; provided, however, that the Owner Trustee shall only be
entitled to reimbursement for expenses hereunder to the extent such
expenses (i) are fees of outside counsel engaged by the Owner Trustee in respect
of the performance of its obligations hereunder, but up to a dollar amount not
to exceed the amount previously agreed to with the Representative or (ii) relate
to the performance of its obligations pursuant to Section 5.6 hereof.

     SECTION 8.2. Indemnification. The General Partner shall be liable as
primary obligor for, and shall indemnify the Owner Trustee and its successors,
assigns, agents and servants (collectively, the "Indemnified Parties") from and
against, any and all liabilities, obligations, losses, damages, taxes, claims,
actions and suits, and any and all reasonable costs, expenses and disbursements
(including reasonable legal fees and expenses) of any kind and nature whatsoever
(collectively, "Expenses") which may at any time be imposed on, incurred by, or
asserted against the Owner Trustee or any Indemnified Party in any way relating
to or arising out of this Agreement, the Basic Documents, the Owner Trust
Estate, the administration of the Owner Trust Estate or the action or inaction
of the Owner Trustee hereunder, except only that the General Partner shall not
be liable for or required to indemnify the Owner Trustee from and against
Expenses arising or resulting from any of the matters described in the third
sentence of Section 7.1. The indemnities contained in this Section shall survive
the resignation or termination of the Owner Trustee or the termination of this
Agreement. In any event of any claim, action or proceeding for which indemnity
will be sought pursuant to this Section, the Owner Trustee's choice of legal
counsel shall be subject to the approval of the General Partner which approval
shall not be unreasonably withheld.

     SECTION 8.3. Payments to the Owner Trustee. Any amounts paid to the Owner
Trustee pursuant to this Article VIII shall be deemed not to be a part of the
Owner Trust Estate immediately after such payment.

     SECTION 8.4. Non-recourse Obligations. Notwithstanding anything in this
Agreement or any Basic Document, the Owner Trustee agrees in its individual
capacity and in its capacity as Owner Trustee for the Trust that all obligations
of the Trust to the Owner Trustee individually or as Owner Trustee for the Trust
shall be recourse to the Owner Trust Estate only and specifically shall not be
recourse to the assets of any Owner.


                                   ARTICLE IX

                         Termination of Trust Agreement

     SECTION 9.1. Termination of Trust Agreement. (a) This Agreement and the
Trust shall terminate and be of no further force or effect upon the latest of
(i) the maturity or other liquidation of the last Receivable (including the
purchase by the Servicer at its option of the corpus of the Trust as described
in Section 9.1 of the Sale and Servicing Agreement) and the subsequent
distribution of amounts in respect of such Receivables as provided in the
Related Documents, (ii) the payment to Certificateholders of all amounts
required to be paid to them pursuant to this Agreement and the payment to the
Security Insurer of all amounts payable or reimbursable to it pursuant to the
Sale and Servicing Agreement, or (iii) at the time provided in Section 9.2.;
provided, however, that in no event shall the trust created by this Agreement
continue beyond the expiration of 21 years from the death of the last survivor
of the descendants living on the date of this Agreement of Rose Kennedy of the
Commonwealth of Massachusetts; and provided, further, that the rights to
indemnification under Section 8.2 shall survive the termination of the Trust.
The Servicer shall promptly notify the Owner Trustee and the Security Insurer of
any prospective termination pursuant to this Section 9.1. Except as provided in
Section 9.2. The bankruptcy, liquidation, dissolution, death or incapacity of
any Certificateholder or Owner, other than the General Partner as described in
Section 9.2, shall not (x) operate to terminate this Agreement or the Trust, nor
(y) entitle such Certificateholder's or Owner's legal representatives or heirs
to claim an accounting or to take any action or proceeding in any court for a
partition or winding up of all or any part of the Trust or Owner Trust Estate
nor (z) otherwise affect the rights, obligations and liabilities of the parties
hereto.

     (b) Except as provided in clause (a), neither the Depositor nor the General
Partner nor any Certificateholder shall be entitled to revoke or terminate the
Trust.

     (c) Notice of any termination of the Trust, specifying the Distribution
Date upon which the Certificate- holders shall surrender their Trust
Certificates to the Certificate Paying Agent for payment of the final
distribution and cancellation, shall be given by the Owner Trustee by letter to
Certificateholders mailed within five Business Days of receipt of notice of such
termination from the Servicer given pursuant to Section 9.1(c) of the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, stating (i) the Distribution Date upon or with respect to
which final payment of the Trust Certificates shall be made upon presentation
and surrender of the Trust Certificates at the office of the Certificate Paying
Agent therein designated, (ii) the amount of any such final payment and (iii)
that the Record Date otherwise applicable to such Distribution Date is not
applicable, payments being made only upon presentation and surrender of the
Trust Certificates at the office of the Certificate Paying Agent therein
specified. The Owner Trustee shall give such notice to the Certificate Registrar
(if other than the Owner Trustee) and the Certificate Paying Agent at the time
such notice is given to Certificateholders. Upon presentation and surrender of
the Trust Certificates, the Certificate Paying Agent shall cause to be
distributed to Certificateholders amounts distributable on such Distribution
Date pursuant to Section 5.2.

     In the event that all of the Certificateholders shall not surrender their
Trust Certificates for cancellation within six months after the date specified
in the above mentioned written notice, the Owner Trustee shall give a second
written notice to the remaining Certificateholders to surrender their Trust
Certificates for cancellation and receive the final distribution with respect
thereto. If within one year after the second notice all the Trust Certificates
shall not have been surrendered for cancellation, the Owner Trustee may take
appropriate steps, or may appoint an agent to take appropriate steps, to contact
the remaining Certificateholders concerning surrender of their Trust
Certificates, and the cost thereof shall be paid out of the funds and other
assets that shall remain subject to this Agreement. Any funds remaining in the
Trust after exhaustion of such remedies shall be distributed, subject to
applicable escheat laws, by the Owner Trustee to the General Partner. As soon as
practicable after the termination of the Trust, the Owner Trustee shall
surrender the Certificate Policy to the Security Insurer for cancellation.

     (d) Any funds remaining in the Trust after funds for final distribution
have been distributed or set aside for distribution shall be distributed by the
Owner Trustee to the General Partner.

     (e) Upon the winding up of the Trust and its termination, the Owner Trustee
shall cause the Certificate of Trust to be canceled by filing a certificate of
cancellation with the Secretary of State in accordance with the provisions of
Section 3810 of the Business Trust Statute.

     SECTION 9.2. Dissolution upon Bankruptcy of the General Partner. In the
event that an Insolvency Event shall occur with respect to the General Partner,
this Agreement shall be terminated in accordance with Section 9.1 90 days after
the date of such Insolvency Event, unless, before the end of such 90-day period,
the Owner Trustee shall have received written instructions from
Certificateholders holding a majority of the Certificate Balance (other than the
General Partner) to the effect that each such party disapproves of the
liquidation of the Receivables and termination of the Trust. Promptly after the
occurrence of any Insolvency Event with respect to the General Partner, (i) the
General Partner shall give the Trustee, the Owner Trustee and the Security
Insurer written notice of such Insolvency Event, (ii) the Owner Trustee shall,
upon the receipt of such written notice from the General Partner, give prompt
written notice to the Certificateholders and the Trustee of the occurrence of
such event and (iii) the Trustee shall, upon receipt of written notice of such
Insolvency Event from the Owner Trustee or the General Partner, give prompt
written notice to the Noteholders of the occurrence of such event; provided,
however, that any failure to give a notice required by this sentence shall not
prevent or delay, in any manner, a termination of the Trust pursuant to the
first sentence of this Section 9.2. Upon a termination pursuant to this Section,
the Security Insurer or, if an Insurer Default has occurred and is continuing,
the Owner Trustee shall direct the Trustee promptly to sell the assets of the
Owner Trust Estate (other than the Certificate Policy) in a commercially
reasonable manner and on commercially reasonable terms. The proceeds of such a
sale of the assets of the Trust shall be treated as collections under the Sale
and Servicing Agreement and shall be distributed in accordance with Section
9.1(b) thereof.


                                    ARTICLE X

             Successor Owner Trustees and Additional Owner Trustees

     SECTION 10.1. Eligibility Requirements for Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee
shall at all times be a corporation (i) satisfying the provisions of Section
3807(a) of the Business Trust Statute; (ii) authorized to exercise corporate
trust powers; (iii) having a combined capital and surplus of at least
$50,000,000 and subject to supervision or examination by Federal or State
authorities; and (iv) acceptable to the Security Insurer in its sole discretion,
so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing. If such
corporation shall publish reports of condition at least annually, pursuant to
law or to the requirements of the aforesaid supervising or examining authority,
then for the purpose of this Section, the combined capital and surplus of such
corporation shall be deemed to be its combined capital and surplus as set forth
in its most recent report of condition so published. In case at any time the
Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance with the provisions of
this Section, the Owner Trustee shall resign immediately in the manner and with
the effect specified in Section 10.2.

     SECTION 10.2. Resignation or Removal of Owner Trustee. The Owner Trustee
may at any time resign and be discharged from the trusts hereby created by
giving written notice thereof to the General Partner, the Security Insurer and
the Servicer. Upon receiving such notice of resignation, the General Partner
shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the resigning
Owner Trustee and one copy to the successor Owner Trustee, provided that the
General Partner shall have received written confirmation from each of the Rating
Agencies that the proposed appointment will not result in an increased capital
charge to the Security Insurer by either of the Rating Agencies. If no successor
Owner Trustee shall have been so appointed and have accepted appointment within
30 days after the giving of such notice of resignation, the resigning Owner
Trustee or the Security Insurer may petition any court of competent jurisdiction
for the appointment of a successor Owner Trustee.

     If at any time the Owner Trustee shall cease to be eligible in accordance
with the provisions of Section 10.1 and shall fail to resign after written
request therefor by the General Partner, or if at any time the Owner Trustee
shall be legally unable to act, or shall be adjudged bankrupt or insolvent, or a
receiver of the Owner Trustee or of its property shall be appointed, or any
public officer shall take charge or control of the Owner Trustee or of its
property or affairs for the purpose of rehabilitation, conservation or
liquidation, then the General Partner with the consent of the Security Insurer
(so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be continuing) may
remove the Owner Trustee. If the General Partner shall remove the Owner Trustee
under the authority of the immediately preceding sentence, the General Partner
shall promptly appoint a successor Owner Trustee by written instrument, in
duplicate, one copy of which instrument shall be delivered to the outgoing Owner
Trustee so removed, one copy to the Security Insurer and one copy to the
successor Owner Trustee and payment of all fees owed to the outgoing Owner
Trustee.

     Any resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee and appointment of a
successor Owner Trustee pursuant to any of the provisions of this Section shall
not become effective until acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner
Trustee pursuant to Section 10.3 and payment of all fees and expenses owed to
the outgoing Owner Trustee. The General Partner shall provide notice of such
resignation or removal of the Owner Trustee to each of the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION 10.3. Successor Owner Trustee. Any successor Owner Trustee
appointed pursuant to Section 10.2 shall execute, acknowledge and deliver to the
General Partner, the Servicer, the Security Insurer and to its predecessor Owner
Trustee an instrument accepting such appointment under this Agreement, and
thereupon the resignation or removal of the predecessor Owner Trustee shall
become effective and such successor Owner Trustee, without any further act, deed
or conveyance, shall become fully vested with all the rights, powers, duties and
obligations of its predecessor under this Agreement, with like effect as if
originally named as Owner Trustee. The predecessor Owner Trustee shall upon
payment of its fees and expenses deliver to the successor Owner Trustee all
documents and statements and monies held by it under this Agreement; and the
General Partner and the predecessor Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver such
instruments and do such other things as may reasonably be required for fully and
certainly vesting and confirming in the successor Owner Trustee all such rights,
powers, duties and obligations.

     No successor Owner Trustee shall accept appointment as provided in this
Section unless at the time of such acceptance such successor Owner Trustee shall
be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1.

     Upon acceptance of appointment by a successor Owner Trustee pursuant to
this Section, the Servicer shall mail notice of the successor of such Owner
Trustee to all Certificateholders, the Trustee, the Noteholders and the Rating
Agencies. If the Servicer shall fail to mail such notice within 10 days after
acceptance of appointment by the successor Owner Trustee, the successor Owner
Trustee shall cause such notice to be mailed at the expense of the Servicer.

     SECTION 10.4. Merger or Consolidation of Owner Trustee. Any corporation
into which the Owner Trustee may be merged or converted or with which it may be
consolidated, or any corporation resulting from any merger, conversion or
consolidation to which the Owner Trustee shall be a party, or any corporation
succeeding to all or substantially all of the corporate trust business of the
Owner Trustee, shall be the successor of the Owner Trustee hereunder, provided
such corporation shall be eligible pursuant to Section 10.1, without the
execution or filing of any instrument or any further act on the part of any of
the parties hereto, anything herein to the contrary notwithstanding; provided
further that the Owner Trustee shall mail notice of such merger or consolidation
to the Rating Agencies.

     SECTION 10.5. Appointment of Co-Trustee or Separate Trustee.
Notwithstanding any other provisions of this Agreement, at any time, for the
purpose of meeting any legal requirements of any jurisdiction in which any part
of the Owner Trust Estate or any Financed Vehicle may at the time be located,
the Servicer and the Owner Trustee acting jointly shall have the power and shall
execute and deliver all instruments to appoint one or more Persons approved by
the Owner Trustee and the Security Insurer to act as co-trustee, jointly with
the Owner Trustee, or separate trustee or separate trustees, of all or any part
of the Owner Trust Estate, and to vest in such Person, in such capacity, such
title to the Trust, or any part thereof, and, subject to the other provisions of
this Section, such powers, duties, obligations, rights and trusts as the
Servicer and the Owner Trustee may consider necessary or desirable. If the
Servicer shall not have joined in such appointment within 15 days after the
receipt by it of a request so to do, the Owner Trustee subject, unless an
Insurer Default shall have occurred and be continuing, to the approval of the
Security Insurer (which approval shall not be unreasonably withheld) shall have
the power to make such appointment. No co-trustee or separate trustee under this
Agreement shall be required to meet the terms of eligibility as a successor
trustee pursuant to Section 10.1 and no notice of the appointment of any
co-trustee or separate trustee shall be required pursuant to Section 10.3.

     Each separate trustee and co-trustee shall, to the extent permitted by law,
be appointed and act subject to the following provisions and conditions:

                    (i) all rights, powers, duties and obligations conferred or
           imposed upon the Owner Trustee shall be conferred upon and exercised
           or  performed  by the Owner  Trustee  and such  separate  trustee or
           co-trustee  jointly (it being  understood that such separate trustee
           or co-trustee is not authorized to act separately  without the Owner
           Trustee  joining in such act),  except to the extent  that under any
           law of any  jurisdiction  in which any particular act or acts are to
           be performed,  the Owner Trustee shall be incompetent or unqualified
           to perform  such act or acts,  in which event such  rights,  powers,
           duties and obligations  (including the holding of title to the Trust
           or any portion thereof in any such jurisdiction)  shall be exercised
           and performed  singly by such separate  trustee or  co-trustee,  but
           solely at the direction of the Owner Trustee;

               (ii) no trustee under this Agreement shall be personally  liable
           by reason of any act or  omission  of any other  trustee  under this
           Agreement; and

              (iii) the Servicer and the Owner  Trustee  acting  jointly may at
           any time accept the resignation of or remove any separate trustee or
           co-trustee.

     Any notice, request or other writing given to the Owner Trustee shall be
deemed to have been given to each of the then separate trustees and co-trustees,
as effectively as if given to each of them. Every instrument appointing any
separate trustee or co-trustee shall refer to this Agreement and the conditions
of this Article. Each separate trustee and co-trustee, upon its acceptance of
the trusts conferred, shall be vested with the estates or property specified in
its instrument of appointment, either jointly with the Owner Trustee or
separately, as may be provided therein, subject to all the provisions of this
Agreement, specifically including every provision of this Agreement relating to
the conduct of, affecting the liability of, or affording protection to, the
Owner Trustee. Each such instrument shall be filed with the Owner Trustee and a
copy thereof given to the Servicer and the Security Insurer.

     Any separate trustee or co-trustee may at any time appoint the Owner
Trustee, its agent or attorney-in-fact with full power and authority, to the
extent not prohibited by law, to do any lawful act under or in respect of this
Agreement on its behalf and in its name. If any separate trustee or co-trustee
shall die, become incapable of acting, resign or be removed, all of its estates,
properties, rights, remedies and trusts shall vest in and be exercised by the
Owner Trustee, to the extent permitted by law, without the appointment of a new
or successor trustee.


                                   ARTICLE XI

                                  Miscellaneous

     SECTION 11.1. Supplements and Amendments. (a) This Agreement may be amended
by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with the prior written consent of the
Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not have occurred and be
continuing) and with prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, without the
consent of any of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders, (i) to cure any
ambiguity or defect or (ii) to correct, supplement or modify any provisions in
this Agreement; provided, however, that such action shall not, as evidenced by
an Opinion of Counsel, adversely affect in any material respect the interests of
any Noteholder or Certificateholder.

     (b) This Agreement may also be amended from time to time, with the prior
written consent of the Security Insurer (so long as an Insurer Default shall not
have occurred and be continuing) by the Depositor and the Owner Trustee, with
prior written notice to the Rating Agencies, with the consent of the Holders of
Notes evidencing not less than a majority of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes
and, to the extent such amendment materially and adversely affects the interests
of the Noteholders, the consent of the Holders of Certificates evidencing not
less than a majority of the Certificate Balance (which consent of any Holder of
a Certificate or Note given pursuant to this Section or pursuant to any other
provision of this Agreement shall be conclusive and binding on such Holder and
on all future Holders of such Certificate or Note and of any Certificate or Note
issued upon the transfer thereof or in exchange thereof or in lieu thereof
whether or not notation of such consent is made upon the Certificate or Note)
for the purpose of adding any provisions to or changing in any manner or
eliminating any of the provisions of this Agreement or of modifying in any
manner the rights of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders; provided,
however, that, subject to the express rights of the Security Insurer under the
Basic Documents, no such amendment shall (a) increase or reduce in any manner
the amount of, or accelerate or delay the timing of, collections of payments on
Receivables or distributions that shall be required to be made for the benefit
of the Noteholders or the Certificateholders or (b) reduce the aforesaid
percentage of the Outstanding Amount of the Notes and the Certificate Balance
required to consent to any such amendment, without the consent of the Holders of
all the outstanding Notes and Holders of all outstanding Certificates.

     Promptly after the execution of any such amendment or consent, the Owner
Trustee shall furnish written notification of the substance of such amendment or
consent to each Certificateholder, the Trustee and each of the Rating Agencies.

     It shall not be necessary for the consent of Certificateholders, the
Noteholders or the Trustee pursuant to this Section to approve the particular
form of any proposed amendment or consent, but it shall be sufficient if such
consent shall approve the substance thereof. The manner of obtaining such
consents (and any other consents of Certificateholders provided for in this
Agreement or in any other Basic Document) and of evidencing the authorization of
the execution thereof by Certificateholders shall be subject to such reasonable
requirements as the Owner Trustee may prescribe.

     Promptly after the execution of any amendment to the Certificate of Trust,
the Owner Trustee shall cause the filing of such amendment with the Secretary of
State.

     Prior to the execution of any amendment to this Agreement or the
Certificate of Trust, the Owner Trustee shall be entitled to receive and rely
upon an Opinion of Counsel stating that the execution of such amendment is
authorized or permitted by this Agreement and that all conditions precedent to
the execution and delivery of such amendment have been satisfied. The Owner
Trustee may, but shall not be obligated to, enter into any such amendment which
affects the Owner Trustee's own rights, duties or immunities under this
Agreement or otherwise.

     SECTION 11.2. No Legal Title to Owner Trust Estate in Certificateholders.
The Certificateholders shall not have legal title to any part of the Owner Trust
Estate. The Certificateholders shall be entitled to receive distributions with
respect to their undivided ownership interest therein only in accordance with
Articles V and IX. No transfer, by operation of law or otherwise, of any right,
title or interest of the Certificateholders to and in their ownership interest
in the Owner Trust Estate shall operate to terminate this Agreement or the
trusts hereunder or entitle any transferee to an accounting or to the transfer
to it of legal title to any part of the Owner Trust Estate.

     SECTION 11.3. Limitations on Rights of Others. Except for Section 2.7, the
provisions of this Agreement are solely for the benefit of the Owner Trustee,
the Depositor, the Certificateholders, the Servicer and, to the extent expressly
provided herein, the Trustee and the Noteholders, and nothing in this Agreement,
whether express or implied, shall be construed to give to any other Person any
legal or equitable right, remedy or claim in the Owner Trust Estate or under or
in respect of this Agreement or any covenants, conditions or provisions
contained herein.

     SECTION 11.4. Notices. (a) Unless otherwise expressly specified or
permitted by the terms hereof, all notices shall be in writing and shall be
deemed given upon receipt personally delivered, delivered by overnight courier
or mailed first class mail or certified mail, in each case return receipt
requested, and shall be deemed to have been duly given upon receipt, if to the
Owner Trustee, addressed to the Corporate Trust Office; if to the Depositor,
addressed to TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., 1625 West North Market Blvd., Suite 210,
Sacramento, California 95834, Attention: Executive Vice President; if to the
holder of the Security Insurer, addressed to Security Insurer, Financial
Security Assurance Inc., 350 Park Avenue, New York, NY 10022, Attention:
Surveillance Department, Telex No.: (212) 688-3101, Confirmation: (212)
826-0100, Telecopy Nos.: (212) 339-3518, (212) 339-3529 (in each case in which
notice or other communication to Financial Security refers to an Event of
Default, a claim on the Policies or with respect to which failure on the part of
Financial Security to respond shall be deemed to constitute consent or
acceptance, then a copy of such notice or other communication should also be
sent to the attention of the General Counsel and the Head-Financial Guaranty
Group "URGENT MATERIAL ENCLOSED"); or, as to each party, at such other address
as shall be designated by such party in a written notice to each other party.

     (b) Any notice required or permitted to be given to a Certificateholder
shall be given by first-class mail, postage prepaid, at the address of such
Holder as shown in the Certificate Register. Any notice so mailed within the
time prescribed in this Agreement shall be conclusively presumed to have been
duly given, whether or not the Certificateholder receives such notice.

     SECTION 11.5. Severability. Any provision of this Agreement that is
prohibited or unenforceable in any jurisdiction shall, as to such jurisdiction,
be ineffective to the extent of such prohibition or unenforceability without
invalidating the remaining provisions hereof, and any such prohibition or
unenforceability in any jurisdiction shall not invalidate or render
unenforceable such provision in any other jurisdiction.

     SECTION 11.6. Separate Counterparts. This Agreement may be executed by the
parties hereto in separate counterparts, each of which when so executed and
delivered shall be an original, but all such counterparts shall together
constitute but one and the same instrument.

     SECTION 11.7. Third-Party Beneficiaries. This Agreement shall inure to the
benefit of and be binding upon the parties hereto and their respective
successors and permitted assigns. Except as otherwise provided in this
Agreement, no other Person shall have any right or obligation hereunder. Upon
issuance of the Certificate Policy, this Agreement shall also inure to the
benefit of the Security Insurer for so long as an Insurer Default shall not have
occurred and be continuing. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing,
all covenants and agreements in this Agreement which confer rights upon the
Security Insurer shall be for the benefit of and run directly to the Security
Insurer, and the Security Insurer shall be entitled to rely on and enforce such
covenants, subject, however, to the limitations on such rights provided in this
Agreement and the Basic Documents. The Security Insurer may disclaim any of its
rights and powers under this Agreement (but not its duties and obligations under
the Policies) upon delivery of a written notice to the Owner Trustee.

     SECTION 11.8. [Reserved.]

     SECTION 11.9. No Petition. The Owner Trustee (not in its individual
capacity but solely as Owner Trustee), by entering into this Agreement, each
Certificateholder, by accepting a Trust Certificate, and the Trustee and each
Noteholder by accepting the benefits of this Agreement, hereby covenants and
agrees that they will not at any time institute against the General Partner, or
join in any institution against the General Partner of, any bankruptcy,
reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation proceedings, or other
proceedings under any United States Federal or state bankruptcy or similar law
in connection with any obligations relating to the Trust Certificates, the
Notes, this Agreement or any of the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 11.10. No Recourse. Each Certificateholder by accepting a Trust
Certificate acknowledges that such Certificateholder's Trust Certificates
represent beneficial interests in the Trust only and do not represent interests
in or obligations of the Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the Owner
Trustee, the Trustee, the Security Insurer or any Affiliate thereof and no
recourse may be had against such parties or their assets, except as may be
expressly set forth or contemplated in this Agreement, the Trust Certificates or
the Basic Documents.

     SECTION 11.11. Headings. The headings of the various Articles and Sections
herein are for convenience of reference only and shall not define or limit any
of the terms or provisions hereof.

     SECTION 11.12. GOVERNING LAW. THIS AGREEMENT SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN
ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS
CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE
PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

     SECTION 11.13. [Reserved].

     SECTION 11.14. Servicer. The Servicer is authorized to prepare, or cause to
be prepared, execute and deliver on behalf of the Trust all such documents,
reports, filings, instruments, certificates and opinions as it shall be the duty
of the Trust or Owner Trustee to prepare, file or deliver pursuant to the Basic
Documents. Upon written request, the Owner Trustee shall execute and deliver to
the Servicer a limited power of attorney appointing the Servicer the Trust's
agent and attorney-in-fact to prepare, or cause to be prepared, execute and
deliver all such documents, reports, filings, instruments, certificates and
opinions.

                    IN WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  parties  hereto have caused this
Trust Agreement to be duly executed by their respective  officers hereunto duly
authorized as of the day and year first above written.


                                                 BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)
                                                  Owner Trustee


                                                  By:
                                                        Name:
                                                        Title:

                                                  TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC.
                                                   Depositor,


                                                  By:
                                                       Name:
                                                       Title:
<PAGE>

                                                          EXHIBIT A
NUMBER                                           $
R-                                               CUSIP NO.

                       SEE REVERSE FOR CERTAIN DEFINITIONS

     [UNLESS THIS CERTIFICATE IS PRESENTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF
THE DEPOSITORY TRUST COMPANY, A NEW YORK CORPORATION ("DTC"), TO THE ISSUER OR
ITS AGENT FOR REGISTRATION OF TRANSFER, EXCHANGE OR PAYMENT, AND ANY CERTIFICATE
ISSUED IS REGISTERED IN THE NAME OF CEDE & CO. OR IN SUCH OTHER NAME AS IS
REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC (AND ANY PAYMENT IS MADE TO
CEDE & CO. OR TO SUCH OTHER ENTITY AS IS REQUESTED BY AN AUTHORIZED
REPRESENTATIVE OF DTC), ANY TRANSFER, PLEDGE OR OTHER USE HEREOF FOR VALUE OR
OTHERWISE BY OR TO ANY PERSON IS WRONGFUL INASMUCH AS THE REGISTERED OWNER
HEREOF, CEDE & CO., HAS AN INTEREST HEREIN.

     THE PRINCIPAL OF THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE IS DISTRIBUTABLE IN INSTALLMENTS AS
SET FORTH IN THE TRUST AGREEMENT. ACCORDINGLY, THE OUTSTANDING PRINCIPAL OF THIS
TRUST CERTIFICATE AT ANY TIME MAY BE LESS THAN THE AMOUNT SHOWN ON THE FACE
HEREOF.]

[THIS CERTIFICATE IS NOT TRANSFERABLE]3


                         7.10% ASSET BACKED CERTIFICATE

evidencing  a beneficial  ownership  interest in certain  distributions  of the
Trust,  as  defined  below,  the  property  of which  includes a pool of retail
installment sale contracts  secured by new or used  automobiles,  vans or light
duty trucks and sold to the Trust by TMS Auto Holdings, Inc.

(THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE DOES NOT REPRESENT AN INTEREST IN OR OBLIGATION OF
TMS AUTO HOLDINGS, INC. OR ANY OF ITS AFFILIATES, EXCEPT TO THE EXTENT DESCRIBED
BELOW.)

     THIS CERTIFIES THAT       is the registered owner of DOLLARS nonassessable,
fully-paid, beneficial ownership interest in certain distributions of The Money
Store Auto Trust 1996-1 (the "Trust") formed by TMS Auto Holdings, Inc., a (the
"Seller"). The Trust Certificates have a Certificate Rate of 7.10% per annum.

                  OWNER TRUSTEE'S CERTIFICATE OF AUTHENTICATION

           This  is  one  of  the  Trust   Certificates   referred  to  in  the
           within-mentioned Trust Agreement.
- --------
3          To be inserted on the Certificate to be held by the General
Partner.

BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)                           BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)
not in its individual                              not in its individual
capacity but solely as                             capacity but solely as
Owner Trustee                    or                Owner Trustee

                                                   By BANKERS TRUST COMPANY,

                                                   Authenticating Agent
by__________________________
                                                  by________________________

     The Trust was created pursuant to a Trust Agreement dated as of May 31,
1996 (the "Trust Agreement"), between the Seller and Bankers Trust (Delaware),
as owner trustee (the "Owner Trustee"), a summary of certain of the pertinent
provisions of which is set forth below. To the extent not otherwise defined
herein, the capitalized terms used herein have the meanings assigned to them in
the Trust Agreement.

     This Certificate is one of the duly authorized Trust Certificates
designated as "7.10% Asset Backed Certificates" (herein called the "Trust
Certificates"). Also issued under the Indenture dated as of May 31, 1996, among
the Trust, Norwest Bank Minnesota, National Association, as trustee and
indenture collateral agent, are three classes of Notes designated as "Class A-1
5.6375% Asset Backed Notes" (the "Class A-l Notes"), "Class A-2 Floating Rate
Asset Backed Notes (the "Class A-2 Notes"), "Class A-3 6.85% Asset Backed Notes"
(the "Class A-3 Notes", together with the Class A-2 Notes and the Class A-1
Notes, (the "Notes"). This Trust Certificate is issued under and is subject to
the terms, provisions and conditions of the Trust Agreement, to which Trust
Agreement the holder of this Trust Certificate by virtue of the acceptance
hereof assents and by which such holder is bound. The property of the Trust
includes a pool of retail installment sale contracts secured by new and used
automobiles, vans or light duty trucks (the "Receivables"), all monies due
thereunder on or after Initial Cutoff Date, in the case of Pre- Computed
Receivables or received thereafter in the case of Simple Interest Receivables,
security interests in the vehicles financed thereby, certain bank accounts and
the proceeds thereof, proceeds from claims on certain insurance policies and
certain other rights under the Trust Agreement and the Sale and Servicing
Agreement, all right, to the and interest of the Seller in and to the Purchase
Agreement dated as of May 31, 1996 between The Money Store Auto Finance Inc. and
the Seller and all proceeds of the foregoing.


     Under the Trust Agreement, there will be distributed on the 20th day of
each month or, if such 20th day is not a Business Day, the next Business Day
(the "Distribution Date"), commencing on July 22, 1996, to the Person in whose
name this Trust Certificate is registered at the close of business on the
Business Day preceding such Distribution Date (the "Record Date") such
Certificateholder's fractional undivided interest in the amount to be
distributed to Certificateholders on such Distribution Date. No principal will
be paid on the Trust Certificate until the Class A-3 Notes have been paid in
full.

     The holder of this Trust Certificate acknowledges and agrees that its
rights to receive distributions in respect of this Trust Certificate are
subordinated to the rights of the Noteholders as described in the Sale and
Servicing Agreement, the Indenture and the Trust Agreement, as applicable.

     The Certificates are entitled to the benefits of a financial guaranty
insurance policy (the "Certificate Policy") issued by Financial Security
Assurance Inc. (the "Security Insurer"), pursuant to which the Security Insurer
has unconditionally guaranteed payment of the Certificateholders' Interest
Distributable Amount and the Certificateholders' Principal Distributable Amount,
on each Distribution Date, all and to the extent as more fully set forth in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement.

     It is the intent of the Seller, Servicer, holder of the General Partner and
Certificateholders that, for purposes of Federal income taxes, the Trust will be
treated as a partnership and the Certificateholders (including the General
Partner) will be treated as partners in that partnership. The General Partner
and the other Certificateholders by acceptance of a Trust Certificate, agree to
treat, and to take no action inconsistent with the treatment of, the Trust
Certificates for such tax purposes as partnership interests in the Trust.

     Each Certificateholder, by its acceptance of a Trust Certificate, covenants
and agrees that such Certificateholder will not at any time institute against
the General Partner, or join in any institution against the General Partner of,
any bankruptcy, reorganization, arrangement, insolvency or liquidation
proceedings, or other proceedings under any United States Federal or state
bankruptcy or similar law in connection with any obligations relating to the
Trust Certificates, the Notes, the Trust Agreement or any of the Basic
Documents.

     Distributions on this Trust Certificate will be made as provided in the
Trust Agreement by the Owner Trustee by wire transfer or check mailed to the
Certificateholder of record in the Trust Certificate Register without the
presentation or surrender of this Trust Certificate or the making of any
notation hereon, except that with respect to Trust Certificates registered on
the Record Date in the name of the nominee of the Clearing Agency (initially,
such nominee to be Cede & Co.), payments will be made by wire transfer in
immediately available funds to the account designated by such nominee. Except as
otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement and notwithstanding the above, the
final distribution on this Trust Certificate will be made after due notice by
the Owner Trustee of the pendency of such distribution and only upon
presentation and surrender of this Trust Certificate at the office or agency
maintained for the purpose by the Owner Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The
City of New York.

     Reference is hereby made to the further provisions of this Trust
Certificate set forth on the reverse hereof, which further provisions shall for
all purposes have the same effect as if set forth at this place.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual signature, this Trust
Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the Trust
Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.

     THIS TRUST CERTIFICATE SHALL BE CONSTRUED IN ACCORDANCE WITH THE LAWS OF
THE STATE OF DELAWARE, WITHOUT REFERENCE TO ITS CONFLICT OF LAW PROVISIONS, AND
THE OBLIGATIONS, RIGHTS AND REMEDIES OF THE PARTIES HEREUNDER SHALL BE
DETERMINED IN ACCORDANCE WITH SUCH LAWS.

       IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the Owner Trustee, on behalf of the Trust and not in
its individual capacity, has caused this Trust Certificate to be duly executed.


                                       THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1

                                       By:      BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE)
                                                 not in its individual
                                                 capacity but solely as
                                                 Owner Trustee


Dated:                               By: ________________________

<PAGE>

                         (Reverse of Trust Certificate)


     The Trust Certificates do not represent an obligation of, or an interest
in, the Seller, the Servicer, the General Partner, the Owner Trustee or any
Affiliates of any of them and no recourse may be had against such parties or
their assets, except as may be expressly set forth or contemplated herein or in
the Trust Agreement, the Indenture or the Basic Documents. In addition, this
Trust Certificate is not guaranteed by any governmental agency or
instrumentality and is limited in right of payment to certain collections with
respect to the Receivables and payments under the Certificate Policy, all as
more specifically set forth herein and in the Sale and Servicing Agreement. The
Trust Certificates are limited in right of payment to certain collections and
recoveries respecting the Receivables, all as more specifically set forth in the
Sale and Servicing Agreement. A copy of each of the Sale and Servicing Agreement
and the Trust Agreement may be examined during normal business hours at the
principal office of the Seller, and at such other places, if any, designated by
the Seller, by any Certificateholder upon written request.

     The Trust Agreement permits, with certain exceptions therein provided, the
amendment thereof and the modification of the rights and obligations of the
Seller and the rights of the Certificateholders under the Trust Agreement at any
time by the Seller and the Owner Trustee with the consent of the holders of the
Notes and the Trust Certificates evidencing not less than a majority of the
outstanding Notes and the Certificate Balance. Any such consent by the holder of
this Trust Certificate shall be conclusive and binding on such holder and on all
future holders of this Trust Certificate and of any Trust Certificate issued
upon the transfer hereof or in exchange hereof or in lieu hereof whether or not
notation of such consent is made upon this Trust Certificate. The Trust
Agreement also permits the amendment thereof, in certain limited circumstances,
without the consent of the holders of any of the Trust Certificates.

     As provided in the Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations
therein set forth, the transfer of this Trust Certificate is registerable in the
Certificate Register upon surrender of this Trust Certificate for registration
of transfer at the offices or agencies of the Certificate Registrar maintained
by the Owner Trustee in the Borough of Manhattan, The City of New York,
accompanied by a written instrument of transfer in form satisfactory to the
Owner Trustee and the Certificate Registrar duly executed by the holder hereof
or such holder's attorney duly authorized in writing, and thereupon one or more
new Trust Certificates in authorized denominations evidencing the same aggregate
interest in the Trust will be issued to the designated transferee. The initial
Certificate Registrar appointed under the Trust Agreement is Bankers Trust
Company.

     Except for Trust Certificates issued to the Depositor and transferred the
General Partner, the Trust Certificates are issuable only as registered Trust
Certificates without coupons in denominations of $1,000 or integral multiples
thereof; except as otherwise provided in the Trust Agreement. As provided in the
Trust Agreement and subject to certain limitations therein set forth, Trust
Certificates are exchangeable for new Trust Certificates in authorized
denominations evidencing the same aggregate denomination, as requested by the
holder surrendering the same. No service charge will be made for any such
registration of transfer or exchange, but the Owner Trustee or the Certificate
Registrar may require payment of a sum sufficient to cover any tax or
governmental charge payable in connection therewith.

     The Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar, the Security Insurer and any
agent of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate Registrar or the Security Insurer
may treat the person in whose name this Trust Certificate is registered as the
owner hereof for all purposes, and none of the Owner Trustee, the Certificate
Registrar, the Security Insurer nor any such agent shall be affected by any
notice to the contrary.

     The obligations and responsibilities created by the Trust Agreement and the
Trust created thereby shall terminate upon the payment to Certificateholders of
all amounts required to be paid to them pursuant to the Trust Agreement and the
Sale and Servicing Agreement and the disposition of all property held as part of
the Trust. The Servicer of the Receivables may at its option purchase the corpus
of the Trust at a price specified in the Sale and Servicing Agreement, and such
purchase of the Receivables and other property of the Trust will effect early
retirement of the Trust Certificates; however, such right of purchase is
exercisable, subject to certain restrictions, only as of the last day of any
Monthly Period as of which the Pool Balance is 10% or less of the Original Pool
Balance. The Certificates are also subject to mandatory prepayment, pro rata on
the basis of the initial Certificate Balance, on the Distribution Date on or
immediately following the last day of the Funding Period in the event that any
portion of the Pre-Funded Amount remains on deposit in the Pre-Funding Account
after giving effect to the purchase of all Subsequent Receivables, including any
purchase of Subsequent Receivables on such date. The aggregate principal amount
of the Certificates to be prepaid will be an amount equal to the Certificate
Prepayment Amount.

     The Trust Certificates may not be acquired by (a) an employee benefit plan
(as defined in Section 3(3) of ERISA) that is subject to the provisions of Title
1 of ERISA, (b) a plan described in Section 4975(e) (l) of the Code or (c) any
entity whose underlying assets include plan assets by reason of a plan's
investment in the entity (each, a "Benefit Plan"). By accepting and holding this
Trust Certificate, the Holder hereof shall be deemed to have represented and
warranted that it is not a Benefit Plan.

     The recitals contained herein shall be taken as the statements of the
Depositor, the General Partner or the Servicer, as the case may be, and the
Owner Trustee assumes no responsibility for the correctness thereof. The Owner
Trustee makes no representations as to the validity or sufficiency of this
Certificate or of any Receivable or related document.

     Unless the certificate of authentication hereon shall have been executed by
an authorized officer of the Owner Trustee, by manual or facsimile signature,
this Certificate shall not entitle the holder hereof to any benefit under the
Trust Agreement or the Sale and Servicing Agreement or be valid for any purpose.
<PAGE>

                                   ASSIGNMENT


     FOR VALUE RECEIVED the undersigned hereby sells, assigns and transfers unto

PLEASE INSERT SOCIAL SECURITY
OR OTHER IDENTIFYING NUMBER
OF ASSIGNEE


(Please print or type name and address, including postal zip
code, of assignee)



the within Trust Certificate, and all rights thereunder, hereby
irrevocably constituting and appointing


- -----------------------------------------------Attorney to transfer said Trust
Certificate on the books of the Trust Certificate Registrar, with full power of
substitution in the premises.


Dated:

                                                                *
                                          Signature Guaranteed:

                                          -------------------- *

- --------------------------
*          NOTICE:  The signature to this assignment must correspond
           with the name of the registered owner as it appears on the
           face of the within Certificate in every particular, without
           alteration, enlargement or any change whatever.  Such
           signature must be guaranteed by an "eligible guarantor
           institution" meeting the requirements of the Certificate
           Registrar, which requirements include membership or
           participation in STAMP or such other "signature guarantee
           program" as may be determined by the Certificate Registrar
           in addition to, or in substitution for, STAMP, all in
           accordance with the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as
           amended.

<PAGE>

                                                              EXHIBIT B

                                    [FORM OF]
                             CERTIFICATE OF TRUST OF
                        THE MONEY STORE AUTO TRUST 1996-1


                    THIS  Certificate  of Trust of The Money  Store  Auto Trust
1996-1(the "Trust"), dated as of __, 199 , is being duly executed and filed by
    , a                     and                         , an
individual, as trustees, to form a business trust under the
Delaware Business Trust Act (12 Del. Code, ss. 3801 et seq.).

                   1.    Name.  The name of the business trust formed
hereby is The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1.

                    2.  This Certificate of Trust will be effective
- --, 199 --

                    IN  WITNESS  WHEREOF,  the  undersigned,   being  the  sole
trustees of the Trust,  have executed this  Certificate of Trust as of the date
first above written.

                                              BANKERS TRUST (DELAWARE),  not in
                                              its   individual   capacity   but
                                              solely  as owner  trustee  of the
                                              Trust.


                                          By:-------------------------------
                                             Name:
                                             Title:

                                                    EXHIBIT 23.1

                       CONSENT of INDEPENDENT ACCOUNTANTS


                                                  
We consent to the incorporation by reference in the Prospectus
Supplement dated June 20, 1996 (to Prospectus dated June 20,
1996) of The Money Store, Inc., relating to The Money Store
Auto Trust 1996-1 of our report dated January 17, 1996, on our
audits of the consolidated financial statements of Financial
Security Assurance Inc. and Subsidiaries as of December 31,
1995 and 1994, and for each of the three years in the period
ended December 31, 1995.  We also consent to the reference to
our Firm under the caption "Experts".

                                             /s/ Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.
                                               Coopers & Lybrand L.L.P.

New York, New York
June 24, 1996

                                             EXHIBIT 99.1
FINANCIAL GUARANTY
INSURANCE POLICY

OBLIGOR:  The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1
          Policy No.:  50474A-NOBLIGATIONS:  $193,000,000
          Asset Backed Notes, Classes A-1, A-2 & A-3
          Date of Issuance:  6/26/96
        
     FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for consideration
received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to each Holder,
subject only to the terms of this Policy (which includes each endorsement
hereto), the full and complete payment by the Obligor of Scheduled Payments of
principal of, and interest on, the Obligations.

     For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security irrevocably
and unconditionally guarantees:

     (a) payment of the amount of any distribution of principal of, or interest
on, the Obligations made during the Term of this Policy to such Holder that is
subsequently avoided in whole or in part as a preference payment under
applicable law (such payment to be made by Financial Security in accordance with
Endorsement No. 1 hereto).

     (b) payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy by
Financial Security following Financial Security's receipt of notice as described
in Endorsement No. 1 hereto. Financial Security shall be subrogated to the
rights of each Holder to receive payments under the Obligations to the extent of
any payment by Financial Security hereunder. Except to the extent expressly
modified by an endorsement hereto, the following terms shall have the meanings
specified for all purposes of this Policy. "Holder" means the registered owner
of any Obligation as indicated on the registration books maintained by or on
behalf of the Obligor for such purpose or, if the Obligation is in bearer form,
the holder of the Obligation. "Scheduled Payments" means payments which are
scheduled to be made during the Term of this Policy in accordance with the
original terms of the Obligations when issued and without regard to any
amendment or modification of such Obligations thereafter; payments which become
due on an accelerated basis as a result of (a) a default by the Obligor, (b) an
election by the Obligor to pay principal on an accelerated basis or (c) any
other cause, shall not constitute "Scheduled Payments" unless Financial Security
shall elect, in its sole discretion, to pay such principal due upon such
acceleration together with any accrued interest to the date of acceleration.
"Term of this Policy" shall have the meaning set forth in Endorsement No. 1
hereto. This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security,
and shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or
instrument, including any modification or amendment thereto, or by the merger,
consolidation or dissolution of the Obligor. Except to the extent expressly
modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect of this Policy
are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever, including payment, or provision
being made for payment, of the Obligations prior to maturity. This Policy may
not be cancelled or revoked during the Term of this Policy.

     THIS POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY FUND
SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW. 

     In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.

 FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

By_______________________________
Authorized Officer
A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.
350 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y. 10022-6022(212) 826-0100
Form 100NY (5/89)


                                                         EXHIBIT 99.2
                               FINANCIAL GUARANTY
                                INSURANCE POLICY


Trust:   The Money Store Auto Trust 1996-1
Policy No.:  50474B-N

Certificates:  $6,930,000 7.10% Asset Backed Certificates
Date of Issuance:  6/26/96

     FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. ("Financial Security"), for consideration
received, hereby UNCONDITIONALLY AND IRREVOCABLY GUARANTEES to the Trustee for
the benefit of each Holder, subject only to the terms of this Policy (which
includes each endorsement hereto), the full and complete payment of Guaranteed
Distributions with respect to the Certificates of the Trust referred to above.

     For the further protection of each Holder, Financial Security irrevocably
and unconditionally guarantees payment of the amount of any distribution of
principal or interest with respect to the Certificates made during the Term of
this Policy to such Holder that is subsequently avoided in whole or in part as a
preference payment under applicable law.

     Payment of any amount required to be paid under this Policy will be made
following receipt by Financial Security of notice as described in Endorsement
No. 1 hereto.

     Financial Security shall be subrogated to the rights of each Holder to
receive distributions with respect to each Certificate held by such Holder to
the extent of any payment by Financial Security hereunder.

     Except to the extent expressly modified by Endorsement No. 1 hereto, the
following terms shall have the meanings specified for all purposes of this
Policy. "Holder" means the registered owner of any Certificate as indicated on
the registration books maintained by or on behalf of the Trustee for such
purpose or, if the Certificate is in bearer form, the holder of the Certificate.
"Trustee", "Guaranteed Distributions" and "Term of this Policy" shall have the
meanings set forth in Endorsement No. 1 hereto.

     This Policy sets forth in full the undertaking of Financial Security, and
shall not be modified, altered or affected by any other agreement or instrument,
including any modification or amendment thereto. Except to the extent expressly
modified by an endorsement hereto, the premiums paid in respect of this Policy
are nonrefundable for any reason whatsoever. This Policy may not be canceled or
revoked during the Term of this Policy. An acceleration payment shall not be due
under this Policy unless such acceleration is at the sole option of Financial
Security. THIS POLICY IS NOT COVERED BY THE PROPERTY/CASUALTY INSURANCE SECURITY
FUND SPECIFIED IN ARTICLE 76 OF THE NEW YORK INSURANCE LAW.

     In witness whereof, FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC. has caused this
Policy to be executed on its behalf by its Authorized Officer.

                                          FINANCIAL SECURITY ASSURANCE INC.

                                         By________________________________
                                           AUTHORIZED OFFICER

A subsidiary of Financial Security Assurance Holdings Ltd.

350 Park Avenue, New York, N.Y.  10022-6022
 (212) 826-0100


© 2022 IncJournal is not affiliated with or endorsed by the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission